Search This Blog

468x60.

728x90

ANESTHESIA Hadzic's Peripheral Nerve Blocks Hadzic parte 06

  












Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 Two 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 Sterile gloves, marking pen, and surface electrode

 A 3- to 5-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Catheter kit (including an 8- to 10-cm large-gauge stimulating needle and catheter).

Kits come in two varieties based on catheter construction: nonstimulating (conventional) and

stimulating catheters. During the placement of a conventional nonstimulating catheter, the stimulating

needle is first advanced until appropriate twitches are obtained. Then 5–10 mL of local anesthetic or

other injectate (e.g., D5W) is then injected to “open up” a space for the catheter to advance freely

without resistance. The catheter is then threaded through the needle until approximately 3 to 5 cm is

protruding beyond the tip of the needle. The needle is then withdrawn, the catheter secured, and the

remaining local anesthetic injected via the catheter. Stimulating catheters are insulated and have a

filament or core that transmits current to a bare metal tip. After obtaining twitches with the needle, the

catheter is advanced with the nerve stimulator connected until the sought motor response is obtained.

This method requires that no conducting solution (i.e., local anesthetic, saline) be injected through the

needle prior to catheter advancement, or difficulty obtaining a motor response will result.

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The patient is positioned in the prone position with the feet extending beyond the table to facilitate

monitoring of foot or toe responses to nerve stimulation.

The landmarks for a continuous popliteal block are essentially the same as those for the singleinjection technique (Figure 20.1-4). These include the following:

. Popliteal fossa crease

. Tendon of the biceps femoris muscle (laterally)

. Tendons of the semitendinosus and semimembranosus muscles (medially)

The needle insertion site is marked 7 cm proximal to the popliteal fossa crease and between the

tendons of the biceps femoris and semitendinosus muscles (Figure 20.1-5).

Technique

The continuous popliteal block technique is similar to the single-injection technique. With the patient

in the prone position, infiltrate the skin with local anesthetic using a 25-gauge needle at an injection

site 7 cm above the popliteal fossa crease and between the tendons of biceps femoris and

semitendinosus muscles. An 8- to 10-cm needle connected to the nerve stimulator (1.5 mA current) is

inserted at the midpoint between the tendons of the biceps femoris and semitendinosus muscles.

Advance the block needle slowly in a slightly cranial direction while observing the patient for

rhythmic plantar or dorsiflexion of the foot or toes. After appropriate twitches are noted, continue

manipulating the needle until the desired response is seen or felt using a current ≤0.5 mA. The

catheter should be advanced no more than 5 cm beyond the needle tip (Figure 20.1-9). The needle is

then withdrawn back to skin level while advancing the catheter simultaneously to prevent inadvertent

removal of the catheter.

FIGURE 20.1-9. Needle direction and insertion of the catheter for continuous popliteal sciatic block.

The catheter is inserted 3–5 cm beyond the needle tip.

The catheter is checked for inadvertent intravascular placement and secured using an adhesive skin

preparation, followed by application of a clear dressing. The infusion port should be clearly marked

“continuous nerve block.”

TIP

 When insertion of the catheter proves difficult, lowering the angle of the needle or rotating the needle

may facilitate the catheter insertion.

Continuous Infusion

Continuous infusion is initiated after injection of an initial bolus of local anesthetic through the

catheter or needle. For this purpose, we routinely use 0.2% ropivacaine 15 to 20 mL. Diluted

bupivacaine or levobupivacaine are also suitable but may result in greater degree of motor blockade.

The infusion is maintained at 5 to 10 mL/h with a 5-mL patient-controlled bolus hourly.

Complications and How to Avoid Them

Complications following a popliteal block are uncommon. Table 20.1-2 lists some general and

specific instructions on possible complications and how to avoid them.

TABLE 20.1-2 Complications of Popliteal Sciatic Nerve Block and Preventive Techniques


SUGGESTED READING

Benzon HT, Kim C, Benzon HP, et al. Correlation between evoked motor response of the sciatic nerve

and sensory blockade. Anesthesiology. 1997;87:547-552.

Borgeat A, Blumenthal S, Karovic D, Delbos A, Vienne P. Clinical evaluation of a modified posterior

anatomical approach to performing the popliteal block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2004;29:290-296.

Borgeat A, Blumenthal S, Lambert M, Theodorou P, Vienne P. The feasibility and complications of the

continuous popliteal nerve block: a 1001-case survey. Anesth Analg. 2006;103:229-233.

Capdevila X, Dadure C, Bringuier S, et al. Effect of patient-controlled perineural analgesia on

rehabilitation and pain after ambulatory orthopedic surgery: a multicenter randomized trial.

Anesthesiology. 2006;105:566-573.

Cappelleri G, Aldegheri G, Ruggieri F, Mamo D, Fanelli G, Casati A. Minimum effective anesthetic

concentration (MEAC) for sciatic nerve block: subgluteus and popliteal approaches. Can J Anaesth.

2007;54:283-289.

Compere V, Rey N, Baert O, et al. Major complications after 400 continuous popliteal sciatic nerve

blocks for post-operative analgesia. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2009;53:339-345.

i Benedetto P, Casati A, Bertini L, Fanelli G, Chelly JE. Postoperative analgesia with continuous

sciatic nerve block after foot surgery: a prospective, randomized comparison between the popliteal

and subgluteal approaches. Anesth Analg. 2002;94:996-1000.

Ekatodramis G, Nadig M, Blumenthal S, Borgeat A. Continuous popliteal sciatic nerve block. How to

be sure the catheter works? Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2004;48:1342-1343.

Eurin M, Beloeil H, Zetlaoui PJ. A medial approach for a continuous sciatic block in the popliteal fossa

[in French]. Can J Anaesth. 2006;53:1165-1166.

ernandez-Guisasola J. Popliteal block as an alternative to Labat’s approach. Anesth Analg.

2002;95:252-253.

ernandez-Guisasola J, Andueza A, Burgos E, et al. A comparison of 0.5% ropivacaine and 1%

mepivacaine for sciatic nerve block in the popliteal fossa. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2001;45:967-

970.

ournier R, Weber A, Gamulin Z. Posterior labat vs. lateral popliteal sciatic block: posterior sciatic

block has quicker onset and shorter duration of anaesthesia. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2005;49:683-

686.

Gouverneur JM. Sciatic nerve block in the popliteal fossa with atraumatic needles and nerve

stimulation. Acta Anaesthesiol Belg. 1985;36:391-399.

Guntz E, Herman P, Debizet E, Delhaye D, Coulic V, Sosnowski M. Sciatic nerve block in the popliteal

fossa: description of a new medial approach. Can J Anaesth. 2004;51:817-820.

Hadžić A, Vloka JD. A comparison of the posterior versus lateral approaches to the block of the sciatic

nerve in the popliteal fossa. Anesthesiology. 1998;88:1480-1486.

Hadžić A, Vloka JD, Singson R, Santos AC, Thys DM. A comparison of intertendinous and classical

approaches to popliteal nerve block using magnetic resonance imaging simulation. Anesth Analg.

2002;94:1321-1324.

feld BM, Loland VJ, Gerancher JC, et al. The effects of varying local anesthetic concentration and

volume on continuous popliteal sciatic nerve blocks: a dual-center, randomized, controlled study.

Anesth Analg. 2008;107:701-707.

feld BM, Morey TE, Wang RD, Enneking FK. Continuous popliteal sciatic nerve block for

postoperative pain control at home: a randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled study.

Anesthesiology. 2002;97:959-965.

feld BM, Thannikary LJ, Morey TE, Vander Griend RA, Enneking FK. Popliteal sciatic perineural

local anesthetic infusion: a comparison of three dosing regimens for postoperative analgesia.

Anesthesiology. 2004;101:970-977.

Kilpatrick AW, Coventry DM, Todd JG. A comparison of two approaches to sciatic nerve block.

Anaesthesia. 1992;47:155-157.

March X, Pineda O, Garcia MM, Carames D, Villalonga A. The posterior approach to the sciatic nerve

in the popliteal fossa: a comparison of single- versus double-injection technique. Anesth Analg.

2006;103:1571-1573.

Moayeri N, Groen GJ. Differences in quantitative architecture of sciatic nerve may explain differences

in potential vulnerability to nerve injury, onset time, and minimum effective anesthetic volume.

Anesthesiology. 2009;111:1128-1134.

Nader A, Kendall MC, Candido KD, Benzon H, McCarthy RJ. A randomized comparison of a modified

intertendinous and classic posterior approach to popliteal sciatic nerve block. Anesth Analg.

2009;108:359-363.

Navas AM. Stimulating catheters in continuous popliteal block. Anesth Analg. 2006;102:1594; author

reply 1594-1595.

almisani S, Ronconi P, De Blasi RA, Arcioni R. Lateral or posterior popliteal approach for sciatic

nerve block: difference is related to the anatomy. Anesth Analg. 2007;105:286.

aqueron X, Narchi P, Mazoit JX, Singelyn F, Benichou A, Macaire P. A randomized, observerblinded determination of the median effective volume of local anesthetic required to anesthetize the

sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa for stimulating and nonstimulating perineural catheters. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2009;34:290-295.

Rodriguez J, Taboada M, Carceller J, Lagunilla J, Barcena M, Alvarez J. Stimulating popliteal

catheters for postoperative analgesia after hallux valgus repair. Anesth Analg. 2006;102:258-262.

Rorie DK, Byer DE, Nelson DO, Sittipong R, Johnson KA. Assessment of block of the sciatic nerve in

the popliteal fossa. Anesth Analg. 1980;59:371-376.

ingelyn FJ, Aye F, Gouverneur JM. Continuous popliteal sciatic nerve block: an original technique to

provide postoperative analgesia after foot surgery. Anesth Analg. 1997;84:383-386.

underland S. The sciatic nerve and its tibial and common peroneal divisions: anatomical features. In:

Sunderland S, ed. Nerves and Nerve Injuries. Edinburgh, UK: E&S Livingstone; 1968.

uresh S, Simion C, Wyers M, Swanson M, Jennings M, Iyer A. Anatomical location of the bifurcation

of the sciatic nerve in the posterior thigh in infants and children: a formula derived from MRI imaging

for nerve localization. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:351-353.

Taboada M, Rodriguez J, Alvarez J, Cortés J, Gude F, Atanassoff PG. Sciatic nerve block via posterior

Labat approach is more efficient than lateral popliteal approach using a double-injection technique: a

prospective, randomized comparison. Anesthesiology. 2004;101:138-142.

Taboada M, Rodriguez J, Bermudez M, et al. A “new” automated bolus technique for continuous

popliteal block: a prospective, randomized comparison with a continuous infusion technique. Anesth

Analg. 2008;107:1433-1437.

Taboada M, Rodriguez J, Bermudez M, et al. Comparison of continuous infusion versus automated

bolus for postoperative patient-controlled analgesia with popliteal sciatic nerve catheters.

Anesthesiology. 2009;110:150-154.

Tran D, Clemente A, Finlayson RJ. A review of approaches and techniques for lower extremity nerve

blocks. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:922-934.

Vloka JD, Hadžić A, April E, Thys DM. The division of the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa:

anatomical implications for popliteal nerve blockade. Anesth Analg. 2001;92:215-217.

Vloka JD, Hadžić A, Koorn R, Thys D. Supine approach to the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa. Can

J Anaesth. 1996;43:964-967.

Vloka JD, Hadžić A, Lesser JB, et al. A common epineural sheath for the nerves in the popliteal fossa

and its possible implications for sciatic nerve block. Anesth Analg. 1997;84:387-390.

Vloka JD, Hadžić A, Mulcare R, Lesser JB, Koorn R, Thys DM. Combined popliteal and posterior

cutaneous nerve of the thigh blocks for short saphenous vein stripping in outpatients: an alternative to

spinal anesthesia. J Clin Anesth. 1997;9:618-622.

White PF, Issioui T, Skrivanek GD, Early JS, Wakefield C. The use of a continuous popliteal sciatic

nerve block after surgery involving the foot and ankle: does it improve the quality of recovery?

Anesth Analg. 2003;97:1303-1309.

aric D, Boysen K, Christiansen J, Haastrup U, Kofoed H, Rawal N. Continuous popliteal sciatic nerve

block for outpatient foot surgery—a randomized, controlled trial. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

2004;48:337-341.

PART 2: LATERAL APPROACH

General Considerations

The lateral approach to a popliteal blockade is similar to the intertendinous block in many aspects.

The main difference is that the technique involves placement of the needle from the lateral aspect of

the leg, therefore obviating the need to position the patient in the prone position. Nerve stimulation

principles, volume requirements, and block onset time are the same. The block is well suited for

surgery on the calf, Achilles tendon, ankle, and foot. It also provides adequate analgesia for a calf

tourniquet.

Functional Anatomy

The sciatic nerve consists of two separate nerve trunks, the tibial and common peroneal nerves

(Figure 20.2-1). A common epineural sheath envelops these two nerves at their outset in the pelvis.

As the sciatic nerve descends toward the knee, the two components eventually diverge in the popliteal

fossa, giving rise to the tibial and common peroneal nerves. This division of the sciatic nerve usually

occurs 5–7 cm proximal to the popliteal fossa crease.

FIGURE 20.2-1. Anatomy of the popliteal fossa crease. tibial nerve. common peroneal nerve

before its division. epineural sheath of the common sciatic nerve. tendon of semitendinosus and

semimembranous. bicep femoris tendon.

Distribution of Blockade

The lateral approach to popliteal block also results in anesthesia of the entire distal two thirds of the

lower extremity with the exception of the skin on the medial aspect of the leg (Figure 20.2-2).

Cutaneous innervation of the medial leg below the knee is provided by the saphenous nerve, the

terminal extension of the femoral nerve. Depending on the level of surgery, the addition of a

saphenous nerve block may be required for complete surgical anesthesia.

FIGURE 20.2-2. Sensory distribution of anesthesia accomplished with popliteal sciatic block. All

shaded areas except medial aspect of the leg (blue, saphenous nerve) are anesthetized with the

popliteal block.

Single-Injection Popliteal Block (Lateral Approach)

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 Two 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 A 3- to 5-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 A 10-cm, 21-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves; marking pen

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The patient is in the supine position. The foot on the side to be blocked should be positioned so that

the motor response of the foot or toes can be easily observed (Figure 20.2-3). This is best achieved

by placing the leg on a footrest with the heel and the foot protruding beyond the footrest. This

positioning allows for easy visualization of foot twitches during nerve localization. The foot should

form a 90° angle to the horizontal plane of the table.

FIGURE 20.2-3. Maneuver to accentuate landmarks for popliteal sciatic block. The patient is asked

to flex the leg at the knee, which accentuates the popliteal fossa and hamstring muscles.

Landmarks for the lateral approach to a popliteal block include the following (Figure 20.2-4 and

20.2-5):

. Popliteal fossa crease

. Vastus lateralis muscle

. Biceps femoris muscle

FIGURE 20.2-4. Popliteal fossa is marked with the knee flexed.

FIGURE 20.2-5. The main landmark for popliteal sciatic block is in the groove between the vastus

lateralis and the biceps femoris muscles .

The needle insertion site is marked in the groove between the vastus lateralis and biceps femoris

muscles 7-8 cm above the popliteal fossa crease. Note that the lateral femoral epicondyle is another

landmark that can be used with this technique. It is easily palpated on the lateral aspect of the knee 1

cm cephalad to the popliteal fossa crease (Figures 20.2-6 and 20.2-7).

FIGURE 20.2-6. Needle insertion site is labeled at 7 cm proximal to the popliteal fossa crease in the

groove between the vastus lateralis and bicep femoris muscles.

FIGURE 20.2-7. A needle insertion point for lateral approach sciatic popliteal block.

TIP

 In patients with an atrophic biceps femoris muscle (e.g., prolonged immobility), the iliotibial

aponeurosis can prove to be a more consistent landmark). In this case, the needle insertion site is in

the groove between the vastus lateralis and the iliotibial tract.

Maneuvers to Facilitate Landmark Identification

Landmarks can be better appreciated using the following steps:

 Lifting the foot off the table accentuates the biceps femoris and vastus lateralis muscles, and helps the

recognition of the groove between the two muscles.

 The groove between the vastus lateralis and biceps femoris can be located by firmly pressing the

fingers of the palpating hand against the adipose tissue in the groove approximately 8 cm above the

popliteal fossa crease.

Technique

The operator should be seated facing the side to be blocked. The height of the patient’s bed is

adjusted to allow for a more ergonomic position and greater precision during block placement. This

position also allows the operator simultaneously to monitor both the patient and the responses to

nerve stimulation.

The site of estimated needle insertion is prepared with an antiseptic solution and infiltrated with

local anesthetic using a 25-gauge needle. It is useful to infiltrate the skin along a line rather than raise

a single skin wheal. This allows needle reinsertion at a different site when necessary without the need

to anesthetize the skin again.

A 10-cm, 21-gauge needle is inserted in a horizontal plane perpendicular to the long axis of the leg

between the vastus lateralis and biceps femoris muscles (Figure 20.2-8), and it is advanced to

contact the femur. Contact with the femur is important because it provides information about the depth

of the nerve (typically 1–2 cm beyond the skin to femur distance) and about the angle at which the

needle must be redirected posteriorly to stimulate the nerve (Figure 20.2-9). The current intensity is

initially set at 1.5 mA. With the fingers of the palpating hand firmly pressed and immobile in the

groove, the needle is withdrawn to the skin level, redirected 30° below the horizontal plane, and

advanced toward the nerve.

FIGURE 20.2-8 Needle insertion for lateral approach to popliteal block.

FIGURE 20.2-9. Needle insertion strategy for lateral approach to popliteal sciatic block. (A) needle

is first inserted to contact femur. (B) After contact with the femur, the needle is withdrawn back to the

skin and redirected 30° posteriorly to local the sciatic nerve. Note the needle passage through the

biceps femoris muscle before entering the popliteal fossa crease. This explains why local bicep

femoris muscle twitch is often obtained during needle advancement. 1 - Semimembranosussemitendinosus muscles, 2 - Biceps Femoris, 3 - Femur, 4 - Popliteal artery and vein, 5 - Common

peroneal nerve, 6 - TIbial nerve

GOAL

The ultimate goal of nerve stimulation is to obtain visible or palpable twitches of the foot or toes

at a current of 0.2–0.5 mA.

TIPS

 The needle passes through the biceps femoris muscle, often resulting in local twitches of this muscle

during needle advancement. Cessation of the local twitches of the biceps muscle should prompt

slower needle advancement because this signifies that the needle is in the popliteal fossa and in close

proximity to the sciatic nerve.

 When stimulation of the sciatic nerve is not obtained within 2 cm after cessation of the biceps femoris

twitches; the needle is probably not in plane with the nerves and should not be advanced further

because of the risk of puncturing the popliteal vessels.

After initial stimulation of the sciatic nerve is obtained, the stimulating current is gradually

decreased until twitches are still seen or felt at 0.2–0.5 mA. This typically occurs at a depth of 5–7

cm. At this point, the needle should be stabilized and, after aspiration test for blood, 30–40 mL of

local anesthetic is injected slowly.

Troubleshooting

When the sciatic nerve is not localized on the first needle pass, the needle is withdrawn to the skin

level and the following algorithm is used:

. Ensure that the nerve stimulator is functional, properly connected to the patient and to the needle, and

set to deliver the current of desired intensity.

. Ensure that the leg is not externally rotated at the hip joint and that the foot forms a 90° angle to the

horizontal plane of the table. A deviation from this angle changes the relationship of the sciatic nerve

to the femur and the biceps femoris muscle.

. Mentally visualize the plane of the initial needle insertion and redirect the needle in a slightly

posterior direction (5–10° posterior angulation).

. If step 3 fails, withdraw the needle and reinsert it with an additional 5–10° posterior redirection.

. Failure to obtain a foot response to nerve stimulation should prompt reassessment of the landmarks

and leg position. In addition, the stimulating current should be increased to 2 mA.

TIPS

 When motor response can be elicited only with current of ≥0.5 mA, tibial nerve response (Figure

20.2-10) may be associated with a higher success rate of anesthesia of both divisions of the nerve.

 Isolated twitches of the calf muscles should not be accepted as reliable signs because they can be the

result of stimulation of the sciatic nerve branches to the calf muscles that may be outside the sciatic

nerve sheath.

FIGURE 20.2-10. Motor responses of the foot obtained with stimulation of the sciatic nerve in the

popliteal fossa. Stimulation of the tibial nerve results in plantar flexion and inversion of the foot.

Stimulation of the common peroneal nerve results in dorsi flexion and inversion of the foot.

Table 20.2-1 lists the common responses that can occur during block placement using a nerve

stimulator and the proper course of action needed to obtain twitches of the foot.

TABLE 20.2-1 Some Common Responses to Nerve Stimulation and Course of Action

Block Dynamics and Perioperative Management

This technique may be associated with patient discomfort because the needle transverses the biceps

femoris muscle, and adequate sedation and analgesia are necessary. Administration of midazolam (2–

4 mg intravenously) and a short-acting narcotic (alfentanil 250–to 750 g) ensures patient comfort and

prevents patient movement during needle advancement. Inadequate premedication can make it difficult

to interpret the response to nerve stimulation because of patient movement during needle

advancement. A typical onset time for this block is 15–30 minutes, depending on the type,

concentration, and volume of local anesthetic used. The first signs of onset of the blockade are usually

a report by the patient that the foot “feels different” or there is an inability to wiggle their toes. With

this block, sensory anesthesia of the skin is often the last to develop. Inadequate skin anesthesia

despite an apparently timely onset of the blockade is common, and it can take up to 30 minutes to

develop. Local infiltration by the surgeon at the site of the incision is often all that is needed to allow

the surgery to proceed.

Continuous Popliteal Block (Lateral Approach)

The technique is similar to the single-injection except that slight angulation of the needle cephalad is

necessary to facilitate threading of the catheter. Securing and maintaining the catheter are easy and

convenient with this technique. A lateral popliteal block is suitable for surgery and postoperative

pain management in patients undergoing a wide variety of lower leg, foot, and ankle surgeries.

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 Two 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 Sterile gloves, marking pen, and surface electrode

 A 3- to 5-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Catheter kit (including an 8- to 10-cm 18–19 gauge stimulating needle and catheter)

Either nonstimulating (conventional) or stimulating catheters can be used. During the placement of

a conventional non-stimulating catheter, the stimulating needle is advanced until appropriate twitches

are obtained. Then 5–10 mL of local anesthetic or other injectate (e.g., D5W) is then injected to

“open up” a space for the catheter to advance freely without resistance. The catheter is threaded

through the needle until approximately 3–5 cm is protruding beyond the tip of the needle. The needle

is withdrawn, the catheter secured, and the remaining local anesthetic injected via the catheter. With

stimulating catheters, after obtaining desired motor response with stimulation through the needle, the

catheter is advanced with the nerve stimulator connected until the anesthesiologist is satisfied with the

quality of the motor response. If the response is lost, the catheter can be withdrawn until it reappears

and the catheter readvanced. This method requires that no conducting solution be injected through the

needle (i.e., local anesthetic, saline) prior to catheter advancement, or difficulty obtaining a motor

response will result.

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The patient is positioned in the supine position with the feet extending beyond the table to facilitate

monitoring of foot or toe responses to nerve stimulation.

The landmarks for a continuous popliteal block with the lateral approach are essentially the same

as for the single-injection technique and include the following:

. Popliteal fossa crease

. Vastus lateralis

. Biceps femoris

The needle insertion site is marked at 8 cm proximal to the popliteal fossa crease in the groove

between the vastus lateralis and biceps femoris.

Technique

The continuous popliteal block technique is similar to the single-injection technique. The patient is in

the supine position. Using a 25-gauge needle, infiltrate the skin with local anesthetic at the injection

site 7–8 cm proximal to the popliteal crease in the groove between the biceps femoris and vastus

lateralis muscles. An 8- to 10-cm needle with a Tuohy-style tip for a continuous nerve block is

connected to the nerve stimulator (1.5 mA) and inserted to contact the femur (Figure 20.2-11). A

slight cephalad orientation to the needle with the opening facing proximally will aid in catheter

threading. Once the femur is contacted, the needle is withdrawn to the skin level and redirected in a

slightly posterior direction 30°. Then it is advanced slowly while observing the patient for plantar

flexion or dorsiflexion of the foot or toes. After obtaining the appropriate twitches, continue

manipulating the needle until the desired response is still seen or felt using a current of 0.2–0.5 mA.

The catheter should be advanced no more than 5 cm beyond the needle tip. The needle is withdrawn

back to the skin level, and the catheter advanced simultaneously to prevent inadvertent removal of the

catheter.

FIGURE 20.2-11. Catheter insertion technique for popliteal sciatic block. Technique is similar to

that of the single-injection technique. Catheter is inserted 3–5 cm beyond the needle tip.

The catheter is checked for inadvertent intravascular placement and secured to the lateral thigh

using an adhesive skin preparation such as benzoin, followed by application of a clear dressing. The

infusion port should be clearly marked “continuous nerve block.”

TIPS

 With a popliteal catheter, a response at 0.5–1.0 mA should be accepted as long as the motor response

is specific and clearly seen or felt.

 A very small (e.g., 1 mm) movement of the needle often results in a change in the motor response from

that of the tibial nerve (plantar flexion of the foot) to that of the common peroneal nerve (dorsiflexion

of the foot). This indicates an intimate needle to nerve relationship at a level before divergence of the

sciatic nerve.

 When catheter insertion proves difficult, rotate the needle slightly and try reinserting it again. When

these maneuvers do not facilitate insertion of the catheter, angle the needle in a cephalad direction

before reattempting to insert the catheter. With this maneuver, care should be taken not to dislodge the

needle.

Continuous Infusion

Continuous infusion is initiated after an initial bolus of dilute local anesthetic is administered through

the catheter or needle. For this purpose, we routinely use 0.2% ropivacaine 15–20 mL. Diluted

bupivacaine or levobupivacaine are suitable but can result in additional motor blockade. The infusion

is maintained at 5 mL/h with 5-mL/h patient-controlled regional analgesia.

Complications and How to Avoid Them

Table 20.2-2 provides specific instructions on some complications and how to avoid them.

TABLE 20.2-2 Complications of Popliteal Block Through the Lateral Approach and Preventive

Techniques


TIPS

 Breakthrough pain in patients undergoing a continuous infusion is always managed by administering a

bolus of local anesthetic. Simply increasing the rate of infusion is not adequate.

 When the bolus injection through the catheter fails to result in blockade after 30 minutes, the catheter

should be considered dislodged and should be removed.

 All patients with continuous nerve block infusion should be prescribed an alternative pain

management protocol because incomplete analgesia and/or catheter dislodgment can occur.


SUGGESTED READINGS

Arcioni R, Palmisani S, Della Rocca M, et al. Lateral popliteal sciatic nerve block: a single injection

targeting the tibial branch of the sciatic nerve is as effective as a double-injection technique. Acta

Anaesthesiol Scand. 2007;51:115-121.

Benzon HT, Kim C, Benzon HP, et al. Correlation between evoked motor response of the sciatic nerve

and sensory blockade. Anesthesiology. 1997;87:547-552.

Chelly JE, Casati A, Fanelli G. Continuous Peripheral Nerve Block Technique: An Illustrated Guide.

London, UK: Mosby International; 2001.

i Benedetto P, Casati A, Bertini L, Fanelli G, Chelly JE. Postoperative analgesia with continuous

sciatic nerve block after foot surgery: a prospective, randomized comparison between the popliteal

and subgluteal approaches. Anesth Analg. 2002;94:996-1000.

ournier R, Weber A, Gamulin Z. Posterior labat vs. lateral popliteal sciatic block: posterior sciatic

block has quicker onset and shorter duration of anaesthesia. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2005;49:683-

686

ournier R, Weber A, Gamulin Z. No differences between 20, 30, or 40 mL ropivacaine 0.5% in

continuous lateral popliteal sciatic-nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31:455-459.

Guntz E, Herman P, Debizet E, Delhaye D, Coulic V, Sosnowski M. Sciatic nerve block in the popliteal

fossa: description of a new medial approach. Can J Anaesth. 2004;51:817-820.

Hadžić A, Vloka JD. A comparison of the posterior versus lateral approaches to the block of the sciatic

nerve in the popliteal fossa. Anesthesiology. 1998;88:1480-1486.

Hadžić A, Vloka JD, Singson R, Santos AC, Thys DM. A comparison of intertendinous and classical

approaches to popliteal nerve block using magnetic resonance imaging simulation. Anesth Analg.

2002;94:1321-1324.

feld BM, Morey TE, Wang RD, Enneking FK. Continuous popliteal sciatic nerve block for

postoperative pain control at home: a randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled study.

Anesthesiology. 2002;97:959-965.

Martinez Navas A, Vazquez Gutierrez T, Echevarria Moreno M. Continuous lateral popliteal block with

stimulating catheters. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2005;49:261-263.

McLeod DH, Wong DH, Claridge RJ, Merrick PM. Lateral popliteal sciatic nerve block compared with

subcutaneous infiltration for analgesia following foot surgery. Can J Anaesth. 1994;41:673-676.

McLeod DH, Wong DH, Vaghadia H, Claridge RJ, Merrick PM. Lateral popliteal sciatic nerve block

compared with ankle block for analgesia following foot surgery. Can J Anaesth. 1995;42:765-769.

Minville V, Zegermann T, Hermant N, Eychenne B, Otal.: A modified lateral approach to the sciatic

nerve: magnetic resonance imaging simulation and clinical study. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2007;32:157-161.

Nader A, Kendall MC, Candido KD, Benzon H, McCarthy RJ. A randomized comparison of a modified

intertendinous and classic posterior approach to popliteal sciatic nerve block. Anesth Analg.

2009;108:359-363.

O’Neill T. Lateral popliteal sciatic-nerve block made easy. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:93-94.

almisani S, Ronconi P, De Blasi RA, Arcioni R. Lateral or posterior popliteal approach for sciatic

nerve block: difference is related to the anatomy. Anesth Analg. 2007;105:286.

Paqueron X, Narchi P, Mazoit JX, Singelyn F, Benichou A, Macaire P. A randomized, observerblinded determination of the median effective volume of local anesthetic required to anesthetize the

sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa for stimulating and nonstimulating perineural catheters. Reg AnesthPain Med. 2009;34:290-295.

Singelyn FJ, Aye F, Gouverneur JM. Continuous popliteal sciatic nerve block: an original technique to

provide postoperative analgesia after foot surgery. Anesth Analg. 1997;84:383-386.

Sunderland S. The sciatic nerve and its tibial and common peroneal divisions: anatomical features. In:

Sutherland S, ed. Nerves and Nerve Injuries. Edinburgh, UK: E&S Livingstone; 1968:1012–1095.

Taboada M, Cortes J, Rodriguez J, Ulloa B, Alvarez J, Atanassoff PG. Lateral approach to the sciatic

nerve in the popliteal fossa: a comparison between 1.5% mepivacaine and 0.75% ropivacaine. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2003;28:516-520.

Taboada M, Rodriguez J, Alvarez J, Cortés J, Gude F, Atanassoff PG. Sciatic nerve block via posterior

Labat approach is more efficient than lateral popliteal approach using a double-injection technique: a

prospective, randomized comparison. Anesthesiology. 2004;101:138-142.

Taboada Muniz M, Alvarez J, Cortés J, Rodriguez J, Atanassoff PG. Lateral approach to the sciatic

nerve block in the popliteal fossa: correlation between evoked motor response and sensory block.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2003;28:450-445.

Triado VD, Crespo MT, Aguilar JL, Atanassoff PG, Palanca JM, Moro B. A comparison of lateral

popliteal versus lateral mid-femoral sciatic nerve blockade using ropivacaine 0.5%. Reg Anesth PainMed. 2004;29:23-27.

Vloka JD, Hadžić A, April E, Thys DM. The division of the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa:

anatomical implications for popliteal nerve blockade. Anesth Analg. 2001;92:215-217.

Vloka JD, Hadžić A, Kitain E, et al. Anatomic considerations for sciatic nerve block in the popliteal

fossa through the lateral approach. Reg Anesth. 1996;21:414-418.

Vloka JD, Hadžić A, Lesser JB, et al. A common epineural sheath for the nerves in the popliteal fossa

and its possible implications for sciatic nerve block. Anesth Analg. 1997;84:387-390.

Zetlaoui PJ, Bouaziz H. Lateral approach to the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa. Anesth Analg.

1998;87:79-82.

21

Femoral Nerve Block


FIGURE 21-1. Needle insertion for femoral nerve block.

General Considerations

A femoral nerve block is a quintessential nerve block technique that is easy to master, carries a low

risk of complications, and has significant clinical application for surgical anesthesia and

postoperative pain management. The femoral block is well-suited for surgery on the anterior thigh and

knee, quadriceps tendon repair, and postoperative pain management after femur and knee surgery.

When combined with a block of the sciatic nerve, anesthesia of almost the entire lower extremity fromthe midthigh level can be achieved.

Functional Anatomy

The femoral nerve is the largest branch of the lumbar plexus, arising from the second, third, and fourth

lumbar nerves. The nerve descends through the psoas muscle, emerging from the psoas at the lower

part of its lateral border, and it runs downward between the psoas and the iliacus. The femoral nerve

eventually passes underneath the inguinal ligament into the thigh, where it assumes a more flattened

shape (Figure 21-2). The inguinal ligament is a convergent point of the transversalis fascia (fascial

sac lining the deep surface of the anterior abdominal wall) and iliac fascia (fascia covering the

posterior abdominal wall). As it passes beneath the inguinal ligament, the nerve is positioned lateral

and slightly deeper than the femoral artery between the psoas and iliacus muscles. At the femoral

crease, the nerve is on the surface of the iliacus muscle and covered by the fascia iliaca or

sandwiched between two layers of fascia iliaca. In contrast, vascular fascia of the femoral artery and

vein, a funnel-shaped extension of the transversalis fascia, forms a distinctly different compartment

from that of the femoral nerve but often contains the femoral branch of the genitofemoral nerve lateral

to the vessels (Figure 21-3). The physical separation of the femoral nerve from the vascular fascia

explains the lack of spread of a “blind paravascular” injection of local anesthetic toward the femoral

nerve.

FIGURE 21-2. Anatomy of the femoral triangle. femoral artery. femoral nerve. femoral

vein. anterior superior iliac spine. inguinal ligament. sartorius.


FIGURE 21-3. Arrangement of the fascial sheaths at the femoral triangle. Femoral nerve is

enveloped by two layers of fascia iliaca, whereas femoral vessels are contained in the vascular

(femoral) sheath made up of fascia lata.

TIP

 It is useful to think of the mnemonic “VAN” (vein, artery, nerve: medial to lateral) when recalling the

relationship of the femoral nerve to the vessels in the femoral triangle.

The branches to the sartorius muscle depart from the anteromedial aspect of the femoral nerve

toward the sartorius muscle. Because sartorius muscle twitch may be the result of the stimulation of

this specific branch and not the femoral nerve, the sartorius motor response should not be accepted.

Although the needle in the proper position (close to the main trunk of the femoral nerve) often results

in sartorius muscle twitch, quadriceps twitch results in more consistent blockade, and it routinely

should be sought before injecting local anesthetic unless ultrasound is used concomitantly.

The femoral nerve supplies the muscular branches of the iliacus and pectineus and the muscles of

the anterior thigh, except for the tensor fascia lata. The nerve also provides cutaneous branches to the

front and medial sides of the thigh, the medial leg and foot (saphenous nerve), and the articular

branches of the hip and knee joints (Table 21-1).

TABLE 21-1 Femoral Nerve Branches

Distribution of Blockade

Femoral nerve block results in anesthesia of the skin and muscles of the anterior thigh and most of the

femur and knee joint (Figure 21-4). The block also confers anesthesia of the skin on the medial aspect

of the leg below the knee joint (saphenous nerve, a superficial terminal extension of the femoral

nerve).



FIGURE 21-4. (A) Motor innervation of the femoral nerve. (B) Sensory innervation of the femoral

nerve and its cutaneous branches.

Single-Injection Femoral Nerve Block

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 One 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 A 3-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 A 5-cm, 22-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves; marking pen

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The patient is in the supine position with both legs extended. In obese patients, a pillow placed

underneath the hips can facilitate palpation of the femoral artery and the block performance.

Landmarks for the femoral nerve block are easily recognizable in most patients and include the

femoral crease (Figure 21-5) and femoral artery pulse (Figure 21-6).

FIGURE 21-5. Femoral nerve block is performed at the level of the femoral crease (line).

FIGURE 21-6. The main landmark for the femoral nerve block is the femoral artery, which is

palpated at the level of the femoral crease. Needle insertion point is just lateral to the pulse of the

femoral artery.

TIP

 Note that the needle is inserted at the level of the femoral crease, a naturally occurring skin fold

positioned a few centimeters below the inguinal ligament.

The following maneuvers can be used to facilitate landmark identification:

 The femoral crease can be accentuated in obese patients by having an assistant retract the lower

abdomen laterally.

 Retraction of the abdomen should be maintained throughout the procedure to facilitate palpation of the

femoral artery and performance of the block.

 Avoid excessive pressure on the crease when palpating for the artery because it can distort the

landmarks.

The needle insertion site is labeled immediately lateral to the pulse of the femoral artery (Figure

21-6). All landmarks should be outlined with a marking pen.

Technique

After thorough preparation of the area with an antiseptic solution, local anesthetic is infiltrated

subcutaneously at the estimated site of needle insertion. The injection for the skin anesthesia should

be shallow and in a line extending laterally to allow for a more lateral needle reinsertion when

necessary. The anesthesiologist should stand at the side of the patient with the palpating hand on the

femoral artery. The needle is introduced immediately at the lateral border of the artery and advanced

in sagittal, slightly cephalad plane (Figure 21-1).

GOAL

A visible or palpable twitch of the quadriceps muscle (a patella twitch) at 0.2–0.4 mA is the most

reliable response.

TIPS

 A twitch of the sartorius is a common occurence and it is seen as a band-like contraction across the

thigh without movement of the patella.

 A sartorius muscle twitch is not a reliable sign because the branches to the sartorius muscle may be

outside the femoral sheath (iliacus fascia).

 When a sartorius muscle twitch occurs, simply redirect the needle laterally and advance it several

millimeters deeper to obtain patella twitch, assuring that needle tip is in the vicinity of the main trunk

of the femoral nerve.

After initial stimulation of the femoral nerve is obtained, the stimulating current is gradually

decreased until twitches are still seen or felt at 0.2 to 0.4 mA, which typically occurs at a depth of 2

to 3 cm. After obtaining negative results from an aspiration test for blood, 15 to 20 mL of local

anesthetic is injected slowly.

Troubleshooting

When stimulation of the quadriceps muscle is not obtained on the first needle pass, the palpating hand

should not be moved from its position. Instead, visualize the needle plane in which the stimulation

was not obtained and:

 Ensure that the nerve stimulator is properly connected and functional.

 Withdraw the needle to skin level, redirect it 10° to 15° laterally, and repeat needle advancement

(Figure 21-7).

FIGURE 21-7. When lateral redirection of the needle does not bring about motor response, the

needle is reinserted 1 cm lateral to the original reinsertion point.

TIP

 It is essential to keep the palpating finger in the same position throughout the procedure. This strategy

allows for a more organized approach to localize the femoral nerve.

When the procedure just described fails to produce a twitch, the needle is withdrawn from the skin

and reinserted 1 cm laterally, and the previously described steps are repeated with a progressively

more lateral needle insertion.

Table 21-2 shows some common responses to nerve stimulation and the course of action required

to obtain the proper response.

TABLE 21-2 Common Responses to Nerve Stimulation and Course of Action for Proper Response


Block Dynamics and Perioperative Management

Femoral nerve blockade is associated with minimal patient discomfort because the needle passes

only through the skin and adipose tissue of the femoral inguinal region. However, many patients feel

uncomfortable being exposed during palpation of the femoral artery, and appropriate sedation is

necessary for the patient’s comfort and acceptance. The administration of midazolam 1 to 2 mg after

the patient is positioned and alfentanil 250 to 500 μg just before infiltration of the local anesthetic

suffices for most patients. A typical onset time for this block is 15 to 20 minutes, depending on the

type, concentration, and volume of anesthetic used. The first sign of onset of the blockade is a loss of

sensation in the skin over the medial aspect of the leg below the knee (saphenous nerve).

Weightbearing on the blocked side is impaired, which should be clearly explained to the patient to

prevent falls. Some practitioners advocate the use of large volume of local anesthetic to anesthetize

lateral femoral cutaneous and obturator nerves in addition to the femoral nerve. However, such an

extensive spread of the local anesthetic has not been substantiated in the literature. Injection of local

anesthetic during femoral nerve blockade results primarily in pooling of the injectate around the

femoral nerve underneath the fascia iliaca without consistent latera-medial spread (Figure 21-8).

FIGURE 21-8. Injection of local anesthetic during femoral nerve blockade results primarily in

pooling of the injectate around the femoral nerve underneath the fascia iliaca without consistent

latera-medial spread. FN - femoral nerve, IC - Iliac Crest, P - Psoas Muscle, I - Iliacus muscle, ON -

Obturator Nerve.

Continuous Femoral Nerve Block

The continuous femoral nerve block technique is similar to the single-injection procedure; however,

insertion of the needle at a slightly lower angle may be necessary to facilitate threading of the

catheter. The most common indications for use of this block are postoperative analgesia after knee

arthroplasty, anterior cruciate ligament repair, and femoral fracture repair.

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 One 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 Sterile gloves, marking pen, and surface electrode

 A 3- to 5-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Catheter kit (including a 5- to 8-cm large-gauge stimulating needle and catheter)

Either nonstimulating (conventional) or stimulating catheters can be used. During the placement of

a conventional, nonstimulating catheter, the stimulating needle is first advanced until appropriate

motor responses are obtained. Five to 10 mL of local anesthetic or nonconducting injectate (e.g.,

D5W) is injected to “open up” a space for the catheter to advance with less resistance. Then the

catheter is threaded through the needle to approximately 3–5 cm beyond the tip of the needle. The

needle is withdrawn, the catheter secured, and the remaining local anesthetic is injected via the

catheter.

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The patient is in the supine position with both legs extended. In obese patients, a pillow placed

underneath the hips can facilitate palpation of the femoral artery and the block performance.

The landmarks for a continuous femoral block include:

. Femoral (inguinal crease)

. Femoral artery

. Needle insertion site is marked immediately lateral to the pulse of the femoral artery

Technique

With the patient in the supine position, the skin is infiltrated with local anesthetic at the injection site

using a 25-gauge needle. The palpating hand is used to keep the middle finger on the pulse of the

femoral artery while the entire hand slightly pulls the skin caudally to keep it from wrinkling on

needle insertion (Figure 21-1). The stimulating needle connected to the nerve stimulator (1.0 mA) is

inserted and advanced at a 45° to 60° angle. Care should be taken to avoid insertion of the needle too

medially to decrease the risk of a puncture of the femoral artery. The goal is to obtain a quadriceps

muscle response (patella twitch) at 0.5 mA. The catheter should be advanced 3 to 5 cm beyond the

needle tip (Figure 21-9). The catheter is advanced deeper in obese patients to prevent catheter

dislodgement with shifting of the adipose tissue postoperatively. Then the needle is withdrawn back

to the skin level, and the catheter is advanced simultaneously to prevent inadvertent removal of the

catheter.

FIGURE 21-9. Catheter insertion for continuous femoral nerve block. The catheter is inserted 3–5

cm beyond the needle tip.

The catheter is checked for inadvertent intravascular placement and secured to the thigh using an

adhesive skin preparation such as benzoin, followed by application of a clear dressing. The infusion

port should be clearly marked “continuous nerve block.”

Continuous Infusion

Continuous infusion is always initiated following an initial bolus (15–20 mL) of dilute local

anesthetic through the needle or catheter. For this purpose, we routinely use 0.2% ropivacaine. The

infusion is maintained at 5 mL/h with a patient-controlled regional analgesic dose of 5 mL/h.

Complications and How to Avoid Them

Table 21-3 provides some general and specific instructions on possible complications and how to

avoid them.

TABLE 21-3 Complications of Femoral Nerve Block and Preventive Techniques



SUGGESTED READING

Single-Injection Femoral Nerve Block

Allen HW, Liu SS, Ware PD, Nairn CS, Owens BD. Peripheral nerve blocks improve analgesia after

total knee replacement surgery. Anesth Analg. 1998;87:93-97.

Beaulieu P, Babin D, Hemmerling T. The pharmacodynamics of ropivacaine and bupivacaine in

combined sciatic and femoral nerve blocks for total knee arthroplasty. Anesth Analg. 2006;103:768-

774.

Biboulet P, Morau D, Aubas P, Bringuier-Branchereau S, Capdevila X. Postoperative analgesia after

total-hip arthroplasty: comparison of intravenous patient-controlled analgesia with morphine and

single injection of femoral nerve or psoas compartment block. a prospective, randomized, doubleblind study. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2004;29:102-109.

e Lima ESR, Correa CH, Henriques MD, de Oliveira CB, Nunes TA, Gomez RS. Single-injection

femoral nerve block with 0.25% ropivacaine or 0.25% bupivacaine for postoperative analgesia after

total knee replacement or anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Clin Anesth. 2008;20:521-527.

Eledjam JJ, Cuvillon P, Capdevila X, et al. Postoperative analgesia by femoral nerve block with

ropivacaine 0.2% after major knee surgery: continuous versus patient-controlled techniques. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2002;27:604-611.

owler SJ, Symons J, Sabato S, Myles PS. Epidural analgesia compared with peripheral nerve

blockade after major knee surgery: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials. Br J

Anaesth. 2008;100:154-164.

Hadžić; A, Vloka JD, Kuroda MM, Koorn R, Birnbach DJ. The practice of peripheral nerve blocks in

the United States: a national survey [p2e comments]. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 1998;23:241-246.

skandar H, Benard A, Ruel-Raymond J, Cochard G, Manaud B. Femoral block provides superior

analgesia compared with intra-articular ropivacaine after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2003;28:29-32.

ansen TK, Miller BE, Arretche N, Pellegrini JE. Will the addition of a sciatic nerve block to a femoral

nerve block provide better pain control following anterior cruciate ligament repair surgery? AANA J.

2009;77:213-218.

ochum D, O’Neill T, Jabbour H, Diarra PD, Cuignet-Pourel E, Bouaziz H. Evaluation of femoral nerve

blockade following inguinal paravascular block of Winnie: are there still lessons to be learnt?

Anaesthesia. 2005;60:974-977.

ohnson TW. Will the addition of sciatic nerve block to a femoral nerve block provide better pain

control following anterior cruciate ligament repair surgery? AANA J. 2009;77:417.

Kardash K, Hickey D, Tessler MJ, Payne S, Zukor D, Velly AM. Obturator versus femoral nerve block

for analgesia after total knee arthroplasty. Anesth Analg. 2007;105:853-858.

Lang SA, Yip RW, Chang PC, Gerard MA. The femoral 3-in-1 block revisited. J Clin Anesth.

1993;5:292-296.

Macalou D, Trueck S, Meuret P, et al. Postoperative analgesia after total knee replacement: the effect of

an obturator nerve block added to the femoral 3-in-1 nerve block. Anesth Analg. 2004;99:251-254.

Madej TH, Ellis FR, Halsall PJ. Evaluation of “3 in 1” lumbar plexus block in patients having muscle

biopsy. Br J Anaesth. 1989;62:515-517.

Marhofer P, Nasel C, Sitzwohl C, Kapral S. Magnetic resonance imaging of the distribution of local

anesthetic during the three-in-one block. Anesth Analg. 2000;90:119-124.

Martin F, Martinez V, Mazoit JX, et al. Antiinflammatory effect of peripheral nerve blocks after knee

surgery: clinical and biologic evaluation. Anesthesiology. 2008;109:484-490.

Montes FR, Zarate E, Grueso R, et al. Comparison of spinal anesthesia with combined sciatic-femoral

nerve block for outpatient knee arthroscopy. J Clin Anesth. 2008;20:415-420.

Mulroy MF, Larkin KL, Batra MS, Hodgson PS, Owens BD. Femoral nerve block with 0.25% or 0.5%

bupivacaine improves postoperative analgesia following outpatient arthroscopic anterior cruciate

ligament repair. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2001;26:24-29.

Ng HP, Cheong KF, Lim A, Lim J, Puhaindran ME. Intraoperative single-shot “3-in-1” femoral nerve

block with ropivacaine 0.25%, ropivacaine 0.5% or bupivacaine 0.25% provides comparable 48-hr

analgesia after unilateral total knee replacement. Can J Anaesth. 2001;48:1102-1108.

Noiseux N, Prieto I, Bracco D, Basile F, Hemmerling T. Coronary artery bypass grafting in the awake

patient combining high thoracic epidural and femoral nerve block: first series of 15 patients. Br J

Anaesth. 2008;100:184-189.

arkinson SK, Mueller JB, Little WL, Bailey SL. Extent of blockade with various approaches to the

lumbar plexus. Anesth Analg. 1989;68:243-248.

Ritter JW. Femoral nerve “sheath” for inguinal paravascular lumbar plexus block is not found in human

cadavers. J Clin Anesth. 1995;7:470-473.

Rosaeg OP, Krepski B, Cicutti N, Dennehy KC, Lui AC, Johnson DH. Effect of preemptive multimodal

analgesia for arthroscopic knee ligament repair. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2001;26:125-130.

chafhalter-Zoppoth I, Moriggl B. Aspects of femoral nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31:92-

93; author reply 93.

chiferer A, Gore C, Gorove L, et al. A randomized controlled trial of femoral nerve blockade

administered preclinically for pain relief in femoral trauma. Anesth Analg. 2007;105:1852-1854;

table of contents.

chulz-Stubner S, Henszel A, Hata JS. A new rule for femoral nerve blocks. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2005;30:473-477.

eeberger MD, Urwyler A. Paravascular lumbar plexus block: block extension after femoral nerve

stimulation and injection of 20 vs. 40 ml mepivacaine 10 mg/ml. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

1995;39:769-773.

ingelyn FJ, Vanderelst PE, Gouverneur JM. Extended femoral nerve sheath block after total hip

arthroplasty: continuous versus patient-controlled techniques. Anesth Analg. 2001;92:455-459.

Vloka JD, Hadžić; A, Drobnik L, Ernest A, Reiss W, Thys DM. Anatomical landmarks for femoral

nerve block: a comparison of four needle insertion sites. Anesth Analg. 1999;89:1467-1470.

Vloka JD, Hadžić; A, Mulcare R, Lesser JB, Kitain E, Thys DM. Femoral and genitofemoral nerve

blocks versus spinal anesthesia for outpatients undergoing long saphenous vein stripping surgery.

Anesth Analg. 1997;84:749-752.

Wang H, Boctor B, Verner J. The effect of single-injection femoral nerve block on rehabilitation and

length of hospital stay after total knee replacement. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2002;27:139-144.

Williams BA, Bottegal MT, Kentor ML, Irrgang JJ, Williams JP. Rebound pain scores as a function of

femoral nerve block duration after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: retrospective analysis of

a prospective, randomized clinical trial. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:186-192.

Williams BA, Kentor ML, Irrgang JJ, Bottegal MT, Williams JP. Nausea, vomiting, sleep, and

restfulness upon discharge home after outpatient anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with

regional anesthesia and multimodal analgesia/antiemesis. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:193-202.

Winnie AP, Ramamurthy S, Durrani Z. The inguinal paravascular technic of lumbar plexus anesthesia:

the “3-in-1 block.” Anesth Analg. 1973;52:989-996.

Wulf H, Lowe J, Gnutzmann KH, Steinfeldt T. Femoral nerve block with ropivacaine or bupivacaine in

day case anterior crucial ligament reconstruction. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2010;54:414-420.

YaDeau JT, Cahill JB, Zawadsky MW, et al. The effects of femoral nerve blockade in conjunction with

epidural analgesia after total knee arthroplasty. Anesth Analg. 2005;101:891-895.

Yazigi A, Madi-Gebara S, Haddad F, Hayeck G, Tabet G. Intraoperative myocardial ischemia in

peripheral vascular surgery: general anesthesia vs combined sciatic and femoral nerve blocks. J Clin

Anesth. 2005;17:499-503.

Continuous Femoral Nerve Block

Allen JG, Denny NM, Oakman N. Postoperative analgesia following total knee arthroplasty: a study

comparing spinal anesthesia and combined sciatic femoral 3-in-1 block. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

1998;23:142-146.

Barrington MJ, Olive D, Low K, Scott DA, Brittain J, Choong P. Continuous femoral nerve blockade or

epidural analgesia after total knee replacement: a prospective randomized controlled trial. Anesth

Analg. 2005;101:1824-1829.

Barrington MJ, Olive DJ, McCutcheon CA, et al. Stimulating catheters for continuous femoral nerve

blockade after total knee arthroplasty: a randomized, controlled, double-blinded trial. Anesth Analg.

2008;106:1316-1321.

Birnbaum J, Volk T. Use of a stimulating catheter for femoral nerve block. Br J Anaesth. 2006;96:139.

Brodner G, Buerkle H, Van Aken H, et al. Postoperative analgesia after knee surgery: a comparison of

three different concentrations of ropivacaine for continuous femoral nerve blockade. Anesth Analg.

2007;105:256-262.

Capdevila X, Barthelet Y, Biboulet P, Ryckwaert Y, Rubenovitch J, d’Athis F. Effects of perioperative

analgesic technique on the surgical outcome and duration of rehabilitation after major knee surgery.

Anesthesiology. 1999;91:8-15.

Capdevila X, Biboulet P, Morau D, et al. Continuous three-in-one block for postoperative pain after

lower limb orthopedic surgery: where do the catheters go? Anesth Analg. 2002;94:1001-1006.

Capdevila X, Pirat P, Bringuier S, et al. Continuous peripheral nerve blocks in hospital wards after

orthopedic surgery: a multicenter prospective analysis of the quality of postoperative analgesia and

complications in 1,416 patients. Anesthesiology. 2005;103:1035-1045.

Cuvillon P, Ripart J, Lalourcey L, et al. The continuous femoral nerve block catheter for postoperative

analgesia: bacterial colonization, infectious rate and adverse effects. Anesth Analg. 2001;93:1045-

1049.

Dauri M, Fabbi E, Mariani P, et al. Continuous femoral nerve block provides superior analgesia

compared with continuous intra-articular and wound infusion after anterior cruciate ligament

reconstruction. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:95-99.

Dauri M, Sidiropoulou T, Fabbi E, et al. Efficacy of continuous femoral nerve block with stimulating

catheters versus nonstimulating catheters for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2007;32:282-287.

Eipe N, McCartney CJ, Kummer C. Transient neurological dysfunction after continuous femoral nerve

block: should this change our practice? Anesthesiology. 2007;107:177-178.

Hadzic A, Houle TT, Capdevila X, Ilfeld BM. Femoral nerve block for analgesia in patients having

knee arthroplasty. Anesthesiology. 2010;113(5):1014-1015.

Hayek SM, Ritchey RM, Sessler D, et al. Continuous femoral nerve analgesia after unilateral total knee

arthroplasty: stimulating versus nonstimulating catheters. Anesth Analg. 2006;103:1565-1570.

Hirst GC, Lang SA, Dust WN, Cassidy JD, Yip RW. Femoral nerve block. Single injection versus

continuous infusion for total knee arthroplasty. Reg Anesth. 1996;21:292-297.

feld BM, Le LT, Meyer RS, et al. Ambulatory continuous femoral nerve blocks decrease time to

discharge readiness after tricompartment total knee arthroplasty: a randomized, triple-masked,

placebo-controlled study. Anesthesiology. 2008;108:703-713.

feld BM, Moeller LK, Mariano ER, Loland VJ, Stevens-Lapsley JE, Fleisher AS, Girard PJ, Donohue

MC, Ferguson EJ, Ball ST. Continuous peripheral nerve blocks: is local anesthetic dose the only

factor, or do concentration and volume influence infusion effects as well? Anesthesiology.

2010;112:347-354.

feld BM, Mariano ER, Williams BA, Woodard JN, Macario A. Hospitalization costs of total knee

arthroplasty with a continuous femoral nerve block provided only in the hospital versus on an

ambulatory basis: a retrospective, case-control, cost-minimization analysis. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2007;32:46-54.

feld BM, Meyer RS, Le LT, et al. Health-related quality of life after tricompartment knee arthroplasty

with and without an extended-duration continuous femoral nerve block: a prospective, 1-year followup of a randomized, triple-masked, placebo-controlled study. Anesth Analg. 2009;108:1320-1325.

feld BM, Moeller LK, Mariano ER, et al. Continuous peripheral nerve blocks: is local anesthetic dose

the only factor, or do concentration and volume influence infusion effects as well? Anesthesiology.

2010;112:347-354.

Kadic L, Boonstra MC, De Waal Malefijt MC, Lako SJ, Van Egmond J, Driessen JJ. Continuous

femoral nerve block after total knee arthroplasty? Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2009;53:914-920.

Morin AM, Eberhart LH, Behnke HK, et al. Does femoral nerve catheter placement with stimulating

catheters improve effective placement? A randomized, controlled, and observer-blinded trial. Anesth

Analg. 2005;100:1503-1510.

Morin AM, Kratz CD, Eberhart LH, et al. Postoperative analgesia and functional recovery after totalknee replacement: comparison of a continuous posterior lumbar plexus (psoas compartment) block, a

continuous femoral nerve block, and the combination of a continuous femoral and sciatic nerve block.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2005;30:434-445.

Paul JE, Arya A, Hurlburt L, Cheng J, Thabane L, Tidy A, Murthy Y. Femoral nerve block improves

analgesia outcomes after total knee artheoplasty: meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials.

Anesthesiology. 2010;113:1144-1162.

Pham Dang C, Difalco C, Guilley J, Venet G, Hauet P, Lejus C. Various possible positions of

conventional catheters around the femoral nerve revealed by neurostimulation. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34:285-289.

Pham Dang C, Gautheron E, Guilley J, et al. The value of adding sciatic block to continuous femoral

block for analgesia after total knee replacement. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2005;30:128-133.

Pham Dang C, Guilley J, Dernis L, et al. Is there any need for expanding the perineural space before

catheter placement in continuous femoral nerve blocks? Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31:393-400.

Salinas FV, Liu SS, Mulroy MF. The effect of single-injection femoral nerve block versus continuous

femoral nerve block after total knee arthroplasty on hospital length of stay and long-term functional

recovery within an established clinical pathway. Anesth Analg. 2006;102:1234-1239.

Salinas FV, Neal JM, Sueda LA, Kopacz DJ, Liu SS. Prospective comparison of continuous femoral

nerve block with nonstimulating catheter placement versus stimulating catheter-guided perineural

placement in volunteers. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2004;29:212-220.

Shum CF, Lo NN, Yeo SJ, Yang KY, Chong HC, Yeo SN. Continuous femoral nerve block in total knee

arthroplasty: immediate and two-year outcomes. J Arthroplasty. 2009;24:204-209.

Singelyn FJ, Gouverneur JM. Extended “three-in-one” block after total knee arthroplasty: continuous

versus patient-controlled techniques. Anesth Analg. 2000;91:176-180.

Williams BA, Kentor ML, Vogt MT, et al. Reduction of verbal pain scores after anterior cruciate

ligament reconstruction with 2-day continuous femoral nerve block: a randomized clinical trial.

Anesthesiology. 2006;104:315-327.

Chapter 22 Ankle Block


FIGURE 22-1. Needle insertion for saphenous nerve block of the ankle.

General Considerations

An ankle block is essentially a block of four terminal branches of the sciatic nerve (deep and

superficial peroneal, tibial, and sural) and one cutaneous branch of the femoral nerve (saphenous).

Ankle block is simple to perform, essentially devoid of systemic complications, and highly effective

for a wide variety of procedures on the foot and toes. For this reason, this technique should be in the

arma mentarium of every anesthesiologist. At our institution, an ankle block is most commonly used in

podiatric surgery and foot and toe debridement or amputation.

Functional Anatomy

It is useful to think of the ankle block as a block of two deep nerves (posterior tibial and deep

peroneal) and three superficial nerves (saphenous, sural, and superficial peroneal). This concept is

important for success of the block because the two deep nerves are anesthetized by injecting local

anesthetic under the fascia, whereas the three superficial nerves are anesthetized by a simple

subcutaneous injection of local anesthetic.

Common Peroneal Nerve

The common peroneal nerve separates from the tibial nerve and descends alongside the tendon of the

biceps femoris muscle and around the neck of the fibula. Just below the head of the fibula, the

common peroneal nerve divides into its terminal branches: the deep peroneal and superficial

peroneal nerves. The peroneus longus muscle covers both nerves.

Deep Peroneal Nerve

The deep peroneal nerve runs downward below the layers of the peroneus longus, extensor digitorum

longus, and extensor hallucis longus muscles to the front of the leg (Figure 22-2). At the ankle level,

the nerve lies anterior to the tibia and the interosseous membrane and close to the anterior tibial

artery. It is usually sandwiched between the tendons of the anterior tibial and extensor digitorum

longus muscles. At this point, it divides into two terminal branches for the foot: the medial and the

lateral. The medial branch passes over the dorsum of the foot, along the medial side of the dorsalis

pedis artery, to the first interosseous space, where it supplies the web space between the first and

second toe. The lateral branch of the deep peroneal nerve is directed anterolaterally, penetrates and

innervates the extensor digitorum brevis muscle, and terminates as the second, third, and fourth dorsal

interosseous nerves. These branches provide innervation to the tarsometatarsal, metatarsophalangeal,

and interphalangeal joints of the lesser toes.

FIGURE 22-2. Anatomy of the ankle. artery dorsal pedis, deep peroneal nerve.

Superficial Peroneal Nerve

The superficial peroneal nerve (also called the musculocutaneous nerve of the leg) provides muscular

branches to the peroneus longus and brevis muscles. After piercing the deep fascia covering the

muscles, the nerve eventually emerges from the anterolateral compartment of the lower part of the leg

and surfaces from beneath the fascia 5 to 10 cm above the lateral malleolus (Figure 22-3). At this

point, it divides into terminal cutaneous branches: the medial and the lateral dorsal cutaneous nerves

(Figure 22-4A and B). These branches carry sensory innervation to the dorsum of the foot and

communicate with the saphenous nerve medially, as well as the deep peroneal nerve in the first web

space and the sural nerve on the lateral aspect of the foot.

FIGURE 22-3. Anatomy of the ankle. superficial peroneal nerve, sural nerve.

FIGURE 22-4. (A) Anatomy of the ankle. Sural nerve. , Superficial peroneal nerve. (B)

Anatomy of the ankle. Sural nerve, Superficial peroneal nerve.

Tibial Nerve

The tibial nerve separates from the common popliteal nerve proximal to the popliteal fossa crease

and joins the tibial artery behind the knee joint. The nerve runs distally in the thick neurovascular

fascia and emerges at the inferior third of the leg from beneath the soleus and gastrocnemius muscles

on the medial border of the Achilles tendon (Figure 22-5). At the level of the medial malleolus, the

tibial nerve is covered by the superficial and deep fasciae of the leg. It is positioned laterally and

posteriorly to the posterior tibial artery and midway between the posterior aspect of the medial

malleolus and the posterior aspect of the Achilles tendon. Just beneath the malleolus, the nerve

divides into lateral and medial plantar nerves. The posterior tibial nerve provides cutaneous,

articular, and vascular branches to the ankle joint, medial malleolus, inner aspect of the heel, and

Achilles tendon. It also branches to the skin, subcutaneous tissue, muscles, and bones of the sole.

FIGURE 22-5. Anatomy of the ankle. flexor digitorum longus tendon, posterior tibial artery,

tibial nerve, flexor hallucis longus.

Sural Nerve

The sural nerve is a sensory nerve formed by a union of the medial sural nerve (a branch of the tibial

nerve) and the lateral sural nerve (a branch of the common peroneal nerve). The sural nerve courses

between the heads of the gastrocnemius muscle, and after piercing the fascia covering the muscles, it

emerges on the lateral aspect of the Achilles tendon 10 to 15 cm above the lateral malleolus (Figure

22-4A and B). After providing lateral calcaneal branches to the heel, the sural nerve descends behind

the lateral malleolus, supplying the lateral malleolus, Achilles tendon, and ankle joint. The sural

nerve continues on the lateral aspect of the foot, innervating the skin, subcutaneous tissue, fourth

interosseous space, and fifth toe.

Saphenous Nerve

The saphenous nerve is a terminal cutaneous branch (or branches) of the femoral nerve. Its course is

in the subcutaneous tissue of the skin on the medial aspect of the ankle and foot (Figure 22-6).

FIGURE 22-6. Anatomy of the ankle. , saphenous nerve, medial malleolus.

TIP

 All superficial (cutaneous) nerves of the foot should be thought of as a neuronal network rather than as

single strings of nerves with a well-defined, consistent anatomic position).

Distribution of Blockade

An ankle block results in anesthesia of the foot. However, note that an ankle block does not result in

anesthesia of the ankle itself. The proximal extension of the blockade is to the level at which the block

is performed. The more proximal branches of the tibial and peroneal nerves innervate the deep

structures of the ankle joint (see Chapter 01, Essential Regional Anesthesia Anatomy). The two deep

nerves (tibial and deep peroneal) provide innervation to the deep structures, bones, and cutaneous

coverage of the sole and web between the first and second toes (Figure 22-7).



FIGURE 22-7. Innervation of the foot.

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 Three 10-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 Sterile gloves; marking pen

 1.5-in, 25-gauge needle

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The patient is in the supine position with the foot on a footrest.

TIP

 Position the foot on a footrest to facilitate access to all nerves to be blocked.

The deep peroneal nerve is located immediately lateral to the tendon of the extensor hallucis

longus muscle (between the extensor hallucis longus and the extensor digitorum longus) (Figure 22-8).

The pulse of the anterior tibial artery (dorsalis pedis) can be felt at this location; the nerve is

positioned immediately lateral to the artery.

FIGURE 22-8. (A) Maneuvers to extenuate the extensor tendons. The deep peroneal nerve is located

lateral to the hallucis longus tendon (line). (B) Deep peroneal block. The needle is inserted just

lateral to the hallucis longus tendon and slowly advanced to contact the bone. Upon bone contact, the

needle is withdrawn 2–3 mm, and 5 mL of local anesthetic is injected.

The posterior tibial nerve is located just behind and distal to the medial malleolus. The pulse of

the posterior tibial artery can be felt at this location; the nerve is just posterior to the artery.

The superficial peroneal, sural, and saphenous nerves are located in the subcutaneous tissue along

a circular line stretching from the lateral aspect of the Achilles tendon across the lateral malleolus,

anterior aspect of the foot, and medial malleolus to the medial aspect of the Achilles tendon.

TIP

 The superficial nerves branch out and anastomose extensively; they do not have a single consistently

positioned nerve trunk that can be anesthetized by a single precise injection as often taught.

Techniques

For time-efficient blockade of all five nerves, the operator should walk from one side of the foot to

the other during the block procedure instead of bending and leaning over to reach the opposite side.

Before beginning the procedure, the entire foot should be cleaned with a disinfectant. It makes sense

to begin this procedure with blocks of the two deep nerves because subcutaneous injections for the

superficial blocks often deform the anatomy. A controlled or regular syringe can be used.

Deep Peroneal Nerve Block

The finger of the palpating hand is positioned in the groove just lateral to the extensor hallucis longus

(Figure 22-8A). The needle is inserted under the skin and advanced until stopped by the bone. At this

point, the needle is withdrawn back 1 to 2 mm, and 2 to 3 mL of local anesthetic is injected (Figure

22-8B).

TIP

 A deep peroneal block is essentially a “blind” injection of local anesthetic. Instead of relying on a

single injection, a “fan” technique is recommended to increase the success rate after the injection.

 The tendon of extensor hallucis longus can be accentuated by asking the patient to dorsiflex the toes.

Posterior Tibial Nerve Block

The posterior tibial nerve is anesthetized by injecting local anesthetic just behind the medial

malleolus (Figure 22-9A). Similar to that of the deep peroneal nerve, its position is deep to the

superficial fascia. The needle is introduced in the groove behind the medial malleolus and advanced

until contact with the bone is felt. At this point, the needle is withdrawn back 1 to 2 mm, and 2 to 3

mL of local anesthetic is injected (Figure 22-9B).

FIGURE 22-9. (A) Landmark for posterior tibial nerve block is found by palpating the pulse of the

tibial artery posterior to the medial malleolus. (B) Posterior tibial nerve block is accomplished by

inserting the needle next to the pulse of the tibial artery. The needle is advanced until contact with the

bone is established. At this point the needle is withdrawn 2–3 mm, and 5 mL of local anesthetic is

injected.

TIP

 Similar to the procedure used for the deep peroneal nerve, a “fan” technique should be used to

increase the success rate. The needle is pulled back to the skin, and two additional boluses of 2 mL of

local anesthetic are injected after anterior and posterior needle reinsertions.

Blocks of the Superficial Peroneal, Sural, and Saphenous Nerves

These three nerves are superficial cutaneous extensions of the sciatic and femoral nerves. Because

they are positioned superficially to the deep fascia, an injection of local anesthetic in the territory

through which they descend to the distal foot is adequate to achieve their blockade. Each nerve is

blocked using a simple circumferential injection of local anesthetic subcutaneously (Figures 22-10,

22-11, and 22-12).

To block the saphenous nerve, a 1.5 in, 25-gauge needle is inserted at the level of the medial

malleolus and a “ring” of local anesthetic is raised from the point of needle entry to the Achilles

tendon and anteriorly to the tibial ridge (Figure 22.10). This can be usually accomplished with one or

two needle insertions; 5 mL of local anesthetic suffices.

FIGURE 22-10. Saphenous nerve block is accomplished by injection of local anesthetic in a circular

fashion (line) subcutaneously just above the medial malleolus.

To block the superficial peroneal nerve, the needle is inserted at the tibial ridge and extended

laterally toward the lateral malleolus (Figure 22-11). It is important to raise a subcutaneous “wheal”

during injection, which indicates injection in the proper superficial plane. Five milliliters of local

anesthetic is adequate.

FIGURE 22-11. Superficial peroneal nerve block is performed by injecting local anesthetic in a

circular fashion at the level of the lateral malleolus and extending from anterior to posterior.

To block the sural nerve, the needle is inserted at the level of the lateral malleolus and the local

anesthetic is infiltrated toward the Achilles tendon (Figure 22-12). Five milliliters of local anesthetic

is deposited in a circular fashion to raise a skin “wheal.”

FIGURE 22-12. Sural nerve block is accomplished by injecting local anesthetic in a fanwise fashion

subcutaneously and below the fascia behind the lateral malleolus.

TIP

 Remember the subcutaneous position of the superficial nerves and think of their blockade as a “field

block.” A distinct subcutaneous “wheal” should be seen with injection into a proper plane to block

the superficial nerves.

Block Dynamics and Perioperative Management

Ankle block is one of the more uncomfortable block procedures for patients. The reason is that it

involves five separate needle insertions, and subcutaneous injections to block the cutaneous nerves

result in discomfort due to the pressure distension of the skin and nerve endings. Additionally, the foot

is supplied by an abundance of nerve endings and is exquisitely sensitive to needle injections. For

these reasons, this block requires significant premedication to make it acceptable to patients. We

routinely use a combination of midazolam (2–4 mg intravenously) and a narcotic (500–750 μg

alfentanil) to ensure the patient’s comfort during the procedure.

A typical onset time for this block is 10 to 25 minutes, depending primarily on the concentration

and volume of local anesthetic used. Placement of an Esmarch bandage or a tourniquet at the level of

the ankle is well-tolerated and typically does not require additional blockade in sedated patients.

Complications and How to Avoid Them

Complications following an ankle block are typically limited to residual paresthesias due to

inadvertent intraneuronal injection. Systemic toxicity is uncommon because of the distal location of

the blockade. Table 22-1 provides more specific instructions on possible complications and

corrective measures.

TABLE 22-1 Complications of Ankle Block and Preventive Techniques

SUGGESTED READING

Delgado-Martinez AD, Marchal JM, Molina M, Palma A. Forefoot surgery with ankle tourniquet:

complete or selective ankle block? Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2001;26:184-186.

Delgado-Martinez AD, Marchal-Escalona JM. Supramalleolar ankle block anesthesia and ankle

tourniquet for foot surgery. Foot Ankle Int. 2001;22:836-838.

Hadžić; A, Vloka JD, Kuroda MM, Koorn R, Birnbach DJ. The practice of peripheral nerve blocks in

the United States: a national survey. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 1998;23:241-246.

Klein SM, Pietrobon R, Nielsen KC, Warner DS, Greengrass RA, Steele SM. Peripheral nerve

blockade with long-acting local anesthetics: a survey of the Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia.

Anesth Analg. 2002;94:71-76.

Mineo R, Sharrock NE. Venous levels of lidocaine and bupivacaine after midtarsal ankle block. Reg

Anesth. 1992;17:47-49.

Myerson MS, Ruland CM, Allon SM. Regional anesthesia for foot and ankle surgery. Foot Ankle.

1992;13:282-288.

Needoff M, Radford P, Costigan P. Local anesthesia for postoperative pain relief after foot surgery: a

prospective clinical trial. Foot Ankle Int. 1995;16:11-13.

Noorpuri BS, Shahane SA, Getty CJ. Acute compartment syndrome following revisional arthroplasty of

the forefoot: the dangers of ankle-block. Foot Ankle Int. 2000;21:680-682.

Palmisani S, Arcioni R, Di Benedetto P, De Blasi RA, Mercieri M, Ronconi P. Ropivacaine and

levobupivacaine for bilateral selective ankle block in patients undergoing hallux valgus repair. Acta

Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:841-844.

Reilley TE, Gerhardt MA. Anesthesia for foot and ankle surgery. Clin Podiatr Med Surg. 2002;19:125-147, vii.

Reinhart DJ, Stagg KS, Walker KG, et al. Postoperative analgesia after peripheral nerve block for

podiatric surgery: clinical efficacy and chemical stability of lidocaine alone versus lidocaine plus

ketorolac. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2000;25:506-513.

Rudkin GE, Rudkin AK, Dracopoulos GC. Ankle block success rate: a prospective analysis of 1,000

patients. Can J Anaesth. 2005;52:209-210.

Rudkin GE, Rudkin AK, Dracopoulos GC. Bilateral ankle blocks: a prospective audit. ANZ J Surg.

2005;75:39-42.

Schabort D, Boon JM, Becker PJ, Meiring JH. Easily identifiable bony landmarks as an aid in targeted

regional ankle blockade. Clin Anat. 2005;18:518-526.

Schurman DJ. Ankle-block anesthesia for foot surgery. Anesthesiology. 1976;44:348-352.

Shah S, Tsai T, Iwata T, Hadžić; A. Outpatient regional anesthesia for foot and ankle surgery. Int

Anesthesiol Clin. 2005;43:143-151.

Sharrock NE, Waller JF, Fierro LE. Midtarsal block for surgery of the forefoot. Br J Anaesth.

1986;58:37-40.

Tran D, Clemente A, Finlayson RJ. A review of approaches and techniques for lower extremity nerve

blocks. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:922-934.

23

Thoracic Paravertebral Block


FIGURE 23-1. Thoracic paravertebral block.

General Considerations

A thoracic paravertebral block is a technique where a bolus of local anesthetic is injected in the

paravertebral space, in the vicinity of the thoracic spinal nerves following their emergence from the

intervertebral foramen. The resulting ipsilateral somatic and sympathetic nerve blockade produces

anesthesia or analgesia that is conceptually similar to a “unilateral” epidural anesthetic block. Higher

or lower levels can be chosen to accomplish a unilateral, bandlike, segmental blockade at the desired

levels without significant hemodynamic changes. For a trained regional anesthesia practitioner, this

technique is simple to perform and time efficient; however, it is more challenging to teach because it

requires stereotactic thinking and needle maneuvering. A certain “mechanical” mind or sense of

geometry is necessary to master it. This block is used most commonly to provide anesthesia and

analgesia in patients having mastectomy and cosmetic breast surgery, and to provide analgesia after

thoracic surgery or in patients with rib fractures. A catheter can also be inserted for continuous

infusion of local anesthetic.

Regional Anesthesia Anatomy

The thoracic paravertebral space is a wedge-shaped area that lies on either side of the vertebral

column (Figure 23-2). Its walls are formed by the parietal pleura anterolaterally; the vertebral body,

intervertebral disk, and intervertebral foramen medially; and the superior costotransverse ligament

posteriorly. After emerging from their respective intervertebral foramina, the thoracic nerve roots

divide into dorsal and ventral rami. The dorsal ramus provides innervation to the skin and muscle of

the paravertebral region; the ventral ramus continues laterally as the intercostal nerve. The ventral

ramus also gives rise to the rami communicantes, which connect the intercostal nerve to the

sympathetic chain. The thoracic paravertebral space is continuous with the intercostal space laterally,

epidural space medially, and contralateral paravertebral space via the prevertebral fascia. In

addition, local anesthetic can also spread longitudinally either cranially or caudally. The mechanism

of action of a paravertebral blockade includes direct action of the local anesthetic on the spinal nerve,

lateral extension along with the intercostal nerves and medial extension into the epidural space

through the intervertebral foramina.


FIGURE 23-2. Anatomy of the thoracic spinal nerve (root) and innervation of the chest wall.

Distribution of Anesthesia

Thoracic paravertebral blockade results in ipsilateral anesthesia. The location of the resulting

dermatomal distribution of anesthesia or analgesia is a function of the level blocked and the volume

of local anesthetic injected (Figure 23-3).


FIGURE 23-3. Thoracic dermatomal levels.

Single-Injection Thoracic Paravertebral Block

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 A 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 Sterile gloves and marking pen

 A 10-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 An 8-10 cm, 18-gauge Tuohy tip epidural needle for continuous paravertebral block or an 8-10 cm

Quincke tip needle for single injection paravertebral block.

 Low-volume extension tubing

TIP

 The use of needles with markings to indicate the depth of insertion is suggested for a better monitoring

of needle placement.

Patient Positioning

The patient is positioned in the sitting or lateral decubitus (with the side to be blocked uppermost)

position and supported by an attendant (Figure 23-4). The back should assume knee-chest position,

similar to the position required for neuraxial anesthesia. The patient’s feet rest on a stool to allow

greater patient comfort and a greater degree of kyphosis. The positioning increases the distance

between the adjacent transverse processes and facilitates advancement of the needle between them.

FIGURE 23-4. Patient positioning for thoracic paravertebral block. The patient is positioned in a

sitting position with feet resting on a stool and assumes a knee-chest position.

Landmarks and Maneuvers to Accentuate Them

The following anatomic landmarks are used to identify spinal levels and estimate the position of the

relevant transverse processes (Figure 23-5):

FIGURE 23-5. Spinal processes are the main landmarks for the thoracic paravertebral block.

Processes are outlined from C7 (the most prominent vertebrate) to T7 (tip of scapulae).

. Spinous processes (midline)

. Spinous process of C7 (the most prominent spinous process in the cervical region when the neck is

flexed)

. Lower tips of scapulae (corresponds to T7)

The tips of the spinous processes should be marked on the skin. Then a parasagittal line can be

measured and drawn 2.5 cm lateral to the midline (Figure 23-6). For breast surgery, the levels to be

blocked are T2 through T6. For thoracotomy, estimates can be made after discussion with the surgeon

about the planned approach and length of incision.

FIGURE 23-6. The needle insertion points for paravertebral block are labeled 2.5 cm lateral to the

spinous processes.

TIP

 Determining the distance between two transverse processes at the level to be blocked is a rough

estimation at best. Instead, it is more practical to outline the midline and simply draw an arbitrary line

2.5 cm parallel and lateral to the midline. Once the two first transverse processes are identified on

that line, the rest follow a similar cranial-caudal distance between the two processes.

Technique

After cleaning the skin with an antiseptic solution, 6 to 10 mL of dilute local anesthetic is infiltrated

subcutaneously along the line where the injections will be made. The injection should be carried out

slowly to avoid pain on injection.

TIPS

 The addition of a vasoconstrictor helps prevent oozing at the site of injection.

 When more than five or six levels are blocked (e.g., bilateral blocks), the use of alkalinized

chloroprocaine or lidocaine for skin infiltration is suggested to decrease the total dose of long-acting

local anesthetic.

The subcutaneous tissues and paravertebral muscles are infiltrated with local anesthetic to

decrease the discomfort at the site of needle insertion. The fingers of the palpating hand should

straddle the paramedian line and fix the skin to avoid medial-lateral skin movement. The needle is

attached to a syringe containing local anesthetic via extension tubing and advanced perpendicularly to

the skin at the level of the superior aspect of the corresponding spinous process (Figure 23-7).

Constant attention to the depth of needle insertion and the slight medial to lateral needle orientation is

critical to avoid pneumothorax and direction of the needle toward the neuraxial space, respectively.

The utmost care should be taken to avoid directing the needle medially (risk of epidural or spinal

injection). The transverse process is typically contacted at a depth of 3 to 6 cm. If it is not, it is

possible the needle tip has missed the transverse processes and passed either too laterally or in

between the processes. Osseous contact at shallow depth (e.g., 2 cm) is almost always due to a too

lateral needle insertion (ribs). In this case, further advancement could result in too deep insertion and

possible pleural puncture. Instead, the needle should be withdrawn and redirected superiorly or

inferiorly until contact with the bone is made.

FIGURE 23-7. The technique of thoracic paravertebral block begins with insertion of the needle 2.5

cm lateral to the spinous process with an intention to contact the transverse process.

After the transverse process is contacted, the needle is withdrawn to the skin level and redirected

superiorly or inferiorly to “walk off” the transverse process (Figure 23-8A and B). The ultimate goal

is to insert the needle to a depth of 1 cm past the transverse process. A certain loss of resistance to

needle advancement often can be felt as the needle passes through the superior costotransverse

ligament; however, this is a nonspecific sign and should not be relied on for correct placement.


FIGURE 23-8. (A) Once the transverse process is contacted, the needle is walked-off superiorly or

inferiorly and advanced 1–1.5 cm past the transverse process. (B) When walking-off the transverse

process superiorly proves difficult, the needle is redirected to walk off inferiorly.

TIP

• The block procedure consists of three maneuvers (Figure 23-9):

 Contact the transverse processes of individual vertebra and note the depth at which the process

was contacted (usually 2–4 cm) (Figure 23-9A).

 Withdraw the needle to the skin level and reinsert it at a 10° caudal or cephalad angulation

(Figure 23-9B).

 Walk off the transverse process, pass the needle 1 cm deeper and inject 5 mL of local anesthetic

(Figure 23-9C).


FIGURE 23-9. Demonstration of the technique of walking-off the transverse process and needle

redirection maneuvers to enter the paravertebral space (lightly shaded area) containing thoracic nerve

roots. A. Needle contacts transverse process. B. Needle is “walked off” cephalad to reach

paravertebral space. C. Needle is “walked off” to reach paravertebral space.

The needle can be redirected to walk off the transverse process superiorly or inferiorly. At levels

of T7 and below, however, walking off the inferior aspect of the transverse process is recommended

to reduce the risk of intrapleural placement of the needle. Proper handling of the needle is important

both for accuracy and safety. Once the transverse process is contacted, the needle should be regripped 1 cm away from the skin so that insertion only can be made 1 cm deeper before skin contact

with the fingers prevents further advancement.

After aspiration to rule out intravascular or intrathoracic needle tip placement, 5 mL of local

anesthetic is injected slowly (Figure 23-10). The process is repeated for the remaining levels to be

blocked.


FIGURE 23-10. The spread of the contrast-containing local anesthetic in the paravertebral space.

White arrow—paravertebral catheter, blue arrows—spread of the contrast. In right image example (5

ml), the contrast spreads somewhat contralaterally and one level above and below the injection.

TIPS

 Loss of resistance technique to identify the paravertebral is subtle. For this reason, we do not rely on

the loss of resistance as a marker. Instead, we measure the skin–transverse process distance and

simply advance the needle 1 cm past the transverse process.

 Never redirect the needle medially because of the risk of intraforaminal needle passage and

consequent spinal cord injury or subarachnoid injection (total spinal).

 Use common sense when advancing the needle. The depth at which the transverse processes are

contacted varies with a patient’s body habitus and the level at which the block is performed. The

deepest levels are at the high thoracic (T1 and T2) and low lumbar levels (L4 and L5), where the

transverse process is contacted at a depth of 6 to 8 cm in average-size patients. The shallowest depths

are at the midthoracic levels (T5 and T10), where the transverse process is contacted at 3 to 4 cm in

an average-size patient.

 Never disconnect the needle from the tubing or the syringe containing local anesthetic while the needle

is inserted. Instead, use a stopcock to switch from syringe to syringe during injection. This may

prevent the development of a pneumothorax during inspiration in the case of inadvertent puncture of

the parietal.

Choice of Local Anesthetic

It is usually beneficial to achieve longer-acting anesthesia or analgesia in a thoracic paravertebral

blockade by using a long-acting local anesthetic. Unless lower lumbar levels (L2 through L5) are part

of the planned blockade, paravertebral blocks do not result in extremity motor block and do not

impair the patient’s ability to ambulate or perform activities of daily living.

Table 23-1 lists some commonly used local anesthetic solutions and their dynamics with this

block.

TABLE 23-1 Choice of Local Anesthetic for Paravertebral Block

Block Dynamics and Perioperative Management

Placement of a paravertebral block is associated with moderate patient discomfort, therefore

adequate sedation (midazolam 2–4 mg) is necessary for patient comfort. We also routinely administer

alfentanil 250 to 750 μg just before beginning the block procedure. However, excessive sedation

should be avoided because positioning becomes difficult when patients cannot keep their balance in a

sitting position. The efficacy of the block depends on the dispersion of the anesthetic within the space

to reach the individual roots at the level of the injection. The first sign of the block is the loss of

pinprick sensation at the dermatomal distribution of the root being blocked. The higher the

concentration and volume of local anesthetic used, the faster the onset.

Continuous Thoracic Paravertebral Block

Continuous thoracic paravertebral block is an advanced regional anesthesia technique. Except for the

fact that a catheter is advanced through the needle, however, it differs little from the single-injection

technique. The continuous thoracic paravertebral block technique is more suitable for analgesia than

for surgical anesthesia. The resultant blockade can be thought of as a unilateral continuous thoracic

epidural, although bilateral epidural block after injection through the catheter is not uncommon. This

technique provides excellent analgesia and is devoid of significant hemodynamic effects in patients

following mastectomy, unilateral chest surgery or patients with rib fractures.

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 A 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 Sterile gloves and marking pen

 A 3- to 5-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 Epidural kit with a 10-cm, 18-gauge Tuohy-tip needle and catheter

Patient Positioning

The patient is positioned in the supine or lateral decubitus position. In our experience, this block is

used primarily for patients after various thoracic procedures or for patients undergoing a mastectomy

or tumorectomy with axillary lymph node debridement. The ability to recognize spinous processes is

crucial.

Landmarks

The landmarks for a continuous paravertebral block are identical to those for the single-injection

technique. The tips of the spinous processes should be marked on the skin. A parasagittal line can then

be measured and drawn 2.5 cm lateral to the midline.

TIP

 For continuous paravertebral blockade, the catheter is inserted one segmental level below the

midpoint of the thoracotomy incision line.

Technique

The subcutaneous tissues and paravertebral muscles are infiltrated with local anesthetic to decrease

the discomfort at the site of needle insertion. The needle is attached to a syringe containing local

anesthetic via extension tubing and advanced in a sagittal, slightly cephalad plane to contact the

transverse process. Once the transverse process is contacted, the needle is withdrawn back to the skin

level and reinserted cephalad at a 10° to 15° angle to walk off 1 cm past the transverse process and

enter the paravertebral space. As the paravertebral space is entered, a loss of resistance is sometimes

perceived, but it should not be relied on as a marker of correct placement. Once the paravertebral

space is entered, the initial bolus of local anesthetic is injected through the needle. The catheter is

inserted about 3 to 5 cm beyond the needle tip (Figure 23-11). The catheter is secured using an

adhesive skin preparation, followed by application of a clear dressing and clearly labeled

“paravertebral nerve block catheter.” The catheter should be loss of resistance checked for air,

cerebrospinal fluid, and blood before administering a local anesthetic or starting a continuous

infusion.

FIGURE 23-11. Continuous thoracic paravertebral block. The catheter is inserted 3 cm past the

needle tip.

TIPS

 Care must be taken to prevent medial orientation of the needle (risk of epidural or subarachnoid

placement).

 If it is deemed that the needle is inserted too laterally (inability to advance due to needle-rib contact),

the needle should be reinserted medially rather than oriented medially (to avoid the risk of the needle

entering neuraxial space and spinal cord injury).

Management of the Continuous Infusion

Continuous infusion is initiated after an initial bolus of dilute local anesthetic is administered through

the needle or catheter. The bolus injection consists of a small volume of 0.2% ropivacaine or

bupivacaine (e.g., 8 mL). For continuous infusion, 0.2% ropivacaine or 0.25% bupivacaine

(levobupivacaine) is also suitable. Local anesthetic is infused at 10 mL/h or 5 mL/h when a patientcontrolled regional analgesia dose (5 mL every 60 min) is planned.

TIPS

 Breakthrough pain in patients undergoing continuous infusion is always managed by administering a

bolus of local anesthetic; increasing the rate of infusion alone is never adequate.

 When the bolus injection through the catheter fails to result in blockade after 30 minutes, the catheter

should be considered dislodged and should be removed.

Complications and How to Avoid Them

Table 23-2 lists the complications and preventive techniques of thoracic paravertebral block.

TABLE 23-2 Complications of Thoracic Paravertebral Block and Preventive Techniques


SUGGESTED READING

Boezaart AP, Raw RM. Continuous thoracic paravertebral block for major breast surgery. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2006;31:470-476.

Buckenmaier CC III, Steele SM, Nielsen KC, Martin AH, Klein SM. Bilateral continuous paravertebral

catheters for reduction mammoplasty. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2002;46:1042-1045.

Canto M, Sanchez MJ, Casas MA, Bataller ML. Bilateral paravertebral blockade for conventional

cardiac surgery. Anaesthesia. 2003;58:365-370.

Catala E, Casas JI, Unzueta MC, Diaz X, Aliaga L, Landeira JM. Continuous infusion is superior to

bolus doses with thoracic paravertebral blocks after thoracotomies. J Cardiothorac Vasc Anesth.

1996;10:586-588.

Cheung SL, Booker PD, Franks R, Pozzi M. Serum concentrations of bupivacaine during prolonged

continuous paravertebral infusion in young infants. Br J Anaesth. 1997;79:9-13.

Conacher ID, Kokri M. Postoperative paravertebral blocks for thoracic surgery: a radiological

appraisal. Br J Anaesth. 1987;59:155.

Coveney E, Weltz CR, Greengrass R, et al. Use of paravertebral block anesthesia in the surgical

management of breast cancer: experience in 156 cases. Ann Surg. 1998;227:496-501.

Daly DJ, Myles PS. Update on the role of paravertebral blocks for thoracic surgery: are they worth it?

Curr Opin Anaesthesiol. 2009;22:38-43.

Eng J, Sabanathan S. Continuous paravertebral block for postthoracotomy analgesia in children. J

Pediatr Surg. 1992;27:556-557.

Ganapathy S, Murkin JM, Boyd DW, Dobkowski W, Morgan J. Continuous percutaneous paravertebral

block for minimally invasive cardiac surgery. J Cardiothorac Vasc Anesth. 1999;13:594-596.

Greengrass RA, Klein SM, D’Ercole FJ, Gleason DG, Shimer CL, Steele SM. Lumbar plexus and

sciatic nerve block for knee arthroplasty: comparison of ropivacaine and bupivacaine. Can J

Anaesth. 1998;45:1094-1096.

Hadžić A, Vloka JD, Kuroda MM, Koorn R, Birnbach DJ. The practice of peripheral nerve blocks in

the United States: a national survey. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 1998;23:241-246.

Hultman JL, Schuleman S, Sharp T, Gilbert TJ. Continuous thoracic paravertebral block. J

Cardiothorac Anesth. 1989;3:54.

ohnson LR, Rocco AG, Ferrante FM. Continuous subpleural-paravertebral block in acute thoracic

herpes zoster. Anesth Analg. 1988;67:1105-1108.

Karmakar MK. Thoracic paravertebral block. Anesthesiology. 2001;95:771-780.

Karmakar MK, Booker PD, Franks R. Bilateral continuous paravertebral block used for postoperative

analgesia in an infant having bilateral thoracotomy. Paediatr Anaesth. 1997;7:469-471.

Klein SM, Bergh A, Steele SM, Georgiade GS, Greengrass RA. Thoracic paravertebral block for

breast surgery. Anesth Analg. 2000;90:1402-1405.

Kopacz DJ, Thompson GE. Neural blockade of the thorax and abdomen. In: Cousins MJ, Bridenbaugh

PO, eds. Neuronal Blockade in Clinical Anesthesia and Management of Pain. Philadelphia, PA:

Lippincott-Raven; 1988:451-485.

Norum HM, Breivik H. Thoracic paravertebral blockade and thoracic epidural analgesia: two extremes

of a continuum. Anesth Analg. 2011;112:990; 990-1.

Pintaric TS, Potocnik I, Hadzic A, Stupnik T, Pintaric M, Jankovic VN. Comparison of continuous

thoracic epidural with paravertebral block on perioperative analgesia and hemodynamic stability in

patients having open lung surgery.Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2011;36:256-60.

Pusch F, Wildling E, Klimscha W, Weinstable C. Sonographic measurement of needle insertion depth inparavertebral blocks in women. Br J Anaesth. 2002;85:841-843.

Renes SH, Van Geffen GJ, Snoeren MM, Gielen MJ, Groen GJ. “Ipsilateral brachial plexus block and

hemidiaphragmatic paresis as adverse effect of a high thoracic paravertebral block. Reg Anesth Pain

Med. 2011;36:198-201.

Richardson J, Lönnqvist PA, Naja Z. Bilateral thoracic paravertebral block: potential and practice. Br JAnaesth. 2011;106:164-71.

Richardson J, Sabanathan S, Jones J, Shah RD, Cheema S, Mearns AJ. A prospective, randomized

comparison of preoperative and continuous balanced epidural or paravertebral bupivacaine on postthoracotomy pain, pulmonary function and stress responses. Br J Anaesth. 1999;83:387-392.

Richardson J, Sabanathan S. Thoracic paravertebral analgesia. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

1995;39:1005-1015.

Schnabel A, Reichl SU, Kranke P, Pogatzki-Zahn EM, Zahn PK.Efficacy and safety of paravertebral

blocks in breast surgery: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Br J Anaesth.

2010;105:842-52.

Terheggen MA, Wille F, Borel Rinkes IH, Ionescu TI, Knape JT. Paravertebral blockade for minor

breast surgery. Anesth Analg. 2002;94:355-359.

Terheggen MA, Wille F, Borel Rinkes IH, Ionescu TI, Knape JT. Paravertebral blockade for minor

breast surgery. Anesth Analg. 2002;94:355-359.

Vila H Jr, Liu J, Kavasmaneck D. Paravertebral block: new benefits from an old procedure. Curr Opin

Anaesthesiol. 2007;20:316-318.

Wheeler LJ. Peripheral nerve stimulation end-point for thoracic paravertebral block. Br J Anaesth.

2001;86:598.

24

Intercostal Block


FIGURE 24-1. Intercostal nerve block: Patient position and needle insertion.

General Considerations

Intercostal block produces discrete bandlike segmental anesthesia in the chosen levels. Intercostal

block is an excellent analgesic option for a variety of acute and chronic pain conditions. The

beneficial effect of intercostal blockade on respiratory function following thoracic or upper

abdominal surgery, or following chest wall trauma, is well documented. Although similar in many

ways to the paravertebral block, intercostal blocks are generally simpler to perform because the

osseous landmarks are more readily palpable. However, the risks of pneumothorax and local

anesthetic systemic toxicity are present, and care must be taken to prevent these potentially serious

complications. Intercostal blocks can be more challenging to perform above the level of T7 because

the scapula prevents access to the ribs. Although an intercostal block is an excellent choice for

analgesic purposes, it is often inadequate as a complete surgical anesthesia. For this application,

supplementation with another anesthesia technique usually is required.

Regional Anesthesia Anatomy

After emerging from their respective intervertebral foramina, the thoracic nerve roots divide into

dorsal and ventral rami (Figure 24-2). The dorsal ramus provides innervation to the skin and muscle

of the paravertebral region; the ventral ramus continues laterally as the intercostal nerve. This nerve

then pierces the posterior intercostal membrane approximately 3 cm lateral to the intervertebral

foramen and enters the subcostal groove of the rib, where it travels inferiorly to the intercostal artery

and vein. Initially, the nerve lies between the parietal pleura and the inner most intercostal muscle.

Immediately proximal to the angle of the rib, it passes into the space between the innermost and

internal intercostal muscles, where it remains for much of the remainder of its course. At the

midaxillary line, the intercostal nerve gives rise to the lateral cutaneous branch, which pierces the

internal and external intercostal muscles and supplies the muscles and skin of the lateral trunk. The

continuation of the intercostal nerve terminates as the anterior cutaneous branch, which supplies the

skin and muscles of the anterior trunk, including the skin overlying the sternum and rectus abdominis.


FIGURE 24-2. Anatomy of the thoracic spinal and intercostal nerves.

Distribution of Anesthesia

Intercostal blockade results in the spread of local anesthetic along the intercostals sulcus underneath

the parietal pleura, leading to ipsilateral anesthesia of the blocked intercostals levels (Figure 24-3).

A larger volume of local anesthetic or more medial injection may result in backtracking of local

anesthetic into the paravertebral space. The extent of the resulting dermatomal distribution of

anesthesia or analgesia is simply a function of the level of blockade. In contrast to paravertebral

blockade, longitudinal (cephalad-caudad) spread between adjacent levels is much less common,

although possible with large volumes of injectate and/or injection sites close to the midline of the

back. In such instances, the local anesthetic can spread between the levels via the overflow into the

paravertebral space.

FIGURE 24-3. Injection of the local anesthetic (red dye) in intercostal space results in a mediallateral spread of the local anesthetic in the intercostal space where the intercostal nerves (arrow) are

contained.

Equipment

A standard regional anesthesia tray is prepared with the following equipment:

 Sterile towels and gauze packs

 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 Sterile gloves and marking pen

 A 10-mL syringe plus 25-gauge needle with local anesthetic for skin infiltration

 A 1.5-in, 22-gauge needle attached to extension tubing

Patient Positioning

An intercostal block can be performed with the patient in the sitting, lateral decubitus, or prone

positions. With the patient in sitting or lateral position, it is helpful to have the patient’s spine arched

with the arms extended forward. Patients who are prone are best positioned for the block by placing a

pillow under the abdomen and with the arms hanging down from the sides of the bed (Figure 24-4).

This rotates the scapulae laterally and permits access to the angles of the rib above the level of T7

(Figure 24-5).

FIGURE 24-4. The patient position for intercostal block. A pillow is used as an abdominal/pelvic

support. The arms are hanging off the table.

FIGURE 24-5. Technique of palpating the intercostal space. The fingers of the palpating hand are

firmly pressed in the intercostal space 5–7 cm lateral to the midline.

Landmarks and Maneuvers to Accentuate Them

The following anatomic landmarks are used to estimate the position of the relevant ribs.

. Twelfth rib (last rib palpable inferiorly) (Figure 24-6)

FIGURE 24-6. Landmarks for intercostal space are identified first by determining the midline and the

spinous processes (skin marks). Intercostal space is then determined by palpation at each level to be

blocked, and the insertion point for needle is marked 5–7 cm lateral to the midline.

. The 7th rib (lowest rib covered by the angle of the scapula) (Figure 24-7)

FIGURE 24-7. Estimating T7 level at the tip of the scapula.

Once identified by palpation, the inferior border of the corresponding ribs can be marked on the

skin (Figure 24-8). An “x” at the angle of the rib identifies the site of needle insertion, usually about

6–8 cm from the midline. For thoracotomy or upper abdominal incisions, an estimate of the levels

required for effective analgesia can be made after discussion with the surgeon as to the planned

approach and length of incision. Analgesic blocks for rib fractures are planned based on the area of

the injury. Typically, in addition to the estimated dermatomal levels, one additional level above and

one below the estimated levels are also blocked.

FIGURE 24-8. The needle insertion site for intercostal space is labeled 5–7 cm lateral to the

midline.

TIP

 Determining the level of the blockade by counting ribs is merely an estimated, rather than a precise,

technique.

Technique

After cleaning the skin with an antiseptic solution, 1–2 mL of dilute local anesthetic is infiltrated

subcutaneously at each planned injection site.

The fingers of the palpating hand should straddle the insertion site at the inferior border of the rib

and fix the skin to avoid unwanted skin movement. A 1.5-in, 22-gauge needle is attached to a syringe

containing local anesthetic via extension tubing and advanced at an angle of approximately 20°

cephalad to the skin (Figure 24-9). Contact with the rib should be made at within 1 cm in most

patients. While maintaining the same angle of insertion, the needle is walked off the inferior border of

the rib as the skin is allowed to return to its initial position. Then the needle is advanced 3 mm below

the inferior margin of the rib, with the goal of placing the tip in the space containing the neurovascular

bundle (i.e., between the internal and innermost intercostal muscles). The end point for advancement

should be the predetermined distance (3 mm).

FIGURE 24-9. Intercostal nerve block: Patient position and needle insertion.

Following negative aspiration for blood or air, 3–5 mL of local anesthetic of insertion and the

needle withdrawn. The process is repeated for the remaining levels of blockade.

TIPS

 A perpendicular or caudad angulation of the needle can cause the block failure; maintenance of the 20°

cephalad angle increases the chances that the needle tip will be placed in close proximity to the

intercostal nerve.

 Use common sense when advancing the needle. The depth at which the ribs are contacted varies with a

patient’s body habitus, and an absence of bony contact at 1 cm should prompt a reevaluation of

landmarks rather than continued advancement.

 Never disconnect the needle from the tubing or the syringe containing local anesthetic while the needle

is inserted. Instead, use a stopcock to switch the syringes. In the case of inadvertent puncture of the

parietal pleura, this strategy prevents the development of a pneumothorax during inspiration, unless

the visceral pleura are punctured also.

 In patients with a multiple-level blockade, consider using alkalinized 3-chloroprocaine for skin

infiltration to decrease the total dose of the more toxic, long-acting local anesthetic

Choice of Local Anesthetic

It is usually beneficial to achieve longer-acting anesthesia or analgesia for intercostal blockade by

using a long-acting local anesthetic. Systemic absorption of local anesthetic is high following an

intercostal block, and careful consideration of the dose should precede the block performance to

decrease the risk of systemic toxicity.

Table 24-1 lists some commonly used local anesthetic solutions and their dynamics with this

block.

Table 24-1 Choice of Local Anesthetic for Intercostal Block

Block Dynamics and Perioperative Management

The performance of intercostal blocks is associated with relatively minor patient discomfort, although

needle contact with the periosteum can be uncomfortable. A small dose of midazolam (2 mg) and

alfentanil (250–500 μg) just before beginning the block procedure is usually adequate to decrease the

discomfort. Excessive sedation should be avoided because positioning becomes difficult when

patients cannot keep their balance in a sitting position. The first sign of successful blockade is the loss

of pinprick sensation at the dermatomal distribution of the nerve being blocked. The higher the

concentration and volume of local anesthetic used, the faster the onset.

Complications and How to Avoid Them

Table 24-2 lists the complications of intercostal block and preventive techniques.

Table 24-2 Complications of Intercostal Block and Preventive Techniques


SUGGESTED READING

Finnerty O, Carney J, McDonnell JG. Trunk blocks for abdominal surgery. Anaesthesia. 2010;65(Suppl

1):76-83.

Joshi GP, Bonnet F, Shah R, et al. A systematic review of randomized trials evaluating regional

techniques for postthoracotomy analgesia. Anesth Analg. 2008;107:1026-1040.

Karmakar MK, Critchley LAH, Ho AMH, et al. Continuous thoracic paravertebral infusion of

bupivacaine for pain management in patients with multiple fractured ribs. Chest. 2003;123:424-431.

Karmakar MK, Ho AMH. Acute pain management of patients with multiple fractured ribs. J Trauma.

2003;54:612-615.

Kopacz DJ, Thompson GE. Intercostal blocks for thoracic and abdominal surgery. Tech Reg Anesth

Pain Manage. 1998;2:25-29.

Nunn JF, Slavin G. Posterior intercostal nerve block for pain relief after cholecystectomy. Anatomical

basis and efficacy. Br J Anaesth. 1980;52:253-260.

Osinowo OA, Zahrani M, Softah A. Effect of intercostal nerve block with 0.5% bupivacaine on peak

expiratory flow rate and arterial oxygen saturation in rib fractures. J Trauma. 2004;56:345-347.

Stromskag KE, Kleiven S. Continuous intercostals and interpleural nerve blockades. Tech Reg Anesth

Pain Manage. 1998;2:79-89.

SECTION 3 Intravenous Regional Anesthesia

Chapter 25 Bier Block

Chapter 25 Bier Block


FIGURE 25-1. Intravenous regional anesthesia: Injection of local anesthetic and placement of the

tourniquet.

General Considerations

Intravenous regional anesthesia (IVRA) was first described in 1908 by the German surgeon A.G.

Bier, hence the procedure name Bier block. Originally, anesthesia was obtained by the intravenous

injection of procaine in a previously exsanguinated vascular space, isolated from the rest of the

circulation by two Esmarch bandages used as tourniquets. After initial enthusiasm, the technique fell

into obscurity for >50 years. In 1963, Holmes reintroduced the Bier block with the novel use of

lidocaine, describing a series of 30 patients in The Lancet. Today, intravenous regional anesthesia of

the upper limb remains popular because it is reliable, cost effective, safe, and simple to administer. It

is a widely accepted technique well suited for brief minor surgeries such as wrist or hand

ganglionectomy, carpal tunnel release, Dupuytren contractures, reduction of fractures, and others.

Since the duration of anesthesia depends on the length of time the tourniquet is inflated, there is no

need to use long-acting or more toxic agents. Its application for longer surgical procedures is

precluded by the discomfort caused by the tourniquet, typically beginning within 30 to 45 minutes.

Other disadvantages include incomplete muscle relaxation (where important) and lack of

postoperative pain relief. With the implementation of a safety protocol and with meticulous attention

to detail, concerns about local anesthetic (LA) toxicity should merely be a theoretical issue.

Anatomy

The only relevant anatomy is the location and distribution of peripheral veins in the extremity to be

blocked. By preference, a vein as distal as possible is chosen. The antecubital fossa is an alternative

only when more distal peripheral access is lacking.

Distribution of Anesthesia

The entire extremity below the level of the tourniquet is anesthetized. Numerous radiographic,

radioisotope, and neurophysiologic studies looked into the site of action of IVRA. However, the exact

mechanism still remains the subject of debate and controversy. The likely mechanism is that the local

anesthetic, via the vascular bed, reaches both peripheral nerves and nerve trunks (vasae nervorum),

and nerve endings (valveless venules). Diffusion of local anesthetic into the surrounding tissues also

plays a role. Ischemia and compression of the peripheral nerves at the level of the inflated cuff is

probably another contributory component of the mechanism of IVRA. Again, anesthesia achieved by

intravenous regional anesthesia is limited only by the inevitable pain due to tourniquet application;

and, therefore, it is used typically for procedures lasting 30 to 45 minutes.

Equipment

Equipment includes the following items (Figure 25-2):

FIGURE 25-2. Equipment for intravenous (IV) regional anesthesia consists of IV catheter, Esmarch,

and local anesthetic.

 Local anesthetic agent: lidocaine HCl (0.25–2%)

 Rubber tourniquet

 IV catheters (18- or 20-gauge)

 500-mL or 1-L bag of IV solution (crystalloid)

 Infusion set

 Pneumatic tourniquet, ideally with a double cuff

 One Esmarch bandage (about 150 cm in length, 10 cm in width)

 Syringes

Positioning and Preparation

The patient lies in the supine position with the vein selected for block placement readily accessible.

Baseline vital signs are assessed; blood pressure, oxygen saturation, and ECG monitoring are

applied. Intravenous access in the nonoperated extremity is obtained. Small doses of benzodiazepine

for anxiolysis or small aliquots of opioids in case of discomfort, or both, may be administered.

Adequate premedication will improve tourniquet tolerance and benzodiazepines can prevent the

potential central nervous system signs of mild local anesthetic toxicity should the level of local

anesthetic raise. An intact tourniquet system is essential for success and safety. Therefore, pneumatic

cuffs always must be checked for air leaks before starting any IVRA procedure.

Technique

The technique consists of the following steps:

. An IV cannula is inserted in the extremity opposite to the block side.

. A double pneumatic tourniquet is placed on a padding layer of soft cloth (stockinette) with the

proximal cuff high on the upper arm.

. An IV cannula is inserted and carefully secured into a peripheral vein of the operative limb, as far

distally as feasible. The cannula is flushed with saline before capping (Figure 25-3).

FIGURE 25-3. A small gauge intravenous catheter is inserted in the peripheral vein and secured.

. The entire arm is elevated for 1 to 2 minutes to allow for passive exsanguination (Figure 25-4). After

exanguination, while still keeping the arm high, a rubber Esmarch bandage is wrapped around the

arm, spirally from the hand to the distal cuff of the double tourniquet, to exsanguinate the extremity

completely (Figure 25-5).

FIGURE 25-4. A double well-padded tourniquet is placed on the upper arm. The arm is elevated to

allow for passive exsanguinations.

FIGURE 25-5. With the arm elevated, an Esmarch bandage is systematically applied from the

fingertips to the double tourniquet to help empty the venous bed.

. While the axillary artery is digitally occluded, the proximal cuff is inflated to 50 to 100 mm Hg

above systolic arterial blood pressure (Figure 25-6).


FIGURE 25-6. With the Esmarch in place, the double tourniquet is inflated in the following

sequence: The distal cuff (red) is inflated first, followed by inflation of the proximal cuff (blue). Once

the proximal cuff is inflated and checked for functionality, the distal cuff is deflated. The cuff pressure

is determined by the patient’s systolic blood pressure; the cuff pressure should be about 100 mmHg

above the arterial systolic blood pressure.

. Sequence for initial tourniquet management:

. Exsanguinate by elevation and Tourniquet wrapping

. Inflate distal cuff

. Inflate proximal cuff

. Deflate distal cuff

. Inject local anesthetic.

. After reaching the correct pressure, the Esmarch bandage is removed and 12 to 15 mL of

preservative-free 2% lidocaine HCl (or 30–50 mL of 0.5% lidocaine HCl) is slowly injected via the

indwelling extra catheter (20 mL/min) (Figure 25-7). The volume depends on the size of the arm

being anesthetized and the concentration of the anesthetic solution. Commonly recommended maximal

dose is 3 mg/kg.

FIGURE 25-7. With the extremity exsanguinated and the proximal cuff inflated, local anesthetic is

injected to anesthetize the extremity.

. After the injection, the arm is lowered to the level of the table. The IV cannula from the anesthetized

hand is removed, and in a sterile manner, pressure is quickly applied over the puncture site.

0. The onset of anesthesia is almost immediate after injection. When the tourniquet pain is reported by

the patient, the distal cuff should be inflated and the proximal cuff deflated about 25 to 30 minutes

after the beginning of anesthesia (Figure 25-8).

FIGURE 25-8. Management of the tourniquet pain. When the patient complains of tourniquet pain, the

distal cuff (red) is inflated. Once the distal tourniquet is assured to be inflated and functional, the

proximal tourniquet (blue) is deflated. All connectors must be clearly labeled (color coded in our

practice) to avoid error in the sequence of inflation/deflation.

TIPS

• Sequence for managing tourniquet pain:

 Inflate distal cuff.

 Assure that distal cuff is inflated.

 Deflate proximal cuff.

Choice of a Local Anesthetic

Almost all local anesthetic agents have been reported to have been used for IVRA. At present,

lidocaine remains the most commonly used local anesthetic of choice in North America. When used in

the recommended dose of not more than 3 mg/kg, it appears to be remarkably safe in IV regional

blockade. Most researchers report the use of a large volume of a dilute solution of local anesthetic.

We often use a smaller volume of a concentrated agent to simplify by avoiding the need for dilution

and multiple syringes. By using smaller volumes, we find the procedure tends to be more

straightforward and less time consuming; the medication is simpler to prepare and easier to inject.

In some European institutions, prilocaine remains a preferred agent in IVRA. It may be the least

toxic of the drugs used currently, and it is better tolerated than lidocaine in terms of systemic and

central nervous system side effects. However, because it has been associated with the formation of

methemoglobin, prilocaine is not used in North America.

Much research has been done on suitable adjuncts and additives to reduce anesthetic dose and to

obtain improved tourniquet tolerance, better muscle relaxation, and prolonged postoperative pain

control. Research evidence suggests that some adjuvants may offer some benefits. (e.g., ketorolac,

clonidine, meperidine, and muscle relaxants). However, in our opinion, the marginal benefits may not

justify the routine use of any additive because they do not outweigh the risk of increased complexity,

potential for side effects, and drug error that may occur during addition of adjuvants to local

anesthetics.

Block Dynamics and Perioperative Management

With a Bier block, anesthesia of the extremity typically develops within 5 minutes. Progressive

numbness and complete insensitivity are followed by patchy decolorization of the skin and motor

paralysis. Some patients report a tingly or cold sensation in the limb. However, with adequate

premedication, this sign is often missed. After 30 to 45 minutes, the majority of patients report

discomfort at the site of the inflated tourniquet. When this occurs, the distal cuff of the tourniquet

should be inflated and the proximal cuff deflated. This maneuver provides immediate and significant

relief, and the patient gains an additional 15 to 30 minutes of relative comfort. As soon as the patient

gives notice of tourniquet pain, the surgeon should be consulted for information on the expected time

necessary to complete the operation. The proximal tourniquet however, should never be released

before inflation of the distal cuff. Proper labeling of the proximal and distal cuffs and their respective

valves is of the utmost importance. Deflation of the wrong cuff will result in the rapid loss of

anesthesia and the risk of systemic local anesthetic toxicity.

With respect to deflating the tourniquet at the end of a short surgical procedure (i.e., <45 minutes),

it remains important to proceed cautiously. Several protocols for deflation are published. We adhere

to a two-stage deflation: The tourniquet is deflated for 10 seconds and reinflated for 1 minute before

the final release. This sequence results in a more gradual washout of the local anesthetic agent, and,

as such, it reduces the chances of systemic toxicity.

Possible Complications

Untoward sequelae are few. Most of the reports of complications are related to equipment failure or

other factors not directly attributable to the method itself (e.g., neglecting protocol guidelines). Table

25-1 lists complications and ways to prevent them.

TABLE 25-1 Complications and How to Avoid Them



SUGGESTED READING

Bannister M. Bier’s block. Anaesthesia. 1997;52:713.

Blyth MJ, Kinninmonth AW, Asante DK. Bier’s block: a change of injection site. J Trauma.

1995;39:726.

Brown EM, McGriff JT, Malinowski RW. Intravenous regional anaesthesia (Bier block): review of 20

years’ experience. Can J Anaesth. 1989;36:307.

Casale R, Glynn C, Buonocore M. The role of ischaemia in the analgesia which follows Bier’s block

technique. Pain. 1992;50:169.

Choyce A, Peng P. A systematic review of adjuncts for intravenous regional anesthesia for surgical

procedures. Can J Anesth. 2002;49:32-45.

de May JC. Bier’s block. Anaesthesia. 1997;52:713.

Farrell RG, Swanson SL, Walter JR. Safe and effective IV regional anesthesia for use in the emergency

department. Ann Emerg Med. 1985;14:288.

Hadžić A, Vloka JD, Kuroda MM, Koorn R, Birnbach DJ. The practice of peripheral nerve blocks in

the United States: a national survey. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 1998;23:241-246.

Hilgenhurst G. The Bier block after 80 years: a historical review. Reg Anesth. 1990;15:2.

Holmes CM. Intravenous regional neural blockade. In Cousins MJ, Bridenbaugh PO, eds. Neuronal

Blockade in Clinical Anesthesia and Management of Pain. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott-Raven;

1988:395-409.

Hunt SJ, Cartwright PD. Bier’s block—under pressure? Anaesthesia. 1997;52:188.

Moore DC. Bupivacaine toxicity and Bier block: the drug, the technique, or the anesthetist.

Anesthesiology. 1984;61:782.

Tramer MR, Glynn CJ. Magnesium Bier’s block for treatment of chronic limb pain: a randomised,

double-blind, cross-over study. Pain. 2002;99:235.

Van Zundert A, Helmstadter A, Goerig M. Centennial of intravenous regional anesthesia. Bier’s block

(1908–2008). Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:483-489.

Wilson JK, Lyon GD. Bier block tourniquet pressure. Anesth Analg. 1989;68:82

SECTION 4 Foundations Of Ultrasound-Guided Nerve Blocks

Chapter 26 Ultrasound Physics

Chapter 27 Optimizing an Ultrasound Image

Chapter 26 Ultrasound Physics

Daquan Xu

Introduction

Ultrasound application allows for noninvasive visualization of tissue structures. Real-time ultrasound

images are integrated images resulting from reflection of organ surfaces and scattering within

heterogeneous tissues. Ultrasound scanning is an interactive procedure involving the operator, patient,

and ultrasound instruments. Although the physics behind ultrasound generation, propagation,

detection, and transformation into practical information is rather complex, its clinical application is

much simpler. Understanding the essential ultrasound physics presented in this chapter should be

useful for comprehending the principles behind ultrasound-guided peripheral nerve blockade.

History of Ultrasound

In 1880, French physicists Pierre Curie, and his elder brother Jacques Curie, discovered the

piezoelectric effect in certain crystals. Paul Langevin, a student of Pierre Curie, developed

piezoelectric materials, which can generate and receive mechanical vibrations with high frequency

(therefore ultrasound). During WWI, ultrasound was introduced in the navy as a means to detect

enemy submarines. In the medical field, however, ultrasound was initially used for therapeutic rather

than diagnostic purposes. In the late 1920s, Paul Langevin discovered that high power ultrasound

could generate heat in bone and disrupt animal tissues. As a result, ultrasound was used to treat

patients with Ménière disease, Parkinson disease, and rheumatic arthritis throughout the early 1950s.

Diagnostic applications of ultrasound began through the collaboration of physicians and SONAR

engineers. In 1942, Karl Dussik, a neuropsychiatrist and his brother, Friederich Dussik, a physicist,

described ultrasound as a diagnostic tool to visualize neoplastic tissues in the brain and the cerebral

ventricles. However, limitations of ultrasound instrumentation at the time prevented further

development of clinical applications until the early 1970s.

With regard to regional anesthesia, as early as 1978, P. La Grange and his colleagues were the

first anesthesiologists to publish a case-series report of ultrasound application for peripheral nerve

blockade. They simply used a Doppler transducer to locate the subclavian artery and performed

supraclavicular brachial plexus block in 61 patients (Figure 26-1). Reportedly, Doppler guidance led

to a high block success rate (98%) and absence of complications such as pneumothorax, phrenic

nerve palsy, hematoma, convulsion, recurrent laryngeal nerve block, and spinal anesthesia.

FIGURE 26-1. Early application of Doppler ultrasound by LaGrange to perform supraclavicular

brachial block.

In 1989, P. Ting and V. Sivagnanaratnam reported the use of B-mode ultrasonography to

demonstrate the anatomy of the axilla and to observe the spread of local anesthetics during axillary

brachial plexus block. In 1994, Stephan Kapral and colleagues systematically explored brachial

plexus with B-mode ultrasound. Since that time, multiple teams worldwide have worked tirelessly on

defining and improving the application of ultrasound imaging in regional anesthesia. Ultrasoundguided nerve blockade is currently used routinely in the practice of regional anesthesia in many

centers worldwide.

Here is a summary of ultrasound quick facts:

 1880: Pierre and Jacques Curie discovered the piezoelectric effect in crystals.

 1915: Ultrasound was used by the navy for detecting submarines.

 1920s: Paul Langevin discovers that high-power ultrasound can generate heat in osseous tissues and

disrupt animal tissues.

 1942: Karl and Dussik described ultrasound use as a diagnostic tool.

 1950s: Ultrasound was used to treat patients with Ménière disease, Parkinson disease, and rheumatic

arthritis.

 1978: P. La Grange published the first case-series of ultrasound application for placement of needles

for nerve blocks.

 1989: P. Ting and V. Sivagnanaratnam used ultrasonography to demonstrate the anatomy of the axilla

and to observe the spread of local anesthetics during axillary block.

 1994: Steven Kapral and colleagues explored brachial plexus blockade using B-mode ultrasound.

Definition of Ultrasound

Sound travels as a mechanical longitudinal wave in which back-and-forth particle motion is parallel

to the direction of wave travel. Ultrasound is high-frequency sound and refers to mechanical

vibrations above 20 kHz. Human ears can hear sounds with frequencies between 20 Hz and 20 kHz.

Elephants can generate and detect the sound with frequencies <20 Hz for long-distance

communication; bats and dolphins produce sounds in the range of 20 to 100 kHz for precise

navigation (Figure 26-2A and B). Ultrasound frequencies commonly used for medical diagnosis are

between 2 MHz and 15 MHz. However, sounds with frequencies above 100 kHz do not occur

naturally; only human-developed devices can both generate and detect these frequencies, or

ultrasounds.

FIGURE 26-2. (A) Elephants can generate and detect the sound of frequencies <20 Hz for longdistance communication. (B) Bats and dolphins produce sounds in the range of 20–100 kHz for

navigation and spatial orientation.

Piezoelectric Effect

The piezoelectric effect is a phenomenon exhibited by the generation of an electric charge in response

to a mechanical force (squeeze or stretch) applied on certain materials. Conversely, mechanical

deformation can be produced when an electric field is applied to such material, also known the

piezoelectric effect (Figure 26-3). Both natural and human-made materials, including quartz crystals

and ceramic materials, can demonstrate piezoelectric properties. Recently, lead zirconate titanate has

been used as piezoelectric material for medical imaging. Lead-free piezoelectric materials are also

under development. Individual piezoelectric materials produce a small amount of energy. However,

by stacking piezoelectric elements into layers in a transducer, the transducer can convert electric

energy into mechanical oscillations more efficiently. These mechanical oscillations are then

converted into electric energy.

FIGURE 26-3. The piezoelectric effect. Mechanical deformation and consequent oscillation caused

by an electrical field applied to certain material can produce a sound of high frequency.

Ultrasound Terminology

Period is the time it takes for one cycle to occur; the period unit of measure is the microsecond (μs).

Wavelength is the length of space over which one cycle occurs; it is equal to the travel distance

from the beginning to the end of one cycle.

Acoustic velocity is the speed at which a sound wave travels through a medium. It is equal to the

frequency times the wavelength. Speed is determined by the density (ρ) and stiffness (κ) of the

medium (c = (κ/ρ)

1/2). Density is the concentration of medium. Stiffness is the resistance of a

material to compression. Propagation speed increases if the stiffness is increased or the density is

decreased. The average propagation speed in soft tissues is 1540 m/s (ranges from 1400 m/s to 1640

m/s). However, ultrasound cannot penetrate lung or bone tissues.

Acoustic impedance(z) is the degree of difficulty demonstrated by a sound wave being transmitted

through a medium; it is equal to density ρ multiplied by acoustic velocity c (z = ρc). It increases if the

propagation speed or the density of the medium is increased.

Attenuation coefficient is the parameter used to estimate the decrement of ultrasound amplitude in

a certain medium as a function of ultrasound frequency. The attenuation coefficient increases with

increasing frequency; therefore, a practical consequence of attenuation is that the penetration

decreases as frequency increases (Figure 26-4).

FIGURE 26-4. The ultrasound amplitude decreases in certain media as a function of ultrasound

frequency, a phenomenon known as attenuation coefficient. ScN-Sciatic nerve, PA - Popliteal artery.

Ultrasound waves have a self-focusing effect, which refers to the natural narrowing of the

ultrasound beam at a certain travel distance in the ultrasonic field. It is a transition level between

near field and far field. The beam width at the transition level is equal to half the diameter of the

transducer. At the distance of two times the near-field length, the beam width reaches the transducer

diameter. The self-focusing effect amplifies ultrasound signals by increasing acoustic pressure.

In ultrasound imaging, there are two aspects of spatial resolution: axial and lateral. Axial

resolution is the minimum separation of above-below planes along the beam axis. It is determined by

spatial pulse length, which is equal to the product of wavelength and the number of cycles within a

pulse. It can be presented in the following formula:

Axial resolution = wavelength (λ) × number of cycle per pulse = wavelength number of cycle per

pulse

The number of cycles within a pulse is determined by the damping characteristics of the

transducer. The number of cycles within a pulse is usually set between 2 and 4 by the manufacturer of

the ultrasound machines. As an example, if a 2-MHz ultrasound transducer is theoretically used to do

the scanning, the axial resolution would be between 0.8 and 1.6 mm, making it impossible to visualize

a 21-G needle. For a constant acoustic velocity, higher frequency ultrasound can detect smaller

objects and provide a better resolution image. Figure 26-5 shows the images at different resolutions

when a 0.5-mm-diameter object is visualized with three different frequency settings. Lateral

resolution is another parameter of sharpness to describe the minimum side-by-side distance between

two objects. It is determined by both ultrasound frequency and beam width. Lateral resolution can be

improved by focusing to reduce the beam width.


FIGURE 26-5. Ultrasound frequency affects the resolution of the imaged object. Resolution can be

improved by increasing frequency and reducing the beam width by focusing.

Temporal resolution is also important to observe moving objects, such as blood vessels and the

heart. Similar to a movie or cartoon video, the human eye requires that the image be updated at a rate

of approximately 25 times a second or higher for an ultrasound image to appear continuous. However,

imaging resolution is compromised by increasing the frame rate. Optimizing the ratio of resolution to

frame rate is essential to provide the best possible image.

Interactions of Ultrasound Waves with Tissue

As the ultrasound wave travels through tissue, it is subject to a number of interactions. The most

important features are as follows:

 Reflection

 Scatter

 Absorption

When an ultrasound wave encounters boundaries between different media, part of the ultrasound is

reflected and other part is transmitted. The reflected and transmitted directions are given by the

reflection angle θr

 and transmission angle θt

, respectively (Figure 26-6).

FIGURE 26-6. The interaction of ultrasound waves through the media in which they travel is

complex. When ultrasound encounters boundaries between different media, part of the ultrasound is

reflected and part transmitted. The reflected and transmitted directions depend on the respective

angles of reflection and transmission.

Reflection of a sound wave is very similar to optical reflection. Some of its energy is sent back

into the originating medium. In a true reflection, reflection angle θr

 must equal incidence angle θi

. The

strength of the reflection from an interface is variable and depends on the difference of impedances

between two affinitive media and the incident angle at boundary. If the media impedances are equal,

there is no reflection (no echo). If there is a significant difference between media impedances, there

will be far greater or nearly complete reflection. For example, an interface between soft tissues and

either lung or bone involves a considerable change in acoustic impedance and creates strong echoes.

This reflection intensity is also highly angle dependent, meaning that the ultrasound transducer must be

placed perpendicularly to the target nerve to visualize it clearly.

A change in sound direction when crossing the boundary between two media is called refraction.

If the propagation speed through the second medium is slower than it is through the first medium, the

refraction angle is smaller than the incident angle. Refraction can cause artifacts such as those that

occur beneath large vessels.

During ultrasound scanning, a coupling medium must be used between the transducer and the skin

to displace air from the transducer–skin interface. A variety of gels and oils are applied for this

purpose. They also act as lubricants, providing a smooth surface scanning.

Most scanned interfaces are somewhat irregular and curved. If boundary dimensions are

significantly less than the wavelength or not smooth, the reflected waves will be diffused. Scattering

is the redirection of sound in any direction by rough surfaces or by heterogeneous media (Figure 26-

7). Normally, scattering intensity is much less than mirrorlike reflection intensities and is relatively

independent of the direction of the incident sound wave. Therefore, the visualization of the target

nerve is not significantly influenced by other nearby scattering.

FIGURE 26-7. Scattering is the redirection of ultrasound in any direction caused by rough surfaces

or by heterogeneous media.

Absorption is defined as the direct conversion of sound energy into heat. In other words,

ultrasound scanning generates heat in the tissue. Higher frequencies are absorbed at a greater rate than

lower frequencies. However, higher scanning frequency gives better axial resolution. If the ultrasound

penetration is not sufficient to visualize the structures of interest, a lower frequency is selected to

increase the penetration. The use of longer wavelengths (lower frequency) results in lower resolution

because the resolution of ultrasound imaging is proportional to the wavelength of the imaging wave.

Frequencies between 6 and 12 MHz typically yield better resolution for imaging of the peripheral

nerves because they are located more superficially. Lower imaging frequencies, between 2 and 5

MHz, are usually needed for imaging of neuraxial structures. For most clinical applications,

frequencies less than 2 MHz or higher than 15 MHz are rarely used because of insufficient resolution

or insufficient penetration, respectfully.

Ultrasound Image Modes

A-Mode

The A-mode is the oldest ultrasound modality, dating back to 1930. The transducer sends a single

pulse of ultrasound into the medium and waits for the returned signal. Consequently, a simple onedimensional ultrasound image is generated as a series of vertical peaks corresponding to the depth of

the structures at which the ultrasound beam encounters different tissues. The distance between the

echoed spikes (Figure 26-8) can be calculated by dividing the speed of the ultrasound in the tissue

(1540 m/sec) by half the elapsed time. This mode provides little information on the spatial

relationships of the imaged structures, however. Therefore, A-mode ultrasound is not used in regional

anesthesia.

FIGURE 26-8. The A-mode of ultrasound consists of a one-dimensional ultrasound image displayed

as a series of vertical peaks corresponding to the depth of structures at which the ultrasound

encounters different tissues.

B-Mode

The B-mode supplies a two-dimensional image of the area by simultaneously scanning from a linear

array of 100–300 piezoelectric elements rather than a single one, as is the case in A-mode. The

amplitude of the echo from a series of A-scans is converted into dots of different brightness in Bmode imaging. The horizontal and vertical directions represent real distances in tissue, whereas the

intensity of the grayscale indicates echo strength (Figure 26-9). B mode can provide a cross sectional

image through the area of interest and is the primary mode currently used in regional anesthesia.


FIGURE 26-9. An example of B-mode imaging. The horizontal and vertical directions represent

distances and tissues, whereas the intensity of the grayscale indicates echo strength. Scmsternocleidomastoid muscle, IJV-Internal jugular vein, CA-carotid artery, Th-Thyroid gland.

Doppler Mode

The Doppler effect is based on the work of Austrian physicist Johann Christian Doppler. The term

describes a change in the frequency or wavelength of a sound wave resulting from relative motion

between the sound source and the sound receiver. In other words, at a stationary position, the sound

frequency is constant. If the sound source moves toward the sound receiver, a higher pitched sound

occurs. If the sound source moves away from the receiver, the received sound has a lower pitch

(Figure 26-10).

FIGURE 26-10. The Doppler effect. When a sound source moves away from the receiver, the

received sound has a lower pitch and vice versa.

Color Doppler produces a color-coded map of Doppler shifts superimposed onto a B-mode

ultrasound image. Blood flow direction depends on whether the motion is toward or away from the

transducer. Selected by convention, red and blue colors provide information about the direction and

velocity of the blood flow. According to the color map (color bar) in the upper left-hand corner of the

figure (Figure 26-11), the red color on the top of the bar denotes the flow coming toward the

ultrasound probe, and the blue color on the bottom of the bar indicates the flow away from the probe.

In ultrasound-guided peripheral nerve blocks, color Doppler mode is used to detect the presence and

nature of the blood vessels (artery vs. vein) in the area of interest. When the direction of the

ultrasound beam changes, the color of the arterial flow switches from blue to red, or vice versa,

depending on the convention used. Power Doppler is up to five times more sensitive in detecting

blood flow than color Doppler and it is less dependent on the scanning angle. Thus power Doppler

can be used to identify the smaller blood vessels more reliably. The drawback is that power Doppler

does not provide any information on the direction and speed of blood flow (Figure 26-12).


FIGURE 26-11. Color Doppler produces a color-coded map of Doppler shapes superimposed onto a

B-mode ultrasound image. Selected by convention, red and blue colors provide information about the

direction and velocity of the blood flow.


FIGURE 26-12. Although the power Doppler may be useful in identifying smaller blood vessels, the

drawback is that it does not provided information on the direction and speed of blood flow.

M-Mode

A single beam in an ultrasound scan can be used to produce a picture with a motion signal, where

movement of a structure such as a heart valve can be depicted in a wave-like manner. M-mode is used

extensively in cardiac and fetal cardiac imaging; however, its present use in regional anesthesia is

negligible (Figure 26-13).


FIGURE 26-13. M-mode consists of a single beam used to produce an image with a motion signal.

Movement of a structure can be depicted in a wavelike matter.

Ultrasound Instruments

Ultrasound machines convert the echoes received by the transducer into visible dots, which form the

anatomic image on ultrasound screen. The brightness of each dot corresponds to the echo strength,

producing what is known as a grayscale image.

Two types of scan transducers are used in regional anesthesia: linear and curved. A linear

transducer can produce parallel scan lines and rectangular display, called a linear scan, whereas a

curved transducer yields a curvilinear scan and arc-shaped image (Figure 26-14A and B). In clinical

scanning, even a very thin layer of air between the transducer and skin may reflect virtually all the

ultrasound, hindering any penetration into the tissue. Therefore, a coupling medium, usually an

aqueous gel, is applied between surfaces of the transducer and skin to eliminate the air layer. The

ultrasound machines currently used in regional anesthesia provide a two-dimensional image, or

“slice.” Machines capable of producing three-dimensional images have recently been developed.

Theoretically, three-dimensional (3D) imaging should help in understanding the relationship of

anatomic structures and spread of local anesthetics. (Figure 26-14C and D). At present, however,

3D-real time imaging systems still lack the resolution and simplicity of 2D images, so their practical

use in regional anesthesia is limited.


FIGURE 26-14. Three-dimensional imaging. (A) A linear transducer produces parallel scan lines

and rectangular display; linear scan. (B) A curve “phase array” transducer results in a curvilinear

scan and an arch-shaped image. (C) An example of cross-sectional three-dimensional (3D) imaging.

(D) An example of longitudinal 3D imaging. Three-dimensional imaging theoretically should provide

more spatial orientation of the image structures; however, its current drawback is lower resolution

and greater complexity compared with 2D images, which limit its application in the current practice

of regional anesthesia.

Time-Gain Compensation

The echoes exhibit a steady decline in amplitude with increasing depth. This occurs for two reasons:

First, each successive reflection removes a certain amount of energy from the pulse, decreasing the

generation of later echoes. Second, tissue absorbs ultrasound, so there is a steady loss of energy as

the ultrasound pulse travels through the tissues. This can be corrected by manipulating time-gain

compensation (TGC) and compression functions.

Amplification is the conversion of the small voltages received from the transducer into larger ones

that are suitable for further processing and storage. Gain is the ratio of output to input electric power.

TGC is time-dependent exponential amplification. TGC function can be used to increase the

amplitude of incoming signals from various tissue depths. The layout of the TGC controls varies from

one machine to another. A popular design is a set of slider knobs; each knob in the slider set controls

the gain for a specific depth, which allows for a well-balanced gain scale on the image (Figure 26-

15A–C). Compression is the process of decreasing the differences between the smallest and largest

echo-voltage amplitudes; the optimal compression is between 2 and 4 for maximal scale equal to 6.


FIGURE 26-15. (A–C) The effect of the time-gain compensation settings. Time-gain compensation is

a function that allows time (depth) dependent amplification of signals returning from different depths.

SCM-sternocleidomastoid muscle, IJV-Internal jugular vein, N-nerve, CA-carotid artery, Th-thyroid

gland.

Focusing

As previously discussed, it is common to use an electronic means to narrow the width of the beam at

some depth and achieve a focusing effect similar to that obtained using a convex lens (Figure 26-16).

This strategy improves the resolution in the plane because the beam width is converged. However, the

reduction in beam width at the selected depth is achieved at the expense of degradation in beam width

at other depths, resulting in poorer images below the focal region.

FIGURE 26-16. A demonstration of focusing effect. An electronic means can be used to narrow the

width of the beam at specific depth resulting in the focusing effect and a greater resolution at a chosendepth.

Bioeffect and Safety

The mechanisms of action by which ultrasound application could produce a biologic effect can be

characterized into two aspects: heating and mechanical. The generation of heat increases as

ultrasound intensity or frequency is increased. For similar exposure conditions, the expected

temperature increase in bone is significantly greater than in soft tissues. Reports in animal models

(mice and rats) suggest that application of ultrasound may result in a number of undesired effects, suchas fetal weight reduction, postpartum mortality, fetal abnormalities, tissue lesions, hind limb

paralysis, blood flow stasis, and tumor regression. Other reported undesired effects in mice are

abnormalities in B-cell development and ovulatory response, and teratogenicity. In general, adult

tissues are more tolerant of rising temperature than fetal and neonatal tissues. A modern ultrasound

machine displays two standard indices: thermal and mechanical. The thermal index (TI) is defined as

the transducer acoustic output power divided by the estimated power required to raise tissue

temperature by 1°C. Mechanical index (MI) is equal to the peak rarefactional pressure divided by the

square root of the center frequency of the pulse bandwidth. TI and MI indicate the relative likelihood

of thermal and mechanical hazard in vivo, respectively. Either TI or MI >1.0 is hazardous.

Biologic effect due to ultrasound also depends on tissue exposure time. Fortunately, ultrasoundguided nerve block requires the use of only low TI and MI values on the patient for a short period of

time. Based on in vitro and in vivo experimental study results to date, there is no evidence that the useof diagnostic ultrasound in routine clinical practice is associated with any biologic risks.

SUGGESTED READING

Edelman SK. Understanding Ultrasound Physics. 3d ed. Woodlands, TX: ESP; 2004.

Hedrick WR, Hykes DL, Starchman DE. Ultrasound Physics and Instrumentation. 4th ed. Chicago, IL:

Mosby Yearbook; 2004.

Kapral S, Krafft P, Eibenberger K, Fitzgerald R, Gosch M, Weinstabl C. Ultrasound-guided

supraclavicular approach for regional anesthesia of the brachial plexus. Anesth Analg 1994; 78:507-

513.

La Grange PDP, Foster PA, Pretorius LK. Application of the Doppler ultrasound bloodflow detector in

supraclavicular brachial plexus block. Br J Anesth. 1978;50:965-967.

Marhofer P, Greher M, Kapral S. Ultrasound guidance in regional anaesthesia. Br J Anesth. 2005;94:7-

17.

O’Neill JM. Musculoskeletal Ultrasound: Anatomy and Technique. New York, NY: Springer; 2008.

Ting PL, Sivagnanaratnam V. Ultrasonographic study of the spread of local anaesthetic during axillary

brachial plexus block. Br J Anesth. 1978;63:326-329.

Zagzebski JA. Essentials of Ultrasound Physics. St. Louis, MO: Mosby; 1996.

Chapter 27 Optimizing an Ultrasound Image

Daquan Xu

Optimizing an image produced by ultrasound is an essential skill for performance of an ultrasoundguided nerve block. Anatomically, peripheral nerves are often located in the vicinity of an artery or

between muscle layers. The echo texture of normal peripheral nerves can have a hyperechoic,

hypoechoic, or honeycomb pattern (Figure 27-1). Several scanning steps and techniques can be used

to facilitate adequate nerve imaging, including the selection of sonographic modes, adjustment of

function keys, needle visualization, and interpretation of image artifacts.

FIGURE 27-1. Architecture of peripheral nerves.

All in all, sonographic imaging modes used for ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia and medical

diagnostics are conventional imaging, compound imaging, and tissue harmonic imaging (THI). The

conventional imaging is generated by a single-element angle beam. The compound imaging is

implemented by acquiring several (usually three to nine) overlapping frames from different

frequencies or from different angles. The tissue harmonic imaging acquires the information from

harmonic frequencies generated by ultrasound beam transmission through tissue, which improves

tissue contrast by suppression of scattering signals. Compound imaging with The tissue harmonic

imaging can provide images with better resolution, penetration, and interfaces and margin

enhancement, compared with those obtained using conventional sonography. In Figure 27-2,

compound imaging and conventional imaging was used to view the interscalene brachial plexus.

There is a clear margin definition of two hypoechoic oval-shaped nerve structures in compound

imaging. As an example, the contrast resolution between the anterior scalene muscle and the

surrounding adipose tissue is enhanced in comparison with those made with conventional imaging

techniques.


FIGURE 27-2. Examples of image quality typically obtained with conventional versus compound

imaging.

Five function keys on an ultrasound machine are of crucial importance to achieve an optimal image

during the performance of peripheral nerve imaging (Figure 27-3A).

FIGURE 27-3. Optimizing an ultrasound image using five key functional adjustments (A) and specific

tips on adjusting the focus (B) and gain (C). Some ultrasound models are specifically optimized for

regional anesthesia application and may not incorporate user-adjustable focus and/or time gain

compensation (TGC).

. Depth: The depth of the nerve is the first consideration when ultrasound-guided nerve block is

performed. The depth at which peripheral nerves are positioned and therefore imaged greatly varies

and also depends on a patient’s habitus. An optimal depth setting is important for proper focusing

properties during imaging. Table 27-1 describes the recommended initial depth settings for common

peripheral nerves. The target nerve should be at the center of the ultrasound image to obtain the best

resolution of the nerve and reveal other anatomic structures in the vicinity of the nerve. For example,

ultrasound imaging during supraclavicular or infraclavicular brachial plexus blockade requires that

first rib and pleura are viewed simultaneously to decrease the risk of lung puncture with the needle.

TABLE 27-1 Suggested Optimal Imaging Depth for Common Peripheral Nerve Blocks

. Frequency: The ultrasound transducer with the optimal frequency range should be selected to best

visualize the target nerves. Ultrasound energy is absorbed gradually by the transmitted tissue; the

higher the frequency of ultrasound, the more rapid the absorption, and the less distance propagation.

Therefore, a low-frequency transducer is used to scan structures at a deeper location. Unfortunately,

this is at the expense of reduced image resolution.

. Focusing: Lateral resolution can be improved by choosing the higher frequency as well as by

focusing the ultrasound beam. In actual practice, the focus is adjusted at the level of the target nerve;

the best image quality for a given nerve is obtained by choosing an appropriate frequency transducer

and the focal zone (Figure 27-3B).


. Gain: Screen brightness can be adjusted manually by two function buttons: gain and time-gain

compensation (TGC). Excessive or inadequate gain can cause both a blurring of tissue boundaries and

a loss of information. Optimal gain for scanning peripheral nerves is typically the gain at which the

best contrast is obtained between the muscles and the adjacent connective tissue. This is because

muscles are well-vascularized tissue invested with connective tissue fibers, whereas, the echo texture

of connective tissue is similar to that of nerves. In addition, increasing gain below the focus works

well with the TGC control to visualize both the target nerve and the structures below it. Figure 27-3C

shows the same section with both correct and incorrect gain and TGC settings.


. Doppler: In regional anesthesia, Doppler ultrasound is used to detect vascular structures or the

location of the spread of the local anesthetic injection. Doppler velocity is best set between 10 and 20

cm/s to reduce aliasing of color Doppler imaging and artifacts of color. Of note, power Doppler is

more sensitive for detecting blood flow than color Doppler.

Two needle insertion techniques with relevance to the needle–transducer relationship are

commonly used in ultrasound-guided nerve block: the in-plane and out-of-plane techniques (Figure

27-4). In-plane technique means the needle is placed in the plane of ultrasound beam; as a result, the

needle shaft and the tip can be observed in the longitudinal view real time as the needle is advanced

toward the target nerve. When the needle is not visualized on the image, the needle advancement

should be stopped. Tilting or rotating the transducer can bring the ultrasound beam into alignment with

the needle and help with its visualization. Additionally, a subtle, fast needle shake and or injection of

small amount of injectate may help depict the needle location. The out-of-plane technique involves

needle insertion perpendicularly to the transducer. The needle shaft is imaged in a cross-section plane

and can be identified as a bright dot in the image. Visualization of the tip of the needle, however, is

difficult and unreliable. The method used to visualize the tip of the needle is as follows: Once a bright

dot (shaft) is seen in the image, the needle can be shaken slightly and/or the transducer can be tilted

toward the direction of needle insertion simultaneously until the dot disappears. Shaking the needle

helps differentiate the echo as emanating from the needle or from the surrounding tissue. The last

capture of the hyperechoic dot is its tip. A small amount of injectate can be used to confirm the

location of needle tip. Whenever injectate is used to visualize the needle tip, attention must be paid to

avoid resistance (pressure) to injection because when the needle–nerve interface is not well seen,

there is a risk for an intraneural injection.

FIGURE 27-4. In-plane and out-of-plane needle insertion and corresponding ultrasound image.

By definition, ultrasound artifact is any image aberration that does not represent the correct

anatomic arrangement. The five artifacts often seen in regional anesthesia practice (Figure 27-5) are

as follows.


FIGURE 27-5. Common artifacts during ultrasound imaging. LA - local anesthetic, MSM - middle

scalene muscle.

. Shadowing is a significant reduction of ultrasound energy lying below solid objects (e.g., osseous

structures, gallstone). This is manifested by attenuation of the echo signals as seen in an abnormal

decrease of the brightness, which appear as a shadow on the image.

. Enhancement manifests as overly intense echogenicity behind an object (such as vessel, cyst) that is

less attenuating than the surrounding soft tissues. The echo signals are enhanced in brightness

disproportional to the echo strength. Scanning from different angles or from different planes may help

to decrease shadowing/enhancement artifacts and to visualize the target nerve.

. Reverberation is a set of equally spaced bright linear echoes behind the reflectors in the near field of

the image. It may be attenuated or eliminated when scanning direction is changed or ultrasound

frequency is decreased.

. Mirror image artifact results from an object located on one side of a highly reflective interface,

appearing on the other side as well. Both virtual and artifactual images have an equal distance to the

reflector from opposite directions. Changing scanning direction may decrease the artifact.

. Velocity error is the displacement of the interface, which is caused by the difference of actual

velocity of ultrasound in human soft tissue, compared with the calibrated speed, which is assumed to

be 1540 m/sec in the ultrasound system.

The inherent artifact in the process of scanning cannot be completely eliminated in all cases by

manipulating ultrasound devices or changing the settings. However, recognizing and understanding

ultrasound artifacts help the operator avoid misinterpretation of images.

Here is an acronym, SCANNING, for preparing to scan:

: Supplies

C: Comfortable positioning

A: Ambiance

N: Name and procedure

N: Nominate transducer

Infection control

N: Note lateral/medial side on screen

G: Gain depth

. Gather supplies: All equipment necessary for ultrasound scanning should be prepared. Equipment

may differ slightly depending on the area to be scanned; however some necessary equipment includes:

. Ultrasound machine

. Transducer covers

. Nerve block kit, nerve stimulator

. Sterile work trolley

. Local anesthetic drawn up and labeled

 Whenever possible, connect the ultrasound machine to the power outlet to prevent the machine from

powering down during a procedure

. Comfortable patient position: Patient should be positioned in such a way that the patient, the

anesthesiologist, the ultrasound machine, and the sterile block tray are all arranged in an ergonomic

position that allows for a time-efficient performance of the procedure.

. The ultrasound machine should be set up on the opposite side of the patient with the screen at the

operator’s eye level.

. Block tray should be positioned close enough to the operator so it eliminates the need to reach for

needle, gel, and other supplies but should not interfere with the scanning procedure.

. Ambiance—set room settings: Adjust the lights in the room in order to view the ultrasound machine

and procedural site adequately.

. Dim lighting optimizes visualization of the image on the screen; more lighting is typically needed for

the procedural site.

. Adjust the room light settings to allow for proper lighting to both areas, as well for safe monitoring of

the patient.

. Name of patient, procedure, and site of procedure: Before performing a scan take a “time-out” to

ensure patient information is correct, the operation being done is confirmed, and the side in which the

procedure is being done is validated. Checking that patient informati on is entered into the ultrasound

machine and matches the information on the patient’s wristband not only confirms identity but also

allows for images to be saved during the scanning process for documentation.

. Select transducer: Select the transducer that best fits the scheduled procedure to be done.

. A linear transducer is best scanning superficial anatomic structures; a curved (phased array)

transducer displays a sector image and is typically better for deeper positioned structures.

. Disinfection: Disinfect the patient’s skin using a disinfectant solution to reduce the risk of

contamination and infection.

. Orient transducer and apply gel: The operator should orient the transducer to match the mediallateral orientation of the patient. This is conventionally not done by radiologists/sonographers, but it

is very useful for intervention-oriented regional anesthesia procedures.

. Touch one edge of the transducer to orient the side of the transducer so the medial-lateral orientation

on the patient corresponds to that on the screen.

. A sufficient amount of gel is applied to either the transducer or the patient’s skin to allow for

transmission of the ultrasound. A copious amount of disinfectant solution can be used instead of gel in

many instances.

. Insufficient quality of gel will decrease reflection-absorption rates and may result in unclear/blurry

images on the ultrasound image being displayed.

. Place transducer on the patient’s skin and adjust ultrasound machine settings:

. The gain should be adjusted with the general gain setting and/or by using TGC.

. The depth is adjusted to optimize imaging of structures of interest.

. Where available, focus point is adjusted at the desired level.

. Scanning mode can be switched to aid in the recognition of the structures as necessary (e.g., color

Doppler can help depict blood vessels, M-mode can distinguish between arteries and veins).

SUGGESTED READING

Chudleigh T, Thilaganathan B. Obstetric Ultrasound: How, Why and When. 3rd ed. Edinburgh, UK:

Elsevier Churchill Livingstone; 2004.

Grau T. Ultrasonography in the current practice of regional anaesthesia. Best Pract Res Clin

Anaesthesiol. 2005;19:175-200.

Gray AT. Ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia: current state of the art. Anesthesiology.

2006;104(2):368-373.

Sites BD, Brull R, Chan VW, et al. Artifacts and pitfall errors associated with ultrasound-guided

regional anesthesia. Part I: understanding the basic principles of ultrasound physics and machine

operations. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32(5):412-418.

Sites BD, Brull R, Chan VW, et al. Artifacts and pitfall errors associated with ultrasound-guided

regional anesthesia. Part II: a pictorial approach to understanding and avoidance. Reg Anesth Pain

Med. 2007;32(5):419-433.

SECTION 5

Ultrasound-Guided Nerve Blocks

Chapter 28 Ultrasound-Guided Cervical Plexus Block

Chapter 29 Ultrasound-Guided Interscalene Brachial Plexus Block

Chapter 30 Ultrasound-Guided Supraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block

Chapter 31 Ultrasound-Guided Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block

Chapter 32 Ultrasound-Guided Axillary Brachial Plexus Block

Chapter 33 Ultrasound-Guided Forearm Blocks

Chapter 34 Ultrasound-Guided Wrist Block

Chapter 35 Ultrasound-Guided Femoral Nerve Block

Chapter 36 Ultrasound-Guided Fascia Iliaca Block

Chapter 37 Ultrasound-Guided Obturator Nerve Block

Chapter 38 Ultrasound-Guided Saphenous Nerve Block

Chapter 39 Ultrasound-Guided Sciatic Block

Part 1: Anterior Approach

Part 2: Transgluteal and Subgluteal Approach

Chapter 40 Ultrasound-Guided Popliteal Sciatic Block

Chapter 41 Ultrasound-Guided Ankle Block

Chapter 42 Common Ultrasound-Guided Truncal and Cutaneous Blocks

Part 1: Transversus Abdominis Plane Block

Part 2: Iliohypogastric and Ilioinguinal Blocks

Part 3: Rectus Sheath Block

Part 4: Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve Block

28

Ultrasound-Guided Cervical Plexus Block


FIGURE 28-1. Needle and transducer position to block the superficial cervical plexus using a

transverse view.

General Considerations

The goal of the ultrasound-guided technique of superficial cervical plexus block is to deposit local

anesthetic in the vicinity of the sensory branches of the nerve roots C2, C3, and C4. Advantages over

the landmark-based technique include the ability to ensure the spread of local anesthetic in the correct

plane and therefore increase the success rate and avoid too deep needle insertion and/or inadvertent

puncture of neighboring structures. Both in-plane and out-of-plane approaches can be used. The

experience with ultrasound-guided deep cervical plexus is still in its infancy and not described here.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM) forms a “roof” over the nerves of the superficial cervical

plexus (C2-4). The roots combine to form the four terminal branches (lesser occipital, greater

auricular, transverse cervical, and supraclavicular nerves) and emerge from behind the posterior

border of the SCM (Figure 28-2). The plexus can be visualized as a small collection of hypoechoic

nodules (honeycomb appearance or hypo-echoic [dark] oval structures) immediately deep or lateral

to the posterior border of the SCM (Figure 28-3), but this is not always apparent. Occasionally, the

greater auricular nerve is visualized (Figure 28-4) on the superficial surface of the SCM muscle as a

small, round hypoechoic structure. The SCM is separated from the brachial plexus and the scalene

muscles by the prevertebral fascia, which can be seen as a hyperechoic linear structure. The

superficial cervical plexus lies posterior to the SCM muscle, and immediately underneath the

prevertebral fascia overlying the interscalene groove. (Figure 28-3).

FIGURE 28-2. Anatomy of the superficial cervical plexus. sternocleidomastoid muscle.

mastoid process. clavicle. external jugular vein. Superficial cervical plexus is seen emerging

behind the posterior border of the sternocleidomastoid muscle at the intersection of the muscle with

the external jugular vein. Greater auricular nerve.

FIGURE 28-3. Superficial cervical plexus-transverse view.

FIGURE 28-4. Branches of the superficial cervical plexus (CP) emerging behind the prevertebral

fascia that covers the middle (MSM) and anterior (ASM) scalene muscles, and posterior to the

sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM). White arrows, Prevertebral Fascia; CA, carotid artery; PhN,

phrenic nerve.

Distribution of Blockade

The superficial cervical plexus block results in anesthesia of the skin of the anterolateral neck and the

anteauricular and retroauricular areas, as well as the skin overlying and immediately inferior to the

clavicle on the chest wall (Figure 28-5).


FIGURE 28-5. Sensory distribution of the cervical plexus and innervation of the lateral aspect of the

face.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–18 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 Two 10-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 A 2.5-in, 23- to 25-gauge needle attached to low-volume extension tubing

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Any patient position that allows for comfortable placement of the ultrasound transducer and needle

advancement is appropriate. This block is typically performed in the supine or semi-sitting position,

with the head turned slightly away from the side to be blocked to facilitate operator access (Figure

28-6A and B). The patient’s neck and upper chest should be exposed so that the relative length and

position of the SCM can be assessed.

FIGURE 28-6. Superficial cervical plexus block. A) Transverse approach with an in-plane needle

advancement. B) Longitudinal approach.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip immediately adjacent to the superficial cervical plexus. If it is not

easily visualized, the local anesthetic can be deposited in the plane immediately deep to the SCM and

underneath the prevertebral fasica. A volume of 10 to 15 mL of local anesthetic usually suffices.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer is placed on the

lateral neck, overlying the SCM at the level of its midpoint (approximately the level of the cricoid

cartilage). Once the SCM is identified, the transducer is moved posteriorly until the tapering posterior

edge is positioned in the middle of the screen. At this point, an attempt should be made to identify the

brachial plexus and/or the interscalene groove between the anterior and middle scalene muscles. The

plexus is visible as a small collection of hypoechoic nodules (honeycomb appearance) immediately

underneath the prevertebral fascia that overlies the interscalene groove (Figures 28-3 and 28-4).

Once identified, the needle is passed through the skin, platysma and prevertebral fascia, and the tip

placed adjacent to the plexus (Figure 28-7). Because of the relatively shallow position of the target,

both in-plane (from medial or lateral sides) and out-of-plane approaches can be used. Following

negative aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to confirm the proper injection site. Then

the remainder of the local anesthetic (10–15 mL) is administered to envelop the plexus (Figure 28-8).

FIGURE 28-7. Needle path (1) and position to block the superficial cervical plexus (CP), transverse

view. The needle is seen positioned underneath the lateral border of the sternocleidomastoid muscle

(SCM) and underneath the prevertebral fascia with the transducer in a transverse position (Figure 28-

1). ASM, anterior scalene muscle; CA, carotid artery; MSM, middle scalene muscle.

FIGURE 28-8. Desired distribution of the local anesthetic (area shaded in blue) to block the

superficial cervical plexus. ASM, anterior scalene muscle; CA, carotid artery; CP, cervical plexus;

MSM, middle scalene muscle; SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle.

If the plexus is not visualized, an alternative substernocleidomastoid approach can be used. In this

case, the needle is passed behind the SCM and the tip is directed to lie in the space between the SCM

and the prevertebral fascia, close to the posterior border of the SCM (Figures 28-6B, 28-9, and 28-

10). Local anesthetic (10–15 mL) is administered and should be visualized layering out between the

SCM and the underlying prevertebral fascia (Figure 28-11). If injection of the local anesthetic does

not appear to result in an appropriate spread, additional needle repositioning and injections may be

necessary. Because the superficial cervical plexus is made up of purely sensory nerves, high

concentrations of local anesthetic are usually not required; 0.25%-0.5% ropivacaine, bupivacaine

0.25%, or lidocaine 1% are examples of good choices.

FIGURE 28-9. Longitudinal view of the superficial cervical plexus (CP) underneath the lateral

border of the sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM).

FIGURE 28-10. Needle position to block the cervical plexus (CP), longitudinal view.

FIGURE 28-11. Desired spread of the local anesthetic under the cervical fascia to block the cervical

plexus (CP).

TIPS

 Visualization of the plexus is not necessary to perform this block because it may not be always readily

apparent. Administration of 10 to 15 mL of local anesthetic deep to the SCM provides a reliable

block without confirming the position of the plexus.

 The superficial cervical plexus overlies the brachial plexus (i.e., immediately superficial to the

interscalene groove and underneath the prevertebral fascia). This can serve as a sonographic

landmark by identifying the scalene muscles, the trunks of the brachial plexus, and/or the groove itself

and the prevertebral fascia.


SUGGESTED READING

Aunac S, Carlier M, Singelyn F, De Kock M. The analgesic efficacy of bilateral combined superficial

and deep cervical plexus block administered before thyroid surgery under general anesthesia. Anesth

Analg. 2002;95:746-750.

Demondion X, Herbinet P, Boutry N, et al. Sonographic mapping of the normal brachial plexus. Am J

Neuroradiol. 2003;24:1303-1309.

Eti Z, Irmak P, Gulluoglu BM, Manukyan MN, Gogus FY. Does bilateral superficial cervical plexus

block decrease analgesic requirement after thyroid surgery? Anesth Analg. 2006;102:1174-1176.

Guay J. Regional anesthesia for carotid surgery. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol. 2008;21:638-644.

Narouze S. Sonoanatomy of the cervical spinal nerve roots: implications for brachial plexus block. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:616.

Roessel T, Wiessner D, Heller AR, et al. High-resolution ultrasound-guided high interscalene plexus

block for carotid endarterectomy. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:247-253.

Sandeman DJ, Griffiths MJ, Lennox AF. Ultrasound guided deep cervical plexus block. Anaesth

Intensive Care. 2006;34:240-244.

Soeding P, Eizenberg N. Review article: anatomical considerations for ultrasound guidance for regionalanesthesia of the neck and upper limb. Can J Anaesth. 2009;56:518-533.

Usui Y, Kobayashi T, Kakinuma H, Watanabe K, Kitajima T, Matsuno K. An anatomical basis for

blocking of the deep cervical plexus and cervical sympathetic tract using an ultrasound-guided

technique. Anesth Analg. 2010;110:964-968.

29

Ultrasound-Guided Interscalene Brachial Plexus Block


FIGURE 29-1. Ultrasound-guided interscalene brachial plexus block; transducer and needle position

to obtain the desired ultrasound image for an in-plane approach.

General Considerations

The ultrasound-guided technique of interscalene brachial plexus block differs from nerve stimulator

or landmark-based techniques in several important aspects. Most importantly, distribution of the local

anesthetic is visualized to assure adequate spread around the brachial plexus. Ultrasound guidance

allows multiple injections around the brachial plexus, therefore eliminating the reliance on a single

large injection of local anesthetic for block success as is the case with non–ultrasound-guided

techniques. Ability to inject multiple aliquots of local anesthetic also may allow for the reduction in

the volume of local anesthetic required to accomplish the block. Repetition of the block in case of

inadequate anesthesia is also possible, a management option that is unpredictable without ultrasound

guidance. Finally, the risk of major vessel and nerve puncture during nerve block performance is

reduced.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The brachial plexus at the interscalene level is seen lateral to the carotid artery, between the anterior

and middle scalene muscles (Figures 29-2, 29-3, and 29-4). Prevertebral fascia, superficial cervical

plexus and sternocleidomastoid muscle are seen superficial to the plexus. The transducer is moved in

the superior-inferior direction until two or more of the brachial plexus trunks are seen in the space

between the scalene muscles. Depending on the depth of field selected and the level at which the

scanning is performed, first rib and/or apex of the lung may be seen. The brachial plexus is typically

visualized at a depth of 1 to 3 cm.

FIGURE 29-2. Relevant anatomy for interscalene brachial block and transducer position to obtain

the desired views. Brachial plexus (BP) is seen sandwiched between middle scalene muscle (MSM)

laterally and anterior scalene muscle (ASM) medially. Ultrasound image often includes a partial view

of the lateral border of the sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM) as well as the internal jugular vein

(IJV) and carotid artery (CA). The transverse process of one of the cervical vertebrae is also often

seen.

FIGURE 29-3. Interscalene brachial plexus is seen between middle scalene muscle and anterior

scalene muscle. Carotid artery is seen medial at 1 cm depth in this image.

FIGURE 29-4. Typical image of the brachial plexus (BP). The BP is seen positioned between the

anterior scalene muscle (ASM) and the middle scalene muscle (MSM). The superficial cervical

plexus (white arrowhead) can be seen posterior to the SCM and underneath the prevertebral fascia. In

this particular image, the vertebral artery (VA), carotid artery (CA), as well as the transverse process

of C6 are also seen.

Distribution of Blockade

The interscalene approach to brachial plexus blockade results in anesthesia of the shoulder and upper

arm. Inferior trunk for more distal anesthesia can also be blocked by additional, selective injection,

deeper in the plexus. This is accomplished either by controlled needle redirection inferiorly or by

additional scanning to visualize the inferior trunk and another needle insertion and targeted injection.

For a more comprehensive review of the brachial plexus distribution, see Chapter 1 on Essential

Regional Anesthesia Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 One 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 5-cm, 22-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Any position that allows comfortable placement of the ultrasound transducer and needle advancement

is appropriate. The block is typically performed with the patient in supine, semisitting, or semilateral

decubitus position, with the patient’s head facing away from the side to be blocked. The latter

position may prove ergonomically more convenient, especially during an in-plane approach from the

lateral side, in which the needle is entering the skin at the posterolateral aspect of the neck. A slight

elevation of the head of the bed is often more comfortable for the patient, and it allows for better

drainage and less prominence of the neck veins.

Adherence to strict anatomic landmarks is of lesser importance for the ultrasound-guided

interscalene block than it is the case for the surface anatomy-based techniques. Regardless,

knowledge of the underlying anatomy and the position of the brachial plexus is important to facilitate

recognition of the ultrasound anatomy. Scanning usually begins just below the level of the cricoid

cartilage and medial to the sternocleidomastoid muscle with a goal to identify the carotid artery.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle in the tissue space between the anterior and middle scalene muscles

and inject local anesthetic until the spread around the brachial plexus is documented by ultrasound.

The volume of the local anesthetic and number of needle insertions are determined during the

procedure and depend on the adequacy of the observed spread of the local anesthetic.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer is positioned in the

transverse plane to identify the carotid artery (Figure 29-5). Once the artery is identified, the

transducer is moved slightly laterally across the neck (see algorithm at end of chapter). The goal is to

identify the scalene muscles and the brachial plexus that is sandwiched between the anterior and

middle scalene muscles.

FIGURE 29-5. Ultrasound image just below the level of the cricoid cartilage and medial to the

sternocleidomastoid muscle. ASM, anterior scalene muscle; SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; IJV,

internal jugular vein; CA, carotid artery; Th, thyroid gland.

TIP

 When the visualization of the brachial plexus between the scalene muscles proves difficult, the

transducer is lowered to the supraclavicular fossa. At this position, the brachial plexus is identified

lateral and superficial to the subclavian artery, (Figure 29-6). From here, the brachial plexus is

traced cranially to the desired level.

FIGURE 29-6. View of the brachial plexus (BP) at the supraclavicular fossa. When identification of

the brachial plexus at the interscalene level proves difficult, the transducer is positioned at the

supraclavicular fossa to identify the BP superficial and lateral to the subclavian artery (SA). The

transducer is then slowly moved cephalad while continuously visualizing the brachial plexus until the

desired level is reached.

The needle is then inserted in-plane toward the brachial plexus, typically in a lateral-to-medial

direction (Figure 29-7), although medial-to-lateral needle orientation also can be chosen if more

convenient. As the needle passes through the prevertebral fascia, a certain “give” is often

appreciated. When nerve stimulation is used (0.5 mA, 0.1 msec), the entrance of the needle in the

interscalene groove is often associated with a motor response of the shoulder, arm, or forearm as

another confirmation of the proper needle placement. After a careful aspiration to rule out an

intravascular needle placement, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to document the proper

needle placement (Figure 29-8A). Injection of several milliliters of local anesthetic often displaces

the brachial plexus away from the needle. An additional advancement of the needle 1 to 2 mm toward

the brachial plexus may be beneficial to assure a proper spread of the local anesthetic (Figure 29-

8B). Whenever the needle is further advanced, or multiple injections used, assure that high resistance

to injection is absent to decrease the risk of an intrafascicular injection. When injection of the local

anesthetic does not appear to result in a spread around the brachial plexus, additional needle

repositions and injections may be necessary.

FIGURE 29-7. (A) Transducer placement and needle insertion. (B) Position of the needle (1) for the

interscalene brachial plexus block using an in-plane approach. The needle tip is seen in contact with

the superior trunk of the brachial plexus (yellow arrows); this always results in high injection

pressure (>15 psi)—indicating that the needle should be withdrawn slightly away from the trunk.

FIGURE 29-8. (A) A small amount of local anesthetic (blue shaded area) is injected through the

needle to confirm the proper needle placement. A properly placed needle tip will result in

distribution of the local anesthetic between and/or alongside roots of the brachial plexus (BP). (B) An

actual needle (white arrowhead) placement in the interscalene groove with the dispersion of the local

anesthetic (LA; blue shaded area or arrows) surrounding the BP.

TIPS

• The presence of the motor response to nerve stimulation is useful but not necessary to elicit if the

plexus, needle, and local anesthetic spread are well-visualized.

• The neck is a very vascular area, and care must be exercised to avoid needle placement or

injection into the vascular structures. Of particular importance is to avoid the vertebral artery, and

branches of the thyrocervical trunk: inferior thyroid artery, suprascapular artery, and transverse

cervical artery.

• Never inject against high resistance (>15 psi) because this may indicate a needle-nerve contact or

an intrafascicular injection.

• Pro and con of multiple injections:

 Pro: May increase the speed of onset and success rate of the interscalene block.

 Pro: May allow for a reduction in the total volume and dose of local anesthetic required to

accomplish block.

 Con: May carry a higher risk of nerve injury because part of the plexus may be anesthetized by

the time consecutive injections are made.

 NOTE: Avoidance of high resistance to injection and needle–nerve contact is essential to avoid

intrafascicular injection because reliance on nerve stimulation with multiple injections is

diminished.

In an adult patient, 15 to 25 mL of local anesthetic is usually adequate for successful and rapid

onset of blockade. Smaller volumes of local anesthetics can also be effective, however, their success

rate in everyday clinical practice may be inferior to those reported in meticulously conducted clinical

trials. The block dynamics and perioperative management are similar to those described in Chapter

12.

Continuous Ultrasound-Guided Interscalene Block

The goal of the continuous interscalene block is similar to the non–ultrasound-based techniques: to

place the catheter in the vicinity of the trunks of the brachial plexus between the scalene muscles. The

procedure consists of three phases: needle placement, catheter advancement, and securing of the

catheter. For the first two phases of the procedure, ultrasound can be used to assure accuracy. The

needle is typically inserted in-plane from the lateral-to-medial direction and underneath the

prevertebral fascia to enter the interscalene space (Figure 29-9), although other needle directions

could be used.

FIGURE 29-9. Continuous brachial plexus block. Needle is inserted in the interscalene space using

an in-plane approach. Please note that for better demonstration, sterile drapes are not used in the

model in this figure.

TIP

Both stimulating and nonstimulating catheters can be used, although for simplicity we prefer

nonstimulating catheters for ultrasound-guided continuous interscalene block.

Proper placement of the needle can also be confirmed by obtaining a motor response of the deltoid

muscle, arm, or forearm (0.5 mA, 0.1 msec) at which point 4 to 5 mL of local anesthetic can be

injected. This small dose of local anesthetic serves to assure adequate distribution of the local

anesthetic as well as to make the advancement of the catheter more comfortable to the patient. This

first phase of the procedure does not significantly differ from the single-injection technique. The

second phase of the procedure involves maintaining the needle in the proper position and inserting the

catheter 2 to 3 cm into the interscalene space in the vicinity of the brachial plexus (Figure 29-10).

Insertion of the catheter can be accomplished by a single operator or with a helper. Proper location of

the catheter can be determined either by visualizing the course of the catheter or by an injection of the

local anesthetic through the catheter. When this proves difficult, alternatively, a small amount of air (1

mL) can be injected to confirm the catheter tip location.

FIGURE 29-10. An ultrasound image demonstrating needle and catheter (white arrow) inserted in the

interscalene space between the anterior (ASM) and middle (MSM) scalene muscles. BP, brachial

plexus.

There is no agreement on what constitutes the ideal catheter securing system. The catheter is

secured by either taping to the skin or tunneling. Some clinicians prefer one over the other. However,

the decision about which method to use could be based on the patient’s age, duration of the catheter

therapy, and anatomy. Tunneling could be preferred in older patients with obesity or mobile skin over

the neck and when longer duration of catheter infusion is expected. Two main disadvantages of

tunneling are the risk of catheter dislodgment during the tunneling and the potential for scar formation.

Fortunately, a number of catheter-securing devices are available to help stabilize the catheter.


SUGGESTED READING

Single Injection UG-IS block

redrickson MJ, Ball CM, Dalgleish AJ. Posterior versus anterolateral approach interscalene catheter

placement: a prospective randomized trial. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2011;36:125-33.

redrickson MJ, Ball CM, Dalgleish AJ, Stewart AW, Short TG. A prospective randomized

comparison of ultrasound and neurostimulation as needle end points for interscalene catheter

placement. Anesth Analg. 2009;108:1695-700.

redrickson MJ, Kilfoyle DH. Neurological complication analysis of 1000 ultrasound guided

peripheral nerve blocks for elective orthopaedic surgery: a prospective study. Anaesthesia. 2009;

64:836-44.

Gadsden J, Hadzic A, Gandhi K, Shariat A, Xu D, Maliakal T, Patel V. The effect of mixing 1.5%

mepivacaine and 0.5% bupivacaine on duration of analgesia and latency of block onset in ultrasoundguided interscalene block. Anesth Analg. 2011;112:471-6.

Koff MD, Cohen JA, McIntyre JJ, Carr CF, Sites BD. Severe brachial plexopathy after an ultrasoundguided single-injection nerve block for total shoulder arthroplasty in a patient with multiple sclerosis.

Anesthesiology. 2008;108:325-8.

Liu SS, Gordon MA, Shaw PM, Wilfred S, Shetty T, Yadeau JT. A prospective clinical registry of

ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia for ambulatory shoulder surgery. Anesth Analg. 2010;111:617-

23.

Liu SS, YaDeau JT, Shaw PM, Wilfred S, Shetty T, Gordon M. Incidence of unintentional intraneural

injection and postoperative neurological complications with ultrasound-guided interscalene and

supraclavicular nerve blocks. Anaesthesia. 2011;66:168-74.

Marhofer P, Harrop-Griffiths W, Willschke H, Kirchmair L. Fifteen years of ultrasound guidance in

regional anaesthesia: Part 2-recent developments in block techniques. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:673-

83.

McNaught A, Shastri U, Carmichael N, Awad IT, Columb M, Cheung J, Holtby RM, McCartney CJ.

Ultrasound reduces the minimum effective local anaesthetic volume compared with peripheral nerve

stimulation for interscalene block. Br J Anaesth. 2011;106:124-30.

Orebaugh SL, McFadden K, Skorupan H, Bigeleisen PE. Subepineurial injection in ultrasound-guided

interscalene needle tip placement. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:450-4.

Renes SH, van Geffen GJ, Rettig HC, Gielen MJ, Scheffer GJ.Minimum effective volume of local

anesthetic for shoulder analgesia by ultrasound-guided block at root C7 with assessment of pulmonary

function. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:529-34.

pence BC, Beach ML, Gallagher JD, Sites BD. Ultrasound-guided interscalene blocks: understanding

where to inject the local anaesthetic. Anaesthesia. 2011;66:509-14.

Continuous US-IS Block

Antonakakis JG, Sites BD, Shiffrin J. Ultrasound-guided posterior approach for the placement of a

continuous interscalene catheter. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:64-8.

redrickson MJ, Ball CM, Dalgleish AJ. Analgesic effectiveness of a continuous versus single-

injection interscalene block for minor arthroscopic shoulder surgery. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2010;35:28-33.

Fredrickson MJ, Price DJ. Analgesic effectiveness of ropivacaine 0.2% vs 0.4% via an ultrasoundguided C5-6 root/ superior trunk perineural ambulatory catheter. Br J Anaesth. 2009;103:434-9.

Mariano ER, Afra R, Loland VJ, Sandhu NS, Bellars RH, Bishop ML, Cheng GS, Choy LP, Maldonado

RC, Ilfeld BM. Continuous interscalene brachial plexus block via an ultrasound-guided posterior

approach: a randomized, triple-masked, placebo-controlled study. Anesth Analg. 2009;108:1688-94.

Mariano ER, Loland VJ, Ilfeld BM. Interscalene perineural catheter placement using an ultrasoundguided posterior approach. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:60-3.

30

Ultrasound-Guided Supraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block


FIGURE 30-1. Supraclavicular brachial plexus; transducer position and needle insertion.

General Considerations

The proximity of the brachial plexus at this location to the chest cavity and pleura, has been of

concern to many practitioners (Figure 30-2). However, ultrasound guidance has resulted in a

resurgence of interest in the supraclavicular approach to the brachial plexus. The ability to image the

plexus, rib, pleura, and subclavian artery with ultrasound guidance has increased safety due to better

monitoring of anatomy and needle placement. Because the trunks and divisions of the brachial plexus

are relatively close as they travel over the first rib, the onset and quality of anesthesia is fast and

complete. For these reasons, the supraclavicular block has become a popular technique for surgery

below the shoulder.

FIGURE 30-2. Anatomy of the supraclavicular brachial plexus with proper transducer placement

slightly obliquely above the clavicle (Cl). SA, subclavian artery; arrow, brachial plexus (BP).

Ultrasound Anatomy

The subclavian artery crosses over the first rib between the insertions of the anterior and middle

scalene muscles, at approximately the midpoint of the clavicle. The pulsating subclavian artery is

readily apparent, whereas the parietal pleura and the first rib can be seen as a linear hyperechoic

structure immediately lateral and deep to it, respectively (Figure 30-3). The rib, as an osseous

structure, casts an acoustic shadow, so that the image field deep to the rib appears anechoic, or dark.

A reverberation artifact (refer to Chapter 26) often occurs, mimicking a second subclavian artery

beneath the rib. The brachial plexus can be seen as a bundle of hypoechoic round nodules (e.g.,

“grapes”) just lateral and superficial to the artery (Figures 30-3, 30-4, 30-5A and B). It is often

possible to see the fascial sheath enveloping the brachial plexus. Depending at the level at which the

plexus is scanned and the transducer orientation, brachial plexus can have an oval or flattened

appearance (Figure 30-5A and B). Two different sonographic appearances of the brachial plexus

(one oval and one flattened) are easily seen by changing the angle of the transducer orientation during

imaging. Lateral and medial to the first rib is the hyperechoic pleura, with lung tissue deep to it. This

structure can be confirmed by observation of a “sliding” motion of the viscera pleura with the

patient’s respiration. The brachial plexus is typically visualized at a 1- to 2-cm depth at this location,

an important anatomical characteristic of the plexus that must be kept in mind throughout the

procedure.

FIGURE 30-3. Unlabeled ultrasound image of the supraclavicular brachial plexus.

FIGURE 30-4. Supraclavicular brachial plexus (BP) is seen slightly superficial and lateral to the

subclavian artery (SA). Brachial plexus is enveloped by a tissue sheath (white arrows). Note the

intimate location of the pleura and lung to the brachial plexus and subclavian artery. Middle scalene

muscle (MSM). White arrows: Prevertebral fascia.

FIGURE 30-5. (A) Ultrasound image of the brachial plexus (BP) assuming an oval shape and circled

by the tissue sheath (yellow arrows). (B) Ultrasound image of the BP at the supraclavicular fossa

with the downward orientation of the transducer. The brachial plexus assumes a flatter configuration

as it descends underneath the clavicle into the infraclavicular fossa. SA, subclavian artery. ASM,

anterior scalene muscle.

Distribution of Blockade

The supraclavicular approach to the brachial plexus blockade results in anesthesia of the upper limb

below the shoulder because all trunks and divisions can be anesthetized. The medial skin of the upper

arm (intercostobrachial nerve, T2), however, is never anesthetized by any technique of the brachial

plexus block and when needed can be blocked by an additional subcutaneous injection just distal to

the axilla. For a more comprehensive review of the brachial plexus anatomy and distribution, see

Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel (or other coupling

medium; e.g. saline)

 Standard nerve block tray (described in Chapter 3)

 20 to 25 mL local anesthetic

 5-cm, 22-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Any position that allows comfortable placement of the ultrasound transducer and needle advancement

is appropriate. This block can be performed with the patient in the supine, semi-sitting (our favorite),

or slight oblique position, with the patient’s head turned away from the side to be blocked. When

possible, asking the patient to reach for the ipsilateral knee will depress the clavicle slightly and

allow better access to the structures of the anterolateral neck. Also, a slight elevation of the head of

the bed is often more comfortable for the patient and allows for better drainage and less prominence

of the neck veins (Figure 30-1).

Adherence to strict anatomic landmarks is of lesser importance for the ultrasound-guided

supraclavicular block than for the surface anatomy techniques. However, knowledge of the underlying

anatomy and the position of the brachial plexus in relation to the subclavian artery, first rib, and

pleura are important for the success and safety of the technique. Scanning is usually started just above

the clavicle at approximately its midpoint.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle in the brachial plexus sheath in the vicinity of the subclavian artery

and inject local anesthetic until the spread within the brachial plexus is documented by observing the

centrifugal displacement of the trunks and divisions on the ultrasound.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position (we prefer semi-sitting position), the skin is disinfected and the

transducer is positioned in the transverse plane immediately superior to the clavicle at approximately

its midpoint. The transducer is tilted caudally to obtain a cross-sectional view of the subclavian

artery (Figures 30-6). The brachial plexus is seen as a collection of hypoechoic oval structures

lateral and superficial to the artery.

FIGURE 30-6. Supraclavicular brachial plexus; transducer position and needle insertion.

TIP

 To achieve the best possible view, the transducer often must be tilted slightly inferiorly, rather than

perpendicular to the skin. The goal is to see the artery as a pulsating circular structure (transverse

view), rather than an oval or linear structure.

Using a 25- to 27-gauge needle, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected into the skin 1 cm lateral

to the transducer to decrease the discomfort during needle insertion. Local infiltration may not be

necessary in well premedicated patients. The needle should never be inserted deeper than 1 cm to

avoid inadvertent puncture of and injection into the brachial plexus. Always observe the distribution

of the local anesthetic during administration by injecting small amounts of the local anesthetic as the

needle advances through tissue layers (hydro-localization). The block needle is then inserted in-plane

toward the brachial plexus, in a lateral-to-medial direction (Figures 30-6 and 30-7). When nerve

stimulation is used (0.5 mA, 0.1 msec), the entrance of the needle into the brachial plexus sheath is

often associated with a palpable “pop” as the needle passes through the paravertebral fascia/brachial

plexus sheath. In addition, a motor response of the arm, forearm, or hand as another confirmation of

the proper needle placement. Note, however, that motor response may be absent despite the adequate

needle placement. Tilting the needle slightly within the plexus and/or increasing the current intensity

(e.g., 1.0–1.5 mA) will bring about the motor response, if required. After a careful aspiration, 1 to 2

mL of local anesthetic is injected to document the proper needle placement. When the injection

displaces the brachial plexus away from the needle, an additional advancement of the needle 1 to 2

mm deeper may be required to accomplish adequate spread of the local anesthetic (Figures 30-8, 30-

9, and 30-10). When injection of the local anesthetic does not appear to result in a spread in and

around the brachial plexus, additional needle repositioning and injections may be necessary. The

required volume of local anesthetic should not be premeditated but rather determined based on the

adequacy of the spread. In our practice, 20 to 25 mL is the most common total volume used.

FIGURE 30-7. Supraclavicular brachial plexus. Needle path and two separate injections required

for block of the supraclavicular brachial plexus. Shown are two needle positions (1 and 2) used to

inject local anesthetic within the tissue sheath (arrows) containing the brachial plexus (BP).

FIGURE 30-8. Desired spread of the local anesthetic (areas shaded in blue) through two different

needle positions (1 and 2), to accomplish brachial plexus (BP) block. Local anesthetic should freely

spread within the tissue sheath resulting in separation of the BP cords.

FIGURE 30-9. Supraclavicular brachial plexus (BP) with an actual needle passing the tissue sheath

surrounding brachial plexus. Needle is seen within the BP, although its tip is not visualized. Injection

at this location often results in deterioration of the ultrasound image; reliance on additional

monitoring (injection pressure, nerve stimulation) to avoid intrafascicular injection is essential.

FIGURE 30-10. Proper dispersion of the local anesthetic (LA; blue arrows after its injection within

the tissue sheath containing the brachial plexus (BP).

TIPS

• The presence of the motor response to nerve stimulation is useful but not necessary to elicit if the

plexus, needle, and local anesthetic spread are well visualized.

• The neck is a very vascular area and care must be exercised to avoid needle placement or

injection into the vascular structures. Of particular importance is to note the intimately located

internal jugular vein, inferior carotid artery, subclavian artery and the dorsal scapular artery which

often crosses the supraclavicular brachial plexus at this level. The use of color Doppler before

needle placement and injection is suggested.

• Never inject against high resistance (>15 psi) to injection because this may signal an

intrafascicular injection.

• Multiple injections:

 May increase the speed of onset and success rate.

 May allow for a reduction in the required volume of local anesthetic.

 May carry a higher risk of nerve injury because part of the plexus may be anesthetized by the

previous injections.

In an adult patient, 20 to 25 mL of local anesthetic is usually adequate for successful and rapid

onset of blockade; however, when necessary, higher volumes may be used. Some clinicians

recommend injecting a single bolus at the point where the subclavian artery meets the first rib. This is

thought to “float” the plexus superficially and result in more reliable blockade of the inferior

divisions of the plexus. However, we do not find this useful or safe (risk of pleura puncture); instead

it is always beneficial to inject two to three smaller aliquots at different locations within the plexus

sheath to assure spread of the local anesthetic solution in all planes containing brachial plexus. In our

program, we simply administer two aliquots of local anesthetics at two separate locations within the

plexus sheath as seen in Figure 30-8. The block dynamics and perioperative management are similar

to those described in Chapter 13.

Continuous Ultrasound-Guided Supraclavicular Block

The ultrasound-guided continuous supraclavicular block is in many ways similar to the technique for

interscalene catheter placement. The goal is to place the catheter in the vicinity of the trunks/divisions

of the brachial plexus adjacent to the subclavian artery. The procedure consists of three phases:

needle placement, catheter advancement, and securing of the catheter. For the first two phases of the

procedure, ultrasound can be used to assure accuracy in most patients. The needle is typically

inserted in-plane from the lateral-to-medial direction so that the tip is just lateral to the brachial

plexus sheath. The needle is then advanced to indent and transverse the sheath, followed by placement

of the catheter.

TIP

 When the needle approaches the brachial plexus, extra force is required to penetrate the prevertebral

fascia and enter the brachial plexus “sheath”. The entrance of the needle into the sheath is always

associated with a distinct “pop” sensation as the needle breaches the fascial layer.

Proper placement of the needle can also be confirmed by obtaining a motor response of the arm,

forearm, or hand, at which point 4–5 mL of local anesthetic is injected. This small dose of local

anesthetic serves to assure adequate distribution of the local anesthetic as well as to make the

advancement of the catheter more comfortable to the patient. This first phase of the procedure does

not significantly differ from the single-injection technique. The second phase of the procedure

involves maintaining the needle in the proper position and inserting the catheter 2 to 3 cm into the

sheath of the brachial plexus (Figure 30-11 shows the preloaded needle with the catheter). Care must

be taken not to advance the catheter too far, which may result in the catheter exiting the brachial

plexus and the consequent failure to provide analgesia. Insertion of the catheter can be accomplished

by either a single operator or a with a helper.

FIGURE 30-11. A needle insertion for the continuous supraclavicular brachial plexus block. The

catheter is inserted 3–5 cm beyond the needle tip and injected with 3–5 mL of local anesthetic to

document the proper dispersion of the local anesthetic within the brachial plexus sheath.

The catheter is secured by either taping to the skin or tunneling. Some clinicians prefer one over

the other. The decision about which method to use could be based on the patient’s age, duration of the

catheter therapy, and anatomy. Tunneling could be preferred in older patients with obesity or mobile

skin over the neck and longer planned duration of the catheter infusion. Two main disadvantages of

the tunneling are the risk of catheter dislodgment during the tunneling and the potential for scar

formation. A number of devices are commercially available to help secure the catheter. The starting

infusion regimen is typically 5 mL/hour of 0.2% ropivacaine with 5-mL patient-controlled boluses

hourly.


SUGGESTED READING

Aguirre J, Ekatodramis G, Ruland P, Borgeat A: Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block: is it really

safer? Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:622.

Arcand G, Williams SR, Chouinard P, et al. Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular versus supraclavicular

block. Anesth Analg. 2005;101:886-890.

Beach ML, Sites BD, Gallagher JD. Use of a nerve stimulator does not improve the efficacy of

ultrasound-guided supraclavicular nerve blocks. J Clin Anesth. 2006;18:580-584.

Bigeleisen PE, Moayeri N, Groen GJ. Extraneural versus intraneural stimulation thresholds during

ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block. Anesthesiology. 2009;110:1235-1243.

Chan VW, Perlas A, Rawson R, Odukoya O. Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block.

Anesth Analg. 2003;97:1514-1517.

Chin KJ, Niazi A, Chan V. Anomalous brachial plexus anatomy in the supraclavicular region detected

by ultrasound. Anesth Analg. 2008;107:729-731.

Chin KJ, Singh M, Velayutham V, Chee V. Infraclavicular brachial plexus block for regional

anaesthesia of the lower arm. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010;2:CD005487.

Chin J, Tsui BC. No change in impedance upon intravascular injection of D5W. Can J Anaesth.

2010;57:559-564.

Collins AB, Gray AT, Kessler J. Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block: a modified

Plumb-Bob technique. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31:591-592.

Cornish P. Supraclavicular block—new perspectives. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:607-608.

Cornish PB, Leaper CJ, Nelson G, Anstis F, McQuillan C, Stienstra R. Avoidance of phrenic nerve

paresis during continuous supraclavicular regional anaesthesia. Anaesthesia. 2007;62:354-358.

Duggan E, Brull R, Lai J, Abbas S. Ultrasound-guided brachial plexus block in a patient with multiple

glomangiomatosis. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:70-73.

Duggan E, El Beheiry H, Perlas A, et al. Minimum effective volume of local anesthetic for ultrasoundguided supraclavicular brachial plexus block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:215-218.

redrickson MJ, Kilfoyle DH. Neurological complication analysis of 1000 ultrasound guided

peripheral nerve blocks for elective orthopaedic surgery: a prospective study. Anaesthesia.

2009;64:836-844.

redrickson MJ, Patel A, Young S, Chinchanwala S. Speed of onset of ‘corner pocket supraclavicular’

and infraclavicular ultrasound guided brachial plexus block: a randomised observer-blinded

comparison. Anaesthesia. 2009;64:738-744.

Gupta PK, Pace NL, Hopkins PM. Effect of body mass index on the ED50 volume of bupivacaine 0.5%

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:490-495.

Hebbard PD. Artifactual mirrored subclavian artery on ultrasound imaging for supraclavicular block.

Can J Anaesth. 2009;56:537-538.

eon DG, Kim WI. Cases series: ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block in 105 patients. Korean J

Anesthesiol. 2010;58:267-271.

Kapral S, Krafft P, Eibenberger K, Fitzgerald R, Gosch M, Weinstabl C. Ultrasound-guided

supraclavicular approach for regional anesthesia of the brachial plexus. Anesth Analg. 1994;78:507-

513.

Klaastad O, Sauter AR, Dodgson MS. Brachial plexus block with or without ultrasound guidance. Curr

Opin Anaesthesiol. 2009;22:655-660.

a Grange P, Foster PA, Pretorius LK. Application of the Doppler ultrasound bloodflow detector in

supraclavicular brachial plexus block. Br J Anaesth. 1978;50:965-967.

Lasserre A, Tran-Van D, Gaertner E, Labadie P, Fontaine B: Ultrasound guided locoregional

anaesthesia: realization and diagnosis of complications [in French]. Ann Fr Anesth Reanim.

2009;28:584-587.

Macfarlane AJ, Perlas A, Chan V, Brull R. Eight ball, corner pocket ultrasound-guided supraclavicular

block: avoiding a scratch. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:502-503.

Manickam BP, Oosthuysen SA, Parikh MK. Supraclavicular brachial plexus block-variant relation of

brachial plexus to subclavian artery on the first rib. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:383-384.

Marhofer P, Schrogendorfer K, Koinig H, Kapral S, Weinstabl C, Mayer N. Ultrasonographic guidance

improves sensory block and onset time of three-in-one blocks. Anesth Analg. 1997;85:854-857.

Morfey D, Brull R. Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block: What is intraneural? Anesthesiology.

2010;112:250-251.

Morfey DH, Brull R. Finding the corner pocket: landmarks in ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block.

Anaesthesia. 2009;64:1381.

Neal JM, Moore JM, Kopacz DJ, Liu SS, Kramer DJ, Plorde JJ. Quantitative analysis of respiratory,

motor, and sensory function after supraclavicular block. Anesth Analg. 1998;86:1239-1244.

erlas A, Chan VW, Simons M. Brachial plexus examination and localization using ultrasound and

electrical stimulation: a volunteer study. Anesthesiology. 2003;99:429-435.

erlas A, Lobo G, Lo N, Brull R, Chan VW, Karkhanis R. Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block:

outcome of 510 consecutive cases. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:171-176.

lunkett AR, Brown DS, Rogers JM, Buckenmaier CC 3rd. Supraclavicular continuous peripheral

nerve block in a wounded soldier: when ultrasound is the only option. Br J Anaesth. 2006;97:715-

717.

Renes SH, Spoormans HH, Gielen MJ, Rettig HC, van Geffen GJ. Hemidiaphragmatic paresis can be

avoided in ultrasound-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;

34:595-599.

amet R, Villamater E. Eight ball, corner pocket for ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block: high risk

for a scratch. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:87.

horthouse JR, Danbury CM. Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block in Klippel-Feil

syndrome. Anaesthesia. 2009;64:693-694.

oares LG, Brull R, Lai J, Chan VW. Eight ball, corner pocket: the optimal needle position for

ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:94-95.

Tran de QH, Munoz L, Zaouter C, Russo G, Finlayson RJ. A prospective, randomized comparison

between single- and double-injection, ultrasound-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:420-424.

Tran de QH, Russo G, Munoz L, Zaouter C, Finlayson RJ. A prospective, randomized comparison

between ultrasound-guided supraclavicular, infraclavicular, and axillary brachial plexus blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:366-371.

Tsui BC, Doyle K, Chu K, Pillay J, Dillane D. Case series: ultrasound-guided supraclavicular block

using a curvilinear probe in 104 day-case hand surgery patients. Can J Anaesth. 2009;56:46-51.

Tsui BC, Twomey C, Finucane BT. Visualization of the brachial plexus in the supraclavicular region

using a curved ultrasound probe with a sterile transparent dressing. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2006;31:182-184.

VadeBoncouer TR, Weinberg GL, Oswald S, Angelov F. Early detection of intravascular injection

during ultrasound-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:278-279.

Williams SR, Chouinard P, Arcand G, et al. Ultrasound guidance speeds execution and improves the

quality of supraclavicular block. Anesth Analg. 2003;97:1518-1523.

31

Ultrasound-Guided Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block


FIGURE 31-1. In-plane needle insertion technique during infraclavicular brachial plexus block.

General Considerations

The ultrasound-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block is in some ways both simple and

challenging. It is simple in the sense that geometric measuring of distances and angles on the surface

of the patient, as is the case with the nerve stimulator–based technique, is not required. Identification

of the arterial pulse on the sonographic image is an easy primary goal in establishing the landmark.

However, the plexus at this level is situated deeper, and the angle of approach is more acute, making

simultaneous visualization of the needle and the relevant anatomy more challenging. Fortunately,

although it is not always possible to reliably identify the three cords of the plexus at this position,

adequate block can be achieved by simply depositing the local anesthetic in a “U” shape around the

artery. Infraclavicular block is well-suited for catheter technique because the musculature of the chest

wall helps stabilize the catheter and prevents its dislodgment compared with the more superficial

location with the interscalene or supraclavicular approaches.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The axillary artery can be identified deep to the pectoralis major and minor muscles. An effort needs

to be made to obtain clear views of both pectoralis muscles and their respective fasciae. This is

important because the area of interest lies underneath the fascia of the pectoralis minor muscle.

Surrounding the artery are the three cords of the brachial plexus: the lateral, posterior, and medial

cords. These are named for their usual position relative to the axillary artery, although there is a great

deal of anatomic variation. With the left side of the screen corresponding to the cephalad aspect, the

cords can often be seen as round hyperechoic structures at approximately 9 o’clock (lateral cord), 7

o’clock (posterior cord), and 5 o’clock (medial cord) (Figures 31-2, 31-3, and 31-4). The axillary

vein is seen as a compressible hypoechoic structure that lies inferior, or slightly superficial, to the

axillary artery. Multiple other, smaller vessels (e.g., the cephalic vein) are often present as well. The

transducer is moved in the superior-inferior direction until the artery is identified in cross-section.

Depending on the depth of field selected and the level at which the scanning is performed, the chest

wall and lung may be seen in the inferior aspect of the image. The axillary artery and/or brachial

plexus are typically identified at a depth of 3 to 5 cm in average size patients.


FIGURE 31-2. Anatomy of the infraclavicular brachial plexus and the position of the transducer.

Brachial plexus (BP) is seen surrounding the axillary artery (AA) underneath the clavicle (Cl) and

pectoralis minor muscle (PMiM). Note that the injection of local anesthetic should take place below

the fascia of the PMiM to spread around the AA. PMaM, pectoralis major muscle.

FIGURE 31-3. Unlabeled ultrasound image of the infraclavicular fossa demonstrating pectoralis

muscles, their respective sheets, axillary (subclavian) vessels, and the chest wall.

FIGURE 31-4. Labeled ultrasound image of the brachial plexus (BP) in the infraclavicular fossa. LC,

lateral cord; PC, posterior cord; MC, medial cord. Note that the brachial plexus and the axillary

artery (AA) are located below the fascia (red line) of the pectoralis minor muscle (PMiM). PMaM,

pectoralis major muscle.

Distribution of Blockade

The infraclavicular approach to brachial plexus blockade results in anesthesia of the upper limb

below the shoulder. The medial skin of the upper arm (intercostobrachial nerve, T2), if required, can

be blocked by an additional subcutaneous injection on the medial aspect of the arm just distal to the

axilla. A simpler approach is for surgeons to infiltrate the skin with the local anesthetic directly over

the incision line, if necessary. For a more comprehensive review of the brachial plexus distribution,

see Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed for this block includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray

 20 to 30 mL of local anesthetic drawn up in syringes

 8- to 10-cm long, 21-22 gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Any position that allows comfortable placement of the ultrasound transducer and needle advancement

is appropriate. The block is typically performed with the patient in supine position with the head

turned away from the side to be blocked (Figure 31-5). The arm is abducted to 90° and the elbow

flexed. This maneuver reduces the depth from the skin to the plexus and substantially facilitates

visualization of the pectoralis muscles as well as the cords of the brachial plexus.

FIGURE 31-5. Patient position in needle insertion for infraclavicular brachial plexus block. The

transducer is positioned parasagittally just medial to the coracoid process and inferior to the clavicle.

The coracoid process is an important landmark and can be easily identified by palpating the bony

prominence just medial to the shoulder while the arm is elevated and lowered. As the arm is lowered,

the coracoid process meets the fingers of the palpating hand. Scanning is usually begun just medial to

the coracoid process and inferior to the clavicle. As scanning experience increases, it eventually

becomes unnecessary to identify the coracoids process before scanning.

GOAL

The goal of the technique is to inject local anesthetic until the spread around the artery is documented

by ultrasound. It is not necessary to identify and target individual cords. Instead, injection of the local

anesthetic to surround the artery in a U-shape pattern (cephalad, caudad, and posterior) suffices for

block of all three cords.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer is positioned in the

parasagittal plane to identify the axillary artery (Figures 31-3 and 31-4, and 31-5). This may require

adjustment of the depth, depending on the thickness of the patient’s chest wall musculature. The

axillary artery (or the transition of the subclavian to axillary artery) is typically seen between 3 and 5

cm. Once the artery is identified, an attempt is made to identify the hyperechoic cords of the brachial

plexus and their corresponding positions relative to the artery, although these may not always be

identifiable. Fortunately, exhaustive efforts to visualize the cords are not necessary for successful

blockade.

TIP

 Reverberation artifact posterior to the artery is often misinterpreted as the posterior cord. Figure 31-7

demonstrate such a dilemma where the structured labeled as posterior cord (PC) can easily represent

a mere reverberation artifact.

The needle is inserted in-plane from the cephalad aspect, with the insertion point just inferior to

the clavicle (Figure 31-5). The needle is aimed toward the posterior aspect of the axillary artery and

passes through the pectoralis major and minor muscles. If nerve stimulation is used concurrently (0.5-

0.8 mA, 0.1 msec), the first motor response is often from the lateral cord (either elbow flexion or

finger flexion). As the needle is further advanced beneath the artery, a posterior cord motor response

may appear (finger and wrist extension). After careful aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is

injected to confirm the proper needle placement and spread. The injectate should spread cephalad and

caudad to cover the lateral and medial cords, respectively (Figure 31-6). When injection of the local

anesthetic with a single injection does not appear to result in adequate spread, additional needle

repositions and injections around the axillary artery may be necessary (Figure 31-7).

FIGURE 31-6. Ultrasound image demonstrating an ideal needle path for the infraclavicular brachial

plexus block. Blue-shaded area mimics an ideal spread of the local anesthetic around axillary artery

(AA) and reaching all three cords of the brachial plexus (LC, PC, MC) below the fascia (red line) of

the pectoralis minor muscle. PMaM, pectoralis major muscle; PMiM, pectoralis minor muscle.

FIGURE 31-7. An ultrasound image demonstrating an actual needle placement above (cephalad) the

axillary artery (AA) and an injection of local anesthetic (2 mL; blue shadow) to document the proper

needle tip placement. LC, lateral cord; MC, medial cord; PC, posterior cord.

TIPS

• A caudad to cephalad needle insertion is also possible but may carry a higher risk of

peumothorax and venous puncture

• To decrease the risk of complications:

 Aspirate every 5 mL to decrease a risk of an intravascular injection.

 Do not inject if the resistance to injection is high.

 Do not change the transducer pressure throughout the injection (this can “open and close” veins

in the area and possibly increase the risk of an intravascular injection).

In an adult patient, 20 to 30 mL of local anesthetic is usually adequate for successful blockade.

Although a single injection of such large volumes of local anesthetic often suffices, it may be

beneficial to inject two to three smaller aliquots at different locations to assure spread of the local

anesthetic solution in all planes containing brachial plexus. The block dynamics and perioperative

management are similar to those described in Chapter 14.

Continuous Ultrasound-Guided Infraclavicular Block

The goal of the continuous infraclavicular block is similar to the non–ultrasound-based techniques: to

place the catheter in the vicinity of the cords of the brachial plexus beneath the pectoral muscles. The

procedure consists of three phases: needle placement, catheter advancement, and securing of the

catheter. For the first two phases of the procedure, ultrasound can be used to assure accuracy in most

patients. The needle is typically inserted in-plane from the cephalad-to-caudad direction, similar to

the single-injection technique (Figure 31-8).

FIGURE 31-8. Patient position, imaging and needle placement for continuous infraclavicular

brachial plexus block are similar to those in a single-injection technique. Once the proper needle tip

is determined by injection of a small volume of local anesthetic, the catheter is inserted 2–4 cm

beyond the needle tip.

As with the single injection technique, the needle tip should be placed posterior to the axillary

artery prior to injection and catheter advancement. Proper placement of the needle can also be

confirmed by obtaining a motor response of the posterior cord (finger or wrist flexion) at which point

1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected. This small dose of local anesthetic serves to document the

proper placement of the needle tip as evidenced by adequate distribution of the local anesthetic. The

injection also may make the advancement of the catheter more comfortable to the patient. This first

phase of the procedure does not significantly differ from the single-injection technique. The second

phase of the procedure involves maintaining the needle in the proper position and advancing the

catheter 2 to 4 cm beyond the needle tip, in the vicinity of the posterior cord. Insertion of the catheter

can be accomplished by either single operator or a with a helper (Figure 31-8). A typical starting

infusion regimen is 5 mL/hour with 8-mL patient-controlled boluses every hour. The larger bolus

volume is necessary for the adequate spread of the injectate around the artery to reach all cords of the

brachial plexus. The catheter is secured by either taping to the skin or tunneling. Some clinicians

prefer one over the other. However, the decision on which method to use could be based on the

patient’s age, duration of the catheter therapy, and anatomy. Tunneling could be preferred in older

patients with obesity or mobile skin over the neck and longer planned duration of the catheter

infusion. One advantage to catheter placement with the infraclavicular approach is that the pectoralis

muscles tend to stabilize the catheter and prevent dislodgment.


SUGGESTED READING

Aguirre J, Baulig B, Borgeat A. Does ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block meet users’ expectations?

Can J Anaesth. 2010;57:176-177.

Akyildiz E, Gurkan Y, Caglayan C, Solak M, Toker K. Single vs. double stimulation during a lateral

sagittal infraclavicular block. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2009;53:1262-1267.

Arcand G, Williams SR, Chouinard P, et al. Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular versus supraclavicular

block. Anesth Analg. 2005;101:886-890.

Bigeleisen P, Wilson M. A comparison of two techniques for ultrasound guided infraclavicular block.

Br J Anaesth. 2006;96:502-507.

Bigeleisen PE. Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block in an anticoagulated and anesthetized patient.

Anesth Analg. 2007;104:1285-1287.

Bloc S, Garnier T, Komly B, et al. Spread of injectate associated with radial or median nerve-type

motor response during infraclavicular brachial-plexus block: an ultrasound evaluation. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2007;32:130-135.

Bowens C Jr, Gupta RK, O’Byrne WT, Schildcrout JS, Shi Y, Hawkins JJ, Michaels DR, Berry JM.

Selective local anesthetic placement using ultrasound guidance and neurostimulation for

infraclavicular brachial plexus block. Anesth Analg. 2010;110:1480-5.

Bowens C Jr, Gupta RK, O’Byrne WT, et al. Selective local anesthetic placement using ultrasound

guidance and neurostimulation for infraclavicular brachial plexus block. Anesth Analg.

2010;110:1480-1485.

Brull R, Lupu M, Perlas A, Chan VW, McCartney CJ. Compared with dual nerve stimulation,

ultrasound guidance shortens the time for infraclavicular block performance. Can J Anaesth.

2009;56:812-818.

Brull R, McCartney CJ, Chan VW. A novel approach to infraclavicular brachial plexus block: the

ultrasound experience. Anesth Analg. 2004;99:950.

Chin KJ, Singh M, Velayutham V, Chee V. Infraclavicular brachial plexus block for regional

anaesthesia of the lower arm. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2010;2:CD005487.

Chin KJ, Singh M, Velayutham V, Chee V. Infraclavicular brachial plexus block for regional

anaesthesia of the lower arm. Anesth Analg. 2010;111:1072.

Desgagnes MC, Levesque S, Dion N, et al. A comparison of a single or triple injection technique for

ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block: a prospective randomized controlled study. Anesth Analg.

2009;109:668-672.

De Tran QH, Bertini P, Zaouter C, Munoz L, Finlayson RJ. A prospective, randomized comparison

between single- and double-injection ultrasound-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:16-21.

Dhir S, Ganapathy S. Use of ultrasound guidance and contrast enhancement: a study of continuous

infraclavicular brachial plexus approach. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:338-342.

Dhir S, Ganapathy S. Comparative evaluation of ultrasound-guided continuous infraclavicular brachial

plexus block with stimulating catheter and traditional technique: a prospective-randomized trial. Acta

Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:1158-1166.

Dhir S, Singh S, Parkin J, Hannouche F, Richards RS. Multiple finger joint replacement and continuous

physiotherapy using ultrasound guided, bilateral infraclavicular catheters for continuous bilateral

upper extremity analgesia. Can J Anaesth. 2008;55:880-881.

Dingemans E, Williams SR, Arcand G, et al. Neurostimulation in ultrasound-guided infraclavicular

block: a prospective randomized trial. Anesth Analg. 2007;104:1275-1280.

Dolan J. Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular nerve block and the cephalic vein. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34:528-529.

Dolan J. Fascial planes inhibiting the spread of local anesthetic during ultrasound-guided

infraclavicular brachial plexus block are not limited to the posterior aspect of the axillary artery. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:612-613.

redrickson MJ, Wolstencroft P, Kejriwal R, Yoon A, Boland MR, Chinchanwala S. Single versus

triple injection ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block: confirmation of the effectiveness of the

single injection technique. Anesth Analg. 2010;111:1325-7.

redrickson MJ, Patel A, Young S, Chinchanwala S. Speed of onset of ’corner pocket supraclavicular’

and infraclavicular ultrasound guided brachial plexus block: a randomised observer-blinded

comparison. Anaesthesia. 2009;64:738-744.

Gurkan Y, Acar S, Solak M, Toker K. Comparison of nerve stimulation vs. ultrasound-guided lateral

sagittal infraclavicular block. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:851-855.

Gurkan Y, Ozdamar D, Hosten T, Solak M, Toker K. Ultrasound guided lateral sagital infraclavicular

block for pectoral flap release. Agri. 2009;21:39-42.

Gurkan Y, Tekin M, Acar S, Solak M, Toker K. Is nerve stimulation needed during an ultrasoundguided lateral sagittal infraclavicular block? Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2010;54:403-407.

iang XB, Zhu SZ, Jiang Y, Chen QH, Xu XZ. Optimal dose of local anesthetic mixture in ultrasoundguided infraclavicular brachial plexus block via coracoid approach: analysis of 160 cases [in

Chinese]. Zhonghua Yi Xue Za Zhi. 2009;89:449-452.

Koscielniak-Nielsen ZJ, Frederiksen BS, Rasmussen H, Hesselbjerg L. A comparison of ultrasoundguided supraclavicular and infraclavicular blocks for upper extremity surgery. Acta Anaesthesiol

Scand. 2009;53:620-626.

Koscielniak-Nielsen ZJ, Rasmussen H, Hesselbjerg L. Pneumothorax after an ultrasound-guided lateral

sagittal infraclavicular block. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:1176-1177.

Levesque S, Dion N, Desgagne MC. Endpoint for successful, ultrasound-guided infraclavicular brachial

plexus block. Can J Anaesth. 2008;55:308.

Marhofer P, Harrop-Griffiths W, Willschke H, Kirchmair L. Fifteen years of ultrasound guidance in

regional anaesthesia: Part 2-recent developments in block techniques. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:673-

683.

Mariano ER, Loland VJ, Bellars RH, et al. Ultrasound guidance versus electrical stimulation for

infraclavicular brachial plexus perineural catheter insertion. J Ultrasound Med. 2009;28:1211-1218.

Martinez Navas A, DE LA Tabla Gonzalez RO. Ultrasound-guided technique allowed early detection of

intravascular injection during an infraclavicular brachial plexus block. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

2009;53:968-970.

Moayeri N, Renes S, van Geffen GJ, Groen GJ. Vertical infraclavicular brachial plexus block: needle

redirection after elicitation of elbow flexion. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:236-241.

Morimoto M, Popovic J, Kim JT, Kiamzon H, Rosenberg AD. Case series: Septa can influence local

anesthetic spread during infraclavicular brachial plexus blocks. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:1006-1010.

Nadig M, Ekatodramis G, Borgeat A. Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block. Br J

Anaesth. 2003;90:107-108.

Ootaki C, Hayashi H, Amano M. Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block: an

alternative technique to anatomical landmark-guided approaches. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2000;25:600-604.

erlas A, Chan VW, Simons M. Brachial plexus examination and localization using ultrasound and

electrical stimulation: a volunteer study. Anesthesiology. 2003;99:429-435.

onde VC, Diwan S. Does ultrasound guidance improve the success rate of infraclavicular brachial

plexus block when compared with nerve stimulation in children with radial club hands? Anesth

Analg. 2009;108:1967-1970.

orter JM, McCartney CJ, Chan VW. Needle placement and injection posterior to the axillary artery

may predict successful infraclavicular brachial plexus block: a report of three cases. Can J Anaesth.

2005;52:69-73.

unj J, Joshi A, Darlong V, Pandey R. Ultrasound characteristics of spread during infraclavicular

plexus block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:73.

Renes S, Clark L, Gielen M, Spoormans H, Giele J, Wadhwa A. A simplified approach to vertical

infraclavicular brachial plexus blockade using hand-held Doppler. Anesth Analg. 2008;106:1012-

1014.

Ruiz A, Sala X, Bargallo X, Hurtado P, Arguis MJ, Carrera A. The influence of arm abduction on the

anatomic relations of infraclavicular brachial plexus: an ultrasound study. Anesth Analg.

2009;108:364-366.

ahin L, Gul R, Mizrak A, Deniz H, Sahin M, Koruk S, Cesur M, Goksu S. Ultrasound-guided

infraclavicular brachial plexus block enhances postoperative blood flow in arteriovenous fistulas. J

Vasc Surg. 2011; Feb 28.

andhu NS, Capan LM. Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block. Br J Anaesth.

2002;89:254-259.

andhu NS, Maharlouei B, Patel B, Erkulwater E, Medabalmi P. Simultaneous bilateral infraclavicular

brachial plexus blocks with low-dose lidocaine using ultrasound guidance. Anesthesiology.

2006;104:199-201.

andhu NS, Sidhu DS, Capan LM. The cost comparison of infraclavicular brachial plexus block by

nerve stimulator and ultrasound guidance. Anesth Analg. 2004;98:267-268.

auter AR, Dodgson MS, Stubhaug A, Halstensen AM, Klaastad O. Electrical nerve stimulation or

ultrasound guidance for lateral sagittal infraclavicular blocks: a randomized, controlled, observerblinded, comparative study. Anesth Analg. 2008;106:1910-1915.

auter AR, Smith HJ, Stubhaug A, Dodgson MS, Klaastad O. Use of magnetic resonance imaging to

define the anatomical location closest to all three cords of the infraclavicular brachial plexus. Anesth

Analg. 2006;103:1574-1576.

later ME, Williams SR, Harris P, et al. Preliminary evaluation of infraclavicular catheters inserted

using ultrasound guidance: through-the-catheter anesthesia is not inferior to through-the-needle blocks.Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:296-302.

Taboada M, Rodriguez J, Amor M, et al. Is ultrasound guidance superior to conventional nerve

stimulation for coracoid infraclavicular brachial plexus block? Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:357-

360.

Tedore TR, YaDeau JT, Maalouf DB, et al. Comparison of the transarterial axillary block and the

ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block for upper extremity surgery: a prospective randomized trial.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:361-365.

Tran de QH, Dugani S, Dyachenko A, Correa JA, Finlayson RJ. Minimum effective volume of

lidocaine for ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2011;36:190-4.

Tran de QH, Clemente A, Tran DQ, Finlayson RJ. A comparison between ultrasound-guided

infraclavicular block using the “double bubble” sign and neurostimulation-guided axillary block.

Anesth Analg. 2008;107:1075-1078.

Tran de QH, Russo G, Munoz L, Zaouter C, Finlayson RJ. A prospective, randomized comparison

between ultrasound-guided supraclavicular, infraclavicular, and axillary brachial plexus blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:366-371.

32

Ultrasound-Guided Axillary Brachial Plexus Block


FIGURE 32-1. Transducer position and needle insertion in ultrasound-guided axillary brachial

plexus block.

General Considerations

The axillary brachial plexus block offers several advantages over the other approaches to the brachial

plexus. The technique is relatively simple to perform, and may be associated with a relatively lower

risk of complications as compared with interscalene (e.g., spinal cord or vertebral artery puncture) or

supraclavicular brachial plexus block (e.g., pneumothorax). In clinical scenarios in which access to

the upper parts of the brachial plexus is difficult or impossible (e.g, local infection, burns, indwelling

venous catheters), the ability to anesthetize the plexus at a more distal level may be important. The

axillary brachial plexus block is also relatively simple to perform with ultrasound because of its

superficial location. Although individual nerves can usually be identified in the vicinity of the axillary

artery, this is not necessary because the deposition of local anesthetic around the axillary artery is

sufficient for an effective block.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The structures of interest are superficial (1–3 cm), and the pulsating axillary artery can be identified

usually within a centimeter of the skin surface on the anteromedial aspect of the proximal arm, Figure

32-2. The artery can be associated with one or more axillary veins, often located medially to the

artery. Importantly, an undue pressure with the transducer during imaging may obliterate the veins,

rendering veins invisible and prone to puncture with the needle if care is not taken to avoid it.

Surrounding the axillary artery are three of the four principal branches of the brachial plexus: the

median (superficial and lateral to the artery), the ulnar (superficial and medial to the artery), and the

radial (posterior and lateral or medial to the artery) nerves (Figure 32-2). These are seen as round

hyperechoic structures, and although the previously mentioned locations relative to the artery are

frequently encountered, there is considerable anatomic variation from individual to individual,. Three

muscles surround the neurovascular bundle: the biceps brachii (lateral and superficial), the wedgeshaped coracobrachialis (lateral and deep), and the triceps brachii (medial and posterior). The fourth

principal nerve of the brachial plexus, the musculocutaneous nerve, is found in the fascial layers

between biceps and coracobrachialis muscles, though its location is variable and can be seen within

either muscle. It is usually seen as a hypoechoic flattened oval with a bright hyperechoic rim. Moving

the transducer proximally and distally along the long axis of the arm, the musculocutaneous nerve will

appear to move toward or away from the neurovascular bundle in the fascial plane between the two

muscles. Refer to Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia Anatomy for additional information on the

anatomy of the axillary brachial plexus and its branches.

FIGURE 32-2. Cross-sectional anatomy of the axillary fossa and the transducer position to image the

brachial plexus. The brachial plexus (BP) is seen scattered around the axillary artery and enclosed in

the adipose tissue compartment containing BP, axillary artery (AA), and axillary vein (AV). MCN,

musculocutaneous nerve.

Distribution of Blockade

The axillary approach to brachial plexus blockade (including musculocutaneous nerve) results in

anesthesia of the upper limb from the midarm down to and including the hand. The axillary nerve

itself is not blocked because it departs from the posterior cord high up in the axilla. As a result, the

skin over the deltoid muscle is not anesthetized. With nerve stimulator and landmark-based

techniques, the blockade of the musculocutaneous is often unreliable, leading to a lack of blockade on

the lateral side of the forearm and wrist. This problem is remedied easily with the ultrasound-guided

approach because the musculocutaneous nerve is readily apparent and reliably anesthetized. When

required, the medial skin of the upper arm (intercostobrachial nerve, T2) can be blocked by an

additional subcutaneous injection just distal to the axilla, if required. For a more comprehensive

review of the brachial plexus distribution, see Chapter 1.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 Syringes with local anesthetic (20–25 mL)

 4-cm, 22-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The axillary brachial plexus block requires access to the axilla. Therefore abduction of the arm 90° is

an appropriate position that allows for transducer placement and needle advancement, as well as

patient comfort (Figure 32-3). Care should be taken not to overabduct the arm because that may cause

discomfort as well as produce tension on the brachial plexus, theoretically making it more vulnerable

to needle or injection injury during the block procedure.

FIGURE 32-3. Patient position and insertion of the needle for ultrasound-guided (in plane) axillary

brachial plexus block. All needle redirections except occasionally for the musculocutaneous nerve

are done through the same needle insertion site. Seldom, another insertion of the needle is made to

block the musculocutaneous nerve.

The pectoralis major muscle is palpated as it inserts onto the humerus, and the transducer is placed

on the skin immediately distal to that point perpendicular to the axis of the arm. The starting point

should result in part of the transducer overlying both the biceps and the triceps muscles (i.e., on the

medial aspect of the arm). Sliding the transducer across the axilla will bring the axillary artery and

brachial plexus into view, if not readily apparent.

GOAL

The goal is to deposit local anesthetic around the axillary artery. Sometimes, a single injection is

sufficient to spread in a “doughnut” shape around the artery; more commonly, two or three injections

are required. In addition, an aliquot of local anesthetic should be injected adjacent to the

musculocutaneous nerve.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer is positioned in the

short axis orientation to identify the axillary artery (Figure 32-4A about 1 to 3 cm from the skin

surface. Once the artery is identified, an attempt is made to identify the hyperechoic median, ulnar,

and radial nerves (Figure 32-4B). However, these may not be always well seen on an ultrasound

image. Frequently present, a reverberation artifact deep to the artery is often misinterpreted for the

radial nerve. Pre-scanning should also reveal the position of the musculocutaneous nerve, in the plane

between the coracobrachialis and biceps muscles (a slight proximal-distal movement of the

transducer is often required to bring this nerve into view) (Figure 32-5).

FIGURE 32-4. (A,B) Median (MN), ulnar (UN), and radial (RN) nerves are seen scattered around

the axillary artery with the tissue sheath (white-appearing tissue fasciae around the artery) containing

nerves and axillary vessels. The musculocutaneous nerve (MCN) is seen between the biceps and

coracobrachialis (CBM) away from the rest of the brachial plexus. AA, axillary artery.

FIGURE 32-5. Musculocutaneous nerve (MCN) is seen approximately 3 cm from the axillary

neurovascular bundle (around AA). MCN in this image is positioned between the biceps and

coracobrachialis muscles (CBM). MCN must be blocked with a separate injection of local anesthetic

for a complete axillary brachial plexus block.

The needle is inserted in-plane from the cephalad aspect (Figures 32-1 and 32-3) and directed

toward the posterior aspect of the axillary artery (Figure 32-6).

FIGURE 32-6. Needle insertions for axillary brachial plexus block. Axillary brachial block can be

accomplished by two to four separate injections (1–4) to accomplish a block of the entire brachial

plexus. MCN, musculocutaneous nerve; RN, radial nerve; MN, median nerve; UN, ulnar nerve.

As nerves and vessels are positioned together in the neurovascular bundle by adjacent

musculature, advancement of the needle through the axilla may require careful hydrodissection with a

small amount of local anesthetic or other injectate. This technique involves the injection of 0.5 to 2

mL, which “peels apart” the plane in which the needle tip is continuously inserted. The needle is then

advanced a few millimeters and more injectate is administered.

Local anesthetic should be deposited posterior to the artery first, to avoid displacing the structures

of interest deeper and obscuring the nerves, which is often the case if the median or ulnar nerves are

injected first. Once 5 to 10 mL is administered, the needle is withdrawn almost to the level of the

skin, redirected toward the median and ulnar nerves, and a further 10 to 15 mL is injected in these

areas to complete the circle around the artery. The described sequence of injection is demonstrated in

Figure 32-7.

FIGURE 32-7. An image demonstrating the ideal distribution patterns of local anesthetic spread after

three separate injections (1–3) to surround the axillary artery with local anesthetic and block the

radial nerve (RN), median nerve (MN), and ulnar nerve (UN). Musculocutaneous nerve (MCN) is

blocked with a separate injection (4) because it is often outside the axillary neurovascular tissue

sheath. AA, axillary artery.

Finally, the needle is once again withdrawn to the biceps and redirected toward the

musculocutaneous nerve. Once adjacent to the nerve (stimulation will result in elbow flexion), 5 to 7

mL of local anesthetic is deposited.

In an adult patient, 20 to 25 mL of local anesthetic is usually adequate for successful blockade.

Complete spread around the artery is necessary for success but infrequently seen with a single

injection. Two to three redirections and injections are usually necessary for reliable blockade, as

well as a separate injection to block the musculocutaneous nerve. The block dynamics and

perioperative management are similar to those described in Chapter 15.

TIPS

• Frequent aspiration and slow administration of local anesthetic are critical to decrease the risk of

an intravascular injection.

 Cases of systemic toxicity have been reported after apparently straightforward ultrasoundguided axillary brachial plexus blocks.

 Keep the pressure applied on the transducer steady to avoid opening and closing of the multitude

of veins in the axilla and reduce the risk of an intravascular injection.

Continuous Ultrasound-Guided Axillary Block

The continuous axillary catheter is a useful technique for analgesia and a sympathetic block, such as

following finger reimplantation surgery. The goal of the continuous axillary block is similar to the

non–ultrasound-based techniques: to place the catheter in the vicinity of the branches of the brachial

plexus (i.e., within the “sheath” of the brachial plexus). The procedure consists of three phases—(1)

needle placement, (2) catheter advancement, and (3) securing of the catheter. For the first two phases

of the procedure, ultrasound can be used to assure accuracy in most patients. The needle is typically

inserted in plane from the cephalad-to-caudad direction, just as in the single-injection technique

(Figure 32-8).

FIGURE 32-8. Continuous axillary brachial plexus block is performed using a similar technique as

in the single-injection method. After injection of a small volume of local anesthetic through the needle

to document its proper placement, the catheter is advanced 2-3 cm beyond the needle tip.

After an initial injection of the local anesthetic to confirm the proper position of the needle-tip, the

catheter is inserted 2 to 3 cm beyond the needle tip. Injection is then repeated through the catheter to

document adequate spread of the local anesthetic. Alternatively, the axillary artery can be visualized

in the longitudinal view and the catheter is inserted in the longitudinal plane alongside the axillary

artery 4 to 5 cm. The longitudinal approach requires a significantly greater degree of ultrasonographic

skill, yet no data exist at this time suggesting that one approach is more efficient or better than the

other one.

TIP

 Tunneling of the catheter or taping on the shaved skin using transparent occlusive dressing are

commonly used methods of securing the catheter.


SUGGESTED READING

Aguirre J, Blumenthal S, Borgeat A. Ultrasound guidance and success rates of axillary brachial plexus

block—I. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:583.

Baumgarten RK, Thompson GE. Is ultrasound necessary for routine axillary block? Reg Anesth Pain

Med. 2006;31:88-9.

Bigeleisen PE. Nerve puncture and apparent intraneural injection during ultrasound-guided axillary

block does not invariably result in neurologic injury. Anesthesiology. 2006;105:779-783.

Bruhn J, Fitriyadi D, van Geffen GJ. A slide to the radial nerve during ultrasound-guided axillary block.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:623; author reply 623-624.

Campoy L, Bezuidenhout AJ, Gleed RD, et al. Ultrasound-guided approach for axillary brachial plexus,

femoral nerve, and sciatic nerve blocks in dogs. Vet Anaesth Analg. 2010;37:144-153.

Casati A, Danelli G, Baciarello M, et al. A prospective, randomized comparison between ultrasound

and nerve stimulation guidance for multiple injection axillary brachial plexus block. Anesthesiology.

2007;106:992-996.

Chan VW, Perlas A, McCartney CJ, Brull R, Xu D, Abbas S. Ultrasound guidance improves success

rate of axillary brachial plexus block. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:176-182.

Christophe JL, Berthier F, Boillot A, et al. Assessment of topographic brachial plexus nerves variations

at the axilla using ultrasonography. Br J Anaesth. 2009;103:606-612.

Clendenen SR, Riutort K, Ladlie BL, Robards C, Franco CD, Greengrass RA. Real-time threedimensional ultrasound-assisted axillary plexus block defines soft tissue planes. Anesth Analg.

2009;108:1347-1350.

Dibiane C, Deruddre S, Zetlaoui PJ. A musculocutaneous nerve variation described during ultrasoundguided axillary nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:617-618.

Dolan J, McKinlay S. Early detection of intravascular injection during ultrasound-guided axillary

brachial plexus block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:182.

Dufour E, Laloe PA, Culty T, Fischler M. Ultrasound and neurostimulation-guided axillary brachial

plexus block for resection of a hemodialysis fistula aneurysm. Anesth Analg. 2009;108:1981-1983.

Errando CL, Pallardo MA, Herranz A, Peiro CM, de Andres JA. Bilateral axillary brachial plexus

block guided by multiple nerve stimulation and ultrasound in a multiple trauma patient [in Spanish].

Rev Esp Anestesiol Reanim. 2006;53:383-386.

Gray AT. The conjoint tendon of the latissimus dorsi and teres major: an important landmark for

ultrasound-guided axillary block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:179-180.

Gray AT, Schafhalter-Zoppoth I. “Bayonet artifact” during ultrasound-guided transarterial axillary

block. Anesthesiology. 2005;102:1291-1292.

Gelfand HJ, Ouanes JP, Lesley MR, Ko PS, Murphy JD, Suminda SM, Isaac GR, Kumar K, Wu CL.

Analgesic efficacy of Ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia: meta-analysis. J Clin Anesth

2011;232:90-6

Hadžić A, Dewaele S, Gandhi K, Santos A. Volume and dose of local anesthetic necessary to block the

axillary brachial plexus using ultrasound guidance. Anesthesiology. 2009;111:8-9.

Harper GK, Stafford MA, Hill DA. Minimum volume of local anaesthetic required to surround each of

the constituent nerves of the axillary brachial plexus, using ultrasound guidance: a pilot study. Br J

Anaesth. 2010;104:633-636.

masogie N, Ganapathy S, Singh S, Armstrong K, Armstrong P. A prospective, randomized, doubleblind comparison of ultrasound-guided axillary brachial plexus blocks using 2 versus 4 injections.

Anesth Analg. 2010;110:1222-1226.

Liu FC, Liou JT, Tsai YF, et al. Efficacy of ultrasound-guided axillary brachial plexus block: a

comparative study with nerve stimulator-guided method. Chang Gung Med J. 2005;28:396-402.

Lo N, Brull R, Perlas A, et al. Evolution of ultrasound guided axillary brachial plexus blockade:

retrospective analysis of 662 blocks. Can J Anaesth. 2008;55:408-413.

Mannion S, Capdevila X. Ultrasound guidance and success rates of axillary brachial plexus block—II.

Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:584.

Marhofer P, Eichenberger U, Stockli S, et al. Ultrasonographic guided axillary plexus blocks with low

volumes of local anaesthetics: a crossover volunteer study. Anaesthesia. 2010;65:266-271.

Morros C, Perez-Cuenca MD, Sala-Blanch X, Cedo F: Contribution of ultrasound guidance to the

performance of the axillary brachial plexus block with multiple nerve stimulation [in Spanish]. Rev

Esp Anestesiol Reanim. 2009;56:69-74.

O’Donnell BD, Iohom G. An estimation of the minimum effective anesthetic volume of 2% lidocaine in

ultrasound-guided axillary brachial plexus block. Anesthesiology. 2009;111:25-29.

O’Donnell BD, Ryan H, O’Sullivan O, Iohom G. Ultrasound-guided axillary brachial plexus block with

20 milliliters local anesthetic mixture versus general anesthesia for upper limb trauma surgery: an

observer-blinded, prospective, randomized, controlled trial. Anesth Analg. 2009;109:279-283.

Orebaugh SL, Williams BA, Vallejo M, Kentor ML. Adverse outcomes associated with stimulatorbased peripheral nerve blocks with versus without ultrasound visualization. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34:251-255.

erlas A, Chan VW, Simons M. Brachial plexus examination and localization using ultrasound and

electrical stimulation: a volunteer study. Anesthesiology. 2003;99:429-435.

erlas A, Niazi A, McCartney C, Chan V, Xu D, Abbas S. The sensitivity of motor response to nerve

stimulation and paresthesia for nerve localization as evaluated by ultrasound. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2006;31:445-450.

orter JM, McCartney CJ, Chan VW. Needle placement and injection posterior to the axillary artery

may predict successful infraclavicular brachial plexus block: a report of three cases. Can J Anaesth.

2005;52:69-73.

Remerand F, Laulan J, Couvret C, et al. Is the musculocutaneous nerve really in the coracobrachialis

muscle when performing an axillary block? An ultrasound study. Anesth Analg. 2010;110:1729-1734.

Robards C, Clendenen S, Greengrass R. Intravascular injection during ultrasound-guided axillary block:

negative aspiration can be misleading. Anesth Analg. 2008;107:1754-1755.

Russon K, Blanco R. Accidental intraneural injection into the musculocutaneous nerve visualized with

ultrasound. Anesth Analg. 2007;105:1504-1505.

Russon K, Pickworth T, Harrop-Griffiths W. Upper limb blocks. Anaesthesia. 2010;65(Suppl 1):48-56.

chwemmer U, Schleppers A, Markus C, Kredel M, Kirschner S, Roewer N. Operative management in

axillary brachial plexus blocks: comparison of ultrasound and nerve stimulation [in German].

Anaesthesist. 2006;55:451-456.

Sites BD, Beach ML, Spence BC, et al. Ultrasound guidance improves the success rate of a

perivascular axillary plexus block. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2006;50:678-684.

Tedore TR, YaDeau JT, Maalouf DB, et al. Comparison of the transarterial axillary block and the

ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block for upper extremity surgery: a prospective randomized trial.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:361-365.

Tran de QH, Clemente A, Tran DQ, Finlayson RJ. A comparison between ultrasound-guided

infraclavicular block using the “double bubble” sign and neurostimulation-guided axillary block.

Anesth Analg. 2008;107:1075-1078.

Tran de QH, Russo G, Munoz L, Zaouter C, Finlayson RJ. A prospective, randomized comparison

between ultrasound-guided supraclavicular, infraclavicular, and axillary brachial plexus blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:366-371.

Wong DM, Gledhill S, Thomas R, Barrington MJ. Sonographic location of the radial nerve confirmed

by nerve stimulation during axillary brachial plexus blockade. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:503-

507.

Zetlaoui PJ, Labbe JP, Benhamou D. Ultrasound guidance for axillary plexus block does not prevent

intravascular injection. Anesthesiology. 2008;108:761.

33

Ultrasound-Guided Forearm Blocks


FIGURE 33-1. (A) Radial nerve block above the elbow. The needle is inserted in-plane from lateral

to medial direction. (B) Median nerve block at the level of the midforearm. (C) Ulnar nerve block at

the level of the midforearm.

General Considerations

Ultrasound imaging of individual nerves in the distal upper limb allows for reliable nerve blockade.

The two main indications for these blocks are a stand-alone technique for hand and/or wrist surgery

and as a means of rescuing or supplementing a patchy or failed proximal brachial plexus block. The

main advantages of the ultrasound-guided technique over the surface-based or nerve stimulator–based

techniques are the avoidance of unnecessary proximal motor and sensory blockade, that is, greater

specificity. Additional advantages are avoidance of the risk of vascular puncture and a reduction in

the overall volume of local anesthetic used. There are a variety of locations where a practitioner

could approach each of these nerves, most of which are similar in efficacy. In this chapter, we present

the approach for each nerve that we favor in our practice.

Ultrasound Anatomy

Radial Nerve

The radial nerve is best visualized above the lateral aspect of the elbow, lying in the fascia between

the brachioradialis and the brachialis muscles (Figure 33-2). The transducer is placed transversely

on the anterolateral aspect of the distal arm, 3–4 cm above the elbow crease (Figure 33-1A). The

nerve appears as a hyperechoic, triangular, or oval structure with the characteristic stippled

appearance of a distal peripheral nerve. The nerve divides just above the elbow crease into

superficial (sensory) and deep (motor) branches. These smaller divisions of the radial nerve are more

challenging to identify in the forearm; therefore, a single injection above the elbow is favored

because it ensures blockade of both. The transducer can be slid up and down the axis of the arm to

better appreciate the nerve within the musculature surrounding it. As the transducer is moved

proximally, the nerve will be seen to travel posteriorly and closer to the humerus, to lie deep to the

triceps muscles in the spiral groove (Figure 33-3).

FIGURE 33-2. (A) Radial nerve anatomy at the distal third of the humerus. (B) Sonoanatomy of the

radial nerve at the distal humerus. Radial nerve (RN) is shown between the biceps and triceps

muscles at a depth of approximately 2 cm.

FIGURE 33-3. Sonoanatomy of the radial nerve in the spiral groove of the humerus. RN, radial

nerve.

Median Nerve

The median nerve is easily imaged in the midforearm, between the flexor digitorum superficialis and

flexor digitorum profundus, where the nerve typically appears as a round or oval hyperechoic

structure (Figure 33-4A and B). The transducer is placed on the volar aspect of the arm in the

transverse orientation and tilted back and forth until the nerve is identified (Figure 33-1B). The nerve

is located in the midline of the forearm, 1–2 cm medial and deep to the pulsating radial artery. The

course of the median nerve can be traced with the transducer up and down the forearm, but as it

approaches the elbow or the wrist, its differentiation from adjacent tendons and connective tissue

becomes more challenging.

FIGURE 33-4. (A) Anatomy of the medianus nerve (MN) of the midforearm. (B) Sonoanatomy of the

MN at the midforearm. FDSM, Flexor Digitorum Superficialis Muscle; FCRM, Flexor Carpi Radialis

Muscle & PLM, Palmaris Longus Muscle; FPLM, Flexor Palmaris Longus Muscle.

Ulnar Nerve

The ulnar nerve can be easily imaged in the midforearm, immediately medial to the ulnar artery,

which acts as a useful landmark. Similar to the radial and median nerves, the ulnar nerve appears as a

hyperechoic stippled structure, with a triangular to oval shape (Figure 33-5A and B). The ulnar artery

and nerve separate, when the transducer is slid more proximally on the forearm, with the artery taking

a more lateral and deeper course. The ulnar nerve can be traced easily proximally toward the ulnar

notch, when desired, and the level of the blockade can be decided based on the desired distribution of

the anesthesia as well as the ease of imaging and accessing the nerve. Sliding the transducer distally

shows the nerve and artery becoming progressively shallower together as they approach the wrist

where the ulnar nerve lies medial to the artery.

FIGURE 33-5. (A) Anatomy of the ulnar nerve at the midforearm. The ulnar nerve (UN) is closely

related to the ulnar artery (UA). (B) Sonoanatomy of the ulnar nerve at the midforearm. UN is shown

closely related to the UA, sandwiched between the flexor carpi ulnaris (FCUM) and flexor digitorum

profundus muscles (FDPM). FDSM = Flexor Digitorum Superficialis Muscle.

Distribution of Blockade

As is the case with the landmark-based distal blocks, anesthetizing the radial, median, and/or ulnar

nerves provides sensory anesthesia and analgesia to the respective territories of the hand and wrist.

Note that the lateral cutaneous nerve of the forearm (a branch of the musculocutaneous nerve) supplies

the lateral aspect of the forearm, and it may need to be blocked separately by a subcutaneous wheal

distal to the elbow if lateral wrist surgery is planned. For a more comprehensive review of the

innervation of the hand, see Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray

 One 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 A 2-in, 22–25 gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator (optional)

 Sterile gloves

TIP

 Because these are superficial blocks of distal peripheral nerves, some practitioners choose to use a

small-gauge (i.e., 25-gauge) needle. When a using small-gauge needle, however, meticulous attention

should be paid to avoid an intraneural injection, which is more likely with a smaller diameter and

sharp tip design.

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Any patient position that allows for comfortable placement of the ultrasound transducer and needle

advancement is appropriate. Typically, the block is performed with the patient in the supine position.

For the radial nerve block, the arm is flexed at the elbow and the hand is placed on the patient’s

abdomen (Figure 33-1A). This position allows for the most practical application of the transducer.

The median and ulnar nerves are blocked with the arm abducted and placed on an armboard, palm

facing up. (Figures 33-1 B, C)

Goal

The goal is to place the needle tip immediately adjacent to the nerve(s) of choice and to deposit 4–5

mL of local anesthetic in the vicinity of the nerve. It is unnecessary to completely surround the entire

nerve in a doughnut pattern, although this can enhance the speed of onset of the block. As with all

peripheral blocks, avoidance of resistance to injection is important to decrease the risk of an

intrafascicular injection.

Technique

Radial Nerve

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer positioned so as to

identify the radial nerve. The needle is inserted in-plane, with the goal of traversing the biceps

brachii muscle and placing the tip next to the radial nerve (Figure 33-6A). If nerve stimulation is

used, a wrist or finger extension response should be elicited when the needle is in proximity to the

nerve. After negative aspiration, 4–5 mL of local anesthetic is injected (Figure 33-6B). If the spread

is inadequate, slight adjustments can be made and a further 2–3 mL of local anesthetic administered.

FIGURE 33-6. (A) Needle position to block the radial nerve (RN) at the elbow. BM - Brachialis

Muscle, BrM - Brachioradialis muscle. (B) Local anesthetic (area shaded in blue) distribution to

block the RN above the elbow. (1) Biceps brachii muscle.

Median and Ulnar Nerves

With the arm abducted and the palm up, the skin of the volar forearm is disinfected and the transducer

positioned transversely on the midforearm. The median nerve should be identified between the

previously mentioned muscle layers. If it is not immediately visualized, the transducer should be

positioned slightly more laterally and the radial artery identified, using color Doppler ultrasound.

Sliding back to the midline, the nerve can be seen approximately 1–2 cm medial and 1 cm deep to the

radial artery. The needle is inserted in-plane from either side of the transducer (Figure 33-7A). After

negative aspiration, 4–5 mL of local anesthetic is injected (Figure 33-7B). If the spread is

inadequate, slight adjustments can be made and a further 2–3 mL of local anesthetic administered.

FIGURE 33-7. (A) Needle (1) position for the block of the median nerve (MN) at the forearm. (B)

Distribution of local anesthetic for block of the MN at the forearm.

TIPS

 The median nerve can often “hide” in the background of the musculature. Tilting the transducer

proximally or distally will bring the nerve out of the background.

 Imaging at the level of the elbow crease readily reveals the nerve positioned medial to the brachial

artery. From this location, the nerve can be traced distally.

 When in doubt, nerve stimulation (0.5-1.0 mA) can be used to confirm localization of the correct

nerve.

 In some patients, the median and ulnar nerves often can both be anesthetized with a single skin

puncture.

Then the transducer is positioned more medially until the ulnar nerve is identified. The use of

color Doppler ultrasound can aid in finding the ulnar artery, which always lies lateral to the nerve at

this level. The nerve should then be traced up until the artery “splits off,” to minimize the likelihood

of arterial puncture. The needle is inserted in-plane from either side of the transducer (the lateral side

is often more ergonomic) (Figure 33-8A). After negative aspiration, 4–5 mL of local anesthetic is

injected (Figure 33-8B). If the spread of the local anesthetic is inadequate, slight adjustments can be

made and a further 2–3 mL administered.

FIGURE 33-8. (A) Needle (1) position for the block of ulnar nerve (UN) at the forearm. (B)

Distribution of local anesthetic (area shaded in blue) for the block of the UN at the forearm.

TIP

 The out-of-plane approach can also be used for all three blocks; however, we find that visualizing the

needle path makes for greater consistency in placement and a lesser chance of nerve impalement.

The use of a tourniquet, either on the arm or forearm, usually requires sedation and/or additional

analgesia.

SUGGESTED READING

Eichenberger U, Stockli S, Marhofer P, et al. Minimal local anesthetic volume for peripheral nerve

block: a new ultrasound-guided, nerve dimension-based method. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34:242-246.

Gray AT, Schafhalter-Zoppoth I. Ultrasound guidance for ulnar nerve block in the forearm. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2003;28:335-339.

Lurf M, Leixnering M: Sensory block without a motor block: ultrasound-guided placement if pain

catheters in forearm. Acta Anaestbesiol Scand 2010;54:257-8.

Kathirgamanathan A, French J, Foxall GL, Hardman JG, Bedforth NM. Delineation of distal ulnar nerve

anatomy using ultrasound in volunteers to identify an optimum approach for neural blockade. Eur J

Anaesthesiol. 2009;26:43-46.

McCartney CJ, Xu D, Constantinescu C, Abbas S, Chan VW. Ultrasound examination of peripheral

nerves in the forearm. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:434-439.

chafhalter-Zoppoth I, Gray AT. The musculocutaneous nerve: ultrasound appearance for peripheral

nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2005;30:385-390.

pence BC, Sites BD, Beach ML. Ultrasound-guided musculocutaneous nerve block: a description of a

novel technique. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2005;30:198-201.


34 Ultrasound-Guided Wrist Block


FIGURE 34-1. Ultrasound-guided wrist block. Transducer and needle positions for (A) Median

nerve block, (B) Ulnar nerve block, (C) Radial nerve block.

General Considerations

The wrist block is an effective method to provide anesthesia of the hand and fingers without the arm

immobility that occurs with more proximal brachial plexus blocks. Traditional wrist block technique

involves advancing needles using surface landmarks toward the three nerves that supply the hand,

namely the median, ulnar, and radial nerves. The ultrasound-guided approach has the advantage of

direct visualization of the needle and target nerve, which may decrease the incidence of needlerelated trauma. In addition, because the needle can be placed with precision immediately adjacent to

the nerve, smaller volumes of local anesthetic are required for successful blockade than with a blind

technique. Since the nerves are located relatively close to the surface, this is a technically easy block

to perform, but knowledge of the anatomy of the soft tissues of the wrist is essential for successful

blockade with minimum patient discomfort.

Ultrasound Anatomy

Three individual nerves are involved:

Median Nerve

The median nerve crosses the elbow medial to the brachial artery and courses toward the wrist deep

to the flexor digitorum superficialis in the center of the forearm. As the muscles taper toward tendons

near the wrist, the nerve assumes an increasingly superficial position until it is located beneath the

flexor retinaculum in the carpal tunnel with the tendons of flexor digitorum profundus, flexor

digitorum superficialis, and flexor pollicis longus. A linear transducer placed transversely at the

level of the wrist crease will reveal a cluster of oval hyperechoic structures, one of which is the

median nerve (Figures 34-2A and B and 34-3A and B). At this location it is easy to confuse the

tendons for the nerve, and vice versa; for this reason, it is recommended that the practitioner slides

the transducer 5 to 10 cm up the volar side of the forearm, leaving the tendons more distally to

confirm the location of the nerve. The tendons will have disappeared on the image, leaving just

muscle and the solitary median nerve, which then can be carefully traced back to the wrist, if desired.

In many instances, however, it is much simpler to perform a medianus block at the midforearm, where

the nerve is easier to recognize.

FIGURE 34-2. (A) Ultrasound-guided block of the median nerve at the wrist. (B) Cross-sectional

anatomy of the median nerve (MN) at the wrist.

FIGURE 34-3. (A) Cross-sectional ultrasound image of the median nerve (MN) at the wrist. (B)

Needle (1) path to reach MN at the wrist and spread of local anesthetic to block the MN.

TIP

 The median nerve exhibits pronounced anisotropy. Tilting the transducer slightly will make the nerve

appear alternately brighter (more contrast) or darker (less contrast) with respect to the background.

Ulnar Nerve

The ulnar nerve is located medial (ulnar side) to the ulnar artery from the level of the midforearm to

the wrist. This provides a useful landmark. A linear transducer placed at the level of the wrist crease

will show the hyperechoic anterior surface of the ulna with shadowing behind; just lateral to the bone

and very superficial will be the triangular or oval hyperechoic ulnar nerve, with the pulsating ulnar

artery immediately next to it (Figures 34-4A and B and 34-5A and B). Unlike the median nerve, there

are fewer structures (tendons) in the immediate vicinity that can confuse identification; however, the

same confirmation scanning technique can be applied. Sliding the transducer up and down the arm

helps verify that the structure is the ulnar nerve by following the course of the ulnar artery and looking

for the nerve on its ulnar side.

FIGURE 34-4. (A) Block of the ulnar nerve (UN) at the wrist. Transducer and needle position. (B)

Transsectional anatomy of the UN at the wrist. UN is seen just medial to the ulnar artery (UA).

FIGURE 34-5. (A) Sonoanatomy of the ulnar nerve (UN) at the wrist. US, ulnar artery. (B) Needle

path to reach the UN at the wrist and approximate spread of the local anesthetic (area shaded in blue)

to anesthetize the UN.

Radial Nerve

The superficial branch of the radial nerve divides into terminal branches at the level of the wrist; for

this reason, ultrasonography is not very useful for guidance for placement of the block at the level of

the wrist. A subcutaneous field block around the area of the styloid process of the radius remains an

easy method to perform an effective radial nerve block at the level of the wrist (refer to the wrist

block in Chapter 16). However, ultrasonography can be used at the elbow level or in the midforearm.

At the level of the elbow (slightly below the elbow), the nerve is easily identified as a hyperechoic

oval or triangular structure in the layer between the brachialis (deep) and brachioradialis

(superficial) muscles lateral to the radial artery (Figures 34-6A and B and 34-7A and B).

FIGURE 34-6. (A) Block of the radial nerve (RN) at the wrist. Transducer and needle position. (B)

Cross-sectional anatomy of the RN at the wrist level. Superficial branches of the radial nerve are

highly variable at this level in number, size, and depth. For that reason, block of the RN at the wrist is

not an exact technique but rather infiltration of the local anesthetic in the subcutaneous tissue and

underneath the superficial fascia.

FIGURE 34-7. (A) Sonoanatomy of the radial nerve (RN) at the level of the wrist. (B) One branch of

the RN at the wrist is shown lateral to the radial artery (RA), and the approximate needle path to

reach a branch of the radial nerve is shown with an approximate spread of local anesthetic (area

shaded in blue) to anesthetize it.

Distribution of Blockade

A wrist block results in anesthesia of the entire hand. For a more comprehensive review of the

distribution of each terminal nerve, please see Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 One 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 A 1.5-in 22- to 25-gauge needle with low-volume extension tubing

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The wrist block is most easily performed with the patient in the supine position to allow for the volar

surface of the wrist to be exposed. It is useful to remove splints and/or bandages on the hand to

facilitate placement of the transducer and sterile preparation of the skin surface.

Goal

The goal is to place the needle tip immediately adjacent to each of the two/three nerves to deposit

local anesthetic until its spread around the nerve is documented with ultrasound visualization.

Technique

With the arm in the proper position, the skin is disinfected. The wrist is a “tightly packed” area that is

bounded on three sides by bones. For this reason, an ultrasound-guided “wrist” block is often

performed 5 to 10 cm proximal to the wrist crease where there is more room to maneuver. For each

of the blocks, the needle can be inserted either in-plane or out-of-plane. Ergonomics often dictates

which of these is most effective. Care must be taken when performing the ulnar and radial nerve

blocks since the nerves are intimately associated with arteries. Inadvertent arterial puncture can lead

to a hematoma. Successful block is predicted by the spread of local anesthetic immediately adjacent

to the nerve. Multiple injections to achieve circumferential spread are usually not necessary because

these nerves are small and the local anesthetic diffuses quickly into the neural tissue due to the lack of

thick epineural tissues. Assuming deposition immediately adjacent to the nerve, 3 to 4 mL/nerve of

local anesthetic is sufficient to ensure an effective block.

TIP

 Always assure absence of resistance to injection to decrease the risk of intrafascicular injection.

The block dynamics and perioperative management are similar to those described in Chapter 16.

SUGGESTED READING

Bajaj S, Pattamapaspong N, Middleton W, Teefey S: Ultrasound of the hand and wrist. J Hand Surg Am

2009;34:759-60.

Heinemeyer O, Reimers CD. Ultrasound of radial, ulnar, median and sciatic nerves in healthy subjects

and patients with hereditary motor and sensory neuropathies. Ultrasound Med Biol. 1999:25:481-

485.

Kiely PD, O’Farrell D, Riordan J, Harmon D: The use of ultrasound-guided hematoma blocks in wrist

fractures. J Clin Anesth 2009;21:540-2.

Liebmann O, Price D, Mills C, et al. Feasibility of forearm ultrasonography-guided nerve blocks of the

radial, ulnar, and median nerves for hand procedures in the emergency department. Ann Emerg Med

2006;48:558-562.

Macaire P, Singelyn F, Narchi P, Paqueron X. Ultrasound- or nerve stimulation-guided wrist blocks for

carpal tunnel release: a randomized prospective comparative study. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2008;33:363-368.

McCartney CJL, Xu D, Constantinescu C, et al. Ultrasound examination of peripheral nerves in the

forearm. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:434–439.

35 Ultrasound-Guided Femoral Nerve Block


FIGURE 35-1. Transducer position and needle insertion using an in-plane technique to block the

femoral nerve at the femoral crease.

General Considerations

The ultrasound-guided technique of femoral nerve blockade differs from nerve stimulator or

landmark-based techniques in several important aspects. Ultrasound application allows the

practitioner to monitor the spread of local anesthetic and needle placement and make appropriate

adjustments, should the initial spread be deemed inadequate. Also, because of the proximity to the

relatively large femoral artery, ultrasound may reduce the risk of arterial puncture that often occurs

with this block with the use of non-ultrasound techniques. Palpating the femoral pulse as a landmark

for the block is not required with ultrasound guidance, a process that can be challenging in obese

patients. Although the ability to visualize the needle and the relevant anatomy with ultrasound

guidance renders nerve stimulation optional, motor response obtained during nerve stimulation often

provides contributory information.

Ultrasound Anatomy

Orientation begins with the identification of the pulsating femoral artery at the level of the inguinal

crease. If it is not immediately recognized, sliding the transducer medially and laterally will bring the

vessel into view eventually. Immediately lateral to the vessel, and deep to the fascia iliaca is the

femoral nerve, which is typically hyperechoic and roughly triangular or oval in shape (Figure 35-2A

and B). The nerve is positioned in a sulcus in the iliopsoas muscle underneath the fascia iliaca. Other

structures that can be visualized are the femoral vein (medial to the artery) and occasionally the fascia

lata (superficial in the subcutaneous layer). The femoral nerve typically is visualized at a depth of 2-

to 4-cm.

FIGURE 35-2. (A) Cross-sectional anatomy of the femoral nerve (FN) at the level of the femoral

crease. FN is seen on the surface of the iliopsoas muscle covered by fascia iliaca. (white arrows).

Femoral artery (FA) and femoral vein (FV) are seen enveloped in their own vascular fascial sheath

created by one of the layers of fascia lata. (B) Sonoanatomy of the FN at the femoral triangle.

TIP

 Identification of the femoral nerve often is made easier by slightly tilting the transducer cranially or

caudally. This adjustment helps “brighten” up the nerve and makes it appear distinct from the

background.

Distribution of Blockade

Femoral nerve block results in anesthesia of the anterior and medial thigh down to the knee (the knee

included), as well as a variable strip of skin on the medial leg and foot. It also contributes branches to

the articular fibers to both the hip and knee. For a more comprehensive review of the femoral nerve

distribution, see Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 One 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 A 50- to 100-mm, 22-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

This block typically is performed with the patient in the supine position, with the bed or table

flattened to maximize operator access to the inguinal area. Although palpation of the femoral pulse is

a useful landmark, it is not required because the artery should be readily visualized by placing the

transducer transversely on the inguinal crease followed by slow movement laterally or medially. If

nerve stimulation is used simultaneously, exposure of the thigh and patella are required to monitor the

appropriate motor responses (patella twitch).

TIP

Exposing the inguinal region in a patient with a large abdominal pannus can be challenging. Using

a wide silk tape to retract the abdomen is a useful maneuver prior to skin preparation and scanning.

(Figure 35-3).

FIGURE 35-3. Obesity is a common problem in patients who present with an indication for femoral

nerve block. Taping the adipose tissue away helps optimize the exposure to the femoral crease in

patients with morbid obesity.

Goal

The goal is to place the needle tip immediately adjacent to the lateral aspect of the femoral nerve,

either below the fascia iliaca or between the two layers of the fascia iliaca, into the wedge-shaped

tissue space lateral to the femoral artery. Proper deposition of local anesthetic is confirmed by

observation of the femoral nerve being lifted off of the surface of the iliopsoas muscle or of the

spread of the local anesthetic above in the wedged-shaped space lateral to the artery.

Technique

With the patient in the supine position, the skin over the femoral crease is disinfected and the

transducer is positioned to identify the femoral artery and/or nerve (Figure 35-4). If the nerve is not

immediately apparent lateral to the artery, tilting the transducer proximally or distally often helps to

image and highlight the nerve from the rest of the iliopsoas muscle and the more superficial adipose

tissue. In doing so, an effort should be made to identify the iliopsoas muscle and its fascia as well as

the fascia lata because injection underneath a wrong fascial sheath may not result in spread of the

local anesthetic in the desired plane. Once the femoral nerve is identified, a skin wheal of local

anesthetic is made on the lateral aspect of the thigh 1 cm away from the lateral edge of the transducer.

The needle is inserted in-plane in a lateral-to-medial orientation and advanced toward the femoral

nerve (Figure 35-5). If nerve stimulation is used (0.5 mA, 0.1 msec), the passage of the needle

through the fascia iliaca and contact of the needle tip with the femoral nerve usually is associated

with a motor response of the quadriceps muscle group. In addition, a needle passage through the

fascia iliaca is often felt as a “pop” sensation. Once the needle tip is witnessed adjacent (either

above, below, or lateral) to the nerve (Figure 35-6), and after careful aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local

anesthetic is injected to confirm the proper needle placement (Figure 35-7). When injection of the

local anesthetic does not appear to result in a spread close to the femoral nerve, additional needle

repositions and injections may be necessary.

FIGURE 35-4. To image the femoral nerve and/or femoral vessels, the transducer is positioned

transversely on the femoral crease as shown on the image.

FIGURE 35-5. Transducer position and needle insertion using an in-plane technique to block the

femoral nerve at the femoral crease.

FIGURE 35-6. An ultrasound image of the needle path (1,2) to block the femoral nerve. Both needle

positions are underneath fascia iliaca, one superficial to the femoral nerve (1) and one deeper to it

(2). Either path is acceptable as long as the local anesthetic spreads within the fascia iliaca (white

line) to get in contact with the femoral nerve.

FIGURE 35-7. A simulated needle path (1) and spread of the local anesthetic (blue shaded area) to

block the femoral nerve (FN). FA, femoral artery.

TIPS

 The presence of a motor response to nerve stimulation is useful but not necessary to elicit if the nerve,

needle, and local anesthetic spread are well-visualized.

 Never inject against high resistance to injection because this may signal an intrafascicular needle

placement.

 An out-of-plane technique can also be used. Because the needle tip may not be seen throughout the

procedure, we recommend administering intermittent small boluses (0.5–1 mL) as the needle is

advanced toward the nerve to indicate the location of the needle tip.

 Circumferential spread of local anesthetic around the nerve is not necessary for this block. A pool of

local anesthetic immediately adjacent to either the posterolateral or the anterior aspects is sufficient.

In an adult patient, 10 to 20 mL of local anesthetic is adequate for a successful block (Figure 35-

8A and B). The block dynamics and perioperative management are similar to those described in

Chapter 21.

FIGURE 35-8. (A) An actual needle path to block the femoral nerve (FN). (B) Spread of the local

anesthetic (LA) within two layers of the fascia iliaca to encircle the femoral nerve (FN). FA, femoral

artery.

Continuous Ultrasound-Guided Femoral Nerve Block

The goal of the continuous femoral nerve block is similar to that of the non-ultrasound-based

techniques: placement of the catheter in the vicinity of the femoral nerve just deep to the fascia iliaca.

The procedure consists of three phases: needle placement, catheter advancement, and securing the

catheter. For the first two phases of the procedure, ultrasound can be used to ensure accuracy in most

patients. The needle typically is inserted in-plane from the lateral-to-medial direction and underneath

the nerve. Some clinicians prefer inserting the catheter in the longitudinal plane (inferior-to-superior),

analogous to the nerve stimulation-guided technique. No data exist on whether or not one technique is

superior to the other. However, the in-line approach from the lateral-to-medial has worked very well

in our practice, and it is our preference because it is simpler when using ultrasound guidance.

TIP

 Both stimulating and nonstimulating catheters can be used, although for simplicity we prefer

nonstimulating catheters for this indication.

The needle is advanced until the tip is adjacent to the nerve. Proper placement of the needle can be

confirmed by obtaining a motor response of the quadriceps/patella, at which point 5 mL of local

anesthetic is injected. This small dose of local anesthetic serves to ensure adequate distribution of the

local anesthetic, as well as to make the advancement of the catheter easier. This first phase of the

procedure does not significantly differ from the single-injection technique. The second phase of the

procedure involves maintaining the needle in the proper position and inserting the catheter 2 to 4 cm

into the space surrounding the femoral nerve (Figure 35-9). Insertion of the catheter can be

accomplished by either a single operator or with a helper. Catheter position is observed on

ultrasound as the catheter is being inserted and/or with an injection through the catheter to document

its proper location.

FIGURE 35-9. Continuous femoral nerve block. Needle is seen inserted in-plane approaching the

nerve from lateral to medial, although it would seem intuitive that a longitudinal insertion of the

needle would have advantages with regard to the catheter placement. The technique demonstrated

here is simpler and routinely used in our practice with consistent success. The catheter should be

inserted 2–4 cm past the needle tip.

The catheter is secured by either taping it to the skin or tunneling. Preference of one technique over

the other varies among clinicians, although no data exist on which one is a more secure method. The

decision regarding which method to use could be based on the patient’s age (no tunneling for younger

patients: less mobile skin, avoidance of posttunneling scar formation), duration of the catheter

therapy, and anatomy. In general, the inguinal area is quite mobile and the femoral nerve is not

particularly deep, two factors that predispose to catheter dislodgment. The more lateral the starting

point for needle insertion for the continuous femoral nerve block, the longer the catheter will be

within the iliacus muscle, which may help prevent dislodgment because muscle tends to stabilize a

catheter better than adipose tissue. Our empirical infusion regimen for femoral nerve block in an adult

patient is ropivacaine 0.2% at a 5 mL/hour infusion rate and a 5 mL/hour patient-controlled bolus.


SUGGESTED READING

Bech B, et al. The successful use of peripheral nerve blocks for femoral amputation. Acta Anaesthesiol

Scand. 2009;53(2):257-260.

Bodner G, et al. Ultrasound of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve: normal findings in a cadaver and in

volunteers. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34(3):265-268.

Casati A, et al. Effects of ultrasound guidance on the minimum effective anaesthetic volume required to

block the femoral nerve. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98(6):823-827.

Errando CL. Ultrasound-guided femoral nerve block: catheter insertion in a girl with skeletal

abnormalities [in Spanish]. Rev Esp Anestesiol Reanim. 2009;56(3):197-198.

orget P. Bad needles can’t do good blocks. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34(6):603.

redrickson M. “Oblique” needle-probe alignment to facilitate ultrasound-guided femoral catheter

placement. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33(4):383-384.

redrickson MJ, Danesh-Clough TK. Ambulatory continuous femoral analgesia for major knee surgery:

a randomised study of ultrasound-guided femoral catheter placement. Anaesth Intensive Care.

2009;37(5):758-766.

redrickson MJ, Kilfoyle DH, Neurological complication analysis of 1000 ultrasound guided

peripheral nerve blocks for elective orthopaedic surgery: a prospective study. Anaesthesia.

2009;64(8):836-844.

Gurnaney H, Kraemer F, Ganesh A. Ultrasound and nerve stimulation to identify an abnormal location

of the femoral nerve. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34(6):615.

Helayel PE, et al. Ultrasound-guided sciatic-femoral block for revision of the amputation stump. Case

report. Rev Bras Anestesiol 2008;58(5):482-4, 480-2.

Hotta K, et al. Ultrasound-guided combined femoral nerve and lateral femoral cutaneous nerve blocks

for femur neck fracture surgery—case report [in Japanese]. Masui. 2008;57(7):892-894.

o H, et al. Ultrasound-guided femoral nerve block [in Japanese]. Masui. 2008;57(5):575-579.

Koscielniak-Nielsen ZJ, Rasmussen H, Hesselbjerg L. Long-axis ultrasound imaging of the nerves and

advancement of perineural catheters under direct vision: a preliminary report of four cases. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33(5):477-482.

Lang SA. Ultrasound and the femoral three-in-one nerve block: weak methodology and inappropriate

conclusions. Anesth Analg. 1998;86(5):1147-1148.

Marhofer P, et al. Fifteen years of ultrasound guidance in regional anaesthesia: Part 2-recent

developments in block techniques. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104(6):673-683.

Marhofer P, et al. Ultrasonographic guidance improves sensory block and onset time of three-in-one

blocks. Anesth Analg. 1997;85(4):854-857.

Mariano ER, et al. Ultrasound guidance versus electrical stimulation for femoral perineural catheter

insertion. J Ultrasound Med. 2009;28(11):1453-1460.

Murray JM, Derbyshire S, Shields MO. Lower limb blocks. Anaesthesia. 2010;65(Suppl 1):57-66.

Niazi AU, et al. Methods to ease placement of stimulating catheters during in-plane ultrasound-guided

femoral nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34(4):380-381.

Oberndorfer U, et al. Ultrasonographic guidance for sciatic and femoral nerve blocks in children. Br J

Anaesth. 2007;98(6):797-801.

O’Donnell BD, Mannion S. Ultrasound-guided femoral nerve block, the safest way to proceed? Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31(4):387-388.

Reid N, et al. Use of ultrasound to facilitate accurate femoral nerve block in the emergency department.

Emerg Med Australas. 2009;21(2):124-130.

Salinas FV. Ultrasound and review of evidence for lower extremity peripheral nerve blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35(2 Suppl):S16-25.

Schafhalter-Zoppoth I, Moriggl B. Aspects of femoral nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2006;31(1):92-93.

Sites BD, et al. A single injection ultrasound-assisted femoral nerve block provides side effect-sparing

analgesia when compared with intrathecal morphine in patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty.

Anesth Analg. 2004;99(5):1539-1543.

Sites BD, et al. A comparison of sensory and motor loss after a femoral nerve block conducted with

ultrasound versus ultrasound and nerve stimulation. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34(5):508-513.

Soong J, Schafhalter-Zoppoth I, Gray AT. The importance of transducer angle to ultrasound visibility of

the femoral nerve. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2005;30(5):505.

Tran de QH, et al. Ultrasonography and stimulating perineural catheters for nerve blocks: a review of

the evidence. Can J Anaesth. 2008;55(7):447-457.

Tsui B, Suresh S. Ultrasound imaging for regional anesthesia in infants, children, and adolescents: a

review of current literature and its application in the practice of extremity and trunk blocks.

Anesthesiology. 2010;112(2):473-492.

Villegas Duque A, et al. Continuous femoral block for postoperative analgesia in a patient with

poliomyelitis [in Spanish]. Rev Esp Anestesiol Reanim. 2010;57(2):123-124.

Wang AZ, et al. Ultrasound-guided continuous femoral nerve block for analgesia after total knee

arthroplasty: catheter perpendicular to the nerve versus catheter parallel to the nerve. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2010;35(2):127-131.

36 Ultrasound-Guided Fascia Iliaca Block


FIGURE 36-1. Needle insertion for the fascia iliaca block. The blue dot indicates the position of the

femoral artery.

General Considerations

Fascia iliaca block is a low-tech alternative to a femoral nerve or a lumbar plexus block. The

mechanism behind this block is that the femoral and lateral femoral cutaneous nerves lie under the

iliacus fascia. Therefore, a sufficient volume of local anesthetic deposited beneath the fascia iliaca,

even if placed some distance from the nerves, has the potential to spread underneath the fascia and

reach these nerves. Traditionally, it was believed that the local anesthetic could also spread

underneath fascia iliaca proximally toward the lumbosacral plexus; however, this has not been

demonstrated consistently. The non-ultrasound technique involved placement of the needle at the

lateral third of the distance from the anterior superior iliac spine and the pubic tubercle, using a

“double-pop” technique as the needle passes through fascia lata and fascia iliaca. However, block

success with this “feel” technique is sporadic because false “pops” can occur. The ultrasound-guided

technique is essentially the same; however, monitoring of the needle placement and local anesthetic

delivery assures deposition of the local anesthetic into the correct plane.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The fascia iliaca is located anterior to the iliacus muscle (on its surface) within the pelvis. It is bound

superolaterally by the iliac crest and medially merges with the fascia overlying the psoas muscle.

Both the femoral nerve and the lateral cutaneous nerve of the thigh lie under the iliacus fascia in their

intrapelvic course. Anatomic orientation begins in the same manner as with the femoral block: with

identification of the femoral artery at the level of the inguinal crease. If it is not immediately visible,

sliding the transducer medially and laterally will eventually bring the vessel into view. Immediately

lateral and deep to the femoral artery and vein is a large hypoechoic structure, the iliopsoas muscle

(Figure 36-2). It is covered by a thin layer of connective tissue fascia, which can be seen separating

the muscle from the subcutaneous tissue superficial to it. The hyperechoic femoral nerve should be

seen wedged between the iliopsoas muscle and the fascia iliaca, lateral to the femoral artery. The

fascia lata (superficial in the subcutaneous layer) is more superficial and may have more then one

layer. Moving the transducer laterally several centimeters brings into view the sartorius muscle

covered by its own fascia as well as the fascia iliaca. Further lateral movement of the transducer

reveals the anterior superior iliac spine (Figure 36-2). Additional anatomical detail can be seen in

cross sectional anatomy in Section 7. Since the anatomy is essentially identical, it is not repeated

here.

FIGURE 36-2. A panoramic view of ultrasound anatomy of the femoral (inguinal) crease area. From

lateral to medial shown are tensor fascia lata muscle (TFLM), sartorius muscle (SaM), Iliac muscle,

fascia iliaca, femoral nerve (FN), and femoral artery (FA). The lateral, middle and medial 1/3s are

derived by dividing the line between the FA and anterior-superior iliac spine in three equal 1/3

sections.

TIP

 The transducer should be placed at the level of the femoral crease and oriented parallel to the crease.

Distribution of Blockade

The distribution of anesthesia and analgesia that is accomplished with the fascia iliaca block depends

on the extent of the local anesthetic spread and the nerves blocked. Blockade of the femoral nerve

results in anesthesia of the anterior and medial thigh (down to and including the knee) and anesthesia

of a variable strip of skin on the medial leg and foot. The femoral nerve also contributes to articular

fibers to both the hip and knee. The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve confers cutaneous innervation to

the anterolateral thigh. For a more comprehensive review of the femoral and lateral femoral

cutaneous nerves and lumbar plexus nerve distribution, refer to Chapter 01, Essential Regional

Anesthesia Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed is:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (6–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 Two 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 80- to 100-mm, 22-gauge needle (short bevel aids in feeling the fascial “pops”)

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

This block is typically performed with the patient in the supine position, with the bed or table

flattened to maximize access to the inguinal area (Figure 36-3). Although palpation of a femoral pulse

is a useful landmark, it is not required because the artery is quickly visualized by placement of the

transducer transversely on the inguinal crease, followed by slow movement laterally or medially.

FIGURE 36-3. The ruler is positioned to divide the distance between the femoral artery and anterior

superior spine in 3 equal parts as described in Figure 36-2.

Goal

The goal is to place the needle tip under the fascia iliaca approximately at a lateral third of the line

connecting anterior superior iliac spine to the pubic tubercle (injection is made several centimeters

lateral to the femoral artery) and to deposit a relatively large volume (30–40 mL) of local

anesthetic until its spread laterally toward the iliac spine and medially toward the femoral nerve is

documented with ultrasound visualization.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer positioned to identify

the femoral artery and the iliopsoas muscle and fascia iliaca. The transducer is moved laterally until

the sartorius muscle is identified. After a skin wheal is made, the needle is inserted in-plane (Figure

36-1). As the needle passes through fascia iliaca the fascia is first seen indented by the needle. As the

needle eventually pierces through the fascia, pop may be felt and the fascia may be seen to “snap”

back on the ultrasound image. After negative aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to

confirm the proper injection plane between the fascia (Figure 36-4) and the iliopsoas muscle (Figure

36-5A, B, and C). If local anesthetic spread occurs above the fascia or within the substance of the

muscle itself, additional needle repositions and injections may be necessary. A proper injection will

result in the separation of the fascia iliaca by the local anesthetic in the medial-lateral direction from

the point of injection as described. If the spread is deemed inadequate, additional injections laterally

or medially to the original needle insertion or injection can be made to facilitate the medial-lateral

spread.

FIGURE 36-4. Magnified image of the fascia iliaca.


FIGURE 36-5. (A) Path of the needle for the fascia iliaca block. The needle is shown underneath

the fascia iliaca lateral to the femoral artery (not seen) but not too deep to be lodged into the iliac

muscle. (B) A simulated spread (area shaded in blue) of the local anesthetic to accomplish a fascia

iliaca block. (C) Spread of the local anesthetic (LA) under the fascia iliaca. Some local anesthetic is

also seen deep within the iliacus muscle (yellow arrows). When this occurs, the needle should be

pulled back more superficially. (D) Extension of the LA laterally underneath the sartorius muscle.

Some LA fills the adipose tissue between fascia iliaca and iliacus muscle (yellow arrows).

TIPS

 The fascia iliaca block is a large-volume block. Its success depends on the spread of local anesthetic

along a connective tissue plane. For this reason, 30 to 40 mL of injectate is necessary to accomplish

the block.

 The spread of the local anesthetic is monitored with ultrasonography. If the pattern of the spread is not

adequate (e.g., the local is forming a collection in one location and not “layering out”), injection is

stopped and needle repositioned before continuing. Additional injections may be made to assure

adequate spread.

In an adult patient, between 30 and 40 mL of local anesthetic is usually required for successful

blockade. The success of the block is best predicted by documenting the spread of the local anesthetic

toward the femoral nerve medially and underneath the sartorius muscle laterally. In obese patients, an

out of plane technique may be favored. The block should result in blockade of the femoral in all

instances (100%) and lateral femoral nerve (80%-100%). Block of anterior branch of the obturator

nerve is unreliable with fascia iliaca block. When required, this nerve should be blocked as

described in Chapter 37.


SUGGESTED READING

Dolan J, Williams A, Murney E, Smith M, Kenny GN. Ultrasound guided fascia iliaca block: a

comparison with the loss of resistance technique. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:526-531.

Foss NB, Kristensen BB, Bundgaard M, et al. Fascia iliaca compartment blockade for acute pain

control in hip fracture patients: a randomized, placebo-controlled study. Anesthesiology.

2007;106:773-778.

Hebbard P, Ivanusic J, Sha S. Ultrasound-guided supra-inguinal fascia iliaca block: a cadaveric

evaluation of a novel approach. Anaesthesia. 2011;66:300-305.

Minville V, Gozlan C, Asehnoune K, et al. Fascia-iliaca compartment block for femoral bone fracture

in prehospital medicine in a 6-yr-old child. Eur J Anaesthesiol. 2006;23:715-716.

Mouzopolous G, Vasiliadis G, Lasanianos N, et al. Fascia iliaca block prophylaxis for hip fracture

patients at risk for delirium: a randomized placebo-controlled study. J Orthop Traumatol.

2009;10:127-133.

Swenson JD, Bay N, Loose E, et al. Outpatient management of continuous peripheral nerve catheters

placed using ultrasound guidance: an experience in 620 patients. Anesth Analg. 2006;103:1436-1443.

Wambold D, Carter C, Rosenberg AD. The fascia iliaca block for postoperative pain relief after knee

surgery. Pain Pract. 2001;1:274-277.

Yun MJ, Kim YH, Han MK, et al. Analgesia before a spinal block for femoral neck fracture: fascia

iliaca compartment block. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2009;53:1282-1287.

37

Ultrasound-Guided Obturator Nerve Block


FIGURE 37-1. Needle insertion using an in-plane technique to accomplish an obturator nerve block.

General Considerations

There is renewed interest in obturator nerve block because of the recognition that the obturator nerve

is spared after a “3-in-1 block” and yet can be easier accomplished using ultrasound guidance. In

some patients, the quality of postoperative analgesia is improved after knee surgery when an obturator

nerve block is added to a femoral nerve block. However, a routine use of the obturator block does not

result in improved analgesia in all patients having knee surgery. For this reason, obturator block is

used selectively.

Ultrasound-guided obturator nerve block is simpler to perform, more reliable, and associated with

patient discomfort when compared with surface landmark-based techniques.

There are two approaches to performing ultrasound-guided obturator nerve block. The interfascial

injection technique relies on injecting local anesthetic solution into the fascial planes that contain the

branches of the obturator nerve. With this technique, it is not important to identify the branches of

obturator nerve on the sonogram but rather to identify the adductor muscles and the fascial boundaries

within which the nerves lie. This is similar in concept to other fascial plane blocks (e.g. transversus

abdominis plane block [TAP]) where local anesthetic solution is injected between the internal

oblique and transverse abdominis muscles without the need to indentify the nerves. Alternatively, the

branches of the obturator nerve can be visualized with ultrasound imaging and blocked after eliciting

a motor response.

Anatomy

The obturator nerve forms in the lumbar plexus from the anterior primary rami of L2-L4 roots and

descends to the pelvis in the psoas muscle. In most individuals, the nerve divides into an anterior

branch and posterior branch before exiting the pelvis through the obturator foramen. In the thigh, at the

level of the femoral crease, the anterior branch is located between the fascia of pectineus and

adductor brevis muscles. The anterior branch lies further caudad between the pectineus and adductor

brevis muscles. The anterior branch provides motor fibers to the adductor muscles and cutaneous

branches to the medial aspect of the thigh. The anterior branch has a great variability in the extent of

sensory innervation of the medial thigh. The posterior branch lies between the fascial planes of the

adductor brevis and adductor magnus muscles (Figures 37-2 and 37-3). The posterior branch is

primarily a motor nerve for the adductors of the thigh; however it also may provide articular branches

to the medial aspect of the knee joint. The articular branches to the hip joint usually arise from the

obturator nerve proximal to its division and only occasionally from the individual branches (Figure

37-4).


FIGURE 37-2. Cross-sectional anatomy of relevance to the obturator nerve block. Shown are

femoral vessels (FV, FA), pectineus muscle, adductor longus (ALM), adductor brevis (ABM), and

adductor magnus (AMM) muscles. The anterior branch of the obturator nerve is seen between ALM

and ABM, whereas the posterior branch is seen between ABM and AMM.

FIGURE 37-3. Anterior branch (Ant. Br.) of the obturator nerve (ObN) is seen between the adductor

longus (ALM) and the adductor brevis (ABM), whereas the posterior branch (Post. Br.) is seen

between the ABM and the adductor magnus (AMM).


FIGURE 37-4. The course and divisions of the obturator nerve and their relationship to the adductor

muscles.

TIP

 A psoas compartment (lumbar plexus) block is required to reliably block the articular branches of the

obturator nerve to the hip joint because they usually depart proximal to where obturator nerve block

is performed.

Distribution of Blockade

Because there is great variability in the cutaneous innervation to the medial thigh, demonstrated

weakness or absence of adductor muscle strength is the best method of documenting a successful

obturator nerve block, rather than a decreased skin sensation in the expected territory. However, the

adductor muscles of the thigh may have co-innervation from the femoral nerve (pectineus) and sciatic

nerve (adductor magnus). For this reason, complete loss of adductor muscle strength is also

uncommon despite a successful obturator nerve block.

TIP

 A simple method of assessing adductor muscle strength (motor block) is to instruct the patient to

adduct the blocked leg from an abducted position against resistance. Weakness or inability to adduct

the leg indicates a successful obturator nerve block.

Equipment

Equipment needed includes the following:

 Ultrasound machine with linear (or curved) transducer (5–13 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard block tray

 A 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic solution

 A 10-cm, 21–22 gauge short-bevel insulated needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator (optional)

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

With the patient supine, the thigh is slightly abducted and laterally rotated. The block can be

performed either at the level of femoral (inguinal) crease medial to the femoral vein or 1 to 3 cm

inferior to the inguinal crease on the medial aspect (adductor compartment) of the thigh (Figure 37-5).

FIGURE 37-5. A transducer position to image the obturator nerve. The transducer is positioned

medial to the femoral artery slightly below the femoral crease.

GOAL

The goal of the interfascial injection technique for blocking the obturator nerve is to inject local

anesthetic solution into the interfascial space between the pectineus and adductor brevis muscles

to block the anterior branch and the adductor brevis and adductor magnus muscles to block the

posterior branch. When using ultrasound guidance with nerve stimulation, the anterior and

posterior branches of the of obturator nerve are identified and stimulated to elicit a motor

response prior to injecting local anesthetic solution around each branch.

Technique

The interfascial approach is performed at the level of the femoral crease. With this technique, it is

important to identify the adductor muscles and their fascial planes in which the individual nerves are

enveloped.

With the patient supine, the leg is slightly abducted and externally rotated. The ultrasound

transducer is placed to visualize the femoral vessels. The transducer is advanced medially along the

crease to identify the adductor muscles and their fasciae. The anterior branch is sandwiched between

the pectineus and adductor brevis muscles, whereas the posterior branch is located the fascial plane

between the adductor brevis and adductor magnus muscles. The block needle is advanced to initially

position the needle tip between the pectineus and adductor brevis at the junction of middle and

posterior third of their fascial interface (Figure 37-6). At this point, 5 to 10 mL of local anesthetic

solution is injected. The needle is advanced further to position the needle tip between the adductor

brevis and adductor magnus muscles, and 5 to 10 mL of local anesthetic is injected (Figure 37-6B). It

is important for the local anesthetic solution to spread into the interfascial space and not be injected

into the muscles. Correct injection of local anesthetic solution into the interfascial space results in

accumulation of the injectate between target muscles. The needle may have to be repositioned to

allow for precise interfascial injection.

FIGURE 37-6. (A) Needle paths required to reach the anterior branch and the posterior branch

of the obturator nerve (ObN). (B) Simulated dispersion of the local anesthetic to block the anterior

and posterior branches of the obturator nerve. In both examples, an in-plane needle insertion is

used.

Alternatively, the cross-sectional image of branches of the obturator nerve can be obtained by

scanning 1 to 3 cm distal to the inguinal crease on the medial aspect of thigh. The nerves appear as

hyperechoic, flat, lip-shaped structures invested in the fascia of adductor muscles. The anterior

branch is located between the adductor longus and adductor brevis muscles, whereas the posterior

branch is between the adductor brevis and adductor magnus muscles. An insulated block needle

attached to the nerve stimulator is advanced toward the nerve either in an out-of-plane or in-plane

trajectory. After eliciting the contraction of the adductor muscles, 5 to 7 mL of local anesthetic is

injected around each branch of the obturator nerve (Figure 37-6B).

TIPS

 The usual precautions to prevent intravascular injection should be taken because this is a highly

vascular area (standard monitoring, adding epinephrine to local anesthetic solution, fractionating the

dose, maintaining verbal contact with patient).

 When nerve stimulation is used, adduction of the thigh can be obtained without proper nerve

identification. This is due to direct muscle or muscle branch stimulation with currents >1.0 mA.

Decreasing the current intensity helps distinguish between nerve versus direct muscle stimulation.

 It is not necessary to optimize motor response to a predetermined nerve stimulator current; the role of

nerve stimulation is simply to confirm that a structure is indeed a nerve.


SUGGESTED READING

Akkaya T, Ozturk E, Comert A, et al. Ultrasound-guided obturator nerve block: a sonoanatomic study of

a new methodologic approach. Anesth Analg. 2009;108(3):1037-1041.

Anagnostopoulou S, Kostopanagiotou G, Paraskeuopoulos T, Chantzi C, Lolis E, Saranteas T. Anatomicvariations of the obturator nerve in the inguinal region: implications in conventional and ultrasound

regional anesthesia techniques. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:33-39.

Bouaziz H, Vial F, Jochum D, et al. An evaluation of the cutaneous distribution after obturator nerve

block. Anesth Analg. 2002;94:445-449.

Macalou D, Trueck S, Meuret P, et al. Postoperative analgesia after total knee replacement: the effect ofan obturator nerve block added to the femoral 3-in-1 nerve block. Anesth Analg. 2004;99:251-254.

Marhofer P, Harrop-Griffiths W, Willschke H, Kirchmair L: Fifteen years of ultrasound guidance in

regional anaesthesia: Part 2-recent developments in block techniques. Br J Anaesth 2010; 104:673-

83.

McNamee DA, Parks L, Milligan KR. Post-operative analgesia following total knee replacement: an

evaluation of the addition of an obturator nerve block to combined femoral and sciatic nerve block.

Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2002;46:95-99.

Sakura S, Hara K, Ota J, Tadenuma S: Ultrasound-guided peripheral nerve blocks for anterior cruciate

ligament reconstruction: effect of obturator nerve block during and after surgery. J Anesth

2010;24:411-7.

Sinha SK, Abrams JH, Houle T, Weller R. Ultrasound guided obturator nerve block: an interfascial

injection approach without nerve stimulation. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34(3):261-264.

Snaith R, Dolan J: Ultrasound-guided interfascial injection for peripheral obturator nerve block in the

thigh. Reg Anesth Pain Med 2010;35:314-5.

Soong J, Schafhalter-Zoppoth I, Gray AT. Sonographic imaging of the obturator nerve for regional

block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:146-151.

38

Ultrasound-Guided Saphenous Nerve Block


FIGURE 38-1. Needle insertion to block the saphenous nerve at the level of the mid thigh (A) or

below the knee (B).

General Considerations

The saphenous nerve is the terminal sensory branch of the femoral nerve. It supplies innervation to the

medial aspect of the leg down to the ankle and foot. Blockade of the nerve can be sufficient for

superficial procedures in this area; however, it is most useful as a supplement to a sciatic block for

foot and ankle procedures that involve the superficial structures in medial territory. The use of

ultrasound guidance has improved the success rates of the saphenous blocks, compared with field

blocks below the knee and blind transsartorial approaches. The ultrasound-guided techniques

described here are relatively simple, quick to perform, and fairly reproducible.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The sartorius muscle forms a “roof” over the adductor canal in the lower half of the thigh in its

descent laterally-to-medially across the anterior thigh. The muscle appears as an oval shape beneath

the subcutaneous layer of adipose tissue. Often, the femoral artery, which passes beneath the muscle,

can also be palpated. The sides of the triangular canal are formed by the vastus medialis laterally and

adductor longus or magnus medially (depending on how proximal or distal the scan is). The

saphenous nerve is infrequently seen on the ultrasound image; however, sometimes it is visualized as

a small round hyperechoic structure medial to the artery. A femoral vein accompanies the artery and

saphenous nerve, which are all typically visualized at 2 to 3 cm depth. When attempting to identify the

saphenous nerve on ultrasound image, the following anatomic considerations should be kept in mind:

 Above the knee: The saphenous nerve pierces the fascia lata between the tendons of the sartorius and

gracilis muscles before becoming a subcutaneous nerve.

 The saphenous nerve also may surface between the sartorius and vastus medialis muscles. (Figure 38-

2 A, B, and C).


FIGURE 38-2. (A) Transducer and needle position for a saphenous nerve block at the level of the

midthigh. (B) Ultrasound anatomy demonstrating saphenous nerve (SaN) in the tissue plane between

the sartorius muscle (SM) and vastus medialis muscle. (C) Cross-sectional anatomy of the saphenous

nerve at the level of the thigh. Saphenous nerve is shown positioned between the SM and the vastus

medialis muscle. In this example the sartorius nerve is positioned superficially to the femoral artery

(FA) and vein (unlabeled oval structure posterior to the FA).

 Below the knee, the nerve passes along the tibial side of the leg, adjacent to the great saphenous vein

subcutaneously (Figure 38-3A, B, and C).


FIGURE 38-3. (A) Ultrasound transducer and needle insertion technique to block the saphenous

nerve (SaN) at the level of the tibial tuberosity. (B) Cross-sectional anatomy of the SaN at the level

of the tibial tuberosity. (C) Ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve (SaN) at the level below the

knee. SaN is seen in the immediate vicinity of the saphenous vein (SV). Transducer should be applied

lightly to avoid compression of the saphenous vein (SV) because the vein serves as an important

landmark for technique.

 At the ankle, a branch of the nerve is located medially next to the subcutaneously positioned saphenous

vein.

Distribution of Blockade

Saphenous nerve block results in anesthesia of a variable strip of skin on the medial leg and foot. For

a more comprehensive review of the femoral and saphenous nerve distributions, see Chapter 1. Of

note, although saphenous nerve is a strictly sensory block, an injection of the local anesthetic in the

adductor canal can result in the partial motor block of the vastus medialis. For this reason, caution

must be excercised when advising patients regarding the safety of unsupported ambulation after

proximal saphenous block.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–14 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in Chapter 3)

 One 10-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 A 50-mm, 22-gauge short-bevel needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator to elicit sensory sensation.

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning for Proximal Approach

The patient is placed in any position that allows for comfortable placement of the ultrasound

transducer and needle advancement. Although prone and lateral approaches are possible, this block

typically is performed with the patient in the supine position, with the thigh abducted and externally

rotated to allow access to the medial thigh (Figure 38-2A). If difficulty confirming the sartorius

muscle is encountered, exposure of the entire thigh in order to scan down from the anterosuperior

iliac spine is useful.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip just medial to the femoral artery, below the sartorius muscle,

and to deposit 5 to 10 mL of local anesthetic until its spread around the artery is confirmed with

ultrasound visualization. Block of the nerve at other, more distal and superficial locations

consists of a simple subcutaneous infiltration of the tissues in the immediate vicinity of the nerve

but can be done under ultrasound guidance.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer is placed

anteromedially, approximately mid thigh position or somewhat lower. If the artery is not immediately

obvious, several maneuvers to identify it can be used, including color Doppler scanning to trace the

femoral artery caudally from the inguinal crease. Once the femoral artery is identified, the needle is

inserted in-plane in a lateral-to-medial orientation, and advanced toward the femoral artery (Figure

38-4A). If nerve stimulation is used (0.5 mA, 0.1 msec), the passage of the needle through the

sartorius and/or adductor muscles and into the adductor canal is usually associated with the patient

reporting a paresthesia in the saphenous nerve distribution. Once the needle tip is visualized medial

to the artery and after careful aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to confirm the

proper injection site (Figure 38-4B). When injection of the local anesthetic does not appear to result

in its spread beside the femoral artery, additional needle repositions and injections may be necessary.

FIGURE 38-4. (A) Simulated needle path to reach the saphenous nerve (SaN) at the level of the

midthigh. (B) Simulated needle path and the distribution of the local anesthetic (area shaded in

blue) to anesthetize the SaN at the midthigh level. SM, sartorius muscle; Vastus M, vastus medialus

muscle. Femoral artery is not well seen in this image; it is positioned immediately posterior to SaN.

TIPS

 An out-of-plane technique can also be used through the belly of the sartorius muscle. Because the

needle tip may not be seen throughout the procedure, small boluses of local anesthetic are

administered (0.5–1 mL) as the needle is advanced toward the adductor canal, to confirm the location

of the needle tip.

 Visualization of the nerve is not necessary for this block; the saphenous nerve is not always well

imaged. Administration of 5 to 10 mL of local anesthetic next to the artery should suffice without

confirming the nerve position.

In an adult patient, usually 5 to 10 mL of local anesthetic is adequate for successful blockade.

Because the saphenous nerve is a purely sensory nerve, high concentrations of local anesthetic are not

required and in fact may delay patient ambulation should local anesthetic spread to one of the motor

branches of the femoral nerve serving the quadriceps muscle.

TIP

 The nerve to the vastus medialis muscle also lies in the adductor canal (in its proximal portion).

Practitioners should be aware of this and the potential for partial quadriceps weakness following this

approach to the saphenous nerve block. Patient education and assistance with ambulation should be

encouraged.


SUGGESTED READING

Davis JJ, Bond TS, Swenson JD. Adductor canal block: more than just the saphenous nerve? Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:618-619.

Gray AT, Collins AB. Ultrasound-guided saphenous nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2003;28:148.

Horn JL, Pitsch T, Salinas F, Benninger B. Anatomic basis to the ultrasound-guided approach for

saphenous nerve blockade. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:486-489.

Kirkpatrick JD, Sites BD, Antonakakis JG. Preliminary experience with a new approach to performing

an ultrasound-guided saphenous nerve block in the mid- to proximal femur. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2010;35:222-223.

Krombach J, Gray AT. Sonography for saphenous nerve block near the adductor canal. Reg Anesth PainMed. 2007;32:369-370.

Lundblad M, Kapral S, Marhofer P, et al. Ultrasound-guided infrapatellar nerve block in human

volunteers: description of a novel technique. Br J Anaesth. 2006;97:710-714.

Manickam B, Perlas A, Duggan E, Brull R, Chan VW, Ramlogan R. Feasibility and efficacy of

ultrasound-guided block of the saphenous nerve in the adductor canal. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34:578-580.

Miller BR. Ultrasound-guided proximal tibial paravenous saphenous nerve block in pediatric patients.

Paediatr Anaesth. 2010;20:1059-1060

Saranteas T, Anagnostis G, Paraskeuopoulos T, Koulalis D, Kokkalis Z, Nakou M, Anagnostopoulou S,

Kostopanagiotou G. Anatomy and clinical implications of the ultrasound-guided subsartorial

saphenous nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2011;36:399-402.

Tsai PB, Karnwal A, Kakazu C, Tokhner V, Julka IS. Efficacy of an ultrasound-guided subsartorial

approach to saphenous nerve block: a case series. Can J Anaesth. 2010;57:683-688.

Tsui BC, Ozelsel T. Ultrasound-guided transsartorial perifemoral artery approach for saphenous nerve

block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:177-178.

39

Ultrasound-Guided Sciatic Block


FIGURE 39.1-1. (A) Needle insertion to block the sciatic nerve using an anterior approach. Note that

a curved (phased array) lower frequency transducer is used either in-plane (shown) or out-of-plane

needle insertion can be used. (B) Transgluteal approach to sciatic block; patient position, transducer

(curved) placement and needle insertion.

PART 1: ANTERIOR APPROACH

General Considerations

The anterior approach to sciatic block can be useful in patients who cannot be positioned in the

lateral position due to pain, trauma, presence of external fixation devices interfering with positioning,

and other issues. It also may be well-suited to patients who require postoperative blocks for

analgesia following a total knee arthroplasty. Ultrasonography adds the benefit of no requirement for

the palpation of a femoral pulse or the use of geometry for identification of the skin puncture point. In

addition, using the ultrasound-guided approach should reduce the risk of puncture of the femoral

artery as compared with the landmark-based approach. The actual scanning and needle insertion are

performed on the anteromedial aspect of the proximal thigh, rather than the anterior surface, and may

require a slight abduction and external rotation of the thigh. This block is not well suited to insertion

of catheters because a large needle must traverse several muscles (causing pain and possibly

hematomas), an awkward catheter location (medial thigh), and catheter insertion at approximately

perpendicular angle to the sciatic nerve is difficult.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The sciatic nerve is imaged approximately at the level of the minor trochanter. At this location, a

curved transducer placed over the anteromedial aspect of the thigh will reveal the musculature of all

three fascial compartments of the thigh: anterior, medial, and posterior (Figures 39.1-2 and 39.1-3).

Beneath the superficial sartorius muscle is the femoral artery, and deep and medial to this vessel is

the profunda femoris artery. Both of these can be identified with color Doppler ultrasound for

orientation. The femur is easily seen as a hyperechoic rim with the corresponding shadow beneath the

vastus intermedius. Medial to the femur is the body of the adductor magnus muscle, separated by the

fascial plane(s) of the hamstrings muscles. The sciatic nerve is visualized as a hyperechoic, slightly

flattened oval structure sandwiched between these two muscle planes. The nerve is typically

visualized at a depth of 6 to 8 cm (Figure 39.1-3).

FIGURE 39.1-2. Cross- sectional anatomy of the sciatic nerve (ScN). Shown are femoral artery

(FA), adductor longus muscle (ALM), pectineus muscle, adductor magnus muscle (AMM), adductor

brevis muscle (ABM), gracilis muscle (GsM), and the femur. The sciatic nerve is seen posterior to

the AMM.

FIGURE 39.1-3. Ultrasound anatomy of the sciatic nerve. From superficial to deep; femoral artery

(FA) and femur laterally, adductor magnus muscle (AMM) and sciatic nerve (ScN) laterally. The

sciatic nerve is typically located at a depth of 6 to 8 cm.

Distribution of Blockade

Sciatic nerve block results in anesthesia of the posterior aspect of the knee, hamstrings muscles, and

entire lower limb below the knee, both motor and sensory, with the exception of skin on the medial

leg and foot (saphenous nerve). The skin of the posterior aspect of the thigh is supplied by the

posterior cutaneous nerve of the thigh, which has its origin from the sciatic nerve more proximal than

the anterior approach. It is, therefore, not blocked by the anterior approach. Practically, however, the

lack of anesthesia in its distribution is of little clinical consequence. For a more comprehensive

review of the sciatic nerve distribution, see Chapter 1.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with curved (phased array) transducer (2–8 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 One 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 A 100-mm, 21 to 22 gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Anterior approach to sciatic nerve block is performed with the patient in the supine position. The hip

is abducted to facilitate transducer and needle placement (Figure 39.1-4 and 39.1-5). When feasible,

the hip and knee should be somewhat flexed to facilitate exposure. If nerve stimulation is to be used at

the same time (recommended), exposure of the calf and foot are required to observe motor responses.

In either case, it is useful to expose the entire thigh to appreciate the distance from the groin to knee.

FIGURE 39.1-4. Transducer position to visualize the sciatic nerve through the anterior approach.

FIGURE 39.1-5. A simulated needle path using an out of plane technique to reach the sciatic nerve

(ScN) through the anterior approach.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip immediately adjacent to the sciatic nerve, between the adductor

muscles and biceps femoris muscle, and deposit 15 to 20 mL of local anesthetic until spread

around the nerve is documented.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer positioned so as to

identify the sciatic nerve. If the nerve is not immediately apparent, sliding and tilting the transducer

proximally or distally can be useful to improve the contrast and bring the nerve “out” of the

background from the musculature. Finally, if the patient is able to dorsiflex and/or plantar flex the

ankle, this maneuver often causes the nerve to rotate or otherwise move within the muscular planes,

facilitating identification. Once identified, the needle is inserted in-plane or out of plane (more

common in our program) from the medial aspect of the thigh and advanced toward the sciatic nerve

(Figure 39.1-5). If nerve stimulation is used (1.0 mA, 0.1 msec), the contact of the needle tip with the

sciatic nerve is usually associated with a motor response of the calf or foot. Once the needle tip is

deemed to be in the proper position, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to confirm the adequate

distribution of injectate. Such injection helps delineate the sciatic nerve within its intramuscular

tunnel, but it may displace the sciatic nerve away from the needle. Improper spread of the local

anesthetic or nerve displacement may require an additional advancement of the needle. When

injection of the local anesthetic does not appear to result in a spread around the sciatic nerve,

additional needle repositions and injections are necessary.

TIP

 Insertion of the needle in an out-of-plane manner with hydro-dissection/localization is often a more

logical method to accomplish this block.

In an adult patient, 15 to 20 mL of local anesthetic is usually adequate for successful blockade

(Figure 39.1-6). Although a single injection of such volume of local anesthetic suffices, it may be

beneficial to inject two to three smaller aliquots at different locations to assure the spread of the local

anesthetic solution around the sciatic nerve. The block dynamics and perioperative management are

similar to those described in the nerve stimulator technique section, Chapter 19.

FIGURE 39.1-6. Simulated needle path using an out-of-plane technique with local anesthetic and

proper distribution of local anesthetic to anesthetize the sciatic nerve (ScN).


SUGGESTED READING

Abbas S, Brull R. Ultrasound-guided sciatic nerve block: description of a new approach at the

subgluteal space. Br J Anaesth. 2007;99:445-446.

Barrington MJ, Lai SL, Briggs CA, Ivanusic JJ, Gledhill SR. Ultrasound-guided midthigh sciatic nerve

block-a clinical and anatomical study. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:369-376.

Bruhn J, Moayeri N, Groen GJ, et al. Soft tissue landmark for ultrasound identification of the sciatic

nerve in the infragluteal region: the tendon of the long head of the biceps femoris muscle. Acta

Anaesthesiol Scand. 2009; 53: 921-5

Bruhn J, Van Geffen GJ, Gielen MJ, Scheffer GJ. Visualization of the course of the sciatic nerve in adult

volunteers by ultrasonography. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:1298-1302.

Chan VW, Nova H, Abbas S, McCartney CJ, Perlas A, Xu DQ. Ultrasound examination and localization

of the sciatic nerve: a volunteer study. Anesthesiology. 2006;104:309-314.

Chantzi C, Saranteas T, Zogogiannis J, Alevizou N, Dimitriou V. Ultrasound examination of the sciatic

nerve at the anterior thigh in obese patients. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2007;51:132.

Danelli G, Ghisi D, Fanelli A, et al. The effects of ultrasound guidance and neurostimulation on the

minimum effective anesthetic volume of mepivacaine 1.5% required to block the sciatic nerve using

the subgluteal approach. Anesth Analg. 2009;109:1674-1678.

Danelli G, Ghisi D, Ortu A. Ultrasound and regional anesthesia technique: are there really ultrasound

guidance technical limits in sciatic nerve blocks? Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:281-282.

Domingo-Triado V, Selfa S, Martinez F, et al. Ultrasound guidance for lateral midfemoral sciatic nerve

block: a prospective, comparative, randomized study. Anesth Analg. 2007;104:1270-1274.

redrickson MJ, Kilfoyle DH. Neurological complication analysis of 1000 ultrasound guided

peripheral nerve blocks for elective orthopaedic surgery: a prospective study. Anaesthesia.

2009;64:836-844.

Gnaho A, Eyrieux S, Gentili M. Cardiac arrest during an ultrasound-guided sciatic nerve block

combined with nerve stimulation. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:278.

Gray AT, Collins AB, Schafhalter-Zoppoth I. Sciatic nerve block in a child: a sonographic approach.

Anesth Analg. 2003;97:1300-1302.

Hamilton PD, Pearce CJ, Pinney SJ, Calder JD. Sciatic nerve blockade: a survey of orthopaedic foot

and ankle specialists in North America and the United Kingdom. Foot Ankle Int. 2009;30:1196-1201.

Karmakar MK, Kwok WH, Ho AM, Tsang K, Chui PT, Gin T. Ultrasound-guided sciatic nerve block:

description of a new approach at the subgluteal space. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98:390-395.

Latzke D, Marhofer P, Zeitlinger M, et al. Minimal local anaesthetic volumes for sciatic nerve block:

evaluation of ED 99 in volunteers. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:239-244.

Marhofer P, Harrop-Griffiths W, Willschke H, Kirchmair L. Fifteen years of ultrasound guidance in

regional anaesthesia: Part 2-recent developments in block techniques. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:673-

683.

Murray JM, Derbyshire S, Shields MO. Lower limb blocks. Anaesthesia. 2010;65(Suppl 1):57-66.

Oberndorfer U, Marhofer P, Bosenberg A, et al. Ultrasonographic guidance for sciatic and femoral

nerve blocks in children. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98:797-801.

Ota J, Sakura S, Hara K, Saito Y. Ultrasound-guided anterior approach to sciatic nerve block: a

comparison with the posterior approach. Anesth Analg. 2009;108:660-665.

ham Dang C, Gourand D. Ultrasound imaging of the sciatic nerve in the lateral midfemoral approach.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:281-282.

alinas FV. Ultrasound and review of evidence for lower extremity peripheral nerve blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:S16-25.

aranteas T. Limitations in ultrasound imaging techniques in anesthesia: obesity and muscle atrophy?

Anesth Analg. 2009;109:993-994.

aranteas T, Chantzi C, Paraskeuopoulos T, et al. Imaging in anesthesia: the role of 4 MHz to 7 MHz

sector array ultrasound probe in the identification of the sciatic nerve at different anatomic locations.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:537-538.

aranteas T, Chantzi C, Zogogiannis J, et al. Lateral sciatic nerve examination and localization at the

mid-femoral level: an imaging study with ultrasound. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2007;51:387-388.

aranteas T, Kostopanagiotou G, Paraskeuopoulos T, Vamvasakis E, Chantzi C, Anagnostopoulou S.

Ultrasound examination of the sciatic nerve at two different locations in the lateral thigh: a new

approach of identification validated by anatomic preparation. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

2007;51:780-781.

ites BD, Neal JM, Chan V. Ultrasound in regional anesthesia: where should the “focus” be set? Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:531-533.

Tran de QH, Munoz L, Russo G, Finlayson RJ. Ultrasonography and stimulating perineural catheters for

nerve blocks: a review of the evidence. Can J Anaesth. 2008;55:447-457.

Tsui BC, Dillane D, Pillay J, Ramji AK, Walji AH. Cadaveric ultrasound imaging for training in

ultrasound-guided peripheral nerve blocks: lower extremity. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:475-480.

Tsui BC, Finucane BT. The importance of ultrasound landmarks: a “traceback” approach using the

popliteal blood vessels for identification of the sciatic nerve. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31:481-

482.

Tsui BC, Ozelsel TJ. Ultrasound-guided anterior sciatic nerve block using a longitudinal approach:

“expanding the view.” Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:275-276.

an Geffen GJ, Bruhn J, Gielen M. Ultrasound-guided continuous sciatic nerve blocks in two children

with venous malformations in the lower limb. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:952-953.

an Geffen GJ, Gielen M. Ultrasound-guided subgluteal sciatic nerve blocks with stimulating catheters

in children: a descriptive study. Anesth Analg. 2006;103:328-333.

PART 2: TRANSGLUTEAL AND SUBGLUTEAL APPROACH

General Considerations

The use of ultrasonographic guidance greatly expanded the options that practitioners have for

accomplishing the block of the sciatic nerve because the nerve can be imaged at several convenient

levels. With the transgluteal approach, the needle is inserted just distal deep to the gluteus maximus

muscle to reach the sciatic nerve. The sciatic nerve at the gluteal crease is readily identified in a

predictable anatomic arrangement, between two osseous landmarks (ischial tuberosity and the

greater trochanter) and beneath a well-defined muscle plane. The use of ultrasound visualization

decreases the need for the geometry and measurements that are required for the classic landmarkbased approaches. With the subgluteal approach, the nerve simply reached a few centimeters distally,

just below the level of the subgluteal crease where imaging is not interfered by the bones. The

preference of one approach over the other is made based on the patient’s anatomic characteristics and

personal preference.

Ultrasound Anatomy

At this transgluteal level, the sciatic nerve is visualized in the short axis between the two hyperechoic

bony prominences of the ischial tuberosity and the greater trochanter of the femur (Figure 39.2-1 and

39.2-2). The gluteus maximus muscle is seen as the most superficial muscular layer bridging the two

osseous structures, typically several centimeters thick. The sciatic nerve is located immediately deep

to the gluteus muscles, superficial to the quadratus femoris muscle. Often, it is slightly closer to the

ischial tuberosity (medial) aspect than the greater trochanter (lateral). At this location in the thigh, it

is seen as an oval or roughly triangular hyperechoic structure. At the subgluteal level, however, the

sciatic nerve is positioned deep to the long head of the biceps muscle and the posterior surface of the

adductor magnus.

FIGURE 39.2-1. Transsectional anatomy of the sciatic nerve at the transgluteal level. Sciatic nerve

(ScN) is seen between the greater trochanter of the femur and the ischium tuberosity, just below the

gluteus maximus (GMM) muscle.

FIGURE 39.2-2. An ultrasound image demonstrating the sonoanatomy of the sciatic nerve (ScN). The

ScN often assumes an ovoid or triangular shape and it is positioned underneath the gluteus muscle

(GMM) between the ischium tuberosity (IT) and femur.

Distribution of Blockade

Sciatic nerve block results in anesthesia of the entire lower limb below the knee, both motor and

sensory blockade, with the exception of a variable strip of skin on the medial leg and foot, which is

the territory of the saphenous nerve, a branch of the femoral nerve. In addition, both the transgluteal

and subgluteal approaches provide motor blockade of the hamstring muscles. The skin of the posterior

aspect of the thigh however, is supplied by the posterior cutaneous nerve of the thigh, which has its

origin from the sciatic nerve more proximal than the subgluteal approach. It is, therefore, unreliably

anesthetized with subgluteal block; however, it is of relatively little clinical importance. For a more

comprehensive review of the sciatic nerve distribution, see Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia

Anatomy.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with curved (phase array) transducer (2–8 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 One 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 A 100-mm, 21 to 22-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

TIP

 Although a linear transducer occasionally can be used for smaller size patients for this block, the

curved transducer permits the operator to visualize a wider field, including the osseous landmarks.

The ischial tuberosity and greater trochanter are rarely seen on the same image when using a linear

transducer.

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Any patient position that allows for comfortable placement of the ultrasound transducer and needle

advancement is appropriate. Typically for either the transgluteal or subgluteal block, this involves

placing the patient in a position between the lateral decubitus and prone position (Figures 39.2-3 and

39.2-4). The legs are flexed in the hip and knee. When nerve stimulation is used simultaneously

(suggested), exposure of the hamstrings, calf, and foot is required to detect and interpret motor

responses. The round osseous prominences of the greater trochanter and ischial tuberosity are

palpated and, if desired, marked with a skin marker. Scanning is begun in the depression between the

two bones.

FIGURE 39.2-3. Patient position and transducer application for subgluteal approach to sciatic

block..

FIGURE 39.2-4. Transgluteal approach to sciatic block; patient position, transducer (curved)

placement and needle insertion.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip adjacent to the sciatic nerve, below the fascial plane of the

gluteus muscles (thus, transgluteal technique) and to deposit 15 to 20 mL of local anesthetic until

its spread around the nerve is documented.

Technique

The description of the technique in this chapter will focus primarily on the transgluteal approach.

However, since the subgluteal approach is performed just a few centimeters more distal and it is

technically easier, the reader can easily perform either approach by using general guidelines provided

and referring to Figure 39.2-3, Figure 39.2-4, and algorithms at the end of the chapter. With the

patient in the described position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer is positioned so as to

identify the sciatic nerve (Figure 39.2-4). If the nerve is not immediately apparent, tilting the

transducer proximally or distally can help improve the contrast and bring the nerve “out” of the

background of the musculature. Often, the nerve is much better imaged after the injection of local

anesthetic (Figure 39.2-5). Alternatively, sliding the transducer slightly proximally or distally can

improve the quality of the image and allow for better visualization. Once identified, the needle is

inserted in-plane, typically from the lateral aspect of the transducer and advanced toward the sciatic

nerve. If nerve stimulation is used (1.0 mA, 0.1 msec), the passage of the needle through the anterior

fascial plane of the gluteus muscles often is associated with a motor response of the calf or foot. Once

the needle tip is positioned adjacent to the nerve (Figure 39.2-6A) and after careful aspiration to rule

out an intravascular needle placement, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to document the proper

injection site. Such injection often displaces the sciatic nerve away from the needle; therefore, an

additional advancement of the needle 1 to 2 mm toward the nerve may be necessary to ensure the

proper spread of the local anesthetic. When injection of the local anesthetic does not appear to result

in a spread around the sciatic nerve, additional needle repositions and injections may be necessary.

Assuring the absence of high resistance to injection is of utmost importance because the needle tip is

difficult to visualize on ultrasound due to the steep angle and depth of the needle placement.

FIGURE 39.2-5. Sciatic nerve (yellow arrows) as seen in the subgluteal position (linear transducer),

needle path (white arrows) and local anesthetic (turquoise arrows) in the intramuscular tunnel

surrounding the sciatic nerve.

FIGURE 39.2-6. (A) Ultrasound image demonstrating the simulated needle path to reach the sciatic

nerve (ScN) using an in-plane technique in transgluteal approach. The simulated needle (1) is shown

transversing the gluteus muscle with its tip positioned at the lateral aspect of the sciatic nerve. (B)

Needle path and distribution of local anesthetic (blue shaded area) to block the ScN through the

transgluteal approach.

TIPS

 Never inject against high resistance to injection (>15 psi) because this may signal an intraneural

injection.

 The ability to distinguish the sciatic nerve from its soft tissue surroundings often is improved after the

injection of local anesthetic; this can be used as a marker to confirm the proper identification of the

nerve when injection begins.

In an adult patient, 15 to 20 mL of local anesthetic is usually adequate for successful blockade of

sciatic nerve (Figure 39.2-6). Although a single injection of such volumes of local anesthetic suffices,

it may be beneficial to inject two to three smaller aliquots at different locations to ensure the spread

of the local anesthetic solution around the sciatic nerve. The block dynamics and perioperative

management are similar to those described in Chapter 19.

Continuous Ultrasound-Guided Subgluteal Sciatic Block

The goal of the continuous sciatic block is similar to the non-ultrasound-based techniques: to place

the catheter in the vicinity of the sciatic nerve between the gluteus maximus and quadratus femoris

muscles. The procedure consists of three phases: needle placement, catheter advancement, and

securing the catheter. For the first two phases of the procedure, ultrasound visualization can be used

to ensure accuracy in most patients. The needle typically is inserted in-plane from the lateral to

medial direction and underneath the fascia to enter the subgluteal space.

Advancement of the needle until the tip is adjacent to the nerve and deep to the gluteus maximus

fascia should ensure appropriate catheter location. Proper placement of the needle also can be

confirmed by obtaining a motor response of the calf or foot at which point, 4 to 5 mL of local

anesthetic is injected. This small dose of local anesthetic serves to ensure adequate distribution of the

local anesthetic as well as to make the advancement of the catheter easier. This first phase of the

procedure does not significantly differ from the single-injection technique. The second phase of the

procedure involves maintaining the needle in the proper position and inserting the catheter 3 to 5 cm

beyond the needle tip into the subgluteal space in the vicinity of the sciatic nerve. Insertion of the

catheter requires an assistant when it is done under ultrasound guidance. Alternatively, the catheter

can be inserted using a longitudinal view. With this approach, after successful imaging of the sciatic

nerve in the cross-sectional view, the transducer is rotated 90° so that the sciatic nerve is visualized

in the longitudinal view. However, this approach requires significantly greater ultrasound imaging

skills.

The catheter is secured by either taping it to the skin or tunneling. A common infusion strategy

includes ropivacaine 0.2% at 5 mL/minute with a patient-controlled bolus of 5 mL/hour.



SUGGESTED READING

Abbas S, Brull R. Ultrasound-guided sciatic nerve block: description of a new approach at the

subgluteal space. Br J Anaesth. 2007;99:445-446.

Barrington MJ, Lai SL, Briggs CA, Ivanusic JJ, Gledhill SR. Ultrasound-guided midthigh sciatic nerve

block-a clinical and anatomical study. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:369-376.

Bruhn J, Moayeri N, Groen GJ, et al. Soft tissue landmark for ultrasound identification of the sciatic

nerve in the infragluteal region: the tendon of the long head of the biceps femoris muscle. Acta

Anaesthesiol Scand. 2009;53:921-925.

Bruhn J, Van Geffen GJ, Gielen MJ, Scheffer GJ. Visualization of the course of the sciatic nerve in adult

volunteers by ultrasonography. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:1298-1302.

Chan VW, Nova H, Abbas S, McCartney CJ, Perlas A, Xu DQ. Ultrasound examination and localization

of the sciatic nerve: a volunteer study. Anesthesiology. 2006;104:309-314.

Chantzi C, Saranteas T, Zogogiannis J, Alevizou N, Dimitriou V. Ultrasound examination of the sciatic

nerve at the anterior thigh in obese patients. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2007;51:132.

Danelli G, Ghisi D, Fanelli A, et al. The effects of ultrasound guidance and neurostimulation on the

minimum effective anesthetic volume of mepivacaine 1.5% required to block the sciatic nerve using

the subgluteal approach. Anesth Analg. 2009;109:1674-1678.

Danelli G, Ghisi D, Ortu A. Ultrasound and regional anesthesia technique: are there really ultrasound

guidance technical limits in sciatic nerve blocks? Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:281-282.

Domingo-Triado V, Selfa S, Martinez F, et al. Ultrasound guidance for lateral midfemoral sciatic nerve

block: a prospective, comparative, randomized study. Anesth Analg. 2007;104:1270-1274.

redrickson MJ, Kilfoyle DH. Neurological complication analysis of 1000 ultrasound guided

peripheral nerve blocks for elective orthopaedic surgery: a prospective study. Anaesthesia.

2009;64:836-844.

Gnaho A, Eyrieux S, Gentili M. Cardiac arrest during an ultrasound-guided sciatic nerve block

combined with nerve stimulation. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:278.

Gray AT, Collins AB, Schafhalter-Zoppoth I. Sciatic nerve block in a child: a sonographic approach.

Anesth Analg. 2003;97:1300-1302.

Hamilton PD, Pearce CJ, Pinney SJ, Calder JD. Sciatic nerve blockade: a survey of orthopaedic foot

and ankle specialists in North America and the United Kingdom. Foot Ankle Int. 2009;30:1196-1201.

Karmakar MK, Kwok WH, Ho AM, Tsang K, Chui PT, Gin T. Ultrasound-guided sciatic nerve block:

description of a new approach at the subgluteal space. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98:390-395.

Latzke D, Marhofer P, Zeitlinger M, et al. Minimal local anaesthetic volumes for sciatic nerve block:

evaluation of ED 99 in volunteers. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:239-244.

Latzke D, Marhofer P, Zeitlinger M, Machata A, Neumann F, Lackner E, Kettner SC: Minimal local

anaesthetic volumes for sciatic nerve block: evaluation of ED 99 in volunteers. Br J Anaesth 2010;

104: 239-44

Marhofer P, Harrop-Griffiths W, Willschke H, Kirchmair L. Fifteen years of ultrasound guidance in

regional anaesthesia: Part 2-recent developments in block techniques. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:673-

683.

Marhofer P, Harrop-Griffiths W, Willschke H, Kirchmair L: Fifteen years of ultrasound guidance in

regional anaesthesia: Part 2-recent developments in block techniques. Br J Anaesth 2010; 104: 673-

83

Murray JM, Derbyshire S, Shields MO. Lower limb blocks. Anaesthesia. 2010;65(Suppl 1):57-66.

Murray JM, Derbyshire S, Shields MO: Lower limb blocks. Anaesthesia 2010; 65 Suppl 1: 57-66

Oberndorfer U, Marhofer P, Bosenberg A, et al. Ultrasonographic guidance for sciatic and femoral

nerve blocks in children. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98:797-801.

Ota J, Sakura S, Hara K, Saito Y. Ultrasound-guided anterior approach to sciatic nerve block: a

comparison with the posterior approach. Anesth Analg. 2009;108:660-665.

ham Dang C, Gourand D. Ultrasound imaging of the sciatic nerve in the lateral midfemoral approach.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:281-282.

alinas FV. Ultrasound and review of evidence for lower extremity peripheral nerve blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:S16-25.

alinas FV: Ultrasound and review of evidence for lower extremity peripheral nerve blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med 2010; 35: S16-25

alinas FV: Ultrasound and review of evidence for lower extremity peripheral nerve blocks. Reg

Anesth Pain Med 2010; 35: S16-25

aranteas T. Limitations in ultrasound imaging techniques in anesthesia: obesity and muscle atrophy?

Anesth Analg. 2009;109:993-994.

aranteas T, Chantzi C, Paraskeuopoulos T, et al. Imaging in anesthesia: the role of 4 MHz to 7 MHz

sector array ultrasound probe in the identification of the sciatic nerve at different anatomic locations.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32:537-538.

aranteas T, Chantzi C, Zogogiannis J, et al. Lateral sciatic nerve examination and localization at the

mid-femoral level: an imaging study with ultrasound. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2007;51:387-388.

aranteas T, Kostopanagiotou G, Paraskeuopoulos T, Vamvasakis E, Chantzi C, Anagnostopoulou S.

Ultrasound examination of the sciatic nerve at two different locations in the lateral thigh: a new

approach of identification validated by anatomic preparation. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

2007;51:780-781.

ites BD, Neal JM, Chan V. Ultrasound in regional anesthesia: where should the “focus” be set? Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:531-533.

Tran de QH, Munoz L, Russo G, Finlayson RJ. Ultrasonography and stimulating perineural catheters for

nerve blocks: a review of the evidence. Can J Anaesth. 2008;55:447-457.

Tsui BC, Dillane D, Pillay J, Ramji AK, Walji AH. Cadaveric ultrasound imaging for training in

ultrasound-guided peripheral nerve blocks: lower extremity. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:475-480.

Tsui BC, Finucane BT. The importance of ultrasound landmarks: a “traceback” approach using the

popliteal blood vessels for identification of the sciatic nerve. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31:481-

482.

Tsui BC, Ozelsel TJ. Ultrasound-guided anterior sciatic nerve block using a longitudinal approach:

“expanding the view.” Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:275-276.

an Geffen GJ, Bruhn J, Gielen M. Ultrasound-guided continuous sciatic nerve blocks in two children

with venous malformations in the lower limb. Can J Anaesth. 2007;54:952-953.

van Geffen GJ, Gielen M. Ultrasound-guided subgluteal sciatic nerve blocks with stimulating catheters

in children: a descriptive study. Anesth Analg. 2006;103:328-333.

40

Ultrasound-Guided Popliteal Sciatic Block


FIGURE 40-1. Cross-sectional anatomy of the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa. Shown are

common peroneal nerve (CPN), tibial nerve (TN), popliteal artery (PA), popliteal vein (PV), femur,

biceps femoris (BFM), semimembranosus (SmM) and semitendinosus (StM) muscles.

General Considerations

Performance of a sciatic block above the popliteal fossa benefits from ultrasound guidance in several

ways. The anatomy of the sciatic nerve as it approaches the popliteal fossa can be variable, and the

division into the tibial nerve (TN) and common peroneal nerve (CPN) occurs at a variable distance

from the crease. Knowledge of the location of the TPN and CPN in relation to each other is beneficial

in ensuring the anesthesia of both divisions of the sciatic nerve. Moreover, with nerve stimulator–

based techniques, larger volumes (e.g., >40 mL) of local anesthetic often are required to increase the

chance of block success and rapid onset. A reduction in local anesthetic volume can be achieved with

ultrasound guidance because the injection can be halted once adequate spread is documented. The two

approaches to the popliteal sciatic block common in our practice are the lateral approach with patient

in supine (more commonly, oblique position) and the posterior approach (Figure 40-2). It should be

noted that with the lateral approach, the resulting ultrasound image is identical to the image in the

posterior approach. Both are discussed in this chapter. Only the patient position and needle path

differ between the two approaches; the rest of the technique details are essentially the same.

FIGURE 40-2. Posterior approach to ultrasound-guided popliteal sciatic block can be performed

with the patient in the oblique position (A) or with the patient prone (B).

Ultrasound Anatomy

With the posterior and the lateral approaches, the transducer position is identical; thus the

sonographic anatomy appears the same. However, note that although the image appears the same,

there is a 180° difference in patient orientation. Beginning with the transducer in the transverse

position at the popliteal crease, the popliteal artery is identified, aided with the color Doppler

ultrasound when necessary, at a depth of approximately 3 to 4 cm. The popliteal vein accompanies the

artery. On either side of the artery are the biceps femoris muscles (lateral) and the semimembranosus

and semitendinosus muscles (medial). Superficial (i.e., toward the skin surface) and lateral to the

artery is the tibial nerve, seen as a hyperechoic, oval, or round structure with a stippled or

honeycomb pattern on the interior (Figure 40-3A and B). If difficulty in identifying the nerve is

encountered, the patient can be asked to dorsiflex and plantar flex the ankle, which makes the nerve

rotate or move in relation to its surroundings. Once the tibial nerve is identified, an attempt can be

made to visualize the common peroneal nerve, which is located even more superficial and lateral to

the tibial nerve. The transducer should be slid proximally until the tibial and peroneal nerves are

visualized coming together to form the sciatic nerve before its division. (Figure 40-4A and B). This

junction usually occurs at a distance between 5 and 10 cm from the popliteal crease but this may

occur very close to the crease or (less commonly) more proximally in the thigh. As the transducer is

moved proximally, the popliteal vessels move anteriorly (i.e., deeper) and therefore become less

visible. Adjustments in depth, gain, and direction of the ultrasound beam should be made to keep the

nerve visible at all times. The sciatic nerve typically is visualized at a depth of 2 to 4 cm.

FIGURE 40-3. (A) The sonoanatomy of the sciatic nerve at the popliteal fossa. The two main

divisions of the sciatic nerve, tibial (TN) and common peroneal nerves (CPN), are seen immediately

lateral and superficial to the popliteal artery, respectively. (B) Sonoanatomy of the popliteal fossa

with the structures labeled. TN and CPN are lateral and superficial to PA. Images 40-3A and B were

taken at 5 cm above the popliteal fossa crease where the TN and CPN have just started diverging.

FIGURE 40-4. (A) Sonoanatomy of the sciatic nerve (ScN) before its division. (B) Sonoanatomy of

the popliteal fossa with the structures labeled. Shown are ScN, superior and lateral to the popliteal

artery (PA), positioned between bicep femoris (BFM) and semimembranosus (SmM) and

semitendinosus (StM) muscles.

TIP

 In our practice, most popliteal blocks are with the patient in the oblique position using either posterior

or lateral approach.

Distribution of Blockade

Sciatic nerve block results in anesthesia of the entire lower limb below the knee, both motor and

sensory, with the exception of a variable strip of skin on the medial leg and foot, which is the territory

of the saphenous nerve, a branch of the femoral nerve. The motor fibers to the hamstring muscles are

spared; however, sensory fibers to the posterior aspect of the knee are still blocked. For a more

comprehensive review of the sciatic nerve distribution, see Chapter 1, Essential Regional Anesthesia

Anatomy.

Equipment

The following equipment is needed:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–12 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel (rarely, in a very obese

patient, a curved transducer might be needed)

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section, Chapter 3)

 Two 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 50- to 100-mm, 21- to 22-gauge short-bevel insulated stimulating needle

 Peripheral nerve stimulator

 Sterile gloves

Lateral Approach

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

This block is performed with the patient in the supine or oblique (more convenient) position.

Sufficient space must be made to accommodate the transducer beneath the knee and thigh. This can be

accomplished either by resting the foot on an elevated footrest or flexing the knee while an assistant

stabilizes the foot and ankle on the bed (Figure 40-5). If nerve stimulation is used at the same time,

exposure of the calf and foot are required to observe motor responses.

FIGURE 40-5. Needle insertion technique to block the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa using

lateral approach with patient in the supine position.

GOAL

The goal is to inject the local anesthetic within the common epineurium that envelops the TN and

CPN. Alternatively, separate blocks of TN and CPN can be made.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer positioned to identify

the sciatic nerve (Figure 40-5). If the nerve is not immediately apparent, tilting the transducer

proximally or distally can help improve the contrast and bring the nerve “out” of the background

(Figure 40-6). Alternatively, sliding the transducer slightly proximally or distally may improve the

quality of the image and allow for better visualization. Once identified, a skin wheal is made on the

lateral aspect of the thigh 2 to 3 cm above the lateral edge of the transducer. Then the needle is

inserted in-plane in a horizontal orientation from the lateral aspect of the thigh and advanced toward

the sciatic nerve (Figure 40-7). If nerve stimulation is used (0.5 mA, 0.1 msec), the contact of the

needle tip with the sciatic nerve usually is associated with a motor response of the calf or foot. Once

the needle tip is witnessed adjacent to the nerve, and after careful aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local

anesthetic is injected to confirm the proper injection site. Such injection should result in distribution

of the local anesthetic within the epineural sheath, and often, separation of the TN and CPN. When

injection of the local anesthetic does not appear to result in a spread around the sciatic nerve (Figure

40-8), additional needle repositions and injections may be necessary. When injecting into the

epineurium, correct injection is recognized as local anesthetic spread proximally and distally to the

site of the injection around both divisions of the nerve. This typically results in separation of TN and

CPN during and after the injection.

FIGURE 40-6. Sonoanatomy of the popliteal fossa imaged with the transducer positioned as in

Figure 40-5. The image appears inverted compared to the image in the lateral/oblique position.

FIGURE 40-7. Simulated needle path and the proper needle tip placement to block the sciatic nerve

(ScN) through the lateral approach. BFM - Biceps femoris muscle, SmM - Semimembranosus muscle.

StM - Semitendinosus muscle, PA- Popliteal artery.

FIGURE 40-8. Simulated needle path and local anesthetic distribution to block the sciatic nerve in

the popliteal fossa using the lateral approach.

TIPS

 To improve the visualization of the needle, a skin puncture site 2 to 3 cm lateral to the transducer will

reduce the acuity of the angle with respect to the ultrasound beam, Figure 40-5.

 The presence of a motor response to nerve stimulation is useful but not necessary to elicit if the nerve,

needle, and local anesthetic spread are well visualized.

 Never inject against high resistance to injection because this may signal an intraneural injection (IP

must be < 15 psi).

Although a single injection of local may suffice, it may be beneficial to inject two to three smaller

aliquots at different locations to ensure the spread of the local anesthetic solution around the sciatic

nerve. The block dynamics and perioperative management are similar to those described in Chapter

20.

Posterior Approach

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

This block is performed with the patient in the prone or oblique position with the legs slightly

abducted. A small footrest is useful to facilitate identification of a motor response if nerve stimulation

is used. Also, it relaxes the hamstring tendons, making transducer placement and manipulation easier.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer positioned to identify

the sciatic nerve (Figure 40-2). Similar maneuvers as described for the lateral approach can be made

to better visualize the nerve. Once identified, a skin wheal is made immediately lateral or medial to

the transducer. Then the needle is inserted in plane and advanced toward the sciatic nerve (Figures

40-9 and 40-10). If nerve stimulation is used (0.5 mA, 0.1 msec), the contact of the needle tip with the

sciatic nerve often is associated with a motor response of the calf or foot. Once the needle tip is

confirmed to be adjacent to the nerve, the syringe is gently aspirated and the local anesthetic

deposited. Needle repositioning and injection of smaller aliquots is frequently required to ensure

adequate circumferential spread of the local anesthetic (Figure 40-11).

FIGURE 40-9. Transducer position and in-plane needle insertion to block the sciatic nerve at the

popliteal fossa with patient in prone position.

FIGURE 40-10. Simulated needle path to reach the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa through the

posterior approach. The sciatic nerve (ScN) is seen in the adipose tissue of the popliteal fossa

between bicep femoris muscle (BFM) laterally and the semitendinosus and semimembranosus

muscles medially (Stm, SmM).

FIGURE 40-11. Simulated needle insertion path, needle tip position, and distribution of local

anesthetic (area shaded in blue) to anesthetize the sciatic nerve.

TIP

 In the posterior approach to popliteal block, either an in-plane or out-of-plane technique can be used.

While the in-plane approach is the most common at NYSORA, the advantage of the out-of-plane

approach is that the path of the needle is through skin and adipose tissue rather than the muscles.

Continuous Ultrasound-Guided Popliteal Sciatic Block

The goal of the continuous popliteal sciatic block is to place the catheter in the vicinity of the sciatic

nerve within the popliteal fossa. The procedure consists of three phases: needle placement, catheter

advancement, and securing the catheter. For the first two phases of the procedure, ultrasound can be

used to ensure accuracy in most patients. Typically, the needle is inserted in the same manner as

described for the single-shot blocks. An in-plane approach, however, is favored in our practice for

the catheter technique because it allows for monitoring of the catheter placement (Figure 40-12).

FIGURE 40-12. Continuous sciatic block in the popliteal fossa using a lateral approach with patient

in the supine position. The needle is positioned within the epineural sheath of the sciatic nerve. After

an injection of a small volume of local anesthetic to confirm the needle position a catheter is inserted

2–4 cm past the needle tip. Pre-loading the catheter is useful in facilitating the procedure.

Proper placement of the needle can be confirmed by obtaining a motor response of the calf or foot,

at which point 4 to 5 mL of local anesthetic is injected. This small dose of local anesthetic can make

advancement of the catheter easier. The second phase of the procedure involves maintaining the

needle in the proper position and inserting the catheter 2 to 4 cm into the space surrounding the sciatic

nerve. Insertion of the catheter can be accomplished by either a single operator or with an assistant.

Proper position of the catheter is assured by an injection through the catheter and confirming the

location and distribution of the injectate and/or monitoring catheter insertion on ultrasound real-time.

The catheter is secured by either taping it to the skin or tunneling. There is no agreement among

clinicians regarding what constitutes the ideal catheter securing system. Some clinicians prefer one

method over the other. However, the decision regarding which method to use could be based on the

patient’s age, duration of the catheter therapy, and anatomy. The lateral approach may have some

advantage over the prone approach with regard to catheter placement. First, the biceps femoris

muscle tends to stabilize the catheter and decrease the chance of dislodgment, compared with the

subcutaneous tissue of the popliteal fossa in the prone approach. Second, if the knee is to be flexed

and extended, the side of the thigh is less mobile than the back of the knee. Finally, access to the

catheter site is more convenient with the lateral approach compared with the prone approach. A

commonly suggested starting infusion regimen is to infuse ropivacaine 0.2% at 5 mL/hour with a

patient-delivered bolus of 5 mL every 60 minutes.


SUGGESTED READING

Aguirre J, Perinola L, Borgeat A: Ultrasound-guided evaluation of the local anesthetic spread

parameters required for a rapid surgical popliteal sciatic nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2011;

36:308–309.

Aguirre J, Ruland P, Ekatodramis G, Borgeat A. Ultrasound versus neurostimulation for popliteal

block: another vain effort to show a non existing clinical relevant difference. Anaesth Intensive Care.

2009;37:665–666.

Aguirre J, Valentin Neudorfer C, Ekatodramis G, Borgeat A. Ultrasound guidance for sciatic nerve

block at the popliteal fossa should be compared with the best motor response and the lowest current

clinically used in neurostimulation technique. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:182–183.

Barrington MJ, Lai SL, Briggs CA, Ivanusic JJ, Gledhill SR. Ultrasound-guided midthigh sciatic nerve

block-a clinical and anatomical study. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:369–376.

Bendtsen TF, Nielsen TD, Rohde CV, Kibak K, Linde F: Ultrasound guidance improves a continuous

popliteal sciatic nerve block when compared with nerve stimulation. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2011;36:

181–184.

Bruhn J, Van Geffen GJ, Gielen MJ, Scheffer GJ. Visualization of the course of the sciatic nerve in adult

volunteers by ultrasonography. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2008;52:1298–1302.

Brull R, Macfarlane AJ, Parrington SJ, Koshkin A, Chan VW: Is circumfrential injection advantageous

for ultrasound-guided popliteal sciatic nerve block?: A proof-of-concept study. Reg Anesth Pain

Med. 2011;36:266–270

Buys MJ, Arndt CD, Vagh F, Hoard A, Gerstein N. Ultrasound-guided sciatic nerve block in the

popliteal fossa using a lateral approach: onset time comparing separate tibial and common peroneal

nerve injections versus injecting proximal to the bifurcation. Anesth Analg. 2010;110:635–637.

Chin KJ, Perlas A, Brull R, Chan VW. Ultrasound guidance is advantageous in popliteal nerve

blockade. Anesth Analg. 2008;107:2094–2095.

Clendenen SR, York JE, Wang RD, Greengrass RA. Three-dimensional ultrasound-assisted popliteal

catheter placement revealing aberrant anatomy: implications for block failure. Acta Anaesthesiol

Scand. 2008;52:1429–1431.

Compere V, Cornet C, Fourdrinier V, et al. Thigh abscess as a complication of continuous popliteal

sciatic nerve block. Br J Anaesth. 2005;95:255–256.

Danelli G, Fanelli A, Ghisi D, et al. Ultrasound vs nerve stimulation multiple injection technique for

posterior popliteal sciatic nerve block. Anaesthesia. 2009;64:638–642.

Dufour E, Quennesson P, Van Robais AL, et al. Combined ultrasound and neurostimulation guidance for

popliteal sciatic nerve block: a prospective, randomized comparison with neurostimulation alone.

Anesth Analg. 2008;106:1553–1558.

Eisenberg JA, Calligaro KD, Kolakowski S, et al. Is balloon angioplasty of peri-anastomotic stenoses

of failing peripheral arterial bypasses worthwhile? Vasc Endovascular Surg. 2009;43:346–351.

Eurin M, Beloeil H, Zetlaoui PJ. A medial approach for a continuous sciatic block in the popliteal fossa

[in French]. Can J Anaesth. 2006;53:1165–1166.

Gray AT, Huczko EL, Schafhalter-Zoppoth I. Lateral popliteal nerve block with ultrasound guidance.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2004;29:507–509.

Gurkan Y, Sarisoy HT, Caglayan C, Solak M, Toker K. “Figure of four” position improves the visibility

of the sciatic nerve in the popliteal fossa. Agri. 2009;21:149–154.

Huntoon MA, Huntoon EA, Obray JB, Lamer TJ. Feasibility of ultrasound-guided percutaneous

placement of peripheral nerve stimulation electrodes in a cadaver model: part one, lower extremity.

Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:551–557.

feld BM, Sandhu NS, Loland VJ, Madison SJ, Suresh PJ, Mariano ER, Bishop ML, Schwartz AK, Lee

DK: Ultrasound-guided (needle-in-plane) perineural catheter insertion: the effect of catheter-insertion

distance on postoperative analgesia. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2011;36:261–265.

ang SH, Lee H, Han SH. Common peroneal nerve compression by a popliteal venous aneurysm. Am J

Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;88:947–950.

Khabiri B, Arbona F, Norton J. “Gapped supine” position for ultrasound guided lateral popliteal fossa

block of the sciatic nerve. Anesth Analg. 2007;105:1519.

Koscielniak-Nielsen ZJ, Rasmussen H, Hesselbjerg L. Long-axis ultrasound imaging of the nerves and

advancement of perineural catheters under direct vision: a preliminary report of four cases. Reg

Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:477–482.

Mariano ER, Cheng GS, Choy LP, et al. Electrical stimulation versus ultrasound guidance for poplitealsciatic perineural catheter insertion: a randomized controlled trial. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34:480–485.

Mariano ER, Loland VJ, Sandhu NS, Bishop ML, Lee DK, Schwartz AK, Girard PJ, Ferguson EJ, Ilfeld

BM: Comparative efficacy of ultrasound-guided and stimulating popliteal-sciatic perineural catheters

for postoperative analgesia. Can J. Anaesth. 2010;10: 919–926.

Minville V, Zetlaoui PJ, Fessenmeyer C, Benhamou D. Ultrasound guidance for difficult lateral

popliteal catheter insertion in a patient with peripheral vascular disease. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2004;29:368–370.

Morau D, Levy F, Bringuier S, Biboulet P, Choquet O, Kassim M, Bernard N, Capdevilla X:

Ultrasound-guided evaluation of the local anesthetic spread parameters required for a rapid surgical

popliteal sciatic nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35: 559–564.

Orebaugh SL, Bigeleisen PE, Kentor ML. Impact of a regional anesthesia rotation on ultrasonographic

identification of anatomic structures by anesthesiology residents. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

2009;53:364–368.

Orebaugh SL, Williams BA, Vallejo M, Kentor ML. Adverse outcomes associated with stimulatorbased peripheral nerve blocks with versus without ultrasound visualization. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34:251–255.

erkins JM. Standard varicose vein surgery. Phlebology. 2009; 24(Suppl 1):34–41.

erlas A, Brull R, Chan VW, McCartney CJ, Nuica A, Abbas S. Ultrasound guidance improves the

success of sciatic nerve block at the popliteal fossa. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33:259–265.

erlas A, Chan VW, Brull R. Several “correct” approaches to nerve stimulator-guided popliteal fossa

block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:624–625.

rasad A, Perlas A, Ramlogan R, Brull R, Chan V: Ultrasound-guided popliteal block distal to sciatic

nerve bifurcation shortens onset time: a prospective randomized double-blind study. Re Anesth Pain

Med. 2010;35:267–271.

Robards C, Hadžić A, Somasundaram L, et al. Intraneural injection with low-current stimulation during

popliteal sciatic nerve block. Anesth Analg. 2009;109:673–677.

Sala Blanch X, Lopez AM, Carazo J, et al. Intraneural injection during nerve stimulator-guided sciatic

nerve block at the popliteal fossa. Br J Anaesth. 2009;102:855–861.

Sinha A, Chan VW. Ultrasound imaging for popliteal sciatic nerve block. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2004;29:130–134.

Sit M, Higgs JB. Non-popliteal synovial rupture. J Clin Rheumatol. 2009;15:185–189.

Sites BD, Gallagher J, Sparks M. Ultrasound-guided popliteal block demonstrates an atypical motor

response to nerve stimulation in 2 patients with diabetes mellitus. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2003;28:479–482.

Sites BD, Gallagher JD, Tomek I, Cheung Y, Beach ML. The use of magnetic resonance imaging to

evaluate the accuracy of a handheld ultrasound machine in localizing the sciatic nerve in the popliteal

fossa. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2004;29:413–416.

Tsui BC, Finucane BT. The importance of ultrasound landmarks: a “traceback” approach using the

popliteal blood vessels for identification of the sciatic nerve. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2006;31:481–

482.

Tuveri M, Borsezio V, Argiolas R, Medas F, Tuveri A. Ultrasonographic venous anatomy at the

popliteal fossa in relation to tibial nerve course in normal and varicose limbs. Chir Ital.

2009;61:171–177.

van Geffen GJ, van den Broek E, Braak GJ, Giele JL, Gielen MJ, Scheffer GJ. A prospective

randomised controlled trial of ultrasound guided versus nerve stimulation guided distal sciatic nerve

block at the popliteal fossa. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2009;37:32–37.

Verelst P, van Zundert A: Ultrasound-guided popliteal block shortens onset time compared to

prebifurcation sciatic block. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:565–566.

41

Ultrasound-Guided Ankle Block


FIGURE 41-1. Block of the posterior tibial nerve using an out-of-plane technique.

General Considerations

Using an ultrasound-guided technique affords a practitioner the ability to reduce the volume of local

anesthetic required for ankle blockade. Because the nerves involved are located relatively close to

the surface, ankle blocks are easy to perform technically; however, knowledge of the anatomy of the

ankle is essential to ensure success.

Ultrasound Anatomy

Ankle block involves anesthetizing five separate nerves: 2 deep nerves and 3 superficial nerves. The

2 deep nerves are tibial (TN) and deep peroneal nerve (DPN). The superficial nerves are superficial

peroneal, sural and saphenous. All nerves except saphenous nerve are terminal branches of the sciatic

nerve; saphenous nerve is a cutaneous extension of the femoral nerve.

Tibial Nerve

The tibial nerve is the largest of the five nerves at the ankle level and provides innervation to the heel

and sole of the foot. With a linear transducer placed transversely at (or just proximal to) the level of

the medial malleolus, the nerve can be seen immediately posterior to the posterior tibial artery

(Figures 41-1, 41-2, and 41-3A and B). Color Doppler can be very useful in depicting the posterior

tibial artery when it is not readily apparent. The nerve typically appears hyperechoic with dark

stippling. A useful mnemonic for the relevant structures in the vicinity is Tom, Dick ANd Harry,

which refers to, from anterior to posterior, the tibialis anterior tendon, flexor digitorum longus

tendon, artery/nerve/vein, and flexor hallucis longus tendon. These tendons can resemble the nerve in

appearance, which can be confusing. The nerve’s intimate relationship with the artery should be kept

in mind to avoid misidentification.

FIGURE 41-2. Cross-sectional anatomy of the posterior tibial nerve at the level of the ankle. Shown

are posterior tibial artery (PTA) and vein (PTV) behind the medial malleolus (Med. Mall.) The

posterior tibial nerve (PTN) is just posterior and superficial to the posterior tibial vessels.

FIGURE 41-3. (A) Ultrasound image of the posterior tibial nerve. (B) Posterior tibial nerve (PTN)

is seen posterior to the posterior tibial artery (PTA). Med. Mall., medial malleolus; PTV, posterior

tibial vein.

Deep Peroneal Nerve

This branch of the common peroneal nerve innervates the web space between the first and second

toes. As it approaches the ankle, the nerve crosses the anterior tibial artery from a medial to lateral

position. A transducer placed in the transverse orientation at the level of the extensor retinaculum will

show the nerve lying immediately lateral to the artery, on the surface of the tibia (Figures 41-4, 41-5,

and 41-6A, B). The nerve usually appears hyperechoic, but it is small and often difficult to distinguish

from the surrounding tissue.

FIGURE 41-4. Deep peroneal nerve block: the transducer position and needle insertion to block the

deep peroneal nerve at the level of the ankle.

FIGURE 41-5. Cross-sectional anatomy of the deep peroneal nerve at the level of the ankle. The

deep peroneal nerve is located just lateral to anterior tibial artery (ATA) and between the extensor

digitorum longus (EDL) and tibia. Note the proximity of the extensor hallucis longus (EHL) that can

serve as an important landmark. DPN, deep peroneal nerve.

FIGURE 41-6. (A) Ultrasound image of the deep peroneal nerve (DPN) is seen at the surface of the

tibia just lateral to the anterior tibial artery (ATA). (B) Ultrasound anatomy of the DPN at the level of

the ankle with the structures labeled.

TIP

 The deep peroneal nerve is often difficult to distinguish from neighboring tissues. Once local

anesthetic injection begins next to the artery, the nerve becomes easier to distinguish from the

surrounding tissue.

Superficial Peroneal Nerve

The superficial peroneal nerve innervates the dorsum of the foot. It emerges to lie superficial to the

fascia 10 to 20 cm above the ankle joint on the anterolateral surface of the leg. A transducer placed

transversely on the leg, approximately 5 cm proximal and anterior to the lateral malleolus, will

identify the hyperechoic nerve lying in the subcutaneous tissue immediately superficial to the fascia

(Figures 41-7, 41-8, and 41-9A and B). If the nerve is not readily apparent, the transducer can be

traced proximally on the leg until, at the lateral aspect, the extensor digitorum longus and peroneus

longus muscles can be seen with a prominent groove between them leading to the fibula (Figure 41-

10A and B). The superficial peroneal nerve is located in this intermuscular septum, just deep to the

fascia. Once it is identified at this more proximal location, it can be traced distally to the ankle.

Because the superficial nerves are rather small, their identification with ultrasound is not always

possible in a busy clinical environment.

FIGURE 41-7. Transducer position and needle insertion to block the superficial peroneal nerve.

FIGURE 41-8. Cross-sectional anatomy of the superficial peroneal nerve (SPN). EDL, extensor

digitorum longus muscle; PBM, peroneus brevis muscle.

FIGURE 41-9. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the superficial peroneal nerve (SPN). (B) Ultrasound

anatomy of the superficial peroneal nerve with structures labeled. PBM, peroneus brevis muscle.

FIGURE 41-10. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the superficial peroneal nerve. (B) Ultrasound anatomy

of the nerve with structures labeled. EDL, extensor digitorum longus muscle; PBM, peroneus brevis

muscle; SPN, superficial peroneal nerve.

TIP

 The use of a small-gauge needle is recommended to decrease the patient discomfort.

Sural Nerve

The sural nerve innervates the lateral margin of the foot and ankle. Proximal to the lateral malleolus,

the sural nerve can be visualized as a small hyperechoic structure that is intimately associated with

the small saphenous vein (Figures 41-11, 41-12, and 41-13A, B). A calf tourniquet can be used to

increase the size of the vein, aiding in identification of the nerve.

FIGURE 41-11. Transducer position and needle insertion to block the sural nerve.

FIGURE 41-12. Cross-sectional anatomy of the sural nerve at the level of the ankle. Shown is sural

nerve (SuN) in the immediate vicinity of the small saphenous vein (SSV).

FIGURE 41-13. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the sural nerve (SuN). The SuN is seen immediately

anterior to the small saphenous vein (SSV). (B) The ultrasound anatomy of the SuN with the structures

labeled. SoM, soleus muscle.

Saphenous Nerve

The saphenous nerve innervates the medial malleolus and a variable portion of the medial aspect of

the leg below the knee. The nerve travels down the medial leg alongside the saphenous vein. Because

it is a small nerve, it is best visualized 10–15 cm proximal to the medial malleolus, using the

saphenous vein as a landmark (Figures 41-14, 41-15, and 41-16A, B). A proximal calf tourniquet can

be used to assist in increasing the size of the vein. The nerve appears as a small hyperechoic

structure.

FIGURE 41-14. Transducer position and needle position to block the saphenous nerve.

FIGURE 41-15. Cross-sectional anatomy of the saphenous nerve (SaN) at the level of the ankle.

FIGURE 41-16. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the saphenous nerve (SaN) at the level of the ankle. The

SaN is seen just anterior to the small saphenous vein (SaV). (B) Ultrasound anatomy of the saphenous

nerve with the structures labeled.

TIP

 When using veins as landmarks, use as little pressure as possible on the transducer to permit the veins

to fill.

Distribution of Blockade

An ankle block results in anesthesia of the entire foot. For a more comprehensive review of the

distribution of each nerve, see Chapter 1.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (8–18 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray (described in the equipment section)

 Three 10 mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 A 1.5-in 22- to 25-gauge needle with low-volume extension tubing or a control syringe

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The block is usually performed with the patient in the supine position. A footrest underneath the calf

facilitates access to the ankle, especially for the tibial and sural nerve blocks. An assistant is helpful

to maintain internal or external rotation of the leg, as needed.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip immediately adjacent to each of the five nerves and deposit

local anesthetic until the spread around each nerve is documented.

Technique

With the patient in the proper position, the skin is disinfected. For each of the blocks, the needle can

be inserted either in-plane or out-of-plane. Ergonomics often dictates which of these is the most

effective. Successful block is predicted by the spread of local anesthetic immediately adjacent to the

nerve; redirection to achieve circumferential spread is not necessary because these nerves are small

and the local anesthetic diffuses quickly into the neural tissue. Assuming deposition immediately

adjacent to the nerve, 3 to 5 mL of local anesthetic per nerve is typically required to ensure an

effective block.

TIP

 Never inject against high resistance to injection (IP >15 psi) because it may signal an intraneural

injection.

The block dynamics and perioperative management are similar to those described in Chapter 22.

SUGGESTED READING

Antonakakis JG, Scalzo DC, Jorgenson AS, et al. Ultrasound does not improve the success rate of a

deep peroneal nerve block at the ankle. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:217-221.

Benzon HT, Sekhadia M, Benzon HA, et al. Ultrasound-assisted and evoked motor response stimulationof the deep peroneal nerve. Anesth Analg. 2009;109:2022-2024.

Canella C, Demondion X, Guillin R, et al. Anatomic study of the superficial peroneal nerve using

sonography. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2009;193:174-179.

Redborg KE, Antonakakis JG, Beach ML, Chinn CD, Sites BD. Ultrasound improves the success rate ofa tibial nerve block at the ankle. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:256-260.

Redborg KE, Sites BD, Chinn CD, et al. Ultrasound improves the success rate of a sural nerve block at

the ankle. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:24-28.

Snaith R, Dolan J. Ultrasound-guided superficial peroneal nerve block for foot surgery. AJR Am J

Roentgenol. 2010;194:W538.

42

Common Ultrasound-Guided Truncal and Cutaneous Blocks


FIGURE 42.1-1. (A) Transducer position and needle insertion to accomplish a transverse abdominal

plane block. (B) Transducer position and needle insertion to accomplish iliohypogastric and

ilioinguinal nerve blocks. (C) Transducer position and needle insertion to accomplish rectus sheath

block. (D) Transducer position and needle insertion to accomplish a lateral femoral cutaneous nerve

(LFCN) block.

PART 1: ULTRASOUND-GUIDED TRANSVERSUS

ABDOMINIS PLANE BLOCK

General Considerations

The ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis plane block, or TAP has become a commonly used

regional anesthesia technique for a variety of indications. It is largely devoid of complications and

can be performed time-efficiently, either at the beginning or the end of surgery for use as

postoperative analgesia. Similar to ilioinguinal and iliohypogastric nerve blocks, the method relies on

guiding the needle with ultrasound to the plane between the transversus abdominis and internal

oblique muscles, to block the anterior rami of the lower six thoracic nerves (T7-T12) and the first

lumbar nerve (L1). Injection of local anesthetic within the TAP potentially can provide unilateral

analgesia to the skin, muscles, and parietal peritoneum of the anterior abdominal wall from T7 to L1,

although in clinical practice, the extent of the block is variable.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The anterior abdominal wall (skin, muscles, and parietal peritoneum) is innervated by the anterior

rami of the lower six thoracic nerves (T7-T12) and the first lumbar nerve (L1). Terminal branches of

these somatic nerves course through the lateral abdominal wall within a plane between the internal

oblique and transversus abdominis muscles. This intermuscular plane is called the transversus

abdominis plane. Injection of local anesthetic within the TAP can result in unilateral analgesia to the

skin, muscles, and parietal peritoneum of the anterior abdominal wall. The exact cephalad-caudad

spread and extent of anesthesia and analgesia obtained with the TAP block is variable. This subject is

not well researched; the actual coverage is likely dependent on the technique details, place of needle

insertion (lateral-medial) and volume of local anesthetic injected. Additionally, the patient’s

anatomical characteristics may also influence the spread of the injected solutions.

Imaging of the abdominal wall between the costal margin and the iliac crest reveals three muscle

layers, separated by a hyperechoic fascia: the outermost external oblique (EOM), the internal oblique

(IOM), and the transversus abdominis muscles (TAM) (Figures 42.1-2 and 42.1-3). Immediately

below this last muscle is the transversalis fascia, followed by the peritoneum and the intestines

below, which can be recognized as moving structures because of peristalsis. The nerves of the

abdominal wall are not visualized consistently, although this is not necessary to accomplish a block.

FIGURE 42.1-2. Innervation of the anterior and lateral abdominal wall. IH, iliohypogastric nerve;

IL, ilioinguinal nerve.

FIGURE 42.1-3. Schematic representation of the abdominal wall muscles.

TIP

 Obese patients have a large subcutaneous layer of fat that can make positive identification of the three

muscle layers challenging. A rule of thumb is that the internal oblique muscle is always the “thickest”

layer, and the transversus abdominis is the “thinnest.”

Distribution of Blockade

The exact distribution of abdominal wall anesthesia following a TAP block has not been well

documented or entirely agreed on by practitioners. The most fervent proponents of TAP technique

maintain that reliable blockade of dermatomes T10-L1 can be achieved with moderate volumes of

local anesthetic (e.g., 20–25 mL). Claims of blockade up to T7 after single injection of large volume

have been made, but these results are not consistently reproduced in clinical practice. In our practice,

some TAP blocks have resulted in complete anesthesia for inguinal herniorrhaphy; at other times, the

results have been less consistent. Additional research is indicated to clarify the spread of anesthesia

and factors that influence it.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (6–18 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel (in very obese patients,

and when a more posterior approach is used, a curved transducer might be needed)

 Standard nerve block tray

 Two 20-mL syringes containing local anesthetic

 A 50- to 100-mm, 20- to 21-gauge needle

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

This block typically is performed with the patient in the supine position. The iliac crest and costal

margin should be palpated and the space between them in the mid-axillary line (usually 8–10 cm)

identified as the initial transducer location. The block is almost always performed under general

anesthesia in pediatric patients; a common option for adults as well.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip in the plane between the IOM and the TAM, to deposit local

anesthetic between the muscle layers, and confirm the proper spread of the injectate under

ultrasound guidance.

Technique

With the patient supine, the skin is disinfected and the transducer placed on the skin (Figure 42.1-4).

The three muscle layers should be identified (Figures 42.1-5A and B). Sliding the transducer slightly

cephalad or caudad will aid the identification. Once the transverse abdominal plane is identified, a

skin wheal is made 2 to 3 cm medial to the medial aspect of the transducer, and the needle is inserted

in-plane in a medial to lateral orientation (Figures 42.1-1A and 42.1-6). The needle is guided through

the subcutaneous tissue, EOM, and IOM. A “pop” may be felt as the needle tip enters the plane

between the two muscles. After gentle aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to verify

the location of the needle tip (Figure 42.1-6). When injection of the local anesthetic appears to be

intramuscular, the needle is advanced or withdrawn carefully 1 to 2 mm and another bolus is

administered. This gesture is repeated until the correct plane is achieved.

FIGURE 42.1-4. Transducer position in the transverse abdominal, at the anterior axillary line,

between the costal margin and the iliac crest.

FIGURE 42.1-5. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the abdominal wall layers. (B) Labeled ultrasound

anatomy of the abdominal wall layers, EOM, external oblique muscle; IOM, internal oblique muscle;

TAM, transverse abdominis muscle.

FIGURE 42.1-6. Simulated needle insertion (1) and distribution of LA (blue shaded area) to

accomplish transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block. Shown are the external oblique muscle

(EOM), internal oblique muscle (IOM), and the transverse abdominal muscle (TAM). Needle tip is

positioned in the tissue sheath between IOM and TAM.

TIP

 An out-of-plane technique is more useful in obese patients. Because the needle tip may not be seen

throughout the procedure, we recommend administering intermittent small boluses (0.5–1 mL) as the

needle is advanced through the internal oblique muscle to confirm the position of the needle tip.

In an adult patient, 20 mL of local anesthetic per side is usually sufficient for successful blockade.

We most commonly use ropivacaine 0.25%. In children, a volume of 0.4 mL/kg per side is adequate

for effective analgesia when using ultrasound guidance.

SUGGESTED READING

Abrahams MS, Horn JL, Noles LM, Aziz MF: Evidence-based medicine: ultrasound guidance for

truncal blocks. Reg Anesth Pain Med 2010;35:S36-42.

Belavy D, Cowlishaw PJ, Howes M, Phillips F. Ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis plane block

for analgesia after Caesarean delivery. Br J Anaesth. 2009;103:726-730.

Carney J, McDonnell JG, Ochana A, et al. The transversus abdominis plane block provides effective

postoperative analgesia in patients undergoing total abdominal hysterectomy. Anesth Analg.

2008;107(6):2056.

Chiono J, Bernard N, Bringuier S, Biboulet P, Choquet O, Morau D, Capdevilla X: The ultrasoundguided transversus abdominis plane block for anterior iliac crest bone graft postoperative pain relief:

a prospective descriptive study. Reg Anesth Pain Med 2010;35:(6)520-524.

innerty O, Carney J, McDonnell JG: Trunk blocks for abdominal surgery. Anaesthesia 2010; 65 Suppl

1:76-83.

Griffiths JD, Middle JV, Barron FA, Grant SJ, Popham PA, Royse CF: Transversus abdominis plane

block does not provide additional benefit to multimodal analgesia in gynecological cancer surgery.

Anesth Analg 2010;111(3):797-801.

Hebbard P. Subcostal transversus abdominis plane block under ultrasound guidance. Anesth Analg.

2008;106(2):674.

Hebbard P, Fujiwara Y, Shibata Y, Royse C. Ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP)

block. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2007;35:616-617.

Hebbard PD, Royse CF: Lack of efficacy with transversus abdominis plane block: is it the technique,

the end points, or the statistics? Reg Anesth Pain Med 2010;35:324.

Heil JW, Ilfeld BM, Loland VJ, Sandhu NS, Mariano ER: Ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis

plane catheters and ambulatory perineural infusion for outpatient inguinal hernia repair. Reg Anesth

Pain Med 2010;35(6):556-558.

Kanazi GE, Aouad MT, Abdallah FW, Khatib MI, Adham AM, Harfoush DW, Siddik-Sayyid SM: The

Analgesic Efficacy of Subarachnoid Morphine in Comparison with Ultrasound-Guided Transversus

Abdominis Plane Block After Cesarean Delivery: A Randomized Controlled Trial. Anesth Analg

2010;111:475-481.

Lancaster P, Chadwick M. Liver trauma secondary to ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis plane

block. Br J Anaesth. 2010;104:509-510.

Lee TH, Barrington MJ, Tran TM, Wong D, Hebbard PD. Comparison of extent of sensory block

following posterior and subcostal approaches to ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis plane

block. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2010;38:452-460.

McDonnell JG, Curley G, Carney J, et al. The analgesic efficacy of transversus abdominis plane block

after cesarean delivery: a randomized controlled trial. Anesth Analg. 2008;106(1):186.

McDonnell JG, O’Donnell B, Curley G, et al. The analgesic efficacy of transversus abdominis plane

block after abdominal surgery: a prospective randomized controlled trial. Anesth Analg.

2007;104(1):193.

McDonnell JG, O’Donnell BD, Farrell T, et al. Transversus abdominis plane block: a cadaveric and

radiological evaluation. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2007;32(5):399.

Mukhtar K, Khattak I: Transversus abdominis plane block for renal transplant recipients. Br J Anaesth

2010;104:663-664.

Niraj G, Kelkar A, Fox AJ. Application of the transversus abdominis plane block in the intensive care

unit. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2009;37:650-652.

O’Connor K, Renfrew C: Subcostal transversus abdominis plane block. Anaesthesia 2010;65:91-92.

etersen PL, Mathiesen O, Torup H, Dahl JB. The transversus abdominis plane block: a valuable option

for postoperative analgesia? A topical review. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2010;54:529-535.

Rafi AN. Abdominal field block: a new approach via the lumbar triangle. Anaesthesia.

2001;56(10):1024.

Rozen WM, Tran TM, Ashton MW, et al. Refining the course of the thoracolumbar nerves: a new

understanding of the innervation of the anterior abdominal wall. Clin Anat. 2008;21(4):325.

hibata Y, Sato Y, Fujiwara Y, et al. Transversus abdominis plane block. Anesth Analg.

2007;105(3):883; author reply 883.

uresh S, Chan VW. Ultrasound guided transversus abdominis plane block in infants, children and

adolescents: a simple procedural guide for their performance. Paediatr Anaesth. 2009;19:296-299.

Tran TM, Ivanusic JJ, Hebbard P, et al. Determination of spread of injectate after ultrasound-guided

transversus abdominis plane block: a cadaveric study. Br J Anaesth. 2009;102(1):123.

Walker G: Transversus abdominis plane block: a note of caution! Br J Anaesth 2010;104:265.

Walter EJ, Smith P, Albertyn R, et al. Ultrasound imaging for transversus abdominis blocks.

Anaesthesia. 2008;63(2):211.

PART 2: ULTRASOUND-GUIDED ILIOHYPOGASTRIC AND

ILIOINGUINAL NERVE BLOCKS

General Considerations

Ilioinguinal and iliohypogastric nerves are contained in a well-defined tissue plane between the

transversus abdominis and internal oblique muscles. The ability to easily image the musculature of the

abdominal wall makes blocking these two nerves much more exact than the “feel-based” blind

technique.

Ultrasound Anatomy

Imaging of the abdominal wall medial and superior to the ASIS reveals three muscle layers, separated

by hyperechoic fascia: the outermost external oblique (EOM), the internal oblique (IOM), and the

transversus abdominis muscles (TAM) (Figures 42.2-1A and B). Immediately below transversus

abdominus muscle is the fascia transversalis, located just above the peritoneum and the abdominal

cavity below, easily recognized as moving structures due to peristalsis. The hyperechoic osseous

prominence of the anterior-superior iliac spine (ASIS) is a useful landmark which can be used as a

reference, and is seen on the lateral side of the US image in Figure 42.2-1. The iliohypogastric and

ilioinguinal nerves pierce the TAM above the ilium and lie in the plane between the TAM and the

IOM. They are often seen side by side or up to 1 cm apart, and they typically appear as hypoechoic

ovals. Use of color Doppler may be useful to identify the deep circumflex iliac artery, which lies

adjacent to the nerves in the same plane as an additional landmark useful in identifying the nerves.

FIGURE 42.2-1. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve. (B) Labeled

ultrasound anatomy of the iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve, ASIS, anterior superior iliac spine;

EOM, external oblique muscle; IOM, internal oblique muscle; TAM, transverse abdominal muscle;

IiN, ilioinguinal nerve; IhN, iliohypogastric nerve.

Distribution of Blockade

Block of the iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerves results in anesthesia of the hypogastric region, the

inguinal crease, the upper medial thigh, the mons pubis, part of the labia, the root of the penis, and the

anterior part of the scrotum. There is considerable variation in sensory distribution between

individuals.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (6–18 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray

 Syringe(s) with 20 mL of local anesthetic

 50-100 mm, 21-22 gauge needle

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

The block of the iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerves is done in supine position. Palpation of the

ASIS provides the initial landmark for transducer placment. This block is often performed under

general anesthesia, particularly in pediatric patients.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip in the plane between the IOM and the TAM, and deposit local

anesthetic between the muscle layers.

Technique

With the patient supine, the skin is disinfected and the transducer placed medial to the ASIS, oriented

on a line joining the ASIS with the umbilicus (Figure 42.2-2). The three muscle layers should be

identified. The nerves should appear as hypoechoic ovals between the IOM and TAM muscles.

Moving the transducer slightly cephalad or caudad to trace the nerves can be useful. In addition, color

Doppler may be used to attempt to visualize the deep circumflex iliac artery. A skin wheal is made on

the medial aspect of the transducer, and the needle is inserted in-plane in a medial to lateral

orientation, through the subcutaneous tissue, EOM, and IOM, and is advanced toward the ilioinguinal

and iliohypogastric nerves (Figure 42.1-1B and Figure 42.2-3). A pop may be felt as the needle tip

enters the plane between the muscles. After gentle aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected

to confirm the needle tip position (Figure 42.2-4). When injection of the local anesthetic appears to

be intramuscular, the needle is advanced or withdrawn carefully 1 to 2 mm and another bolus is

administered. This is repeated until the correct needle position is achieved. The block can be done

either with in-plane or out-of-plane needle insertion.

FIGURE 42.2-2. Transducer position to image the ilioinguinal (IiN) and iliohypogastric nerves

(IhN). The transducer is positioned in the immediate vicinity of the anterior superior iliac spine

(ASIS).

FIGURE 42.2-3. Simulated needle path (1) to reach the ilioinguinal (IiN) and iliohypogastric (IhN)

nerves.

FIGURE 42.2-4. Simulated needle path (1) and spread of local anesthetic (area shaded in blue) to

anesthetize the ilioinguinal and iliohypogastric nerves.

TIP

 An out-of-plane technique may be a better option in obese patients. Because the needle tip may not

always be seen throughout the procedure, we recommend administering intermittent small boluses

(0.5–1 mL) as the needle is advanced through the internal oblique muscle, confirming the position of

the needle tip.

In an adult patient, 10 mL of local anesthetic per side is usually sufficient for successful blockade.

In children, a volume of 0.15 mL/kg per side (ropivacaine 0.5%) is adequate for effective analgesia

when using ultrasound guidance.

SUGGESTED READING

Aveline C, Le Hetet H, Le Roux A, Vautier P, Cognet F, Vinet E, Tison C, Bonnet F: Comparison

between ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis plane and conventional ilioinguinal/iliohypogastric

nerve block for day-case open inguinal hernia repair. Br J Anaesth 2011;106:380-6.

Eichenberger U, Greher M, Kirchmair L, Curatolo M, Morggl B: Ultrasound-guided blocks of the

ilioinguinal and iliohypogastric nerve: accuracy of a select new technique confirmaed by anatomical

dissection. Br J Anaesth 2006;97:238-431.

ord S, Dosani M, Robinson AJ, Campbell GC, Ansermino JM, Lim J, Lauder GR: Defining the

reliability of sonoanatomy idenification by novices in ultrasound-guided pediatric ilioinguinal and

iliohypogastric nerve blockade. Anesth Analg 2009;109:1793-8.

Gofeld M, Christakis M: Sonographically guided ilioinguinal nerve block. J Ultrasound Med

2006;25:1571-5.

Gucev G, Yasui GM, Chang TY, Lee J: Bilateral ultrasound-guided continuous ilioinguinaliliohypogastic block for pain relief after cesarean delivery. Anesth Analg 2008;106:1220-2.

Mei W, Jin C, Feng L, Zhang Y, Luo A, Zhang C, Tian Y: Case report: bilateral ultrasound-guided

transversus abdominis plane block combined with ilioinguinal-iliohypogastric nerve block for

cesarean delivery anesthesia. Anesth Analg 2011;113:143-7.

Weintraud M, Lundlab M, Kettner SC, Willschke H, Kapral S, Lonnqvist PA, Koppatz K, Turnheim K,

Bsenberg A, Marhofer P: Ultrasound versus landmark-based technique for ilioinguinaliliohypogastric nerve blockade in children: the implication on plasma levels of ropivacaine. Anesth

Analg 2009;108:1488-92.

PART 3: ULTRASOUND-GUIDED RECTUS SHEATH BLOCK

General Considerations

The rectus sheath block is a useful technique for umbilical surgery, particularly in pediatric patients.

Ultrasound guidance allows for a greater reliability in administering local anesthetic in the correct

plane and decreasing the potential for complications. The placement of the needle is in the proximity

to the peritoneum and the epigastric arteries. Guiding the needle under ultrasound guidance to the

posterior rectus sheath rather than relying on “pops,” such as in the traditional, non-ultrasound

techniques, makes this block more reproducible and reduces the risk of inadvertent peritoneal and

vascular punctures.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The rectus abdominis muscle is oval shaped, positioned under the superficial fascia of the abdomen.

Laterally, the aponeurosis of the external oblique, internal oblique and transversus abdominis muscles

split to form two lamellae that surround the muscle anteriorly and posteriorly (forming the rectus

sheath), before rejoining again in the midline to insert on the linea alba (Figures 42.3-1A and B). The

9th, 10th, and 11th intercostal nerves are located in the space between the rectus abdominis muscle

and its posterior rectus sheath, although they are usually difficult to depict sonographically. Color

Doppler reveals small epigastric arteries in the same plane. Deep to the rectus sheath is preperitoneal

fat, peritoneum, and abdominal content (bowel), which can usually be observed moving with

peristalsis.

FIGURE 42.3-1. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the rectus abdominis sheath. (B) Labeled Ultrasound

anatomy of the rectus abdominis sheath. RAM, rectus abdominis muscle.

Distribution of Blockade

Blockade of the nerves of the rectus sheath results in anesthesia of the periumbilical area (spinal

dermatomes 9, 10, and 11). It is a rather specific, limited region of blockade, hence its specific

indications.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (6–18 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray

 20-mL syringe containing local anesthetic

 50-100 mm, 22-gauge short-bevel needle

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Typically this block is performed in the supine position.

GOAL

The goal is to place the needle tip just posterior to the rectus muscle but anterior to the posterior

rectus sheath. Once the needle tip is positioned correctly, local anesthetic is deposited between

the muscle and posterior rectus sheath, and correct spread is confirmed on ultrasound. An

additional aliquot of local anesthetic is injected just posterior to the sheath.

Technique

With the patient in supine position, the skin is disinfected and the transducer placed at the level of the

umbilicus immediately lateral, in transverse position (Figure 42.3-2). Color Doppler can be used to

identify the epigastric arteries so that their puncture can be avoided. The needle is inserted in-plane in

a medial to lateral orientation, through the subcutaneous tissue, to pearce through the anterior rectus

sheath (Figure 42.3-3). Out-of-plane technique is also suitable and often preferred in obese patients.

The needle is further advanced through the body of the muscle until the tip rests on the posterior rectus

sheath. After negative aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of local anesthetic is injected to verify needle tip location

(Figure 42.3-4). When injection of the local anesthetic appears to be intramuscular, the needle is

advanced 1 to 2 mm and its position is checked by injection of another aliquot of local anesthetic.

This is repeated until the correct needle position is achieved. When a large volume of local anesthetic

is planned (e.g. in combining billateral TAP and rectus abdominis sheath blocks), the described

“hydro-disection” for the purpose of localization of the needle tip can be done using 0.9% saline or

chlorprocaine to decrease the total mass of the more toxic, longer acting local anesthetic.

FIGURE 42.3-2. Transducer position and needle insertion to accomplish rectus sheath block.

FIGURE 42.3-3. Simulated needle path (1) to accomplish the rectus sheath block. Needle tip is

positioned between the posterior aspect of the rectus abdominis muscle (RAM) and the rectus sheath

(posterior aspect).

FIGURE 42.3-4. Simulated needle path (1) and spread of local anesthetic (blue shaded area) to

accomplish the rectus sheath block. Local anesthetic should spread just underneath and within the

posterior aspect of the rectus sheath. RAM, rectus abdominis muscle.

TIP

• An out-of-plane technique can also be used directly through the belly of the rectus muscle.

Because the needle tip may not always be seen throughout the procedure, small boluses of local

anesthetic are injected as the needle is advanced toward the posterior rectus sheath, confirming the

correct position of the needle tip.

In an adult patient, 10 mL of local anesthetic (e.g., 0.5% ropivacaine) per side is usually sufficient

for successful blockade. In children, a volume of 0.1 mL/kg per side is adequate for effective

analgesia.

SUGGESTED READING

Abrahams MS, Horn JL, Noles LM, Aziz MF. Evidence-based medicine: ultrasound guidance for

truncal blocks. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35:S36-42.

Dolan J, Lucie P, Geary T, Smith M, Kenny GN. The rectus sheath block: accuracy of local anesthetic

placement by trainee anesthesiologists using loss of resistance or ultrasound guidance. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2009;34:247-250.

Dolan J, Smith M. Visualization of bowel adherent to the peritoneum before rectus sheath block: another

indication for the use of ultrasound in regional anesthesia. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2009;34:280-281.

Husain NK, Ravalia A. Ultrasound-guided ilio-inguinal and rectus sheath nerve blocks. Anaesthesia.

2006;61:1126.

Kato J, Ueda K, Kondo Y, Aono M, Gokan D, Shimizu M, Ogawa S: Does ultrasound-guided rectus

sheath block reduce adbominal pain in patients with postherpetic neuralgia? Anesth Analg 2011;112:

(3)740-741.

hua DS, Phoo JW, Koay CK. The ultrasound-guided rectus sheath block as an anaesthetic in adult

paraumbilical hernia repair. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2009;37:499-500.

andeman DJ, Dilley AV. Ultrasound-guided rectus sheath block and catheter placement. ANZ J Surg.

2008;78:621-623.

hido A, Imamachi N, Doi K, Sakura S, Saito Y: Continuous local anesthetic infusion through

ultrasound-guided rectus sheath catheters. Can J Anaesth 2010;57:1046-1047.

Tanaka M, Azuma S, Hasegawa Y, et al. Case of inguinal hernia repair with transversus abdominis

plane block and rectus sheath block [in Japanese]. Masui. 2009;58:1306-1309.

Willschke H, Bosenberg A, Marhofer P, et al. Ultrasonography-guided rectus sheath block in paediatric

anaesthesia—a new approach to an old technique. Br J Anaesth. 2006;97:244-249.

PART 4: ULTRASOUND-GUIDED LATERAL FEMORAL

CUTANEOUS NERVE BLOCK

General Considerations

The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve (LFCN) divides into approximately two to five branches

innervating the lateral and upper aspects of the thigh. Many studies have described how the variable

anatomy of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve makes it challenging to perform an effective landmarkbased technique block. Ultrasound guidance, however, allows more accurate needle insertion into the

appropriate fascial plane where lateral femoral cutaneous nerve passes through, allowing for a higher

success rate.

Ultrasound Anatomy

The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve typically is located between the tensor fasciae latae (TFLM) and

sartorius (SaM) muscles, 1 to 2 cm medial and inferior to the anterior superior iliac spine (ASIS) and

0.5 to 1.0 cm deep to the skin surface (Figure 42.4-1). Ultrasound imaging of the lateral femoral

cutaneous nerve yields an oval hypoechoic structure in cross-sectional view. The lateral edge of the

sartorius muscle is a useful landmark, and as such, it can be relied on throughout the procedure.

(Figures 42.4-2A and B). The LFCN branches sometimes may be seen across the anterior margin of

the TFL.

FIGURE 42.4-1. Cross-sectional anatomy of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve (LFCN). Shown are

LFCN, sartorius muscle (SaM), and tensor fascia latae muscle (TFLM).

FIGURE 42.4-2. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve (LFCN). (B)

Labeled ultrasound anatomy of the LFCN.

Distribution of Blockade

Block of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve provides anesthesia or analgesia in the anterolateral

thigh. There is a large variation in the area of sensory coverage among individuals because of the

highly variable course of LFCN and its branches.

Equipment

Equipment needed is as follows:

 Ultrasound machine with linear transducer (6–18 MHz), sterile sleeve, and gel

 Standard nerve block tray

 Syringe(s) with 10 mL of local anesthetic (LA)

 50-mm, 22- to 24-gauge needle

 Sterile gloves

Landmarks and Patient Positioning

Block of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve is performed with the patient in the supine or lateral

position. Palpation of the anterior-superior spine provides the initial landmark for transducer

placement; the transducer is first positioned at 2 cm inferior and medial to the ASIS and adjusted

accordingly. Typically, the nerve is identified slightly more distally in its course. If nerve stimulator

is used, precise identification of the LFCN may be confirmed by eliciting a tingling sensation on the

lateral side of the thigh.

GOAL

The goal is to inject local anesthetic in the plane between the tensor fasciae latae and the sartorius

muscle, typically 1 to 2 cm medial and inferior to the anterior-superior iliac spine.

Technique

With the patient supine, the skin is disinfected and the transducer placed immediately inferior to the

ASIS, parallel to the inguinal ligament (Figure 42.4-3). The tensor fasciae latae and the sartorius

muscle should be identified. The nerve should appear as a small hypoechoic oval structure between

the tensor fasciae latae and the sartorius muscle in a short-axis view. A skin wheal is then made on

the lateral aspect of the transducer, and the needle is inserted in-plane in a lateral to medial

orientation, through the subcutaneous tissue and the tensor fasciae latae muscle (Figure 42.4-4A). A

pop may be felt as the needle tip enters the plane between the tensor fascia latae and sartorius

muscles. After gentle aspiration, 1 to 2 mL of LA is injected to verify the needle tip position. When

the injection of the LA appears to be intramuscular, the needle is withdrawn or advanced 1 to 2 mm

and another bolus is administered. This is repeated until the correct position is achieved by

visualizing the spread of the LA in the described plane between the tensor fasciae latae and sartorius

muscles (Figure 42.4-4B).

FIGURE 42.4-3. Transducer position and needle insertion to accomplish a lateral femoral cutaneous

nerve (LFCN) block.

FIGURE 42.4-4. (A) Simulated needle path (1) to block the LCFN. (B) Simulated needle path (1)

and local anesthetic spread (area shaded in blue) to anesthetize the LFCN.

TIP

An out-of-plane technique can also be used for this nerve block. Because the needle tip may not

be seen throughout the procedure, small boluses of local anesthetic (0.5–1 mL) are injected as

the needle is advanced, to confirm the exact position.

In an adult patient, 5 to 10 mL of LA is usually sufficient for successful blockade. In children, a

volume of 0.15 mL/kg per side is adequate for effective analgesia.

SUGGESTED READING

Bodner G, Bernathova M, Galiano K, Putz D, Martinoli C, Felfernig M. Ultrasound of the lateral

femoral cutaneous nerve: normal findings in a cadaver and in volunteers. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2009;34(3):265-268.

Carai A, Fenu G, Sechi E, Crotti FM, Montella A. Anatomical variability of the lateral femoral

cutaneous nerve: findings from a surgical series. Clin Anat. 2009;22(3):365-370.

Damarey B, Demondion X, Boutry N, Kim HJ, Wavreille G, Cotten A. Sonographic assessment of the

lateral femoral cutaneous nerve. J Clin Ultrasound. 2009;37(2):89-95.

Hara K, Sakura S, Shido A: Ultrasound-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block: comparison of

two techiques. Anaesth Intensive Care 2011;39:69-72.

Hebbard P, Ivanusic J, Sha S. Ultrasound-guided supra-inguinal fascia iliaca block: a cadaveric

evaluation of a novel approach. Anaesthesia. 2011;66(4):300-305.

Hurdle MF, Weingarten TN, Crisostomo RA, Psimos C, Smith J. Ultrasound-guided blockade of the

lateral femoral cutaneous nerve: technical description and review of 10 cases. Arch Phys Med

Rehabil. 2007;88(10):1362-1364.

Ng I, Vaghadia H, Choi PT, Helmy N. Ultrasound imaging accurately identifies the lateral femoral

cutaneous nerve. Anesth Analg. 2008;107(3):1070-1074.

Ropars M, Morandi X, Huten D, Thomazeau H, Berton E, Darnault P. Anatomical study of the lateral

femoral cutaneous nerve with special reference to minimally invasive anterior approach for total hip

replacement. Surg Radiol Anat. 2009;31(3):199-204.

Sürücü HS, Tanyeli E, Sargon MF, Karahan ST. An anatomic study of the lateral femoral cutaneous

nerve. Surg Radiol Anat. 1997;19(5):307-310.

Tumber PS, Bhatia A, Chan VW: Ultrasound-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block for meralgia

paresthetica. Anesth Analg 2008;106:1021-1022.

SECTION 6

Ultrasound-Guided Neuraxial and Perineuraxial Blocks

Chapter 43 Introduction

Chapter 44 Spinal Sonography and Considerations for Ultrasound-Guided Central Neuraxial

Blockade

Chapter 45 Sonography of Thoracic Paravertebral Space and Considerations for Ultrasound-Guided

Thoracic Paravertebral Block

Chapter 46 Ultrasound of the Lumbar Paravertebral Space and Considerations for Lumbar Plexus

Block

43 Introduction

Manoj Karmakar and Catherine Vandepitte

Central neuraxial blocks (CNBs), which include spinal, epidural, combined spinal epidural (CSE),

and caudal epidural injections, are commonly practiced regional anesthesia techniques in the

perioperative period, for obstetric anesthesia and analgesia, as well as for managing chronic pain.1

Traditionally, CNBs are performed using surface anatomic landmarks, operator tactile sensation (loss

of resistance) during needle advancement, and/or visualizing the free flow of cerebrospinal fluid.

Although anatomic landmarks are fortuitous because spinous processes provide a relatively reliable

surface landmark in many patients, they are not always easily recognized or reliable signs in patients

with obesity,2

 edema, underlying spinal deformity, or after back surgery. Even in the absence of spine

abnormalities, data suggest that a clinical estimate of a specific intervertebral space based on the

surface anatomy may not be accurate in many patients.3,4 In other words, a clinical estimate of an

intervertebral space often results in needle placement one or two spinal levels higher than

intended.3,5,6 This estimation error has been attributed as a cause of injury of the conus medullaris or

spinal cord after spinal anesthesia.5,7 The difficulty of identifying the correct level is particularly

present in patients with obesity and when accessing intervertebral space in the upper spinal

levels.3,5,7 Therefore, the Tuffier’s line, a surface anatomic landmark that is used ubiquitously during

CNB, is not a consistent landmark.6

 Moreover, because of the blind nature of the landmark-based

techniques, it is not possible for the operator to predict the ease or difficulty of needle placement

prior to skin puncture. In a study of 300 spinal anesthetics, 15% of attempts were judged to be

technically difficult, and 10% required more than five attempts.8

 In another study including 202

patients who were under 50 years of age, failed CNB was reported in 5% of cases.9

 Thus the need to

establish a more reliable method to identify the spinal levels and needle advancement toward the

neuraxis continues to inspire clinical and imaging studies.

Although a number of surface-based landmarks and nerve stimulation–guided peripheral nerve

block techniques are well established, localization and blockade of the deeper positioned peripheral

nerves and plexi remain largely “blind” procedures (e.g., lumbar plexus block, sciatic block, and

infraclavicular block). This is particularly true with nerve block procedures where nerve stimulation

is not easily accomplished due to the specifics of the anatomy (e.g., deep position) and where the goal

of the procedure is to place the needle in a certain anatomical space, rather than localize the nerves

that are not easily accessible to nerve stimulation (e.g., intercostals blocks, paravertebral blocks, and

fascia iliaca blocks). Consequently, significant research efforts have focused on improving the current

techniques of blockade and establishing more reliable surface landmarks and needle orientation

procedures.10–12 Due to the nature of the surface-based procedures and inherent difficulty with

electrolocalization of deeply positioned peripheral nerves, many of these procedures are not used

commonly and are confined to a few practices where substantial expertise is available. The

introduction of ultrasound guidance in regional anesthesia has sparked a renewed interest in these

procedures.13,14 Ultrasound can be used to depict the location and spatial relationship (e.g., depth) of

the osseous landmarks to help estimate both the correct site as well as the depth of needle insertion.

Imaging of the deep structures as well as structures that are concealed by osseous processes

requires considerable skill and dexterity. In addition, needle visualization and needle–nerve interface

can be challenging because of interference with the osseous structures and depth of the needle

placement. Given these limitations and a close relationship of the nerve structures to the

centroneuroaxis, questions have been raised about the overall safety of ultrasound-guided neuraxial

blocks, lumbar plexus and paravertebral blocks if taught as a standard practice. At the time of this

publication, ultrasound-guided blocks for the purpose of neuraxial anesthesia, and perineuraxially

located nerves and plexi are not well-established. These advanced ultrasound-guided or ultrasoundassisted block techniques are currently practiced only by experts who have spent considerable time

mastering ultrasound anatomy. Often, even the most experienced privately admit that ultrasoundguided centroneuraxial blocks are not practical as a routine practice. For example, in our practice

most centroneuraxial blocks are done without ultrasound guidance, whereas ultrasound is being

increasingly used for lumbar plexus and paraveretebral blocks. For this reason and to avoid imparting

a false impression that these are standard techniques, we have opted to discuss them within the

context of ultrasound anatomy, rather than as well-established procedures. An informed reader then

can make use of the presented anatomical, pharmacological and technical information to devise own

techniques and/or make decisions regarding the applicability of ultrasound in these techniques in

his/her own practice.

REFERENCES

. Cook TM, Counsell D, Wildsmith JA. Major complications of central neuraxial block: report on the

Third National Audit Project of the Royal College of Anaesthetists. Br J Anaesth. 2009;102(2):179-

190.

. Stiffler KA, Jwayyed S, Wilber ST, Robinson A. The use of ultrasound to identify pertinent

landmarks for lumbar puncture. Am J Emerg Med. 2007;25(3):331-334.

. Broadbent CR, Maxwell WB, Ferrie R, Wilson DJ, Gawne-Cain M, Russell R. Ability of

anaesthetists to identify a marked lumbar interspace. Anaesthesia. 2000;55(11):1122-1126.

. Furness G, Reilly MP, Kuchi S. An evaluation of ultrasound imaging for identification of lumbar

intervertebral level. Anaesthesia. 2002;57(3):277-280.

. Holmaas G, Frederiksen D, Ulvik A, Vingsnes SO, Ostgaard G, Nordli H. Identification of thoracic

intervertebral spaces by means of surface anatomy: a magnetic resonance imaging study. Acta

Anaesthesiol Scand. 2006;50(3):368-373.

. Reynolds F. Damage to the conus medullaris following spinal anaesthesia. Anaesthesia.

2001;56(3):238-247.

. Hamandi K, Mottershead J, Lewis T, Ormerod IC, Ferguson IT. Irreversible damage to the spinal

cord following spinal anesthesia. Neurology. 2002;59(4):624-626.

. Tarkkila P, Huhtala J, Salminen U. Difficulties in spinal needle use. Insertion characteristics and

failure rates associated with 25-, 27- and 29-gauge Quincke-type spinal needles. Anaesthesia.

1994;49(8):723-725.

. Seeberger MD, Lang ML, Drewe J, Schneider M, Hauser E, Hruby J. Comparison of spinal and

epidural anesthesia for patients younger than 50 years of age. Anesth Analg. 1994;78(4):667-673.

0. Boezaart AP, Lucas SD, Elliot CE. Paravertebral block: cervical, thoracic, lumbar, and sacral

[review]. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol. 2009; 22(5):637-643.

11. Capdevila X, Coimbra C, Choquet, O. Approaches to the lumbar plexus; success, risks, and

outcome [review]. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2005;30(2):150-162.

12. Capdevila X, Macaire P, Dadure C, et al. Continuous psoas compartment block for postoperative

analgesia after total hip arthroplasty: new landmarks, technical guidelines, and clinical evaluation.

Anesth Analg. 2002;94(6):1606-1613.

13. Seki S, Yamauchi M, Kawamura M, Namiki A, Sato Y, Fujiwara Y. Technical advantages of

ultrasound-guided obturator nerve block compared with the nerve stimulating technique [in Japanese].Masui. 2010;59(6):686-690.

14. Salinas FV. Ultrasound and review of evidence for lower extremity peripheral nerve blocks

[review]. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35(2 Suppl):S16-25.

44

Spinal Sonography and Considerations for Ultrasound-Guided

Central Neuraxial Blockade

Wing Hong Kwok and Manoj Karmakar

Introduction

Ultrasound scanning (US) can offer several advantages when used to guide placement of the needle

for centroneuraxial blocks (CNBs). It is noninvasive, safe, simple to use, can be performed

expeditiously, provides real-time images, is devoid from adverse effects, and it may be beneficial in

patients with abnormal or variant spinal anatomy. When used for chronic pain interventions, US also

eliminates or reduces exposure to radiation. In expert hands, the use of US for epidural needle

insertion was shown to reduce the number of puncture attempts,1–4 improve the success rate of

epidural access on the first attempt,2

 reduce the need to puncture multiple levels,2–4 and improve

patient comfort during the procedure.3

 These advantages led the National Institute of Clinical

Excellence (NICE) in the United Kingdom to recommend the routine use of ultrasound for epidural

blocks.5

 Incorporating these recommendations into clinical practice, however, has met significant

obstacles. As one example, a recent survey of anesthesiologists in the United Kingdom showed that

>90% of respondents were not trained in the use of US to image the epidural space.6

 In this chapter,

we describe techniques of US imaging of the spine, the relevant sonoanatomy, and practical

considerations for using US-guided CNB and nerve blocks close to the centroneuroaxis.

Historical Background

Bogin and Stulin were probably the first to report using US for central neuraxial interventional

procedures.7

 In 1971, they described using US to perform lumbar puncture.7

 Porter and colleagues, in

1978, used US to image the lumbar spine and measure the diameter of the spinal canal in diagnostic

radiology.8

 Cork and colleagues were the first group of anesthesiologists to use US to locate the

landmarks relevant for epidural anesthesia.9

 Thereafter, US was used mostly to preview the spinal

anatomy and measure the distances from the skin to the lamina and epidural space before epidural

puncture.10,11 More recently, Grau and coworkers, from Heidelberg in Germany, conducted a series of

studies, significantly contributing to the current understanding of spinal sonography.1–4,12–15 These

investigators described a two-operator technique consisting of real-time US visualization of neuraxial

space using a paramedian sagittal axis and insertion of the needle through the midline to accomplish a

combined spinal-epidural block.4

 The quality of the US image at the time, however, was substantially

inferior to that of today’s equipment, thus hindering acceptance and further research in this area.

Recent improvements in US technology and image clarity have allowed for much greater clarity

during imaging of the spine and neuraxial structures.16,17

Ultrasound Imaging of the Spine

Basic Considerations

Because the spine is located at a depth, US imaging of the spine typically requires the use of lowfrequency ultrasound (5-2 MHz) and curved array transducers. Low-frequency US provides good

penetration but unfortunately, it lacks the spatial resolution at the depth (5–7 cm) at which the

neuraxial structures are located. The osseous framework of the spine, which envelops the neuraxial

structures, reflects much of the incident US signal before it reaches the spinal canal, presenting

additional challenges in obtaining good quality images. Recent improvements in US technology, the

greater image processing capabilities of US machines, the availability of compound imaging, and the

development of new scanning protocols have improved the ability to image the neuraxial space

significantly. As a result, today it is possible to reasonably accurately delineate the neuraxial anatomy

relevant for CNB. Also of note is that technology once only available in the high-end, cart-based U.S.

systems is now available in portable US devices, making them even more practical for spinal

sonography and US-guided CNB applications.

Ultrasound Scan Planes

Although anatomic planes have already been described elsewhere in this text, the importance of

understanding them for imaging of the neuraxial space dictates another, more detailed review. There

are three anatomical planes: median, transverse, and coronal (Figure 44-1). The median plane is a

longitudinal plane that passes through the midline bisecting the body into equal right and left halves.

The sagittal plane is a longitudinal plane that is parallel to the median plane and perpendicular to the

ground. Therefore, the median plane also can be defined as the sagittal plane that is exactly in the

middle of the body (median sagittal plane). The transverse plane, also known as the axial or

horizontal plane, is parallel to the ground. The coronal plane, also known as the frontal plane, is

perpendicular to the ground. A US scan of the spine can be performed in the transverse (transverse

scan) or longitudinal (sagittal scan) axis with the patient in the sitting, lateral decubitus, or prone

position. The two scanning planes complement each other during a US examination of the spine. A

sagittal scan can be performed through the midline (median sagittal scan) or through a paramedian

(paramedian sagittal scan) plane. Grau et al suggested a paramedian sagittal plane to visualize the

neuraxial structures.12 The US visibility of neuraxial structures can be further improved when the

spine is imaged in the paramedian oblique sagittal. During a paramedian oblique sagittal scan

(PMOSS), the transducer is positioned 2 to 3 cm lateral to the midline (paramedian) in the sagittal

axis and it is also tilted slightly medially, that is, toward the midline (Figure 44-2). The purpose of

the medial tilt is to ensure that the US signal enters the spinal canal through the widest part of the

interlaminar space and not the lateral sulcus of the canal.


FIGURE 44-1. Anatomic planes of the body.


FIGURE 44-2. Paramedian sagittal scan (PMSS) of the lumbar spine. The PMSS is represented by

the red color and the paramedian oblique sagittal axis of scan (PMOSS) is represented by the blue

color. Note how the plane of imaging during a PMOSS is tilted slightly medially. This is done to

ensure that most of the ultrasound energy enters the spinal canal through the widest part of the

interlaminar space. ICV, inferior vena cava; VB, vertebral body; PM, psoas muscle; ESM, erector

spinae muscle.

Sonoanatomy of the Spine

Detailed knowledge of the vertebral anatomy is essential to understand the sonoanatomy of the spine.

Unfortunately, cross-sectional anatomy texts describe the anatomy of the spine in traditional

orthogonal planes, that is, the transverse, sagittal, and coronal planes. This often results in difficulty

interpreting the spinal sonoanatomy because US imaging is generally performed in an arbitrary or

intermediary plane by tilting, sliding, and rotating the transducer. Moreover, currently there are

limited data on spinal sonography or on how to interpret US images of the spine.

Several anatomic models recently became available that can be used to learn musculoskeletal US

imaging techniques (human volunteers), the sonoanatomy relevant for peripheral nerve blocks (human

volunteers or cadavers), and the required interventional skills (tissue mimicking phantoms, fresh

cadavers). However, few models or tools are available to learn and practice spinal sonoanatomy or

the interventional skills required for US-guided CNB. Karmakar and colleagues recently described

the use of a “water-based spine phantom” (Figure 44-3A) to study the osseous anatomy of the

lumbosacral spine16,18 and a “pig carcass phantom” model19 (Figure 44-4A) to practice the hand-eye

coordination skills required to perform US-guided CNB.19 Computer-generated anatomic

reconstruction from the Visible Human Project data set that corresponds to the US scan planes is

another useful way of studying the sonoanatomy of the spine. Multiplanar three-dimensional (3D)

reconstruction from a high-resolution 3D computed tomography (CT) data set of the spine can be used

to study and validate the sonographic appearance of the various osseous elements of the spine (Figure

44-5).


FIGURE 44-3. (A) The water-based spine phantom and sonograms of the spinous process in the (B)

transverse and (C) midsagittal or median axes, and (D) a scan through the interspinous space. SP,

spinous process; ISS, interspinous space; TP, transverse process; AP, articular process; SC, spinal

canal; VB, vertebral body; TS, transverse scan; SS, sagittal scan.


FIGURE 44-4. The “Pig carcass spine phantom” (A) being used to practice central neuraxial blocks

at a workshop, (B) paramedian oblique sagittal sonogram of the lumbar spine, (C) sonogram showing

the tip of a spinal needle in the ITS (intrathecal space), (D) picture showing the efflux of

cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) from the hub of a spinal needle that has been inserted into the ITS. ILS,

interlaminar space.


FIGURE 44-5. Three-dimensional reconstruction of high-resolution computed tomography scan data

set from a lumbar training phantom (CIRS Model 034, CIRS Inc., Norfolk, VA, USA). (A) Median

sagittal scan of the spinous process (SP), (B) transverse interspinous view of the articular process

(AP), transverse process (TP), and facet joint (FJ), (C) paramedian oblique sagittal scan showing the

lamina and interlaminar space (ILS), and (D) paramedian sagittal scan at the level of the articular

processes. ISS, interspinous space.

Water-Based Spine Phantom

The water-based spine phantom18 is based on a model described previously by Greher and

colleagues to study the osseous anatomy of relevance to US-guided lumbar facet nerve block.20 The

model is prepared by immersing a commercially available lumbosacral spine model in a water bath.

A low-frequency curved array transducer submerged into water is used to scan in the transverse and

sagittal axes (Figure 44-3A). Each osseous element of the spine produces a “characteristic”

sonographic pattern. The ability to recognize these sonographic patterns is an important step toward

understanding the sonoanatomy of the spine. Representative US images of the spinous process,

lamina, articular processes, and the transverse process from the water-based spine phantom are

presented in Figures 44-3 and 44-6. The advantage of this water-based spine phantom is that water

produces an anechoic (black) background against which the hyperechoic reflections from the bone are

clearly visualized. The water-based spine phantom allows a see-through real-time visual validation

of the sonographic appearance of a given osseous element by performing the scan with a marker (e.g.,

a needle) in contact with it (Figure 44-6A). The described model is also inexpensive, easily

prepared, requires little time to set up, and can be used repeatedly without deteriorating or

decomposing, as animal tissue-based phantoms do.


FIGURE 44-6. Paramedian sagittal sonogram of the (A) lamina, (B) articular process, and (C)

transverse process from the water-based spine phantom. Note the needle in contact with the lamina in

(A), a method that was used to validate the sonographic appearance of the osseous elements in the

phantom.

Ultrasound Imaging of the Lumbar Spine

Sagittal Scan

The patient is positioned in the sitting, lateral, or prone position with the lumbosacral spine

maximally flexed. The transducer is placed 1 to 2 cm lateral to the spinous process (i.e., in the

paramedian sagittal plane) at the lower back with its orientation marker directed cranially. A slight

tilt medially during the scan is assumed to insonate in a paramedian oblique sagittal plane. First, the

sacrum is identified as a flat hyperechoic structure with a large acoustic shadow anteriorly (Figure

44-7). When the transducer is slid in a cranial direction, a gap is seen between the sacrum and the

lamina of the L5 vertebra, which is the L5-S1 interlaminar space, also referred to as the L5-S1gap

(Figure 44-7).16,17,21 The L3-4 and L4-5 interlaminar spaces can now be located by counting upward

(Figure 44-8).16,17 The erector spinae muscles are hypoechoic and lie superficial to the laminae. The

lamina appears hyperechoic and is the first osseous structure visualized (Figure 44-8). Because bone

impedes the penetration of US, there is an acoustic shadow anterior to each lamina. The sonographic

appearance of the lamina produces a pattern that resembles the head and neck of a horse, which

Karmakar and colleagues referred to as the “horse head sign” (Figures 44-5C, 44-6A, and 44-8).16

The interlaminar space is the gap between the adjoining lamina and is the “acoustic window” through

which the neuraxial structures are visualized within the spinal canal. The ligamentum flavum appears

as a hyperechoic band across adjacent lamina). The posterior dura is the next hyperechoic structure

anterior to the ligamentum flavum, and the epidural space is the hypoechoic area (a few millimeters

wide) between the ligamentum flavum and the posterior dura. The thecal sac with the cerebrospinal

fluid is the anechoic space anterior to the posterior dura (Figure 44-8). The cauda equina, which is

located within the thecal sac, often is seen as multiple horizontal, hyperechoic shadows within the

anechoic thecal sac. Pulsations of the cauda equina are identified in some patients.16,17 The anterior

dura also is hyperechoic, but it is not always easy to differentiate it from the posterior longitudinal

ligament and the vertebral body because they are of similar echogenicity (isoechoic) and especially

closely related. Often, what results is a single, composite, hyperechoic reflection anteriorly that we

refer to as the “anterior complex” (Figure 44-8).16,17 If the transducer slides medially, that is, to the

median sagittal plane, the tips of the spinous processes of the L3-L5 vertebra, which appear as

crescent-shaped structures, are seen (Figures 44-3C, 44-5A, and 44-9).16 The acoustic window

between the spinous processes in the median plane is narrow and may prevent clear visualization of

the neuraxial structures within the spinal canal. In contrast, if the transducer is moved slightly

laterally from the paramedian sagittal plane at the level of the lamina, the articular processes of the

vertebra are seen. The articular processes appear as one continuous, hyperechoic wavy line with no

intervening gaps (Figures 44-5D, 44-6B, and 44-10), as seen at the level of the lamina.16 The

articular processes in a sagittal sonogram produce a sonographic pattern that resembles multiple

camel humps, which are referred to as the “camel hump sign” (Figures 44-6B and 44-10). A sagittal

scan lateral to the articular processes brings the transverse processes of the L3-L5 vertebrae into

view. The transverse processes are recognized by their crescent-shaped hyperechoic reflections with

their concavity facing anteriorly and an acoustic shadow anterior to them (Figures 44-6C and 44-

11).22 This produces a sonographic pattern that we refer to as the “trident sign” because of its

resemblance to the trident (Latin tridens or tridentis) that is often associated with Poseidon, the god

of the sea in Greek mythology, and the Trishula of the Hindu god Shiva (Figure 44-11).22


FIGURE 44-7. Paramedian sagittal sonogram of the lumbosacral junction. The posterior surface of

the sacrum is identified as a flat hyperechoic structure with a large acoustic shadow anterior to it. The

dip or gap between the sacrum and the lamina of L5 is the L5-S1 intervertebral space or the L5-S1

gap. ESM, erector spinae muscle; ES, epidural space; LF, ligamentum flavum; PD, posterior dura;

ITS, intrathecal space; CE, cauda equina; and AC, anterior complex.


FIGURE 44-8. Paramedian oblique sagittal sonogram of the lumbar spine at the level of the lamina

showing the L3-4 and L4-5 interlaminar spaces. Note the hypoechoic epidural space (few millimeters

wide) between the hyperechoic ligamentum flavum and the posterior dura. The intrathecal space is the

anechoic space between the posterior dura and the anterior complex in the sonogram. The cauda

equina nerve fibers are also seen as hyperechoic longitudinal structures within the thecal sac. The

hyperechoic reflections seen in front of the anterior complex are from the intervertebral disc (IVD).

Picture in the inset shows a corresponding computed tomography (CT) scan of the lumbosacral spine

in the same anatomic plane as the ultrasound scan. The CT slice was reconstructed from a threedimensional CT data set from the author’s archive. ESM, erector spinae muscle; ILS, interlaminar

space; LF, ligamentum flavum; ES, epidural space; PD, posterior dura; CE, cauda equina; ITS,

intrathecal space; AC, anterior complex; IVD, intervertebral disc; L3, lamina of L3 vertebra; L4,

lamina of L4 vertebra; L5, lamina of L5 vertebra.


FIGURE 44-9. Median sagittal sonogram of the lumbar spine showing the crescent shaped

hyperechoic reflections of the spinous processes. Note the narrow interspinous space in the midline.

Picture in the inset shows a corresponding computed tomography (CT) scan of the lumbosacral spine

through the median plane. The CT slice was reconstructed from a three-dimensional CT data set from

the author’s archive.


FIGURE 44-10. Paramedian sagittal sonogram of the lumbar spine at the level of the articular

process (AP) of the vertebra. Note the “camel hump” appearance of the articular processes. Picture in

the inset shows a corresponding computed tomography (CT) scan of the lumbosacral spine at the level

of the articular processes. The CT slice was reconstructed from a three-dimensional CT data set from

the author’s archive. ESM, erector spinae muscle; IAP, inferior articular process; SAP, superior

articular process.


FIGURE 44-11. Paramedian sagittal sonogram of the lumbar spine at the level of the transverse

processes (TPs). Note the hyperechoic reflections of the TPs with their acoustic shadow that

produces the “trident sign.” The psoas muscle is seen in the acoustic window between the transverse

processes and is recognized by its typical hypoechoic and striated appearance. Part of the lumbar

plexus is also seen as a hyperechoic shadow in the posterior part of the psoas muscle between the

transverse processes of L4 and L5 vertebra. Picture in the inset shows a corresponding computed

tomography (CT) scan of the lumbosacral spine at the level of the transverse processes. The CT slice

was reconstructed from a three-dimensional CT data set from the author’s archive.

Transverse Scan

For a transverse scan of the lumbar spine, the US transducer is positioned over the spinous process

(transverse spinous process view) with the patient in the sitting or lateral position. On a transverse

sonogram, the spinous process and the lamina on either side are seen as a hyperechoic reflection

anterior to which there is a dark acoustic shadow that completely obscures the underlying spinal canal

and thus the neuraxial structures (Figures 44-3B and 44-12). Therefore, this view is not suitable for

imaging of the neuraxial structures but can be useful for identifying the midline when the spinous

processes cannot be palpated (e.g., in obese patients). However, if the transducer is slid slightly

cranially or caudally, it may be possible to perform a transverse scan through the interspinous space

(transverse interspinous view) (Figures 44-3D, 44-5D, and 44-13).16,23 It is important to tilt the

transducer slightly cranially or caudally to align the US beam to the interspinous space and optimize

the US image. In the transverse interspinous view, the posterior dura, thecal sac, and the anterior

complex can be visualized (from a posterior to anterior direction) within the spinal canal in the

midline and the articular processes, and the transverse processes are visualized laterally (Figure 44-

13).16,23 The ligamentum flavum is rarely visualized in the transverse interspinous view, possibly due

to anisotropy caused by the arch-like attachment of the ligamentum flavum to the lamina. The epidural

space is also less frequently visualized in the transverse interspinous scan than in the PMOSS. The

transverse interspinous view can be used to examine for rotational deformities of the vertebra, such

as in scoliosis. Normally, both the lamina and the articular processes on either side are located

symmetrically (Figures 44-3D, 44-5D, and 44-13). However, if there is asymmetry, then a rotational

deformity of the vertebral column24 should be suspected and the operator can anticipate a potentially

difficult CNB.


FIGURE 44-12. Transverse sonogram of the lumbar spine with the transducer positioned directly

over the spinous process (i.e., transverse spinous process view). Note the acoustic shadow of the

spinous process and lamina that completely obscures the spinal canal and the neuraxial structures.

Picture in the inset shows a corresponding computed tomography (CT) scan of the lumbar vertebra.

The CT slice was reconstructed from a three-dimensional CT data set from the author’s archive. SP,

spinous process; ESM, erector spinae muscle.

IGURE 44-13. Transverse sonogram of the lumbar spine with the transducer positioned such that

the ultrasound beam is insonated through the interspinous space (i.e., transverse interspinous view).

The epidural space, posterior dura, intrathecal space, and the anterior complex are visible in the

midline, and the articular process (AP) is visible laterally on either side of the midline. Note how the

articular processes on either side are symmetrically located. Picture in the inset shows a

corresponding computed tomography (CT) scan of the lumbar vertebra. The CT slice was

reconstructed from a three-dimensional CT data set from the author’s archive. ESM, erector spinae

muscle; ES, epidural space; PD, posterior dura; ITS, intrathecal space; AC, anterior complex; VB,

vertebral body.

Ultrasound Imaging of the Thoracic Spine

US imaging of the thoracic spine is more challenging than imaging the lumbar spine; the ability to

visualize the neuraxial structures with US may vary with the level at which the imaging is performed.

Regardless of the level at which the scan is performed, the thoracic spine is probably best imaged

with the patient in the sitting position. In the lower thoracic region (T9-12), the sonographic

appearance of the neuraxial structures is comparable to that in the lumbar region because of

comparable vertebral anatomy (Figure 44-14). However, the acute angulation of the spinous

processes and the narrow interspinous and interlaminar spaces in the midthoracic region results in a

narrow acoustic window with limited visibility of the underlying neuraxial anatomy (Figure 44-15).

In the only published report describing US imaging of the thoracic spine, Grau and colleagues13

performed US imaging of the thoracic spine at the T5-6 level in young volunteers and correlated

findings with matching magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) images. They reported that the transverse

axis produced the best images of the neuraxial structures. Epidural space, however, was best

visualized in the paramedian scans.13 Regardless, US was limited in being able to delineate the

epidural space or the spinal cord but was better than MRI in demonstrating the posterior dura.13 The

transverse interspinous view, however, is almost impossible to obtain in the midthoracic region, and

therefore the transverse scan provides little useful information for CNB other than to help identify the

midline. In contrast, PMOSS, despite the narrow acoustic window, provides more useful information

relevant for CNB. The laminae are seen as flat hyperechoic structures with acoustic shadowing

anteriorly, and the posterior dura is consistently visualized in the acoustic window (Figures 44-14

and 44-15). However, the epidural space, spinal cord, central canal, and the anterior complex are

difficult to delineate in the midthoracic region (Figure 44-15).


FIGURE 44-14. Paramedian oblique sagittal sonogram of the lower-thoracic spine. Note the narrow

acoustic window through which the ligamentum flavum (LF), posterior dura (PD), epidural space

(ES), and anterior complex (AC) are visible. Picture in the inset shows a sagittal sonogram of the

thoracic spine from the water-based spine phantom. ILS, interlaminar space.


FIGURE 44-15. Paramedian oblique sagittal sonogram of the midthoracic spine. The posterior dura

(PD) and the anterior complex (AC) are visible through the narrow acoustic window. Picture in the

inset shows a corresponding computed tomography (CT) scan of the midthoracic spine. The CT slice

was reconstructed from a three-dimensional CT data set from the author’s archive. ILS, interlaminar

space; LF, ligamentum flavum.

Ultrasound Imaging of the Sacrum

Usually, US imaging of the sacrum is performed to identify the sonoanatomy relevant for a caudal

epidural injection.25 Because the sacrum is a superficial structure, a high-frequency linear array

transducer can be used for the scan.16,25 The patient is positioned in the lateral or prone position with

a pillow under the abdomen to flex the lumbosacral spine. The caudal epidural space is the

continuation of the lumbar epidural space and commonly accessed via the sacral hiatus. The sacral

hiatus is located at the distal end of the sacrum, and its lateral margins are formed by the two sacral

cornua covered by the sacrococcygeal ligament. On a transverse sonogram of the sacrum at the level

of the sacral hiatus, the sacral cornua are seen as two hyperechoic reversed U-shaped structures, one

on either side of the midline (Figure 44-16).16,25 Connecting the two sacral cornua, and deep to the

skin and subcutaneous tissue, is a hyperechoic band, the sacrococcygeal ligament.16,25 Anterior to the

sacrococcygeal ligament is another hyperechoic linear structure, which represents the posterior

surface of the sacrum. The hypoechoic space between the sacrococcygeal ligament and the bony

posterior surface of the sacrum is the caudal epidural space. The two sacral cornua and the posterior

surface of the sacrum produce a pattern on the sonogram that we refer to as the “frog eye sign”

because of its resemblance to the eyes of a frog (Figure 44-16).16 On a sagittal sonogram of the

sacrum at the level of the sacral cornua, the sacrococcygeal ligament, the base of sacrum, and the

caudal canal are also clearly visualized (Figure 44-17).16


FIGURE 44-16. Transverse sonogram of the sacrum at the level of the sacral hiatus. Note the two

sacral cornua and the hyperechoic sacrococcygeal ligament that extends between the two sacral

cornua. The hypoechoic space between the sacrococcygeal ligament and the posterior surface of the

sacrum is the sacral hiatus. Figures in the inset (B) shows the sacral cornua from the water-based

spine phantom, (C) shows a three-dimensional (3D) reconstructed image of the sacrum at the level of

the sacral hiatus from a 3D CT data set from the author’s archive, and (D) shows a transverse CT

slice of the sacrum at the level of the sacral cornua.


FIGURE 44-17. Sagittal sonogram of the sacrum at the level of the sacral hiatus. Note the

hyperechoic sacrococcygeal ligament that extends from the sacrum to the coccyx and the acoustic

shadow of the sacrum that completely obscures the sacral canal. Figures in the inset: (B) shows the

sacral hiatus from the water-based spine phantom, (C) shows a three-dimensional (3D) reconstructed

image of the sacrum at the level of the sacral hiatus from a 3D CT data set from the author’s archive,

and (D) shows a sagittal CT slice of the sacrum at the level of the sacral cornua.

Technical Aspects of Ultrasound-Guided Central Neuraxial Blocks

"USG CNB can be performed as an off-line or in-line technique. Off-line technique involves

performing a pre-puncture scan (scout scan) to preview the spinal anatomy, determine the optimal

site, depth and trajectory for needle insertion before performing a traditional spinal or epidural

injection.26,27 In contrast, an in-line technique involves performing a real-time USG CNB by a

single17 or two4

 operators." Real-time US-guided CNB demands a high degree of manual dexterity

and hand–eye coordination. Therefore, the operator should have sound knowledge of the basics of

US, be familiar with the sonoanatomy of the spine and scanning techniques, and have the necessary

interventional skills before attempting a real-time US-guided CNB. At this time, there are no data on

the safety of the US gel if it is introduced into the meninges or the nervous tissues during US-guided

regional anesthesia procedures. Therefore, it is difficult to make recommendations; although some

clinicians have resorted to using a sterile normal saline solution applied using sterile swabs as an

alternative coupling agent to keep the skin moist under the footprint of the transducer.17

TIPS

 The use of saline instead of US gel results in a slight deterioration of the quality of the US image

compared with that obtained during the scout scan. This can be compensated for by manually

adjusting the overall gain and compression settings.

 While preparing the US transducer, a thin layer of sterile US gel is applied onto the footprint of the

transducer and covered with a sterile transparent dressing, making sure no air is trapped between the

footprint and the dressing. The transducer and its cable are then covered with a sterile plastic sleeve.

 All of these additional steps that go into preparing the equipment during an US-guided CNB may

increase the potential for infection via contamination. Therefore, strict asepsis must be maintained,

and we recommend that local protocols be established for US-guided CNB.

 Several custom covers for use in regional anesthesia recently were introduced and make a significant

improvement over the improvised techniques of covering the transducer.

Spinal Injection

There are limited data in the published medical literature on the use of US for spinal (intrathecal)

injections,28,29 although US has been reported to guide lumbar punctures by radiologists30 and

emergency physicians.31 Most available data are anecdotal case reports.28,29,32–34 Yeo and French, in

1999, were the first to describe the successful use of US to assist spinal injection in a patient with

abnormal spinal anatomy.34 They used US to locate the vertebral midline in a parturient with severe

scoliosis with Harrington rods in situ.34 Yamauchi and colleagues describe using US to preview the

neuraxial anatomy and measure the distance from the skin to the dura in a postlaminectomy patient

before the intrathecal injection was performed under X-ray guidance.33 Costello and Balki described

using US to facilitate spinal injection by locating the L5-S1 gap in a parturient with poliomyelitis and

previous Harrington rod instrumentation of the spine.28 Prasad and colleagues report using US to

assist spinal injection in a patient with obesity, scoliosis, and multiple previous back surgeries with

instrumentation.29 More recently, Chin and colleagues32 described real-time US-guided spinal

anesthesia in two patients with abnormal spinal anatomy (one had lumbar scoliosis and the other had

undergone spinal fusion surgery at the L2-3 level).

Lumbar Epidural Injection

US imaging can be used to preview the underlying spinal anatomy2–4 or to guide the Tuohy needle in

real time17 during a lumbar epidural access. Moreover, real-time US guidance for epidural access can

be performed by a single17 or two4

 operators. In the latter technique, described by Grau and

colleagues4

 for combined spinal epidural anesthesia, one operator performs the US scan via the

paramedian axis while the other carries the needle insertion through the mid-line approach using a

“loss-of-resistance” technique.4

 Using this approach, Grau and colleagues reported the ability to

visualize the advancing epidural needle despite different axes of the US scan and needle insertion.4

They were able to visualize the dural puncture in all patients, as well as dural tenting in a few cases,

during the needle-through-needle spinal puncture.4

Karmakar and colleagues recently described a technique of real-time, US guided epidural injection

in conjunction with loss of resistance (LOR) to saline.17 The epidural access was performed by a

single operator, and the epidural needle was inserted in the plane of the US beam via the paramedian

axis.17 Generally, it is possible to visualize the advancing epidural needle in real time until it engages

in the ligamentum flavum.17 The need for a second operator to perform the LOR can be circumvented

by using a spring-loaded syringe (e.g., Episure AutoDetect syringe, Indigo Orb, Inc., Irvine, CA,

USA), with an internal compression spring that applies constant pressure on the plunger (Figure 44-

18).17 Anterior displacement of the posterior dura and widening of the posterior epidural space are

the most frequently visualized changes within the spinal canal. Compression of the thecal sac can be

seen occasionally.17 These ultrasonographic signs of a correct epidural injection were previously

described in children.35 The neuraxial changes that occur within the spinal canal following the “loss

of resistance” to saline may have clinical significance.17 Despite the ability to use real-time US for

establishing epidural access, visualization of an indwelling epidural catheter in adults proved to be

more challenging. Occasionally, anterior displacement of the posterior dura and widening of the

posterior epidural space after an epidural bolus injection via the catheter can be observed and can be

used as a surrogate marker of the location of the catheter tip. Grau and colleagues postulated that this

may be related to the small diameter and poor echogenicity of conventional epidural catheters.15 It

remains to be seen whether or not the imminent development of echogenic needles and catheters will

have an impact on the ability to visualize epidurally placed catheters.


FIGURE 44-18. Paramedian oblique sagittal sonogram of the lumbar spine showing the sonographic

changes within the spinal canal after the “loss of resistance” to saline. Note the anterior displacement

of the posterior dura, widening of the posterior epidural space, and compression of the thecal sac.

The cauda equina nerve roots are also now better visualized within the compressed thecal sac in this

patient. Picture in the inset shows how the Episure AutoDetect syringe was used to circumvent the

need for a third hand for the “loss of resistance.”

Thoracic Epidural Injection

There are no published data on USG thoracic epidural blocks. This lack may be due to the poor US

visibility of the neuraxial structures in the thoracic region compared with the lumbar region (see

previous section) and the associated technical difficulties. However, despite the narrow acoustic

window, the lamina, the interlaminar space, and the posterior dura are visualized consistently when

using the paramedian axis (Figures 44-14 and 44-15). The epidural space is more difficult to

delineate, but it also is best visualized in a paramedian scan.13 As a result, a US-assisted technique

can be used to perform thoracic epidural catheterization via the paramedian window. In this

approach, the patient is positioned in the sitting position and a PMOSS is performed at the desired

thoracic level with the orientation marker of the transducer directed cranially. Under strict aseptic

precautions (described previously) the Tuohy needle is inserted via the paramedian axis in real time

and in the plane of the US beam. The needle is advanced steadily until it contacts the lamina or enters

the interlaminar space. At this point, the US transducer is removed and a traditional loss of resistance

to saline technique is used to access the epidural space. Because the lamina is relatively superficial

in the thoracic region, it is possible to visualize the advancing Tuohy needle in real time. Preliminary

experience with this approach indicates that US may improve the likelihood of thoracic epidural

access on the first attempt. However, more research to compare the US-assisted technique as

described with the traditional approach is necessary before more definitive recommendations on the

utility and safety of US for this indication can be made.

Caudal Epidural Injection

For an USG caudal epidural injection, a transverse (Figure 44-16) or sagittal (Figure 44-17) scan is

performed at the level of the sacral hiatus. Because the sacral hiatus is a superficial structure, a highfrequency (13-6 MHz) linear array transducer is used for the scan as described previously. The

needle can be inserted in the short (out-of-plane) or long axis (in-plane). For a long-axis needle

insertion, a sagittal scan is performed and the passage of the block needle through the sacrococcygeal

ligament into the sacral canal is visualized in real time (Figure 44-19). However, because the sacrum

impedes the travel of the US, there is a large acoustic shadow anteriorly, which makes it impossible

to visualize the tip of the needle or the spread of the injectate within the sacral canal. An inadvertent

intravascular injection, which reportedly occurs in 5 to 9% of procedures, cannot be detected using

US. As a result, the clinician still should factor in traditional clinical signs such as the “pop” or

“give” as the needle traverses the sacrococcygeal ligament, ease of injection, absence of

subcutaneous swelling, “whoosh test,” nerve stimulation, or assessing the clinical effects of the

injected drug to confirm the correct needle placement. Chen and colleagues reported a 100% success

rate in placing a caudal needle under US guidance as confirmed by contrast fluoroscopy.25 This report

is encouraging, considering that even in experienced hands, failure to place a needle in the caudal

epidural space successfully is as high as 25%.25,36 More recently, Chen and colleagues37 described

using US imaging as a screening tool during caudal epidural injections.37 In their cohort of patients,

the mean diameter of the sacral canal at the sacral hiatus was 5.3 + 2 mm and the distance between the

sacral cornua (bilateral) was 9.7 + 1.9 mm.37 These researchers also identified that the presence of

sonographic features such as a closed sacral hiatus and a sacral canal diameter of around 1.5 mm are

associated with a greater probability for failure.37 Based on the published data, it can be concluded

that US guidance, despite its limitation, can be useful as an adjunct tool for caudal epidural needle

placement and has the potential to improve technical outcomes and minimize failure rates and

exposure to radiation in the chronic pain setting, and therefore it deserves further investigation.


FIGURE 44-19. Sagittal sonogram of the sacrum at the level of the sacral hiatus during a real-time

ultrasound-guided caudal epidural injection. Note the hyperechoic sacrococcygeal ligament and the

block needle that has been inserted in the plane (in-plane) of the ultrasound beam. Picture in the inset

shows the position and orientation of the transducer and the direction in which the block needle was

inserted.

Clinical Utility of Ultrasound for Central Neuraxial Blocks

Outcome data on the use of US for CNB are limited and have primarily focused on the lumbar region.

Most studies to date evaluated the utility of an out-of-plane prepuncture US scan or scout scan. A

scout scan allows the operator to identify the midline23 and accurately determine the interspace for

needle insertion,16,17,21 which are useful in patients in whom anatomic landmarks are difficult to

palpate, such as in those with obesity,1,38 edema of the back, or abnormal anatomy (scoliosis,1,39

postlaminectomy surgery,33 or spinal instrumentation).28,29,34 It also allows the operator to preview

the neuraxial anatomy,2–4,17,40 identify asymptomatic spinal abnormalities such as in spina bifida,41

predict the depth to the epidural space,2,3,9,10 particularly in obese patients,26 identify ligamentum

flavum defects,42 and determine the optimal site and trajectory for needle insertion.3,15 Cumulative

evidence suggests that a US examination performed before the epidural puncture improves the success

rate of epidural access on the first attempt,2

 reduces the number of puncture attempts1–4 or the need to

puncture multiple levels,2–4 and also improves patient comfort during the procedure.3

 A scan can be

useful in patients with presumed difficult epidural access, such as in those with a history of difficult

epidural access, obesity, and kyphosis or scoliosis of the lumbar spine.1

 When used for obstetric

epidural anesthesia, US guidance was reported to improve the quality of analgesia, reduce side

effects, and improve patient satisfaction.1,4 A scout scan may also improve the learning curve of

students for epidural blocks in parturients.14 Currently, there are limited data on the utility of realtime US guidance for epidural access,4,17 although the preliminary reports indicate it may improve

technical outcomes.4

Education and Training

Learning US-guided CNB techniques takes time and patience. Regardless of the technique used, USguided CNB and, in particular, real-time US-guided CNB, are advanced techniques and are by far the

most difficult USG interventions. Likewise, peri-centroneuraxial blocks, such as lumbar plexus and

paravertebral blocks, also demand a high degree of manual dexterity, hand–eye coordination, and an

ability to conceptualize two-dimensional information into a 3D image. Therefore, before attempting to

perform a US-guided CNB or peri-centroneuraxial blocks, the operator should have knowledge of the

basics of US, be familiar with the sonoanatomy of the spine and lumbar plexus, and have the

necessary interventional skills. It is advisable to start by attending a course or workshop tailored for

this purpose where the operator can learn the basic scanning techniques, spinal sonoanatomy, and the

interventional skills. More experience in spinal sonography can also be acquired by scanning human

volunteers.43

Today, there are several models (phantoms) for practicing US-guided central neuraxial

interventions. The “water-based spine phantom”18 is useful for learning the osseous anatomy of the

spine, but it is not a good model for learning US-guided spinal interventions because it lacks tissue

mimicking properties. Spinal and paraspinal sonography is often taught at workshops, but they are not

suitable for practicing actual techniques. Fresh cadaver courses are available, and they allow

participants to study the neuraxial sonoanatomy and practice US-guided CNB with realistic haptic

feedback, but they may be limited by the quality of the US images. However, such courses are

uncommon and conducted in anatomy departments with the cadavers in a position that rarely mimics

what is practiced in the operating room. Anesthetized pigs can also be used, but animal ethics

approval is required and, for the organizers, a license from the local health department to conduct

such workshops. They entail infectious precautions, and religious beliefs may preclude its use as a

model. Moreover, such workshops are conducted in designated animal laboratories that are typically

small and not suited to accommodate large groups of participants. To circumvent some of these

problems, the group at the Chinese University Hong Kong recently introduced the “pig carcass spine

phantom,” (Figure 44-4),19 an excellent model that can be used in conference venues and provides

excellent tactile and visual feedback.19 The limitation of the “pig carcass spine phantom” is that it is a

decapitated model and there is loss of cerebrospinal fluid during the preparation process. This

presentation results in air artifacts and loss of contrast within the spinal canal during spinal

sonography unless the thecal sac is cannulated at its cranial end and continuously irrigated with fluid

(normal saline), a process that requires surgical dissection to isolate the thecal sac. Therefore, an “in

vitro” model that can facilitate the learning of the scanning techniques and the hand–eye coordination

skills required for real-time US-guided CNB is highly desirable. A low-cost gelatin-based US

phantom of the lumbosacral spine recently was proposed.44 However, the gelatin phantom is soft in

consistency, lacks tissue-mimicking echogenic properties, does not provide a haptic feedback, is

easily contaminated with mold and bacteria, and needle track marks limit its usefulness,44 all of

which preclude its extended use. Karmakar and colleagues recently developed a “gelatin-agar spine

phantom” that overcomes some of the drawbacks of the gelatin-based spine phantom. It is

mechanically stable, has a tissue-like texture and echogenicity, needle track marks are less of a

problem, and it can be used over extended periods of time to study the osseous anatomy of the

lumbosacral spine and to practice the hand–eye coordination skills required to perform US-guided

CNB.45

Once the basic skills are attained, it is best to start by performing US-guided spinal injections,

under supervision, before progressing to performing epidural blocks. Real-time US-guided epidurals

can be technically challenging, even for an experienced operator. If there is no experience in USguided CNB locally, it is advisable to visit a center where such interventions are practiced. At this

time, there is no knowledge of the length of the learning curve for US-guided CNB or how many such

interventions are needed to become proficient in performing real-time US-guided CNB. Further

research in this area is warranted.

Conclusion

US-guided CNB is a promising alternative to traditional landmark-based techniques. It is

noninvasive, safe, simple to use, can be quickly performed, does not involve exposure to radiation,

provides real-time images, and is free from adverse effects. Experienced sonographers are able to

visualize neuraxial structures with satisfactory clarity using US, and the understanding of spinal

sonoanatomy continues to be clarified. A scout scan allows the operator to preview the spinal

anatomy, identify the midline, locate a given intervertebral level, accurately predict the depth to the

epidural space, and determine the optimal site and trajectory for needle insertion. Use of US also

improves the success rate of epidural access on the first attempt, reduces the number of puncture

attempts or the need to puncture multiple levels, and improves patient comfort during the procedure. It

is an excellent teaching tool for demonstrating the anatomy of the spine and improves the learning

curve of epidural blocks in parturients. US guidance also may allow the use of CNB in patients who

in the past may have been considered unsuitable for such procedures due to abnormal spinal anatomy.

However, US guidance for CNB is still in its early stages of development, and evidence to support its

use is sparse. The initial experience suggests that US-guided CNB is technically demanding, and,

therefore, unlikely to replace traditional methods of performing CNB in the near future because

traditional methods are well established as simple, safe, and effective in most patients. We envision

that as US technology continues to improve and as more anesthesiologists embrace it and acquire the

skills necessary to perform US-guided interventions, US-guided CNB may become the standard of

care in the future.

REFERENCES

. Grau T, Leipold RW, Conradi R, Martin E. Ultrasound control for presumed difficult epidural

puncture. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2001;45(6):766-771.

. Grau T, Leipold RW, Conradi R, Martin E, Motsch J. Ultrasound imaging facilitates localization of

the epidural space during combined spinal and epidural anesthesia. Reg Anesth Pain Med.

2001;26(1):64-67.

. Grau T, Leipold RW, Conradi R, Martin E, Motsch J. Efficacy of ultrasound imaging in obstetric

epidural anesthesia. J Clin Anesth. 2002;14(3):169-175.

. Grau T, Leipold RW, Fatehi S, Martin E, Motsch J. Real-time ultrasonic observation of combined

spinal-epidural anaesthesia. Eur J Anaesthesiology. 2004;21(1):25-31.

. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). Ultrasound Guided Epidural

Catheterization of the Epidural Space: Understanding NICE Guidance. January 2008.

http://guidance.nice.org.uk/IPG249/Guidance/pdf/English

. Mathieu S, Dalgleish DJ. A survey of local opinion of NICE guidance on the use of ultrasound in the

insertion of epidural catheters. Anaesthesia. 2008;63(10):1146-1147.

. Bogin IN, Stulin ID. Application of the method of 2-dimensional echospondylography for determining

landmarks in lumbar punctures. Zh Nevropatol Psikhiatr Im S S Korsakova. 1971;71:1810-1811.

. Porter RW, Wicks M, Ottewell D. Measurement of the spinal canal by diagnostic ultrasound. J Bone

Joint Surg Br. 1978;60-B(4):481-484.

. Cork RC, Kryc JJ, Vaughan RW. Ultrasonic localization of the lumbar epidural space.

Anesthesiology. 1980;52(6):513-516.

0. Currie JM. Measurement of the depth to the extradural space using ultrasound. Br J Anaesth.

1984;56(4):345-347.

1. Wallace DH, Currie JM, Gilstrap LC, Santos R. Indirect sonographic guidance for epidural

anesthesia in obese pregnant patients. Reg Anesth. 1992;17(4):233-236.

2. Grau T, Leipold RW, Horter J, Conradi R, Martin EO, Motsch J. Paramedian access to the epidural

space: the optimum window for ultrasound imaging. J Clin Anesth. 2001;13(3):213-217.

3. Grau T, Leipold RW, Delorme S, Martin E, Motsch J. Ultrasound imaging of the thoracic epidural

space. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2002;27(2):200-206.

4. Grau T, Bartusseck E, Conradi R, Martin E, Motsch J. Ultrasound imaging improves learning curves

in obstetric epidural anesthesia: a preliminary study. Can J Anaesth. 2003;50(10):1047-1050.

5. Grau T. The evaluation of ultrasound imaging for neuraxial anesthesia. Can J Anaesth.

2003;50(6):R1-R8.

6. Karmakar MK. Ultrasound for central neuraxial blocks. Techniques Reg Anesth Pain Manage.

2009;13(3):161-170.

7. Karmakar MK, Li X, Ho AM, Kwok WH, Chui PT. Real-time ultrasound-guided paramedian

epidural access: evaluation of a novel in-plane technique. Br J Anaesth. 2009;102(6):845-854.

8. Karmakar MK, Li X, Kwok WH, Ho AM, Ngan Kee WD. The “water-based-spine-phantom”—a

small step towards learning the basics of spinal sonography. Br J Anaesth. Available at:

http://bja.oxfordjournals.org/cgi/qa-display/short/brjana_el;4114.

9. Kwok WH, Chui PT, Karmakar MK. Pig carcass spine phantom—a model to learn ultrasound

guided neuraxial interventions. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2010;35(5):472-473.

0. Greher M, Scharbert G, Kamolz LP et al. Ultrasound-guided lumbar facet nerve block: a

sonoanatomic study of a new methodologic approach. Anesthesiology. 2004;100(5):1242-1248.

1. Furness G, Reilly MP, Kuchi S. An evaluation of ultrasound imaging for identification of lumbar

intervertebral level. Anaesthesia. 2002;57(3):277-280.

2. Karmakar MK, Ho AM, Li X, Kwok WH, Tsang K, Kee WD. Ultrasound-guided lumbar plexus

block through the acoustic window of the lumbar ultrasound trident. Br J Anaesth. 2008;100(4):533-

537.

3. Carvalho JC. Ultrasound-facilitated epidurals and spinals in obstetrics. Anesthesiol Clin.

2008;26(1):145-158.

4. Suzuki S, Yamamuro T, Shikata J, Shimizu K, Iida H. Ultrasound measurement of vertebral rotation

in idiopathic scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1989;71(2):252-255.

5. Chen CP, Tang SF, Hsu TC, et al. Ultrasound guidance in caudal epidural needle placement.

Anesthesiology. 2004;101(1):181-184.

6. Balki M, Lee Y, Halpern S, Carvalho JC. Ultrasound imaging of the lumbar spine in the transverse

plane: the correlation between estimated and actual depth to the epidural space in obese parturients.

Anesth Analg. 2009;108(6):1876-1881.

7. Chin KJ, Perlas A, Singh M, et al. An ultrasound-assisted approach facilitates spinal anesthesia for

total joint arthroplasty. Can J Anaesth. 2009;56(9):643-650.

8. Costello JF, Balki M. Cesarean delivery under ultrasound-guided spinal anesthesia [corrected] in a

parturient with poliomyelitis and Harrington instrumentation. Can J Anaesth. 2008;55(9):606-611.

9. Prasad GA, Tumber PS, Lupu CM. Ultrasound guided spinal anesthesia. Can J Anaesth.

2008;55(10):716-717.

30. Coley BD, Shiels WE, Hogan MJ. Diagnostic and interventional ultrasonography in neonatal and

infant lumbar puncture. Pediatr Radiol. 2001;31(6):399-402.

31. Peterson MA, Abele J. Bedside ultrasound for difficult lumbar puncture. J Emerg Med.

2005;28(2):197-200.

32. Chin KJ, Chan VW, Ramlogan R, Perlas A. Real-time ultrasound-guided spinal anesthesia in

patients with a challenging spinal anatomy: two case reports. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand.

2010;54(2):252-255.

33. Yamauchi M, Honma E, Mimura M, Yamamoto H, Takahashi E, Namiki A. Identification of the

lumbar intervertebral level using ultrasound imaging in a post-laminectomy patient. J Anesth.

2006;20(3):231-233.

34. Yeo ST, French R. Combined spinal-epidural in the obstetric patient with Harrington rods assisted

by ultrasonography. Br J Anaesth. 1999;83(4):670-672.

35. Rapp HJ, Folger A, Grau T. Ultrasound-guided epidural catheter insertion in children. Anesth

Analg. 2005;101(2):333-339.

36. Tsui BC, Tarkkila P, Gupta S, Kearney R. Confirmation of caudal needle placement using nerve

stimulation. Anesthesiology. 1999;91(2):374-378.

37. Chen CP, Wong AM, Hsu CC, et al. Ultrasound as a screening tool for proceeding with caudal

epidural injections. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2010;91(3):358-363.

38. Stiffler KA, Jwayyed S, Wilber ST, Robinson A. The use of ultrasound to identify pertinent

landmarks for lumbar puncture. Am J Emerg Med. 2007;25(3):331-334.

39. McLeod A, Roche A, Fennelly M. Case series: Ultrasonography may assist epidural insertion in

scoliosis patients. Can J Anaesth. 2005;52(7):717-720.

40. Arzola C, Davies S, Rofaeel A, Carvalho JC. Ultrasound using the transverse approach to the

lumbar spine provides reliable landmarks for labor epidurals. Anesth Analg. 2007;104(5):1188-

1192.

41. Asakura Y, Kandatsu N, Hashimoto A, Kamiya M, Akashi M, Komatsu T. Ultrasound-guided

neuroaxial anesthesia: accurate diagnosis of spina bifida occulta by ultrasonography. J Anesth.

2009;23(2):312-313.

42. Lee Y, Tanaka M, Carvalho JC. Sonoanatomy of the lumbar spine in patients with previous

unintentional dural punctures during labor epidurals. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2008;33(3):266-270.

43. Margarido CB, Arzola C, Balki M, Carvalho JC. Anesthesiologists’ learning curves for ultrasound

assessment of the lumbar spine. Can J Anaesth. 2010;57(2):120-126.

44. Bellingham GA, Peng PWH. A low-cost ultrasound phantom of the lumbosacral spine. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2010;35(3):290-293.

45. Li JW, Karmakar MK, LI X, Kwok WH, Ngan Kee WD. The “Gelatin-agar Lumbosacral Spine

Phantom”—a simple model for learning the basic skills required to perform real-time

sonographically guided central neuraxial blocks. J Ultrasound Med. 2011 Feb;30(2):263-72.

45

Sonography of Thoracic Paravertebral Space and Considerations

for Ultrasound-Guided Thoracic Paravertebral Block

Catherine Vandepitte, Tatjana Stopar Pintaric, and Philippe E. Gautier

Thoracic paravertebral block (PVB) is a well-established technique for perioperative analgesia in

patients having thoracic, chest wall, or breast surgery or for pain management with rib fractures.

Ultrasound guidance can be used to help identify the paravertebral space (PVS) and needle

placement, and to monitor the spread of the local anesthetic. Importantly, interference of the closely

related osseous structures with ultrasound imaging and the proximity of the highly vulnerable

neuraxial structures make it imperative that all well-described technique precautions are exercised,

regardless of the ultrasound imaging. In this chapter, we describe general principles of thoracic PVB,

rather than propose a cookbook with specific techniques and step-by-step directions. The reader is

advised to use the anatomic information and techniques presented here to devise an approach in line

with own clinical experience.

Anatomy and General Considerations

Thoracic PVB is accomplished by an injection of local anaesthetic into the PVS, which contains

thoracic spinal nerves with their branches, as well as the sympathetic trunk. Anatomically, the PVS is

a wedge-shaped area positioned between the heads and necks of the ribs (Figure 45-1). Its posterior

wall is formed by the superior costotransverse ligament, the anterolateral wall is the parietal pleura

with the endothoracic fascia, and the medial wall is the lateral surface of the vertebral body and

intervertebral disk.1

 The PVS medially communicates with the epidural space via the intervertebral

foramen inferiorly and superiorly across the head and neck of the ribs.2–5 Consequently, injection of

local anesthetic into the PVS space often results in unilateral (or bilateral) epidural anesthesia. The

cephalad limit of the PVS is not defined, whereas the caudad limit is at the origin of the psoas muscle

at L1.6

 Likewise, the PVS space communicates with the intercostal spaces laterally, leading to the

spread of the local anesthetic into the intercostals sulcus and resultant intercostal blockade as part of

the mechanism of action (Figure 45-2).


FIGURE 45-1. A schematic representation of the thoracic paravertebral space and its structures of

relevance to paravertebral block.

FIGURE 45-2. (A) Three-dimensional magnetic resonance reconstruction image of the spread of

local anesthetic (5 mL) within the paravertebral space. (B) A computed topography image of the local

anesthetic (LA) spread in the thoracic paravertebral space. The contrast is seen spreading in the

medial to lateral and anterior to posterior direction underneath the parietal pleura.

Transverse In-line Technique

Similar to techniques not using ultrasound guidance, the patient can be positioned in the sitting or

lateral decubitus position with the site of surgical interest uppermost. Either a linear or phased array

(curved) transducer can be used however, latter may be used only in slim patients. A high-frequency

(10–12 MHz) transducer is used to obtain images in the axial (transverse) plane at the selected level,

with the transducer positioned just lateral to the spinous process (Figure 45-3). For most patients, the

depth of field is set about 3 cm to start scanning. The transverse processes and ribs are visualized as

hyperechoic structures with acoustic shadowing below them (Figure 45-3). Once the transverse

processes and ribs are identified, the transducer is moved slightly caudad into the intercostal space

between adjacent ribs to identify the thoracic PVS and the adjoining intercostal space. The PVS

appears as a wedge-shaped hypoechoic layer demarcated by the hyperechoic reflections of the pleura

below and the internal intercostal membrane above (Figure 45-3). The hyperechoic line of the pleura

and underlying hyperechoic air artifacts move with respiration. The goal of the technique is to insert

the needle into the PVS and inject local anesthetic, resulting in downward displacement of the pleura,

indicating proper spread of the local anesthetic (Figure 45-3).


FIGURE 45-3. An ultrasound-guided thoracic paravertebral block. (A) Transducer position and

needle orientation. (B) Corresponding ultrasound image. (C) Patient is in oblique lateral position.

The outlined surface landmarks are: (>) = spinous processes; gray arrow = left scapula; white arrow

= paramedian line 3 cm (transverse processes). (D) Needle insertion path and correct injection of

local anesthetic. TP = transverse process.

Although ultrasound-guided thoracic PVB is essentially a superficial, simple technique,

visualization of the needle and its tip and control of its path at all times are essential to avoid

inadvertent pleural puncture or entry into the intervertebral foramen. For this reason, in-plane needle

insertion with direction towards the centroneuraxis is probably best avoided in obese patients.

Insertion of a catheter through the needle placed in the PVS carries a risk of catheter (mis)placement

into the epidural or mediastinal space, or through the pleura into the thoracic cavity (Figure 45-4).7

FIGURE 45-4. (A) Ultrasound image of the local anesthetic (LA) spread during a thoracic

paravertebral block. (B) A three-dimensional magnetic resonance image demonstrating catheter

insertion into the thoracic paravertebral space and injection of a small amount of local anesthetic.

Several recommendations are suggested to decrease the risk of potential complications with

ultrasound-guided thoracic PVB:

 In-plane advancement of the needle should be reserved only for patients who image well; visualization

of the needle path at all times is crucial to reduce the risk of needle entry in unwanted locations

(pleura, neuraxial space).

 Orienting the bevel of the Tuohy needle tip away from the pleura may reduce the risk of penetrating the

pleura.

 A pop often is felt as the needle penetrates the internal intercostal membrane, alerting the operator of

the needle position in the PVS.

 Aspiration for blood should always be carried out before injection.

 Local anesthetic (15–20 mL) is injected slowly in small increments, avoiding forceful high-pressure

injection to reduce the risk of bilateral epidural spread.

Longitudinal out-of-plane technique

Out-of-plane ultrasound-guided thoracic paravertebral block is the most common approach to PVB in

our practice (Figure 45-5). We feel that this technique is inherently safer then in-line techniques as the

needle path is not towards the neuraxis. In addition, this technique is analogous to the true-and-tried

surface-based techniques, except that with ultrasound-guided technique, transverse processes can be

more accurately identified. The best strategy is to start the scanning process 5-10 cm laterally to

identify the rounded ribs and parietal pleura underneath. The transducer is then moved progressively

more medially until transverse processes are identified as more squared structured and deeper to the

ribs. Too medial transducer placement will yield image of the laminae, at which point the transducer

is moved slightly laterally to image transverse processes. Once the transverse processes are

identified, a needle is inserted out-of-plane to contact the transfer process and then, walk off the

transfer process 1-1.5 cm deeper to inject local anesthetic. While the position of the needle tip may

not be seen with this technique, an injection of the local anesthetic will result in displacement of the

parietal pleura. The process is then repeated for each desired level. In our opinion, a pragmatic

needle insertion 1-1.5 cm past the transverse may be safer then using spread of the injected to

displace the pleura as the end-point.


FIGURE 45-5. Longitudinal, out-of-plane approach to thoracic paravertebral block. The transducer

is first placed 5-6 cm lateral to the spinous processes to identify ribs, parietal pleura and intercostal

spaces (A1-A3). The transducer is then moved progressively medially to identify transverse

processes (B1-B3). Transverse processes (TP) appear square and deeper then ribs (round,

superficial). The needle is inserted out-of-plane to contact the TP (C1-C2 and C3, line 1) and then

walked off the TP (C3, line 2) inferior or superior to TP to enter the paravertebral space and

injection local anesthetic (blue). Proper injection displaces the pleura (blue arrows). PVM -

paravertebral muscles.

REFERENCES

. Bouzinac A, Delbos A, Mazieres M, Rontes O: Ultrasound-guided bilateral paravertebral thoracic

block in an obese patient. Ann Fr Anesth 2010;30:162-163.

. Cowie B, McGlade D, Ivanusic J, Barrington MJ: Ultrasound-guided thoracic paravertebral

blockade: a cadaveric study. Anesth Analg 2010;110:1735-1739.

. Eason MJ, Wyatt R. Paravertebral thoracic block—a reappraisal. Anaesthesia. 1979;34:638-642.

. Karmakar MK, Chui PT, Joynt GM, Ho AM. Thoracic paravertebral block for management of pain

associated with multiple fractured ribs in patients with concomitant lumbar spinal trauma. Reg Anesth

Pain Med. 2001;26:169-173.

. Lonnqvist PA, Hildingsson U. The caudal boundary of the thoracic paravertebral space. A study in

human cadavers. Anaesthesia. 1992;47(12):1051.

. Luyet C, Eichenberger1 U, Greif1 R, et al. Ultrasound-guided paravertebral puncture and placement

of catheters in human cadavers: an imaging study. Br J Anaesth. 2009;102 (4):534-539.

. Luyet C, Herrmann G, Ross S, Vogt A, Greif R, Moriggl B, Eichenberger U: Ultrasound-guided

thoracic paravertebral punture and placement of catheters in human cadavers. Br J Anaesth

2011;106:246-254.

8. Moorthy SS, Dierdorf SF, Yaw PB. Influence of volume on the spread of local anesthetic–methylene

blue solution after injection for intercostal block. Anesth Analg. 1992;75:389-391.

9. Mowbray A, Wong KK. Low volume intercostal injection. A comparative study in patients and

cadavers. Anaesthesia. 1988;43:633-634.

10. Mowbray A, Wong KK, Murray JM. Intercostal catheterisation. An alternative approach to the

paravertebral space. Anaesthesia. 1987;42:958-961.

11. Renes SH, Bruhn J, Gielen MJ, Scheffer GJ, van Geffen GJ: In-plane ultrasound-guided thoracic

paravertebral block: a preliminary report of 36 cases with radiologic confirmation of catheter

position. Reg Anesth Pain Med 2010;35:212-6.

12. SC OR, Donnell BO, Cuffe T, Harmon DC, Fraher JP, Shorten G: Thoracic paravertebral block

using real-time ultrasound guidance. Anesth Analg 2010;110:248-251.

46

Ultrasound of the Lumbar Paravertebral Space and

Considerations for Lumbar Plexus Block

Manoj Karmakar and Catherine Vandepitte

Introduction

Lumbar plexus block (LPB) traditionally is performed using surface anatomic landmarks to identify

the site for needle insertion and eliciting quadriceps muscle contraction in response to nerve electrolocalization, as described in the nerve stimulator–guided chapter. The main challenges in

accomplishing LPB relate to the depth at which the lumbar plexus is located and the size of the

plexus, which requires a large volume of local anesthetic for success. Due to the deep anatomic

location of the lumbar plexus, small errors in landmark estimation or angle miscalculations during

needle advancement can result in needle placement away from the plexus or at unwanted locations.

Therefore, monitoring of the needle path and final needle tip placement should increase the precision

of the needle placement and the delivery of the local anesthetic. Although computed tomography and

fluoroscopy can be used to increase the precision during LPB, these technologies are impractical in

the busy operating room environment, costly, and associated with radiation exposure. It is only

logical, then, that ultrasound-guided LPB is of interest because of the ever-increasing availability of

portable machines and the improvement in the quality of the images obtained.1,2

Anatomy and Sonoanatomy

Lumbar plexus block, also known as psoas compartment block, comprises an injection of local

anesthetic in the fascial plane within the posterior aspect of the psoas major muscle. Because the

roots of the lumbar plexus are located in this plane, an injection of a sufficient volume of local

anesthetic in the postero-medial compartment of the psoas muscle results in block of the majority of

the plexus (femoral nerve, lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, and the obturator nerve). The anterior

boundary of the fascial plane that contains the lumbar plexus is formed by the fascia between the

anterior two thirds of the compartment of the psoas muscle that originates from the anterolateral

aspect of the vertebral body and the posterior one third of the muscle that originates from the anterior

aspect of the transverse processes. This arrangement explains why the transverse processes are

closely related to the plexus and therefore are used as the main landmark during LPB.

A scan for the LPB can be performed in the transverse or longitudinal axes. The ultrasound

transducer is positioned 3 to 4 cm lateral to the lumbar spine for either orientation. The following

settings usually are used to start the scanning:

 Abdominal preset

 Depth: 11–12 cm

 Frequency: 4–8 MHz

 Tissue harmonic imaging and compound imaging functions engaged where available

 Adjustment of the overall gain and time-gain compensation

Longitudinal Scan Anatomy

Regardless of the technique, the operator first should identify the transverse processes on a

longitudinal sonogram (Figure 46-1). One technique is to first identify the flat surface of the sacrum

and then scan proximally until the intervertebral space between L5 and S1 is recognized as an

interruption of the sacral line continuity. Once the operator identifies the transverse process of L5, the

transverse process of the other lumbar vertebrae are easily identified by a dynamic cephalad scan in

ascending order. The acoustic shadow of the transverse process has a characteristic appearance, often

referred to as a “trident sign” (Figure 46-2A). Once the transverse processes are recognized, the

psoas muscle is imaged through the acoustic window of the transverse processes. The psoas muscle

appears as a combination of longitudinal hyperechoic striations within a typical hypoechoic muscle

appearance just deep to the transverse processes (Figure 46-2B). Although some of the hyperechoic

striations may appear particularly intense and mislead the operator to interpret them as roots of

lumbar plexus, the identification of the roots in a longitudinal scan is not reliable without nerve

stimulation. This unreliability is partly due to the fact that intramuscular connective tissue (e.g., septa,

tendons) within the psoas muscle are thick and may be indistinguishable from the nerve roots at such a

deep location. As the transducer is moved progressively cephalad, the lower pole of the kidney often

comes into view as low as L2-L4 in some patients (Figure 46-3A and B).

FIGURE 46-1. Transducer position (curved transducer, longitudinal view) to image the central

neuroaxis, transverse processes, and estimate the needle and depth to the lumbar plexus using a

longitudinal view.

FIGURE 46-2. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the lumbar paravertebral space demonstrating transverse

processes at a depth of approximately 3 cm. Lower frequency, curved transducer is used optimize

imaging at the deep location and obtain a greater angular view, respectively. (B) Labeled ultrasound

anatomy of the lumbar paravertebral space with structures labeled. TP, transverse process; LP,

lumbar plexus roots (most likely); PsMM, psoas major muscle.

FIGURE 46-3. (A) Ultrasound image of the lumbar paravertebral space at the L2-L3 level

demonstrating the lower pole of the kidney on the left-hand side of the image at approximately 5 cm

depth. (B) Labeled ultrasound image of the lumbar paravertebral space at L2-L3 level demonstrating

the lower pole of the kidney on the left-hand side of the image at approximately 5 cm depth. TP,

transverse process.

Transverse Scan Anatomy

Kirchmair and colleagues were among the first to describe the sonoanatomy of relevance for LPB.3

They reported the ability to accurately guide a needle to the posterior part of the psoas muscle, where

the roots of the lumbar plexus are located, using ultrasound guidance in cadavers.4,5 Since, significant

advances in ultrasound technology have taken place, allowing for much improved image quality,

which have allowed Karmakar and colleagues to devise an alternative approach to the lumbar plexus

using ultrasonographic identification of the transverse processes as the guide.6

 With this scanning

technique, the transducer is positioned 4 to 5 cm lateral to the lumbar spinous process at the L3-L4

level and directed slightly medially to assume a transverse oblique orientation (Figure 46-4). This

approach allows imaging of the lumbar paravertebral region with the erector spinae muscle,

transverse process, the psoas major muscle, quadrates lumborum, and the anterolateral surface of the

vertebral body (Figure 46-5A, B, and C). In the transverse oblique view, the inferior vena cava

(IVC), on the right-sided scan, or the aorta, on the left-sided scan, also can be seen and provide

additional information on the location of the psoas muscle, which is positioned superficial to these

vessels. In this view, the psoas muscle appears slightly hypoechoic with multiple hyperechogenic

striations within. The lower pole of the kidney can often be seen, when scanning at the L2-L4 level, as

an oval structure that ascends and descends with respirations (Figure 46-6). The key to obtaining

adequate images of the psoas muscle and lumbar plexus with the transverse oblique scan is to

insonate between two adjacent transverse processes. This scanning method avoids acoustic shadow

of the transverse processes, which obscures the underlying psoas muscle and the intervertebral

foramen (angle between the transverse process and vertebral body) and allows visualization of the

articular process of the facet joint (APFJ) as well. Because the intervertebral foramen is located at

the angle between the APFJ and vertebral body, lumbar nerve roots often can be depicted.

FIGURE 46-4. Patient position (lateral decubitus position) transducer (curved, linear array)

placement and the needle insertion angle to block the lumbar plexus using oblique transverse view.


FIGURE 46-5. (A) Ultrasound anatomy of the lumbar paravertebral space using transverse oblique

view. SP, spinal process; ESM, erectors spinae muscle; QLM, quadratus lumborum muscle; PsMM,

psoas major muscle; VB, vertebral body. The lumbar plexus root is seen just below the lamina as it

exits the interlaminar space and enters into the posterior medial aspect of the PsMM. (B) Needle path

in ultrasound-guided lumbar plexus block using transverse oblique view. LP, lumbar plexus; PsMM,

psoas major muscle; VB, vertebral body. (C) Spread of the local anesthetic solution with lumbar

plexus block injection. Due to the deep location of the plexus, spread of the local anesthetic may not

always be well seen. Color Doppler imaging can be used to help determine the location of the

injectate.

FIGURE 46-6. Ultrasound image of the lumbar paravertebral space demonstrating the complex

anatomy of the region. LP, lumbar plexus; VB, vertebral body. Power Doppler ultrasound is capturing

the flow in the inferior vena cava (IVC). The right kidney is also visualized.

Techniques of Ultrasound-Guided Lumbar Plexus Block

Kirchmair and colleagues suggested a paramedial sagittal scan technique with transverse scan to

delineate the psoas major muscle at the L3-L5 level with the patient in the lateral position. Once a

satisfactory image is obtained, the needle is inserted in-plane medial to the transducer approximately

4 cm lateral to the midline. Then the needle is advanced toward the posterior part of the lumbar

plexus until the correct position is confirmed by obtaining a quadriceps motor response to nerve

stimulation (1.5–2.0 mA). Needle–nerve contact and distribution of the local anesthetic is not always

well seen, although lumbar plexus roots may be better visualized after the injection. Injection, dosing,

and monitoring principles are the same as with the nerve stimulator–guided technique.

More recently, Karmakar and colleagues described the “trident sign technique,” which uses an

easily recognizable ultrasonographic landmark, transverse processes, and an out-of-plane needle

insertion. The trident sign technique derives its name from the characteristic ultrasonographic

appearance of the transverse processes (trident) to estimate the depth and location of the lumbar

plexus. After application of ultrasound gel to the skin over the lumbar paravertebral region, the

ultrasound transducer is positioned approximately 3 to 4 cm lateral and parallel to the lumbar spine to

produce a longitudinal scan of the lumbar paravertebral region (Figure 46-7). Then the transducer is

moved caudally, while still maintaining the same orientation, until the sacrum and the L5 transverse

process become visible (Figure 46-8). The lumbar transverse processes are identified by their

hyperechoic reflections and acoustic shadowing beneath which is typical of bone. Once the L5

transverse process is visible, the transducer is moved cephalad gradually, to identify the L3-L4 level.

The goal of the technique is to guide the needle through the acoustic window between the transverse

processes (between the “teeth of the trident”) of L3-L4 or L2-L3 into the posterior part of the psoas

major muscle containing the roots of the lumbar plexus (Figure 46-2B). After obtaining ipsilateral

quadriceps muscle contractions, the block is carried out using the previously described injection and

pharmacology considerations (Figures 46-9 and 46-10).

FIGURE 46-7. Transducer position (curved, phased array) and the needle insertion plane to

accomplish ultrasound-guided lumbar plexus block in the longitudinal view and an out-of-plane

needle insertion.

FIGURE 46-8. Transverse image of lumbar paravertebral space demonstrating sacrum and

transverse process (TP) of L5. Starting the scanning process from the sacral area and progressing

cephalad allows the identity of the individual transverse processes (levels). As the transducer is

moved cephalad and the surface of the sacrum disappears, the next osseous structure that appears is

the transverse process (TP) of L5.

FIGURE 46-9. Simulated needle insertion paths (1,2) to inject local anesthetics at two different

levels to accomplish a lumbar plexus (LP) block. Needles (1 and 2) are seen lodged about 2 cm

deeper and between the transverse processes (TPs) using an out-of-plane technique.

FIGURE 46-10. Local anesthetic (LA) disposition during injection of local anesthetic into the psoas

muscle and the L2-L3 level. The spread of LA is often not well seen using two-dimensional imaging.

LP, lumbar plexus; TP, transverse process.

A paramedial scan also can be used with an in-plane needle approach. In this technique, an

insulated needle is inserted in-plane from the caudal end (Figure 46-4) of the transducer while

maintaining the view of the transverse processes. Again, the goal is to pass the needle and inject local

anesthetic with a real-time visualization of the needle path and injection into the posterior part of the

psoas muscle (Figure 46-5).

In summary, ultrasound-guided LPB is a technically advanced procedure. Experience with

ultrasound anatomy and less technically challenging nerve regional anesthesia techniques are useful toensure success and safety. Although the use of ultrasound in LPB is not widely accepted, in expert

hands, ultrasound guidance can increase the accuracy and possibly safety, by providing information

on the location, arrangement, and depth of the osseous and muscular tissues of importance in LPB. It

should be kept in mind that the dorsal branch of the lumbar artery is closely related to the transverse

processes and the posterior part of the psoas muscle. Considering the rich vascularity of the lumbar

paravertebral area, the use of smaller gauge needles and avoidance of this block in patients on

anticoagulants is prudent. Injections into this area should be carried out without excessive force

because high-injection pressure can lead to unwanted epidural spread and/or rapid intravascular

injection.7

 Lumbar plexus block in patients with obesity or advanced age can be more challenging.

Aging is associated with a reduction in skeletal muscle mass (sarcopenia) and replacement of the

muscle mass by adipose tissue, leading to changes in ultrasound absorption and scattering.

REFERENCES

. Doi, K., S. Sakura, and K. Hara, A modified posterior approach to lumbar plexus block using a

transverse ultrasound image and an approach from the lateral border of the transducer. Anaesth

Intensive Care, 2010;38:213-214.

. Ilfeld, B.M., V.J. Loland, and E.R. Mariano, Prepuncture ultrasound imaging to predict transverse

process and lumbar plexus depth for psoas compartment block and perineural catheter insertion: a

prospective, observational study. Anesth Analg, 2010;110:1725-1728.

. Kirchmair L, Entner T, Wissel J, Moriggl B, Kapral S, Mitterschiffthaler G. A study of the

paravertebral anatomy for ultrasound-guided posterior lumbar plexus block. Anesth Analg.

2001;93:477-481.

. Kirchmair L, Entner T, Kapral S, Mitterschiffthaler G. Ultrasound guidance for the psoas

compartment block: an imaging study. Anesth Analg. 2002;94:706-710.

. Farny J, Drolet P, Girard M. Anatomy of the posterior approach to the lumbar plexus block. Can J

Anaesth. 1994;41:480-485.

. Karmakar MK, Ho AM-H, Li X, Kwok WH, Tsang K, Ngan Kee WD. Ultrasound-guided lumbar

plexus block through the acoustic window of the lumbar ultrasound trident. Br J Anaesth.

2008;100(4):533-537.

. Gadsden JC, Lindenmuth DM, Hadži A, Xu D, Somasundarum L, Flisinski KA. Lumbar plexus

block using high-pressure injection leads to contralateral and epidural spread. Anesthesiology.

2008;109(4):683-688.

SECTION 7

Atlas of Ultrasound-Guided Anatomy

Greater Occipital Nerve, Transverse View

Greater Occipital Nerve, Longitudinal View

Mandibular Nerve

Maxillary Nerve

Long Thoracic Nerve

Suprascapular Artery and Nerve

Suprascapular Nerve, Longitudinal View

Dorsal Scapular Nerve

Intercostal Space, High Thoracic Level

Interscalene Brachial Plexus, Transverse View, C5 Level

Interscalene Brachial Plexus, Longitudinal View

Phrenic Nerve at the Interscalene Level

Accessory Phrenic Nerve

Ansa Cervicalis and Phrenic Nerve, Transverse View

Vagus Nerve

Stellate Ganglion

Vertebral Artery, Transverse View

Vertebral Artery, Longitudinal View

Supraclavicular Brachial Plexus

Subclavian Artery, Dorsal Scapular Artery, and Brachial Plexus

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus, Transverse View

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Lateral and Posterior Cords, Longitudinal View

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Medial Cord, Transverse View

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Medial Cord, Longitudinal View

Axillary Nerve

Axilla: Median, Ulnar, Radial, and Musculocutaneous Nerves

Axilla: Musculocutaneous Nerve

Axilla: Ulnar Nerve

Midhumerus: Posterior Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve and Radial Nerve

Ulnar Nerve Above the Elbow

Medial Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve Above the Elbow

Biceps Tendon, Median, and Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve at the Elbow

Median Nerve at the Elbow

Radial Nerve at the Midforearm

Median and Ulnar Nerve at the Midforearm

Posterior Interosseous Nerve at the Midforearm

Posterior Interosseous Nerve at the Wrist

Radial Nerve and Palmar Cutaneous Branches at the Wrist

Radial Nerve

Median Nerve at the Wrist

Ulnar Nerve at the Wrist

Posterior Interosseous Nerve at the Wrist

Iliohypogastric and Ilioinguinal Nerves at the Abdominal Wall

Genital Branch of the Genitofemoral Nerve at the Abdominal Wall

Femoral Branch of the Genitofemoral Nerve and Rectus Abdominis Nerve

Paramedian Epidural Space at the Midthoracic Spine

Paramedian Epidural Space at the Lumbar Spine, Longitudinal View

Paravertebral Space, Midthoracic Spine, Transverse View

Lumbar Plexus, Transverse View

Facet Joints at the Lumbar Level, Transverse View

Lumbar Plexus, Lateral Transverse View

Lumbar Plexus, Lateral Longitudinal View

Lumbar Plexus, Posterior Oblique View

Anatomy of the Lumbar Spine, Posterior Longitudinal View

Sacral Plexus, Posterior Transverse View

Sciatic Nerve, Anterior Longitudinal View

Sciatic Nerve, Anterior Transverse View

Sciatic Nerve, Lateral Transverse View

Sciatic Nerve at the Popliteal Fossa, Posterior View

Anatomy of the Sciatic Nerve at the Distal Popliteal Fossa

Femoral Nerve, Transverse View

Obturator Nerve, Transverse View

Pudendal Nerve and Pudendal (Alcock’s) Canal

Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve, Transverse View

Saphenous Nerve at Mid-thigh

Saphenous Nerve at Distal Thigh

Tibial Nerve at the Level of the Calf

Saphenous Nerve Below the Knee

Common Peroneal Nerve at the Fibular Neck

Peroneal Nerve, Deep and Superficial Branches

Peroneal Nerve, Deep and Superficial Branches at the Level of the Ankle

Posterior Tibial Nerve at the Ankle, Medial Aspect

Saphenous Nerve at the Ankle

Superficial Peroneal Nerve at the Ankle

Deep Peroneal Nerve at the Ankle

Sural Nerve at the Ankle

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS





Greater Occipital Nerve, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.1.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the greater occipital nerve in transverse

view.

FIGURE 7.1.1B Ultrasound image of greater occipital nerve in transverse view.

FIGURE 7.1.1CLabeled ultrasound image of greater occipital nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.1.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of greater occipital nerve, transverse view.

Abbreviations: TrM, Trapezius Muscle; SsCM, Semispinalis Capitis Muscle; IObCM, Inferior

Oblique Capitis Muscle; GON, Greater Occipital Nerve; LsCM, Longissimus Capitis Muscle.

Greater Occipital Nerve, Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.1.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the greater occipital nerve, longitudinal

view.

FIGURE 7.1.2B Ultrasound image of greater occipital nerve, longitudinal view.


FIGURE 7.1.2C Labeled ultrasound image of greater occipital nerve, longitudinal view.

Abbreviations: TrM, Trapezius Muscle; SsCM, Semispinalis Capitis Muscle; IObCM, Inferior

Oblique Capitis Muscle; GON, Greater Occipital Nerve; LsCM, Longissimus Capitis Muscle.

Mandibular Nerve

FIGURE 7.2.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the mandibular nerve.

FIGURE 7.2.1B Ultrasound image of mandibular nerve.

FIGURE 7.2.1C Labeled ultrasound image of mandibular nerve.

FIGURE 7.2.1D Labeled ultrasound image of mandibular nerve with color Doppler.

Maxillary Nerve

FIGURE 7.3.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the maxillary nerve.

FIGURE 7.3.1B Ultrasound image of maxillary nerve.


FIGURE 7.3.1C Labeled ultrasound anatomy of maxillary nerve, transverse view.

Long Thoracic Nerve

FIGURE 7.4.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the long thoracic nerve.

FIGURE 7.4.1B Ultrasound image of long thoracic nerve.

FIGURE 7.4.1C Labeled ultrasound image of long thoracic nerve.

FIGURE 7.4.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of long thoracic nerve.

Abbreviations: AseM, Anterior Serratus Muscle; LThN, Long Thoracic Nerve; PMaM, Pectoralis

Major Muscle.

Suprascapular Artery and Nerve

FIGURE 7.5.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the suprascapular artery and nerve.

FIGURE 7.5.1B Ultrasound image of suprascapular artery and nerve.

FIGURE 7.5.1C Labeled ultrasound image of suprascapular artery and nerve.

FIGURE 7.5.1D

Abbreviations: SpsN, Suprascapular Nerve; SpsM, Supraspinatus Muscle; SpsA, Suprascapular

Artery.

Suprascapular Artery and Nerve


FIGURE 7.5.1D Labeled ultrasound image of suprascapular artery and nerve with color flow

Doppler.


FIGURE 7.5.1E Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of suprascapular artery and nerve.

Abbreviations: SpsN, Suprascapular Nerve; SpsM, Supraspinatus Muscle, SpsA, Suprascapular

Artery; TrM, Trapezius Muscle.

Suprascapular Nerve, Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.5.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the suprascapular nerve, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.5.2B Ultrasound image of suprascapular nerve, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.5.2C Labeled ultrasound image of suprascapular nerve, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.5.2D

Abbreviations: SpsN, Suprascapular Nerve; SpsM, Suprascapular Muscle; TrM, Trapezius Muscle.

Dorsal Scapular Nerve

FIGURE 7.6.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the dorsal scapular nerve.

FIGURE 7.6.1B Ultrasound image of dorsal scapular nerve.


FIGURE 7.6.1C Labeled ultrasound image of dorsal scapular nerve.

Abbreviations: DSN, dorsal scapular nerve; DSA, dorsal scapular artery; SsCM, Semispinalis

Capitis Muscle; RhM, Rhomboids Muscle; TrM, Trapezius Muscle.

Intercostal Space, High Thoracic Level

FIGURE 7.7.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the intercostal space at the high thoracic

level.

FIGURE 7.7.1B Ultrasound image of the intercostal space at the high thoracic level.

FIGURE 7.7.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the intercostal space at the high thoracic level.

FIGURE 7.7.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of intercostal space, at the high thoracic level.

Abbreviations: TrM, Trapezius Muscle; RhM, Rhomboid Muscle; SePSM, Serratus Posterior

Superior Muscle; IcM, Intercostal Muscle; Ic Lig - Intercostal Ligament; Nv, Neurovascular.

Interscalene Brachial Plexus, Transverse View, C5 Level

FIGURE 7.8.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the interscalene brachial plexus, transverse

view.

FIGURE 7.8.1B Ultrasound image of the interscalene brachial plexus, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.8.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the interscalene brachial plexus, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.8.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the interscalene brachial plexus.

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; ASM, anterior scalene muscle; MSM, middle

scalene muscle; TP, transverse process.

Interscalene Brachial Plexus, Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.8.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the interscalene brachial plexus,

longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.8.2B Ultrasound image of the interscalene brachial plexus, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.8.2C Labeled ultrasound image of the interscalene brachial plexus, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.8.2D

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; ASM, anterior scalene muscle; MSM, middle

scalene muscle; TP, transverse process; PhN, Phrenic nerve; IvF, Intervertebral Foramen; VA,

vertebral artery.

Phrenic Nerve at the Interscalene Level

FIGURE 7.9.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the phrenic nerve at the interscalene level.

FIGURE 7.9.1B Ultrasound image of the phrenic nerve.

FIGURE 7.9.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the phrenic nerve.

FIGURE 7.9.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the phrenic nerve.

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; IVJ, internal jugular vein; ASM, anterior scalene

muscle; CA, carotid artery; PhN, Phrenic nerve; Sup. Tr., Superior Trunk; Mid. Tr., Middle trunk; BP,

Brachial Plexus.

Accessory Phrenic Nerve

FIGURE 7.9.2A Ultrasound image of the accessory phrenic nerve.

FIGURE 7.9.2B Labeled ultrasound image of the accessory phrenic nerve.


FIGURE 7.9.2C Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the accessory phrenic nerve.

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; IVJ, internal jugular vein; ASM, anterior scalene

muscle; CA, carotid artery; PhN, Phrenic nerve; Acc. PhN, Accessory Phrenic Nerve; VA, vertebral

artery.

Ansa Cervicalis and Phrenic Nerve, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.10.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the ansa cervicalis and phrenic nerve,

transverse view.

7.10.1B Ultrasound image of the ansa cervicalis and phrenic nerve, transverse view.


FIGURE 7.10.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the ansa cervicalis and phrenic nerve, transverse

view.

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; IVJ, internal jugular vein; ASM, anterior scalene

muscle; CA, carotid artery.

Vagus Nerve

FIGURE 7.11.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the vagus nerve.

FIGURE 7.11.1B Ultrasound image of the vagus nerve.

FIGURE 7.11.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the vagus nerve.

FIGURE 7.11.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the vagus nerve.

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; IVJ, internal jugular vein; ASM, anterior scalene

muscle; CA, carotid artery; Th, Thyroid.

Stellate Ganglion

FIGURE 7.12.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the stellate ganglion.

FIGURE 7.12.1B Ultrasound image of the stellate ganglion.

FIGURE 7.12.1C Labeled Ultrasound image of the stellate ganglion.

FIGURE 7.12.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the stellate ganglion.

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; IVJ, internal jugular vein; ASM, anterior scalene

muscle; CA, carotid artery; VA, vertebral artery; SG, Stellate Ganglion; Th, Thyroid; VB, Vertebral

body.

Vertebral Artery, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.13.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the vertebral artery, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.13.1B Ultrasound image of the vertebral artery, transverse view.


FIGURE 7.13.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the vertebral artery and muscles, transverse view.

Abbreviations: SCM, sternocleidomastoid muscle; ASM, anterior scalene muscle; VA, vertebral

artery; TP, transverse process.

Vertebral Artery, Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.13.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the vertebral artery, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.13.2B Ultrasound image of the vertebral artery, longitudinal view.


FIGURE 7.13.2C Labeled ultrasound image of the vertebral artery, longitudinal view.

Abbreviations: VA, vertebral artery; ScA, Subclavian Artery.

Supraclavicular Brachial Plexus

FIGURE 7.14.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the supraclavicular brachial plexus.

FIGURE 7.14.1B Ultrasound image of the supraclavicular brachial plexus.

FIGURE 7.14.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the supraclavicular brachial plexus.

FIGURE 7.14.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the supraclavicular brachial plexus.

Abbreviations: BP, Brachial Plexus; ScA, Subclavian Artery.

Subclavian Artery, Dorsal Scapular Artery, and Brachial Plexus

FIGURE 7.14.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the subclavian artery.

FIGURE 7.14.2B Ultrasound image of the subclavian artery and supraclavicular brachial plexus.

FIGURE 7.14.2C Labeled ultrasound image of the dorsal scapular artery and supraclavicular

brachial plexus.

FIGURE 7.14.2D Labeled ultrasound image of the subclavian artery and dorsal scapular artery.

Abbreviations: BP, Brachial Plexus; ASM, Anterior Scalene Muscle; MSM, Middle Scalene

Muscle; ScA, Subclavian Artery, DSA, Dorsal Scapular Artery.

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.15.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the infraclavicular brachial plexus,

transverse view.

FIGURE 7.15.1B Ultrasound image of the lateral and posterior cords of the brachial plexus,

transverse view.

FIGURE 7.15.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the lateral and posterior cords of the brachial plexus,

transverse view.

FIGURE 7.15.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the infraclavicular brachial plexus.

Abbreviations: PMaM, Pectoralis Major Muscle; PMiM, Pectoralis Minor Muscle; AA, Axillary

Artery; AV, Axillary vein; PC, Posterior Cord; LC, Lateral Cord; MC, Medial Cord; Cl, Clavicle.

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Lateral and Posterior Cords, Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.15.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the infraclavicular brachial plexus lateral

and posterior cords, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.15.2B Ultrasound image of the infraclavicular brachial plexus lateral and posterior cords,

longitudinal view.


FIGURE 7.15.2C Labeled ultrasound image of the infraclavicular brachial plexus lateral and

posterior cords, longitudinal view.

Abbreviations: PMaM, Pectoralis Major Muscle; PMiM, Pectoralis Minor Muscle; LC, Lateral

Cord; PC, Posterior Cord.

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Medial Cord, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.15.3A Ultrasound transducer position to image the infraclavicular brachial plexus medial

cord, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.15.3B Ultrasound image of the infraclavicular brachial plexus medial cord, transverse

view.


FIGURE 7.15.3C Labeled ultrasound image of the infraclavicular brachial plexus medial cord,

transverse view.

Abbreviations: PMaM, Pectoralis Major Muscle; PMiM, Pectoralis Minor Muscle; MC, Medial

Cord; AA, Axillary Artery; AV, Axillary Vein.

Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Medial Cord, Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.15.4A Ultrasound transducer position to image the infraclavicular brachial plexus medial

cord, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.15.4B Ultrasound image of the infraclavicular brachial plexus medial cord, longitudinal

view.


FIGURE 7.15.4C Labeled ultrasound image of the infraclavicular brachial plexus medial cord,

longitudinal view.

Abbreviations: PMaM, Pectoralis Major Muscle; PMiM, Pectoralis Minor Muscle; MC, Medial

Cord.

Axillary Nerve

FIGURE 7.16.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the axillary nerve.

FIGURE 7.16.1B Ultrasound image of the axillary nerve.

FIGURE 7.16.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the axillary nerve.

FIGURE 7.16.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the axillary nerve.

Abbreviations: AA, Axillary Artery; TMaM, Teres Major Muscle; AN, Axillary Nerve; CBM,

Coracobrachialis Muscle; PCHA, Posterior Circumflex Humeral Artery.

Axilla: Median, Ulnar, Radial, and Musculocutaneous Nerves

FIGURE 7.17.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the axilla: median, ulnar, radial, and

musculocutaneous nerves.

FIGURE 7.17.1B Ultrasound image of the axilla: median, ulnar, radial, and musculocutaneous

nerves.

FIGURE 7.17.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the axilla: median, ulnar, radial, and

musculocutaneous nerves.

FIGURE 7.17.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the axilla: median, ulnar, radial, and

musculocutaneous nerves.

Abbreviations: UN, Ulnary Nerve; MN, Median Nerve; RN, Radial Nerve; MCN, Musculocutaneous

Nerve; AA, Axillary Nerve; CBM, Coracobrachialis Muscle; AV, Axillary Vein.

Axilla: Musculocutaneous Nerve

FIGURE 7.18.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the axilla: musculocutaneous nerve.

FIGURE 7.18.1B Ultrasound image of the axilla: musculocutaneous nerve.


FIGURE 7.18.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the axilla: musculocutaneous nerve.

Abbreviations: MCN, Musculocutaneous Nerve; AA, Axillary Nerve; CBM, Coracobrachialis

Muscle; AV.

Axilla: Ulnar Nerve

FIGURE 7.19.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the ulnar nerve at the level of the axilla.

FIGURE 7.19.1B Ultrasound image of the ulnar nerve at the level of the axilla.

FIGURE 7.19.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the ulnar nerve.

FIGURE 7.19.1D

Abbreviations: AA, Axillary Nerve; UN, Ulnar Nerve.

Midhumerus: Posterior Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve and Radial Nerve

FIGURE 7.20.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the posterior antebrachial cutaneous and

radial nerves.

FIGURE 7.20.1B Ultrasound image of the midhumerus: posterior antebrachial cutaneous nerve and

radial nerve.

FIGURE 7.20.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the midhumerus: posterior antebrachial cutaneous

nerve and radial nerve.

FIGURE 7.20.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the midhumerus: posterior antebrachial

cutaneous nerve and radial nerve.

Abbreviations: PAbCN, Posterior Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve; RN, Radial Nerve.

Ulnar Nerve Above the Elbow

FIGURE 7.21.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the ulnar nerve above the elbow.

FIGURE 7.21.1B Ultrasound image of the ulnar nerve above the elbow.

FIGURE 7.21.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the ulnar nerve above the elbow.

FIGURE 7.21.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the ulnar nerve above the elbow.

Abbreviations: UN, Ulnar Nerve; SUCA, Superior Ulnar Collateral Artery.

Medial Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve Above the Elbow

FIGURE 7.22.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve

above the elbow.

FIGURE 7.22.1B Ultrasound image of the medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve above the elbow.

FIGURE 7.22.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve above the

elbow.

FIGURE 7.22.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve above

the elbow.

Abbreviations: BcV, Basilic Vein; PrTM, Pronator Teres Muscle; BM, Brachialis Muscle; MAbCN,

Medial Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve; MN, Median Nerve; BA, Brachial Artery.

Biceps Tendon, Median, and Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve at the Elbow

FIGURE 7.23.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the biceps tendon, median, and lateral

antebrachial cutaneous nerve at the elbow.

FIGURE 7.23.1B Ultrasound image of the biceps tendon, median, and lateral antebrachial cutaneous

nerve at the elbow.

FIGURE 7.23.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the biceps tendon, median, and lateral antebrachial

cutaneous nerve at the elbow.

FIGURE 7.23.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the biceps tendon, median, and lateral

antebrachial cutaneous nerve at the elbow.

Abbreviations: CV, Cephalic Vein; PrTM, Pronator Teres Muscle; BM, Brachialis Muscle; LAbCN,

Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve; MN, Median Nerve; BA, Brachial Artery; BrM,

Brachioradialis Muscle.

Median Nerve at the Elbow

FIGURE 7.24.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the median nerve at the elbow.

FIGURE 7.24.1B Ultrasound image of the median nerve at the elbow.

FIGURE 7.24.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the median nerve at the elbow.

FIGURE 7.24.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the median nerve at the elbow.

Abbreviations: MN, Median Nerve; BM, Brachialis Muscle; BA, Brachial Artery; PrTM, Pronator

Teres Muscle; BrM, Brachioradialis Muscle.

Radial Nerve at the Midforearm

FIGURE 7.25.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the radial nerve at the midforearm.

FIGURE 7.25.1B Ultrasound image of the radial nerve at the midforearm.

FIGURE 7.25.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the radial nerve at the midforearm.

FIGURE 7.25.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the radial nerve at the midforearm.

Abbreviations: RN, Radial Nerve; ECRLM, Extensor Carpi Radialis Longus Muscle; FCRM, Flexor

Carpi Radialis Muscle; BrM, Brachioradialis Muscle; PrTM, Pronator Teres Muscle, CV, Cephalic

Vein; RA, Radial Artery.

Median and Ulnar Nerve at the Midforearm

FIGURE 7.26.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the median and ulnar nerve at the

midforearm.

FIGURE 7.26.1B Ultrasound image of the median and ulnar nerve at the midforearm.

FIGURE 7.26.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the median and ulnar nerve at the midforearm.

FIGURE 7.26.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the median and ulnar nerve at the midforearm.

Abbreviations: MN, Median Nerve; UN, Ulnar Nerve; UA, Ulnar Artery; FDPM, Flexor Digitorum

Profundus Muscle; FCUM, Flexor Carpi Ulnaris Muscle; FCRM, Flexor Carpi Radialis Muscle;

PLM, Palmaris Longus Muscle.

Posterior Interosseous Nerve at the Midforearm

FIGURE 7.27.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the posterior interosseous nerve at the

Midforearm.

FIGURE 7.27.1B Ultrasound image of the posterior interosseous nerve at the Midforearm.

FIGURE 7.27.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the posterior interosseous nerve at the midhumerus.

FIGURE 7.27.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the posterior interosseous nerve at the

Midforearm.

Abbreviations: EDM, Extensor Digitorum Muscle; ECUM, Extensor Carpi Ulnaris Muscle; Ant.IN,

Anterior Interosseous Nerve; PIN, Posterior Interosseous Nerve.

Posterior Interosseous Nerve at the Wrist

FIGURE 7.28.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the posterior interosseous nerve at the

wrist.

FIGURE 7.28.1B Ultrasound image of the posterior interosseous nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.28.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the posterior interosseous nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.28.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the posterior interosseous nerve at the wrist.

Abbreviations: PIN, Posterior Interosseous Nerve; PIA, Posterior Interosseous Artery; EDT,

Extensor Digitorum Tendon.

Radial Nerve and Palmar Cutaneous Branches at the Wrist

FIGURE 7.29.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the radial nerve and palmar cutaneous

branches at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.29.1B Ultrasound image of the radial nerve palmar cutaneous branches at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.29.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the radial nerve and palmar cutaneous branches at the

wrist.

FIGURE 7.29.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the radial nerve palmar cutaneous branches at

the wrist.

Abbreviations: Cut. Br., Cutaneous Branche; RN, Radial Nerve; RA, Radial Artery; RV, Radial

Vein.

Radial Nerve

FIGURE 7.30.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the radial nerve.

FIGURE 7.30.1B Ultrasound image of the radial nerve.

FIGURE 7.30.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the radial nerve.

FIGURE 7.30.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the radial nerve.

Abbreviations: RA, Radial Artery; PQM, Pronator Quadratus Muscle; FPLT, Flexor Pollicus Longus

Tendon; FCRT, Flexor Carpi Radialis Tendon; APLT, Abductor Pollicis Longus Tendon.

Median Nerve at the Wrist

FIGURE 7.31.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the median nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.31.1B Ultrasound image of the median nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.31.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the median nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.31.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the median nerve at the wrist.

Abbreviations: RA, Radial Artery; FCRT, Flexor Carpi Radialis Tendon; PLT, Palmaris Longus

Tendon; FPLT, Flexor Pollicis Longus Tendon; MN, Median Nerve; PQM, Pronator Quatratus

Muscle.

Ulnar Nerve at the Wrist

FIGURE 7.32.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the ulnar nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.32.1B Ultrasound image of the ulnar nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.32.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the ulnar nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.32.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the ulnar nerve at the wrist.

Abbreviations: UA, Ulnar Artery; UN, Ulnar Nerve; FCUM, Flexor Carpi Ulnaris Muscle; FDPM,

Flexor Digitorum Profundus Muscle.

Posterior Interosseous Nerve at the Wrist

FIGURE 7.33.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the posterior interosseous nerve at the

wrist.

FIGURE 7.33.1B Ultrasound image of the posterior interosseous nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.33.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the posterior interosseous nerve at the wrist.

FIGURE 7.33.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the posterior interosseous nerve at the wrist.

Abbreviations: EPLT, Extensor Pollicis Longus Tendon; EDT, Extensor Digitorum Tendon; PIN,

Posterior Interosseous Nerve; PIA, Posterior Interosseous Artery.

Iliohypogastric and Ilioinguinal Nerves at the Abdominal Wall

FIGURE 7.34.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerves

at the abdominal wall.

FIGURE 7.34.1B Ultrasound image of the iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerves at the abdominal

wall.


FIGURE 7.34.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerves at the

abdominal wall.

Abbreviations: EOM, External Oblique Muscle; IOM, Internal Oblique Muscle; TAM, Transverse

Abdominis Muscle; IiN, Ilioinguinal Nerve; IhN, Iliohypogastric Nerve; ASIS, Anterior Superior

Iliace Spine.

Genital Branch of the Genitofemoral Nerve at the Abdominal Wall

FIGURE 7.35.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the genital branch of the genitofemoral

nerve at the abdominal wall.

FIGURE 7.35.1B Ultrasound image of the genital branch of the genitofemoral nerve at the abdominal

wall.


FIGURE 7.35.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the genital branch of the genitofemoral nerve at the

abdominal wall.

Abbreviations: IOM, Internal Oblique Muscle; RAM, Rectus Abdominis Muscle; PuT, Pubic

Tubercle.

Femoral Branch of the Genitofemoral Nerve and Rectus Abdominis Nerve

FIGURE 7.36.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the femoral branch of the genitofemoral

nerve and the rectus abdominis nerve.

FIGURE 7.36.1B Ultrasound image of the femoral branch of the genitofemoral nerve and the rectus

abdominis nerve.


FIGURE 7.36.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the femoral branch of the genitofemoral nerve and the

rectus abdominis nerve.

Abbreviations: RAN, Rectus Abdominis Nerve; RAM, Rectus Abdominis Muscle; TF, Transversalis

Fascia; Ext. IA, External Iliac Artery; Int. IA, Internal Iliac Artery.

Paramedian Epidural Space at the Midthoracic Spine

FIGURE 7.37.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the paramedian epidural space at the

midthoracic spine.

FIGURE 7.37.1B Ultrasound image of the paramedian epidural space at the midthoracic spine.


FIGURE 7.37.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the paramedian epidural space at the midthoracic

spine.

Paramedian Epidural Space at the Lumbar Spine, Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.38.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the paramedian epidural space at the

lumbar spine, longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.38.1B Ultrasound image of the paramedian epidural space at the lumbar spine,

longitudinal view.


FIGURE 7.38.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the paramedian epidural space at the lumbar spine,

longitudinal view.

Abbreviations: Post. Long. Lig., Posterior Longitudinal Ligament; Lig. Flavum, Ligamentum Flavum;

Ant. Dura Mater, Anterior Dura Mater; Post. Dura Mater, Posterior Dura Mater.

Paravertebral Space, Midthoracic Spine, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.39.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the paravertebral space, midthoracic

spine, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.39.1B Ultrasound image of the paravertebral space, midthoracic spine, transverse view.


FIGURE 7.39.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the paravertebral space, midthoracic spine,

transverse view.

Abbreviations: Lat. Costotrans. Lig., Lateral Costotransverse Ligament; TP, Transverse Process; Pv

Space, Paravertebral Space.

Lumbar Plexus, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.40.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the lumbar plexus, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.40.1B Ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus, transverse view.

7.40.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.40.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the lumbar plexus, transverse view.

Abbreviations: SP, Spinous process; Map, Mammillary Process; ESM, Erector Spinae Muscle;

QLM, Quadratus Lumborum Muscle; LP, Lumbar Plexus; PsMM, Psoas Major Muscle; VB, Vertebral

Body; MfM, Multifidus Muscle; LDM, Longissimus Dorsi Muscle.

Facet Joints at the Lumbar Level, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.41.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the facet joints at the lumbar level,

transverse view.

FIGURE 7.41.1B Ultrasound image of the facet joints at the lumbar level, transverse view.


FIGURE 7.41.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the facet joints at the lumbar level transverse view.

Abbreviations: TP, Transverse Process; PsMM, Psoas Major Muscle.

Lumbar Plexus, Lateral Transverse View

FIGURE 7.42.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the lumbar plexus, lateral transverse view.

FIGURE 7.42.1B Ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus, lateral transverse view.


FIGURE 7.42.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus via the lateral approach, transverse

view.

Abbreviations: AcP, Accessory Process; LP, Lumbar Plexus; B, Vertebral Body; PsMM, Psoas

Major Muscle; LDM, Latissumus Dorsi Muscle.

Lumbar Plexus, Lateral Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.43.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the lumbar plexus, lateral longitudinal

view.

FIGURE 7.43.1B Ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus, lateral longitudinal view.


FIGURE 7.43.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus via the lateral approach,

longitudinal view.

Abbreviations: VB, Vertebral Body; IvD, Intervertebral Disc; Ant. Lig., Anterior Ligament; LP,

Lumbar Plexus.

Lumbar Plexus, Posterior Oblique View

FIGURE 7.44.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the lumbar plexus, posterior oblique view.

FIGURE 7.44.1B Ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus, posterior oblique view.

FIGURE 7.44.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus via the posterior, posterior, oblique

view.

FIGURE 7.44.1D Labeled ultrasound image of the lumbar plexus, posterior oblique view with color

flow Doppler.

Abbreviations: TP, Transverse Process; VB, Vertebral Body; PsMM, Psoas Major Muscle; LP,

Lumbar Plexus.

Anatomy of the Lumbar Spine, Posterior Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.45.1A Anatomy of the lumbar spine, posterior longitudinal view.

FIGURE 7.45.1B Anatomy of the lumbar spine, posterior longitudinal view.


FIGURE 7.45.1C Labeled anatomy of the lumbar spine, posterior longitudinal view.

Abbreviations: TP, Transverse Process; LP, Lumbar Plexus; PsMM, Psoas Major Muscle.

Sacral Plexus, Posterior Transverse View

FIGURE 7.46.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the sacral plexus, posterior transverse

view.

FIGURE 7.46.1B Ultrasound image of the sacral plexus, posterior transverse view.

FIGURE 7.46.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the sacral plexus, posterior transverse view.

FIGURE 7.46.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the sacral plexus, posterior transverse view.

Abbreviations: Sup. GlA, Superior Gluteal Artery; Inf. GlA, Inferior Gluteal Artery; PuN, Pudendal

Nerve; ScN, Sciatic Nerve.

Sciatic Nerve, Anterior Longitudinal View

FIGURE 7.47.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the sciatic nerve, anterior longitudinal

view.

FIGURE 7.47.1B Ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve, anterior longitudinal view.


FIGURE 7.47.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve, anterior longitudinal view.

Abbreviation: SCN, Sciatic Nerve.

Sciatic Nerve, Anterior Transverse View

FIGURE 7.47.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the sciatic nerve, anterior transverse

view.

FIGURE 7.47.2B Ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve, anterior transverse view.

FIGURE 7.47.2C Labeled ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve, anterior transverse view.

FIGURE 7.47.2D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the sciatic nerve, anterior transverse view.

Abbreviations: FA, Femoral Artery; ALM, Adductor Longus Muscle; ABM, Adductor Brevis

Muscle; AMM, Adductor Magnus Muscle; ScN, Sciatic Nerve; StM, Semitendinosus Muscle; SmM,

Semimembranosus Muscle.

Sciatic Nerve, Lateral Transverse View

FIGURE 7.47.3A Ultrasound transducer position to image the sciatic nerve, lateral transverse view.

FIGURE 7.47.3B Ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve, lateral transverse view.

FIGURE 7.47.3C Labeled ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve, lateral transverse view.

FIGURE 7.47.3D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the sciatic nerve, lateral transverse view.

Abbreviations: ScN, Sciatic Nerve; GMM, Gluteus Maximus; Vast. Lat., Vastus Lateralis Muscle;

BFM, Biceps femoris Muscle; SmM, Semimembranosus Muscle; StM, Semitendinosus Muscle.

Sciatic Nerve at the Popliteal Fossa, Posterior View

FIGURE 7.48.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the sciatic nerve at the popliteal fossa,

posterior view.

FIGURE 7.48.1B Ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve at the popliteal fossa, posterior view.

FIGURE 7.48.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve at the popliteal fossa, posterior

view.

FIGURE 7.48.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the sciatic nerve at the popliteal fossa,

posterior view.

Abbreviations: StM, Semitendinosus Muscle; SmM, Semimembranosus Muscle; BFM, Biceps

Femoris Muscle; ScN, Sciatic Nerve; PA, Popliteal Artery.

Anatomy of the Sciatic Nerve at the Distal Popliteal Fossa

FIGURE 7.48.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the sciatic nerve bifurcation at the

popliteal fossa, posterior view.

FIGURE 7.48.2B Ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve bifurcation at the popliteal fossa, posterior

view.

FIGURE 7.48.2C Labeled ultrasound image of the sciatic nerve bifurcation at the popliteal fossa,

posterior view.

FIGURE 7.48.2D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the sciatic nerve bifurcation at the popliteal

fossa, posterior view.

Abbreviations: StM, Semitendinosus Muscle; SmM, Semimembranosus Muscle; BFM, Biceps

Femoris Muscle; CPN, Common Peroneal Nerve; TN, Tibial Nerve; PV, Popliteal Vein; PA,

Popliteal Artery.

Femoral Nerve, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.49.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the femoral nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.49.1B Ultrasound image of the femoral nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.49.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the femoral nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.49.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the femoral nerve at the level between inguinal

ligament and femoral crease.

Abbreviations: FA, Femoral Artery; PFA, Profunda Femoris Artery; FN, Femoral Nerve; FV,

Femoral Vein.

Obturator Nerve, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.50.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the obturator nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.50.1B Ultrasound image of the obturator nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.50.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the obturator nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.52.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the obturator nerve, transverse view.

Abbreviations: FA, Femoral Artery; FV, Femoral Vein; ALM, Adductor Longus Muscle; ABM,

Adductor Brevis Muscle; AMM, Adductor Magnus Muscle; GsM, Gracilis Muscle; Ant. Br., Anterior

Branch of Obturator Nerve; Post. Br., Posterior Branch of Obturator Nerve, Pectineus, Pectineus

Muscle.

Pudendal Nerve and Pudendal (Alcock’s) Canal

FIGURE 7.51.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the pudendal nerve and pudendal canal.

FIGURE 7.51.1B Ultrasound image of the pudendal nerve, medial approach, transverse view.


FIGURE 7.51.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the pudendal nerve, medial approach, transverse

view.

Abbreviations: AMM, Adductor Magnus Muscle; ALM, Adductor Longus Muscle; GsM, Gracilis

Muscle; IPA, Internal Pudendal Artery; PN, Pudendal Nerve.

Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve, Transverse View

FIGURE 7.52.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve,

transverse view.

FIGURE 7.52.1B Ultrasound image of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.52.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, transverse view.

FIGURE 7.52.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, transverse

view.

Abbreviations: LFCN, Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve; SaM, Sartorius Muscle; IpM, Iliopsoas

Muscle; TFLM, Tensor Fasciae Latae Muscle; Glu. Max. M., Gluteus Maximus Muscle.

Saphenous Nerve at Mid-thigh

FIGURE 7.53.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the saphenous nerve at mid-thigh.

FIGURE 7.53.1B Ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve at mid-thigh.

FIGURE 7.53.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve at mid-thigh.

FIGURE 7.53.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the saphenous nerve at mid-thigh.

Abbreviations: SaM, Sartorius Muscle; SaN, Sartorius Nerve; FA, Femoral Artery; Motor Br. (FN),

Motor Branch of Femoral Nerve.

Saphenous Nerve at Distal Thigh

FIGURE 7.53.2A Ultrasound transducer position to image the saphenous nerve at distal thigh.

FIGURE 7.53.2B Ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve at distal thigh.

FIGURE 7.53.2C Labeled Ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve at distal thigh.

FIGURE 7.53.2D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the saphenous nerve at distal thigh.

Abbreviations: SaN, Sartorius Nerve; DGA, Descending Genicular Artery; SaM, Sartorius Muscle;

GsM, Gracilis Muscle.

Tibial Nerve at the Level of the Calf

FIGURE 7.54.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the tibial nerve at the level of the calf.

FIGURE 7.54.1B Ultrasound image of the tibial nerve at the level of the calf.

FIGURE 7.54.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the tibial nerve at the level of the calf.

FIGURE 7.54.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the tibial nerve at the level of the calf.

Abbreviations: TN, Tibial Nerve; PTA, Posterior Tibial Artery.

Saphenous Nerve Below the Knee

FIGURE 7.55.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the saphenous nerve below the knee.

FIGURE 7.55.1B Ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve below the knee.

FIGURE 7.55.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve below the knee.

FIGURE 7.55.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the saphenous nerve below the knee.

Abbreviations: SaV, Great Saphenous Vein and its contributories; SaN, Saphenous Nerve.

Common Peroneal Nerve at the Fibular Neck

FIGURE 7.56.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the common peroneal nerve at the fibular

neck.

FIGURE 7.56.1B Ultrasound image of the common peroneal nerve at the fibular neck.

FIGURE 7.56.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the common peroneal nerve at the fibular neck.

FIGURE 7.56.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the common peroneal nerve at the fibular neck.

Abbreviations: CPN, Common Peroneal Nerve; PLM, Peroneus Longus Muscle.

Peroneal Nerve, Deep and Superficial Branches

FIGURE 7.57.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial

branches.

FIGURE 7.57.1B Ultrasound image of the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial branches.

FIGURE 7.57.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial branches.

FIGURE 7.57.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial

branches.

Abbreviations: PBM, Peroneus Brevis Muscle; EDL, Extensor Digitorum Longus; SPN, Superficial

Peroneal Nerve; DPN, Deep Peroneal Nerve; ATA, Anterior Tibial Artery.

Peroneal Nerve, Deep and Superficial Branches at the Level of the Ankle

FIGURE 7.58.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial

branches at the level of the ankle.

FIGURE 7.58.1B Ultrasound image of the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial branches at the level

of the ankle.

FIGURE 7.58.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial branches at

the level of the ankle.

FIGURE 7.58.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial

branches at the level of the ankle.

Abbreviations: PBM, Peroneus Brevis Muscle; EDL, Extensor Digitorum Longus; SPN, Superficial

Peroneal Nerve; DPN, Deep Peroneal Nerve; ATA, Anterior Tibial Artery.

Posterior Tibial Nerve at the Ankle, Medial Aspect

FIGURE 7.59.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the posterior tibial nerve at the ankle,

medial aspect.

FIGURE 7.59.1B Ultrasound image of the posterior tibial nerve at the ankle, medial aspect.

FIGURE 7.59.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the posterior tibial nerve at the ankle, medial aspect.

FIGURE 7.59.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the peroneal nerve, deep and superficial

branches at the level of the ankle.

Abbreviations: PTN, Posterior Tibial Nerve; PTA, Posterior Tibial Artery; PTV, Posterior Tibial

Vein; Med. Mall., Medial Malleolus.

Saphenous Nerve at the Ankle

FIGURE 7.60.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the saphenous nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.60.1B Ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.60.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the saphenous nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.60.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the saphenous nerve at the ankle.

Abbreviations: SaN, Saphenous Nerve; Med. Br. (SaN), Medial Branch of Saphenous Nerve; SaV,

Saphenous Vein; Med. Mall., Medial Malleolus.

Superficial Peroneal Nerve at the Ankle

FIGURE 7.61.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the superficial peroneal nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.61.1B Ultrasound image of the superficial peroneal nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.61.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the superficial peroneal nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7. 61.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the superficial peroneal nerve at the ankle.

Abbreviations: SPN, Superficial Peroneal Nerve; PTM, Peroneus Tertius Muscle.

Deep Peroneal Nerve at the Ankle

FIGURE 7.62.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the deep peroneal nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.62.1B Ultrasound image of the deep peroneal nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.62.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the deep peroneal nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.62.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the deep peroneal nerve at the ankle.

Abbreviations: EHL, Extensor Hallucis Longus; EDL, Extensor Digitorum Longus; DPN, Deep

Peroneal Nerve; ATA, Anterior Tibial Artery.

Sural Nerve at the Ankle

FIGURE 7.63.1A Ultrasound transducer position to image the sural nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.63.1B Ultrasound image of the sural nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.63.1C Labeled ultrasound image of the sural nerve at the ankle.

FIGURE 7.63.1D Labeled cross-sectional anatomy of the sural nerve at the ankle.

Abbreviations: SuN, Sural nerve; SSV, Small Saphenous Vein; SoM, Soleus Muscle; Lat. Mall.,

Lateral Malleolus.

SECTION 8

Atlas of Surface Anatomy

Upper Body Anterior View of Face, Neck, and Upper Chest

Upper Body Profile View of Face, Neck, and Upper Chest

Upper Body Including Chest, Torso, and Upper Arms

Upper Body Including Back and Posterior Arms

Upper Body Including Back and Posterior Surface of Arms

Torso

Shoulder and Upper Extremity

Lower Extremity Anterior View

Lower Extremity Posterior View

Anterior Ankle and Foot

Posterior Ankle and Foot

Upper Body Anterior View of Face, Neck, and Upper Chest


FIGURE 8.1A Surface landmarks: Upper body anterior view of face, neck, and upper chest.

Upper Body Profile View of Face, Neck, and Upper Chest


FIGURE 8.1B Surface landmarks: Upper body profile view of face, neck, and upper chest.

Upper Body Including Chest, Torso, and Upper Arms


FIGURE 8.1C Surface landmarks: Upper body including chest, torso, and upper arms.

Upper Body Including Back and Posterior Arms


FIGURE 8.2A Surface landmarks: upper body including back and posterior arms.

Upper Body Including Back and Posterior Surface of Arms


FIGURE 8.2B Surface landmarks: Upper body including back and posterior surface of arms.

Torso


FIGURE 8.3 Surface landmarks: torso.

Shoulder and Upper Extremity


FIGURE 8.4 Surface landmarks: shoulder and upper extremity.

Lower Extremity Anterior View


FIGURE 8.5A Surface landmarks: lower extremity anterior view.

Lower Extremity Posterior View


FIGURE 8.5B Surface landmarks: Lower extremity posterior view.

Anterior Ankle and Foot


FIGURE 8.6A Surface landmarks: anterior ankle and foot.

Posterior Ankle and Foot


FIGURE 8.6B Surface landmarks: Posterior ankle and foot.

Index

Please note that index links point to page beginnings from the print edition. Locations are

approximate in e-readers, and you may need to page down one or more times after clicking a link

to get to the indexed material.

Page numbers followed by findicate figures; those followed by t indicate tables.

A

A-mode, 327, 328f

Abdominal wall

anterior, 22–23

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of femoral branch of genitofemoral nerve, 604f, 605f

genital branch of genitofemoral nerve, 602f, 603f

iliohypogastric nerve, 600f, 601f

ilioinguinal nerve, 600f, 601f

Absorption, 326–327

Accessory phrenic nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 540f, 541f

Acetaminophen, 84t

Achilles tendon, 286, 288

Acid-base status, local anesthetic (LA) toxicity and, 119

Acoustic impedance, 324

Acoustic velocity, 324

Action potential, 56, 57f

Additives, for local anesthetics (LAs), 38, 129

Alcock’s canal. See Pudendal canal

Alfentanil, 84t

for femoral nerve block, 273

for intercostal nerve block, 308

for sciatic nerve block, 234

Allergic reactions, 121

American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine (ASRA), 107–109, 112

Amide-linked local anesthetics (LAs) bupivacaine, 31, 33–34, 35f, 37, 39t

etidocaine, 34, 35f, 37

levobupivacaine, 35f, 37–38, 39t

lidocaine, 34, 35f, 36, 39t

mepivacaine, 35f, 37, 39t

prilocaine, 35f, 37

ropivacaine, 35f, 37, 39t

Amiodarone, 120

Amplification, 331

Analgesia, 81, 176, 177f Anatomic landmarks. See Landmarks

Anatomic planes

coronal, 479, 480f

median, 479, 480f

sagittal, 479–480, 480f

transverse, 480, 480f

Anatomy. See also Functional anatomy

Surface anatomy;

Ultrasoundguided anatomy

for Bier block, 314

of femoral triangle, 268f, 269f of infraclavicular fossa, 177f

for intercostobrachial nerve block, 208, 211f

for lateral cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 212, 212f

for medial cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 212, 212f

of nerve plexuses, 9

brachial, 12–15, 12f-15f 15 t, 188f

cervical, 10–11, 10f, 11f, 11t

lumbar, 16–18, 16f, 17f, 17t, 18f, 218, 218f

sacral, 19–22, 19f-22f, 21t

of popliteal fossa crease, 259f

for regional anesthesia

anterior abdominal wall, 22–23

brachial plexus, 12–15, 12f-15f, 15t

cervical plexus, 10–11, 10f, 11f, 11t

connective tissue, 3–4, 4f

intercostal block, 304–305, 304f

lumbar plexus, 16–18, 16f-18f, 17t, 218

major joints, 23–26, 24f-26f

peripheral nerves, 3, 3f, 4f

peritoneum, 23

sacral plexus, 19–22, 19f-22f, 21t

spinal nerves, 4–9, 4f-8f

thoracic paravertebral block, 292–293, 292f

thoracic wall, 22, 23f

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 452–455, 452f-457f

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 378, 378f

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 404, 406, 406f, 407f

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 398, 398f

median nerve, 386, 387f

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks

radial nerve, 386, 386f

ulnar nerve, 387, 387f

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 463, 463f

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 370, 370f, 371f

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 354, 354f

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 468, 468f

for ultrasound (US)-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB), 503

longitudinal scan, 503–504, 503f, 504f

transverse scan, 505, 505f, 506f

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 412–413, 412f, 413f

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 441f, 442, 443f

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 465, 466f

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 420–421, 420f, 421f

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block

anterior approach, 428, 428f

transgluteal and subgluteal approach, 433, 433f

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 346, 346f

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 353f, 362

for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic paravertebral block, 497, 498f

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 460, 460f

for ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block

median nerve, 392, 392f, 393f

radial nerve, 393, 394f

ulnar nerve, 392, 393f, 394f

Anesthesia. See also local anesthetics; Regional anesthesia

distribution of

for ankle block, 284, 285f

for axillary brachial plexus block, 189, 190f for Bier block, 314

for cervical plexus block, 141–142, 142f

for femoral nerve block, 269, 270f

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 176, 177f

for intercostal block, 305, 305f

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 152, 153f

for lumbar plexus block (LPB), 218, 220f, 221f

for popliteal block, 250, 258, 260f

for sciatic nerve block, 231, 231f, 241

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 168

for thoracic paravertebral block, 293, 293f

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 455

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 378

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 406

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 398

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks, 387

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 463

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 370

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 354

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 468

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 414

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 443

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 465

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 421

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block, 428, 433–434

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 346, 347f

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 362

for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic paravertebral block, 497, 498f

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 460–461

for ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block, 393

for wrist block, 200

neuraxial, 111t

algorithm for selection of, 114

anticoagulants, 108, 110–111, 506

antiplatelet therapy, 107–108

fondaparinux, 110

guidelines for, 112, 115

heparin, 82, 108–109, 112

herbal therapies, 109

intraspinal hematoma, 107

thrombin inhibitors, 110

thrombolytic therapy, 109

sensory, 204

spinal, of upper extremity, 168

for surgical procedures

postoperative, 84t

pre/intraoperative, 84t

Anesthesia/analgesia distribution, 176, 177f

Ankle

innervation of, 24, 26f, 285f

surface anatomy of

anterior view, 679f

posterior view, 680f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

deep peroneal nerve, 656f, 657f, 664f, 665f

posterior tibial nerve, 658f, 659f

saphenous nerve, 660f, 661f

superficial peroneal nerve, 656f, 657f, 662f, 663f

sural nerve, 666f, 667f

Ankle block. See also Ultrasound-guided ankle block complications of, 288, 288t

considerations of, 282

distribution of, 284, 285f

dynamics of, 288

equipment for, 284

functional anatomy of, 282, 282f-284f

landmarks for, 284–285, 285f, 287f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 281, 286, 286f, 287, 287f

midazolam, 288

needle for

insertion of, 281f, 286

size of, 284

patient positioning for, 284–285, 285f

perioperative management of, 288

peroneal nerve and common, 250, 282, 282f

deep, 282, 283f, 286, 286f, 452–453, 453f

superficial, 282, 282f, 283f, 286–287, 288f

saphenous nerve and, 284, 284f, 286–287, 287f

sural nerve and, 283–284, 283f, 286–287, 288f

tibial nerve and, 250, 283, 284f

posterior, 286–287, 287f, 451f

Ansa cervicalis, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 542f, 543f

Anterior abdominal wall, 22–23

Anterior branch of obturator nerve, 412, 412f, 413f, 414, 415, 415f

Anterior scalene muscle, 354f, 358f

Anticoagulants, 108, 110–111

lumbar plexus block (LPB) and, 506

Antiplatelet therapy, 107–108

Arms. See Upper extremities

Arrhythmias, 119

malignant, 120

ventricular, 121

Artifacts, ultrasound (US), 340f

enhancement, 339

mirror image, 339

reverberation, 339, 362

shadowing, 339

velocity error, 339

ASRA. See American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine Atropine, 45t Attenuation

coefficient, 324–325, 325f

Axial resolution, 325

Axilla, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 566f-571f

Axillary artery, 191f

Axillary brachial plexus, 378, 379f

Axillary brachial plexus block, 82t, 87, 194. See also Ultra-soundguided axillary brachial plexus

block

complications of, 193 1

considerations of, 188

distribution of, 189, 190f dynamics of, 192

equipment for, 189

functional anatomy of, 188–189, 188f, 189f

median nerve, 188

musculocutaneous nerve, 188

radial nerve, 189

ulnar nerve, 188–189

landmarks for, 189–190, 190f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 187, 191–192

midazolam for, 192

muscle twitch with, 191–192

needle size and insertion for, 187f, 191–192, 191f

patient positioning for, 189–190, 190f

perioperative management of, 192

surface landmarks for, 189

technique for, 190–192, 191f

troubleshooting for, 192, 193t

Axillary fossa, 378f

Axillary nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 564f, 565f

Axonotmesis, 127

B

B-mode, 327–328, 328f

Back, surface anatomy of, 673f, 674f

Benzocaine, 35f

Benzodiazepine, 34

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 157

for local anesthetic (LA) toxicity, 120

Biceps tendon, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 578f, 579f

Bier block, 313f

anatomy for, 314

anesthesia distribution for, 314

complications of, 317, 318t

considerations of, 314

dynamics of, 317

equipment for, 314, 314f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 313, 317

needle size for, 314

perioperative management of, 317

positioning and preparation for, 314

technique for, 315–316, 315f, 316f

tourniquet for, 315–316, 315f, 316f

Bioeffect, of ultrasound (US), 332–333

Block procedure notes, 76–77, 77f

Block room, 41–45, 41f

Blockade. See also specific blocks

diffusion during, 30

duration of, 30

onset of, 30

Blockade distribution

for ankle block, 284, 285f

for axillary brachial plexus block, 189, 190f

for Bier block, 314

for cervical plexus block, 141–142, 142f

for femoral nerve block, 269, 270f

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 176, 177f

for intercostal block, 305, 305f

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 152, 153f

for lumbar plexus block (LPB), 218, 220f, 221f

for popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 250

lateral approach, 258, 260f

for sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 241

transgluteal approach, 231, 231f

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 168

for thoracic paravertebral block, 293, 293f

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 455

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 378

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 406

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 398

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks, 387

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 463

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 370

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 354

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 468

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 414

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 443

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 465

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 421

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block

anterior approach, 428

transgluteal and subgluteal approach, 433–434

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 346, 347f

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 362

for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic paravertebral block, 497, 498f

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 460–461

for ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block, 393

for wrist block, 200

Bolus-dose capability, of infusion pumps, 100, 100f

Bolus injection, 255

Brachial plexus, 208t. See also Axillary

brachial plexus; Infraclavicular

brachial plexus; Interscalene

brachial plexus; Supraclavicular

brachial plexus

anatomy of, 12–15, 12f-15 f, 15t, 188f

branches of, 378

distribution of, 152t, 153f, 176t

motor response of, 156f

spatial organization of, 189f

stimulation of, 154

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 554f, 555f

ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block and, 362, 364

Bupivacaine

as amide-linked local anesthetic (LA), 31, 33–34, 35f, 37, 39t

for intercostal block, 307t

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 159

for popliteal block, 255

continuous intertendinous approach, 255

continuous lateral approach, 264

for sciatic nerve block, 236

for surgical procedures, 84t

for thoracic paravertebral block, 297t, 299

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 349

C

Calf, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 648f, 649f

Cardiac dysrhythmias, 119–121

Cardiovascular events, 119

Cardiovascular monitoring, 41

Cardiovascular toxicity, 33, 119

Carotid endarterectomy, 139, 145

Catheters

continuous nerve, 49–50, 50f, 51f

insertion of

for continuous ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 446–447

for continuous ultrasound (US)-guided subgluteal sciatic block, 436

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 181, 181f

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 159, 159t

nonstimulating, 158, 254

perineural, 50–51, 51f

stimulating, 64, 158, 235, 254

Caudal epidural injections, 477, 493–494, 494f, 495f, 497f

Celecoxib, 84t

Central nervous system (CNS) depression of, 119

toxicity, 32–33, 33f

local anesthetic (LA) potency and, 119–120

symptoms of, 119

Central neuraxial blocks (CNBs), 477. See also Ultrasound-guided central neuraxial blockade

Cervical plexus

anatomy of, 10–11, 10f, 11f, 11t

branches of, 141t

superficial, 208t, 346, 346f

Cervical plexus block, 86

complications of, 146t

considerations for, 140

deep, 140

dynamics of, 145–147

equipment for, 144–145

landmarks for, 144, 144f

patient positioning for, 144, 144f

perioperative management of, 145–147

technique for, 145, 145f

troubleshooting for, 145

distribution of, 141–142, 142f

functional anatomy of, 140–143, 140f, 141f, 141t

indications for

carotid endarterectomy, 139, 145

superficial neck surgery, 139

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 139, 143, 143f

midazolam for, 143

needle insertion for, 139f, 144, 145f

palpation technique for, 144f

sternocleidomastoid (SCM) in, 142, 143f, 144

superficial, 140, 140f

dynamics of, 143

equipment for, 142

landmarks for, 142, 143f

patient positioning for, 142

perioperative management of, 143

technique for, 143, 143f

Charge Q, 68–69

Chest, surface anatomy of, 672f

anterior view, 670f

profile view, 671f

2-Chloroprocaine, 31, 35f, 36, 39t, 172

Chronaxy, 56–59, 58f

Cinchocaine, 35f

Clonidine, 38

Clopidogrel, 107

CNBs, 477. See Ultrasound-guided central neuraxial blockade

CNS. See Central nervous system

Cocaine, 35f, 36

Combined spinal epidural (CSE), 477

Common peroneal nerve (CPN)

ankle block and, 250, 282, 282f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 652f, 653f

ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block and, 442, 442f, 443f

Complex resistance, 57

Complications

of ankle block, 288, 288t

of axillary brachial plexus block, 193t

of Bier block, 317, 318t

of cervical plexus block, 146t

of cutaneous nerve blocks, upper extremity, 213, 213t

of femoral nerve block, 275, 275t

of infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 183t

of intercostal block, 308, 308t

of interscalene brachial plexus block, 160t

of lumbar plexus block (LPB), 224, 225t

of peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs)

extrafascicular injections, 128

future directions of, 131–132, 132f

intrafascicular injections, 128

nerve injury, 128–131, 131t

peripheral nerves and, 127–128

postoperative neuropathy, 133, 134f

problem with, 128

of popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 255, 255t

lateral approach, 264, 264t

of sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 245, 246t

transgluteal approach, 236, 237t

of thoracic paravertebral block, 299, 300t

of wrist block, 204, 204f

Compound imaging, 335, 336f

Connective tissue, 3–4, 4f

Constant current, 56–59

Continuous cutaneous nerve blocks, of upper extremity, 213, 213t

Continuous femoral nerve block

complications of, 275, 275t

equipment for, 274

infusion for, 275

landmarks for, 274

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 275

needle size for, 274

patient positioning for, 274

technique for, 275, 275f

Continuous infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 179–180

complications of, 183t

equipment for, 181

landmarks for, 181

management of, 182, 182f, 183t

needle size for, 181

patient positioning for, 181

technique for, 181–182, 181f

Continuous interscalene brachial plexus block

equipment for, 158

infusion for, 159–160

landmarks for, 158–159

management of, 157–161, 160t

needle size for, 158

patient positioning for, 158–159

technique for, 159, 159f

Continuous lumbar plexus block (LPB)

equipment for, 223

infusion, 224

landmarks for, 223–224

needle size for, 223

patient positioning for, 223–224

technique for, 224, 224f

Continuous nerve catheters, 49–50, 50f, 51f

Continuous peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs)

advantages and evidence of, 95–97, 96f

infusion pumps for, 51, 98–100, 99f

attributes of, 101t

bolus-dose capability of, 100, 100f

disposability and cost of, 100

distributors of, 99t

insertion technique for, 97–98

introduction to, 95

local anesthetics (LAs) and adjuvant selection for, 98

patient-controlled regional anesthesia (PCRA), 98

patient instructions for, 100–103, 102f

patient selection for, 97

Continuous popliteal block intertendinous approach bupivacaine for, 255

complications of, 255, 255t

equipment for, 254

infusion, 255

landmarks for, 254

levobupivacaine for, 255

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 255

needle insertion for, 255, 255f

needle size for, 254

patient positioning for, 254

ropivacaine for, 255

technique for, 255, 255f

lateral approach

bupivacaine for, 264

complications of, 264, 264t

equipment for, 262–263

infusion, 264

landmarks for, 263

levobupivacaine for, 264

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 262–263

needle insertion for, 263–264, 263f

needle size for, 262–263

nerve stimulation with, 263t

patient positioning for, 263

ropivacaine for, 264

technique for, 263–264, 263f

Continuous sciatic nerve block, transgluteal approach

bupivacaine for, 236

complications of, 236, 237t

equipment for, 235

infusion, 236

landmarks for, 233f, 235

levobupivacaine for, 236

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 235

needle size for, 235

patient positioning for, 233f, 235

ropivacaine for, 236

technique for, 235–236, 236f

Continuous thoracic paravertebral block

complications of, 299, 300t

equipment for, 298

infusion management for, 299

landmarks for, 298

needle size for, 298

patient positioning for, 298

technique for, 299, 299f

Continuous ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 381, 381f

Continuous ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 400–402, 401f

Continuous ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 373, 373f

Continuous ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 357–358, 358f

Continuous ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 446–447, 446f

Continuous ultrasound (US)-guided subgluteal sciatic block, 435–436

Continuous ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 366, 366f

Conventional imaging, 335, 336f

Coracoid process, 178, 178f, 181, 371

Coronal plane, 479, 480f

Costotransverse ligament, 497

Coulomb’s law, 68–69

COX-2 inhibitors (cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors), 107

CPN (common peroneal nerve), 477

CSE. See Combined spinal epidural

Current, 67–69

Cutaneous distribution, of lumbar plexus, 220f

Cutaneous nerve blocks

upper extremity, 214

complications of, 213, 213t

considerations of, 207f, 208

continuous, 213, 213t

functional anatomy of, 208, 208t, 209f

intercostobrachial, 208, 211f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 207–208, 212–213

lateral cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 211f, 212f, 212–213

medial cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 211f, 212, 212f

ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block

anatomy for, 463, 463f

distribution of, 463

equipment for, 464

general considerations for, 463

landmarks and patient positioning for, 464

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 464–465, 464f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 464–465, 464f

technique for, 464–465, 464f

ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block

anatomy for, 468, 468f

distribution of, 468

equipment for, 468

general considerations for, 468

landmarks and patient positioning for, 468–469

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 469, 469f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 468–469, 469f

technique for, 469, 469f

ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block

anatomy for, 465, 466f

distribution of, 465

equipment for, 465

general considerations for, 465

landmarks and patient positioning for, 466

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 466–467, 467f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 465–467, 466f, 467f

technique for, 466–467, 466f, 467f

ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block

anatomy for, 460, 460f

distribution of, 460–461

equipment for, 461

general considerations for, 460

landmarks and patient positioning for, 461

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459–462, 462f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 461–462, 462f

technique for, 461–462, 461f, 462f

Cutaneous nerves, of upper extremity brachial plexus, 208t

intercostal nerves, 208t

superficial cervical plexus, 208t

Cyclooxygenase (COX)-2 inhibitors, 107

D

Dabigatran etexilate, 110

Deep cervical plexus block, 140

dynamics of, 145–147

equipment for, 144–145

landmarks for, 144, 144f

patient positioning for, 144, 144f

perioperative management of, 145–147

technique for, 145, 145f

troubleshooting for, 145

Deep peroneal nerve

in ankle block, 282, 283f, 286, 286f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 654f, 655f

at ankle, 656f, 657f, 664f, 665f

in ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 452–453, 453f

Depolarization, 56

Depth, 335, 338t

Dermatomes, 5–8, 6f, 7f

Differential sensitivity, of nerve fibers, 31, 31f

Digital block, 87

Disposability, of infusion pumps, 100

Distal blocks, of median, ulnar, radial nerves, 82t

Doppler ultrasound (US), 323f, 328–329, 329f, 330f, 338

Dorsal scapular artery, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 554f, 555f

Dorsal scapular nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 530f, 531f

Dysrhythmias, 119–121

E

ECG (electrocardiogram), 56–57

Echogenic needles, 48

Elbow joint, 24

Electric field, 68–69

Electrical nerve stimulators, 130

description of, 55

history of, 55

SENSe, 62–63, 62f

Electrical potential, 67–68

Electrical resistance/impedance, 67–68

Electrocardiogram (ECG), 56–57

Electrophysiology. See

Neurophysiology, electrophysiology and

Emergency drugs, for peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs), 45, 45t

Endoneurium, 4, 127

Enhancement artifact, 339

EOM. See External oblique muscle Ephedrine, 45t

Epidural injections

caudal, 477, 493–494, 494f, 495f, 497f

lumbar, 490–492

thoracic, 492–493, 492f, 493f

Epidural space. See Paramedian epidural space

Epinephrine, 45t

for intercostal block, 307t

intravascular injection with, 129

as marker of, 120

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 172

for surgical procedures, 84t

for thoracic paravertebral block, 297t

Epineurium, 4, 4f, 127

Equipment

for peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs) emergency drugs, 45, 45t

induction and block room, 41–45, 41f

perineural catheters, 50–51, 51f

severe local anesthetics (LAs) toxicity, 46–50, 46f, 47f, 47t, 49f, 50f, 51f

trays, 46, 46f

for peripheral nerve stimulator (PNS)

electrical features of, 63

safety features of, 63–64, 65t

setup and check of, 59

stimulating catheters, 64, 158, 235, 254

stimulating needles, 64

for regional anesthesia, storage cart, 42, 42f-45f

Ester-linked local anesthetics (LAs), 32, 34–36

Etidocaine, 34, 35f, 37

External oblique muscle (EOM), 460, 460f, 461f, 463, 463f

Extrafascicular injections, 128

F

Face, surface anatomy of

anterior view, 670f

profile view, 671f

Facet joints, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 614f, 615f

Fascia iliaca, 406–407, 407f. See also Ultrasound-guided fascia iliaca block

Fascial sheaths, 269f

Femoral artery pulse, 272f

Femoral branch of genitofemoral nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 604f, 605f

Femoral nerve, 398, 399, 399f, 400f

branches of, 269t

innervation of, 270f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 398f

transverse view, 636f, 637f

Femoral nerve block, 83t, 88. See also Ultrasound-guided femoral nerve block

considerations of, 268

continuous

complications of, 275, 275t

equipment for, 274

infusion for, 275

landmarks for, 274

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 275

needle size for, 274

patient positioning for, 274

technique for, 275, 275f

distribution of, 269, 270f

functional anatomy of, 268, 268f, 269f, 269t

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 267

needle insertion for, 267f

nerve stimulator guided, 276

single-injection

alfentanil for, 273

dynamics of, 273

equipment for, 269

landmarks for, 269–271, 272f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 272

midazolam for, 273

muscle twitch with, 272–273

needle insertion for, 271, 272f

needle size for, 269

nerve stimulation with, 273, 274t

patient positioning for, 269–271, 272f

perioperative management of, 273

technique for, 272

troubleshooting for, 273, 273f

Femoral triangle, 268f, 269f

Fibular neck, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 652f, 653f

Flexor carpi ulnaris tendon, 202f, 387f

Flexor palmaris longus tendon, 202f

Focusing effect, of ultrasound (US), 332, 333f, 337f, 338

Fondaparinux, 110

Foot

innervation of, 285f

surface anatomy of

anterior view, 679f

posterior view, 680f

Forearm, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of median nerve, 584f, 585f

posterior interosseous nerve, 586f, 587f

radial nerve, 582f, 583f

ulnar nerve, 584f, 585f

Forearm blocks. See also Ultrasound-guided forearm blocks

lateral cutaneous nerve, 211f, 212f, 212–213

medial cutaneous nerve, 211f, 212f, 212

Frequency, 338

Functional anatomy

of ankle block, 282, 282f-284f

of axillary brachial plexus block, 188f, 189f

median nerve, 188

musculocutaneous nerve, 188

radial nerve, 189

ulnar nerve, 188–189

of cervical plexus block, 140–143, 140f, 141f, 141t

of cutaneous nerve blocks, upper extremity, 208, 208t, 209f

of femoral nerve block, 268, 268f, 269f, 269t

of infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 176, 176f, 176t, 177t

of interscalene brachial plexus block, 150–152, 150f, 151f, 152t

of lumbar plexus block (LPB), 218, 218f, 219f

of popliteal block intertendinous approach, 250, 250f, 251f

lateral approach, 258, 259f

of sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 241

transgluteal approach, 230, 230f, 231f

of supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 168, 169f, 170f

of wrist block, 200, 200f

G

Gabapentin, 84t

Gain, 338

Genitofemoral nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

femoral branch, 604f, 605f

genital branch, 602f, 603f

Greater occipital nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

longitudinal view, 516f, 517f

transverse view, 514f, 515f

Greater trochanter, 433–434

palpation of, 232, 232f

H

Hand, innervation of, 200, 201f

Hematoma

intraspinal, 107

peripheral, 114

spinal, 114

Heparin

intravenous, 108

low molecular weight (LMWH), 82, 109, 112

subcutaneous, 108–109

Herbal therapy, 109

Hip joint, innervation of, 24, 25f

Histology, of peripheral nerves, 127–128

Histopathology, of peripheral nerves, 127–128

Humerus, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 572f, 573f

I

Ibuprofen, 84t

Iliohypogastric nerve. See also Ultrasound-guided

iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 600f, 601f

Ilioinguinal nerve. See also Ultrasound-guided

iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 600f, 601f

Image modes, for ultrasound (US), 327–329, 328f, 329f, 330f, 335

Imaging. See Ultrasound Impedance

acoustic, 324

defined, 67–68

measurement of, 62

neurophysiology and, 56–59

Impulse duration, 56–59

Impulse propagation, 56

Induction and block room, 41–45, 41f

Informed consent, 78

Infraclavicular brachial plexus, 370, 371f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 556f, 557f

lateral and posterior cords, 558f, 559f

medial cord, 560f-563f

Infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 82t, 86, 175f. See also Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular

brachial plexus block

anesthesia/analgesia distribution for, 176, 177f

catheter insertion for, 181, 181f

complications of, 183t

considerations of, 176

continuous, 179–183

complications of, 183t

equipment for, 181

landmarks for, 181

management of, 182, 182f, 183t

needle size for, 181

patient positioning for, 181

technique for, 181–182, 181f

coracoid process during, 178, 178f, 181, 371

decision-making algorithm for, 184

functional anatomy of, 176, 176f, 176t, 177t

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 175

midazolam for, 179

motor response of, 180f

muscle twitch with, 176, 179, 180t

needle insertion for, 175, 178f, 179

osseous prominences and, 178f

palpation technique for, 178f

radiopaque solution for, 182f

ropivacaine for, 182

single-injection

dynamics of, 179

equipment for, 177

landmarks for, 177–178, 178f

needle size for, 177

patient positioning for, 177–178, 178f

perioperative management of, 179

technique for, 179, 180f

troubleshooting for, 179, 180t

Infraclavicular fossa, 177f

Infusion pumps, 51, 98–100, 99f

attributes of, 101t

bolus-dose capability of, 100, 100f

disposability and cost of, 100

distributors of, 99t

Injection. See also specific injections bolus, 255

epidural

caudal, 477, 493–494, 494f, 495f, 497f

lumbar, 490–492

thoracic, 492–493, 492f, 493f

extrafascicular, 128

interfascial, 412, 414–415, 415f

intrafascicular, 128

intraneural, 30, 128–130

intravascular, 120, 129

pain of, 130

spinal, 477, 490

Injection pressure monitoring, 49, 49f, 75–76, 75f, 130–131, 131t

Innervation of ankle, 24, 26f, 285f

of femoral nerve, 270f

of foot, 285f

of hand, 200, 201f

of joints, 23–26, 24f, 25f, 26f

of peritoneum, 23

of sciatic nerve, 230f

sensory, 142f

of upper extremity, 208, 209f

In-plane technique, for needle insertion, 338, 338f, 346, 348

Insertion of needle. See Needle insertion

Intercostal block, 303f, 309

alfentanil for, 308

anesthesia distribution for, 305, 305f

bupivacaine for, 307t

complications of, 308, 308t

considerations of, 304

dynamics of, 308

epinephrine for, 307t

equipment for, 305

landmarks for, 306, 306f

levobupivacaine for, 307t

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 303, 305, 307, 307t

lidocaine for, 307t

mepivacaine for, 307t

needle for

insertion of, 306f, 307, 307f

size of, 305

patient positioning for, 305, 305f

perioperative management of, 308

regional anesthesia anatomy for, 304–305, 304f

ropivacaine for, 307t

technique for, 306–307, 307f

Intercostal nerves, 208t

Intercostal space

palpation of, 305f, 306

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 532f, 533f

Intercostobrachial nerve block, 208, 211f

Interfascial injection technique, 412, 414–415, 415f

Internal oblique muscle (IOM), 460–461, 460f, 461f, 463–464, 463f

Interscalene brachial plexus, 354, 354f 355, 355f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

longitudinal view, 536f, 537f

transverse view at C5 level, 534f, 535f

Interscalene brachial plexus block, 82t, 86. See also Ultrasound-guided interscalene brachial plexus

block

benzodiazepine for, 157

bupivacaine for, 159

catheter insertion for, 159, 159t

complications of, 160t

considerations for, 150

continuous

equipment for, 158

infusion for, 159–160

landmarks for, 158–159

management of, 157–161, 160t

needle size for, 158

patient positioning for, 158–159

technique for, 159, 159f

decision-making algorithm for, 161

distribution of, 152, 153f

functional anatomy of, 150–152, 150f, 151f, 152t

levobupivacaine for, 159

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 152, 154, 156, 159

low-interscalene approach, 155

muscle twitch with, 157t

needle insertion for, 149f, 154–155, 155f

ropivacaine for, 159

single-injection

dynamics of, 157–158

equipment for, 152

landmarks for, 153–154, 153f, 154f

needle size for, 152

patient positioning for, 153–154, 153f, 154f

perioperative management for, 157–158

technique for, 154

troubleshooting for, 157f

sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM) in, 149, 150f, 153–154, 154f, 157

Intrafascicular injections, 128

Intralipid 20%, 45t

Intraneural injection, 30, 128–130

Intraoperative anesthesia, 84t

Intraspinal hematoma, 107

Intravascular injection, 120, 129

Intravenous acetaminophen, 84t

Intravenous heparin, 108

Intravenous regional anesthesia (IVRA), 89, 314, 319

IOM. See Internal oblique muscle

Ischial tuberosity, 433–434

IVRA. See Intravenous regional anesthesia

J

Joint innervation, 23–26, 24f-26f

Joints. See specific joints

K

Ketorolac, 84t

Kidney, in lumbar plexus block (LPB), 504–505, 504f

Knee joint, 24, 25f

Kulenkampff’s technique, 168

L

Landmarks

for ankle block, 284–285, 285f, 287f

for axillary brachial plexus block, 189–190, 190f

for cervical plexus block

deep, 144, 144f

superficial, 142, 143f

for femoral nerve block

continuous, 274

single-injection, 269–271, 272f

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block

continuous, 181

single-injection, 177–178, 178f

for intercostal block, 306, 306f

for interscalene brachial plexus block

continuous, 158–159

single-injection, 153–154, 153f, 154f

for lumbar plexus block (LPB)

continuous, 223–224

single-injection, 219–221, 221f

for popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 251, 251f, 254

lateral approach, 258–259, 260f, 263

for sciatic nerve block anterior

approach, 241, 242f

transgluteal approach, 231–232, 231f-233f, 235

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 170, 170f, 171f

for thoracic paravertebral block

continuous, 298

single-injection, 293–294, 294f, 295f

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 456

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 377f, 378–379

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 407, 407f

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 399

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks, 385f, 388

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 464

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 371, 371f

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 355

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 468–469

for ultrasound (US)-guided neuraxial and perineuraxial blocks, 477

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 414, 414f

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block

lateral approach, 444, 444f

prone approach, 445

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 466

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 420f, 422

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block

anterior approach, 429, 429f

transgluteal and subgluteal approach, 434, 434f

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 347, 348f

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 361f, 363–364

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 461

for ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block, 395

for wrist block, 201, 201f, 202f

Local anesthetics (LAs). See Local anesthetics

Lateral antebrachial cutaneous nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 578f, 579f

Lateral cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 211f, 212–213, 212f

Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, transverse view, 642f, 643f

Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block. See Ultrasound-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block

Lateral resolution, 326

Legs. See Lower extremities

Levobupivacaine

as amide-linked local anesthetic (LA), 35f, 37–38, 39t

for intercostal block, 307t

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 159

for popliteal block, 255

intertendinous approach, 255

lateral approach, 264

for sciatic nerve block, 236

for thoracic paravertebral block, 297t

Lidocaine, 129

as amide-linked local anesthetic (LA), 34, 35f, 36, 39t

for Bier block, 314, 317

for intercostal block, 307t

for thoracic paravertebral block, 297t

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 349

LMWH. See Low molecular weight heparin

Local anesthetics (LAs)

additives to

clonidine, 38

opioids, 38

toxicity of, 129

vasoconstrictors, 38

adjuvant selection and, 98

amide-linked

bupivacaine, 31, 33–34, 35f, 37, 39t

etidocaine, 34, 35f, 37

levobupivacaine, 35f, 37–38, 39t

lidocaine, 34, 35f, 36, 39t

mepivacaine, 35f, 37, 39t

prilocaine, 35f, 37

ropivacaine, 35f, 37, 39t

for ankle block, 281, 286, 286f, 287, 287f

for axillary brachial plexus block, 187, 191–192

for Bier block, 313, 317

blockade

diffusion of, 30

duration of, 30

onset of, 30

for cervical plexus block, 139, 143, 143f

for continuous peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs), 98

for cutaneous nerve blocks, of upper extremity, 207, 208, 212, 213

differential sensitivity, of nerve fibers to, 31, 31f

for femoral nerve block, 267

continuous, 275

single-injection, 272

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 175

for intercostal block, 303, 305, 307, 307t

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 152, 154, 156, 159

for lumbar plexus block (LPB), 217, 222, 224

mixing of, 39

nerve conduction and, 29

hydrogen ion concentration (pH) and, 31–32, 32f

for peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs), 38–39, 39t

for popliteal block, 249

intertendinous approach, 252–253, 255

lateral approach, 261–263

protein binding and, 32

and radiopaque solution, for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 170f

for sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 229, 243, 245

transgluteal approach, 229, 233, 235

severe local anesthetic (LA) toxicity equipment

continuous nerve catheters, 49–50, 50f, 51f

echogenic needles, 48

injection pressure monitoring, 49, 49f

peripheral nerve block (PNB) trays, 46, 46f

regional nerve block needles, 46–48, 47f, 47t

sterile techniques for, 48–50

transducer covers and gel, 49

ultrasound (US) machines, 48

structure of, 29–30

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 167, 170, 170f

for thoracic paravertebral block, 291–294

single-injection, 297, 297t

toxicity of

acid-base status with, 119

with additives, 129

allergic reactions to, 121

benzodiazepine for, 120

detection of, 121–122

prevention of, 120–121

signs and symptoms of, 119–120

systemic, 32–34, 33f, 119–120

treatment of, 120–123

types of

2-chloroprocaine, 31, 35f, 36, 39t, 172

cocaine, 35f, 36

ester-linked, 32, 34–36

procaine, 35f, 36

tetracaine, 35f, 36

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 451, 453, 456–457

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 377, 379–381, 380f, 381f

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 405–407

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 397–401, 400f, 401f

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks, 385, 388–390, 388f, 389f

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 459, 464–465, 464f

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 369, 370f, 371, 372f, 373, 373f

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 353–354, 356, 356f

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 459, 469, 469f

for ultrasound (US)-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB), 503, 505, 506f, 508f

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 411, 414–415, 415f

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 441f, 442, 444–446, 445f, 446f

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 459, 466–467, 467f

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 419, 421–423, 422f

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block

anterior approach, 427f, 429–430, 430f

transgluteal and subgluteal approach, 427f, 434–436, 435f

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 345, 348, 348f, 349f

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 361, 364, 365f, 366

for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic paravertebral block, 497, 498f, 499, 500f, 501

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 459–462, 462f

for ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block, 391–392, 395

for wrist block, 199, 202, 204

Long thoracic nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 522f, 523f

Longitudinal out-of-plane technique, for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic paravertebral block, 499–

501, 500f

Low molecular weight heparin (LMWH), 82, 109, 112

Lower extremities

blocks of, 81, 83t, 89

surface anatomy of

anterior view, 677f

posterior view, 678f

Lumbar plexus block (LPB). See

Lumbar plexus block Lumbar epidural injection, 490–492

Lumbar paravertebral space, ultrasound (US) of, 503–508

anatomy for, 503–505, 503f-506f

approaches to, 505–506, 507f, 508f

Lumbar plexus

anatomy of, 16–18, 16f, 17f, 17t, 18f 218, 218f

branches of, 16–18, 16f, 17f, 17t, 18f, 218

cutaneous distribution of, 220f

organization of, 219f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

lateral longitudinal view, 618f, 619f

lateral transverse view, 616f, 617f

posterior oblique view, 620f, 621f

transverse view, 612f, 613f

Lumbar plexus block (LPB), 83t, 88, 226. See also Ultrasound-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB)

complications of, 224, 225t

considerations of, 218

continuous

equipment for, 223

infusion, 224

landmarks for, 223–224

needle size for, 223

patient positioning for, 223–224

technique for, 224, 224f

distribution of, 218, 220f, 221f

functional anatomy of, 218, 218f, 219f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 217, 222, 224

muscle twitch with, 219, 222

needle insertion for, 217f, 218, 221–223, 221f, 222f

palpation for, 221, 221f

single-injection

dynamics of, 223

equipment for, 219

landmarks for, 219–221, 221f

needle size for, 219

patient positioning for, 219–221, 221f

perioperative management of, 223

technique for, 221–222, 222f

troubleshooting for, 223

Lumbar spine

sagittal scan of, 483–485, 485f, 486f

transverse scan of, 482f, 483f, 485–486, 490f, 491f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

paramedian epidural space, 608f, 609f

posterior longitudinal view, 622f, 623f

M

M-mode, 329, 330f

Malignant arrhythmias, 120

Mandibular nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 518f, 519f

Maxillary nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 520f, 521f

Medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

above elbow, 576f, 577f

at elbow, 578f, 579f

Medial cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 211f, 212, 212f

Median nerve

axillary brachial plexus block and, 188

block of, 82t, 203f, 204, 385f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 387f

at axilla, 566f, 567f

at elbow, 580f, 581f

at midforearm, 584f, 585f

at wrist, 594f, 595f

ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block and, 379f, 380f

ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks and, 386, 387f, 388–390, 389f

ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block and, 392, 392f, 393f

Median plane, 479, 480f

Membrane potential, 56

Mepivacaine, 35f, 37, 39t

for intercostal block, 307t

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 172

for surgical procedures, 84t

for thoracic paravertebral block, 297t

Midazolam, 45t

for ankle block, 288

for axillary brachial plexus block, 192

for cervical plexus block, 143

for femoral nerve block, 273

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 179

for intercostal block, 308

for popliteal block, 253, 262

for sciatic nerve block, 234, 244

for surgical procedures, 84t

Middle scalene muscle, 354f, 358f

Midforearm, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

median nerve, 584f, 585f

posterior interosseous nerve, 586f, 587f

radial nerve, 582f, 583f

ulnar nerve, 584f, 585f

Midhumerus, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 572f, 573f

Midthoracic spine, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

paramedian epidural space, 606f, 607f

paravertebral space, 610f, 611f

Mirror image artifact, 339

Mixing, of local anesthetics (LAs), 39

Monitoring, 76f

cardiovascular, 41

description of, 71–72, 71

injection pressure, 49, 49f, 75–76, 75f, 130–131, 131t

for nerve stimulation, 72–73, 72t

during peripheral nerve blocks (PNB), 132f

respiratory, 41

for ultrasound (US), 73–75, 74f

Motor response

of brachial plexus, 156f

to infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 180f

to popliteal block, lateral approach, 262, 262f

to ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 399

to ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 372

to ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 357

Muscle. See specific muscles

Muscle relaxants, 45t

Muscle twitch

with axillary brachial plexus block, 191–192

with femoral nerve block, 272–273

with infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 176, 179, 180t

with interscalene brachial plexus block, 157t

with lumbar plexus block (LPB), 219, 222

with popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 252–253

lateral approach, 258, 262, 263t

with sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 244

transgluteal approach, 233

with supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 171–172

Musculocutaneous nerve, 191, 378f, 379f, 380, 380f

axillary brachial plexus block and, 188

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 566f-569f

Myotomes, 8–9, 8f

N

Neck

superficial surgery on, 139

surface anatomy of

anterior view, 670f

profile view, 671f

Needle(s)

echogenic, 48

gauge of, 47–48, 47t

for regional nerve block, 46–48, 47f, 47t

size of

for ankle block, 284

for axillary brachial plexus block, 189

for Bier blocks, 314

for fascia iliaca blocks, 407

for femoral nerve blocks, 269, 274, 399

for forearm blocks, 388

for infraclavicular brachial plexus blocks, 177, 181, 371

for intercostal blocks, 305

for interscalene brachial plexus blocks, 152, 158, 355

for lumbar plexus blocks (LPBs), 219, 223

for obturator nerve blocks, 414

for popliteal blocks, 254, 258, 262–263

for saphenous nerve blocks, 421

for sciatic nerve blocks, 231, 235, 241

for superficial cervical plexus blocks, 347

for supraclavicular brachial plexus blocks, 168, 363

for thoracic paravertebral blocks, 293, 298

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 456

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 378

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 407

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 399

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks, 388

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 464

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 371

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 355

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 468

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 414

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 443

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 465

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 421

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block, 429, 434

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 347

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 363

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 461

for ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block, 395

for wrist block, 200

stimulating, 64

tip design of, 47

trauma with, 129

Needle insertion for ankle block, 281f, 286

for axillary brachial plexus block, 187f, 191f, 191–192

for cervical plexus block, 139f, 144, 145f

for femoral nerve block, 267f, 271, 272f

imaging of, 335, 335f, 336f

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 175, 178f, 179

in-plane technique for, 338, 338f, 346, 348

for intercostal block, 306f, 307, 307f

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 149f, 154–155, 155f

for lumbar plexus block (LPB), 217f, 218, 221–223, 221f 222f

out-of-plane technique for, 338, 338f, 346, 348

for popliteal block, 249f

intertendinous approach, 251–252, 251f-253f, 255, 255f

lateral approach, 263–264, 263f

for sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 242f, 243, 243f

transgluteal approach, 229f, 233, 233f

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 167–168, 171, 171f

techniques of, 97–98, 338, 338f, 346, 348

for thoracic paravertebral block, 293–296, 295f-297f

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 453f, 454f-456f

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 379–380, 379f, 380f

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 405, 407–408

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 397f, 399–401, 400f, 401f

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks, 388–389

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 459f, 464–465, 464f

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 369f, 371f, 372f, 372–373

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 355–357, 355f-357f

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 459f, 469, 469f

for ultrasound (US)-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB), 503, 505, 505f, 506f, 507f

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 411, 414–415, 415f

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block, 443–446, 444f-446f

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 459f, 465–467, 466f, 467f

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 419, 420f-422f, 422

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block

anterior approach, 427f, 429–430, 429f, 430f

transgluteal and subgluteal approach, 427f, 433–435, 434f, 435f

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 348, 348f, 349f

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 364–366, 364f-366f

for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic paravertebral block, 499, 499f, 500f, 501

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 459f 461–462, 462f

Nerve blockade. See specific nerve blocks

Nerve injury

after intraneural injection, 128

local anesthetic (LA) and additives, toxicity of, 129

needle trauma, 129

prevention of, 129

electrical nerve stimulation, 130

injection pain, 130

injection pressure monitoring, 130–131, 131t

ultrasound (US) for, 130

Nerve stimulation. See also Peripheral nerve stimulator; specific nerve stimulators

of brachial plexus, 154

electrical, 130

description of, 55

history of, 55

SENSe, 62–63, 62f

with femoral nerve block, 276

single-injection, 273, 274t

monitoring for, 72–73, 72t

with popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 254t

lateral approach, 263t

responses to, 193t, 222t

of sciatic nerve, 252, 261

with sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 229, 245t

transgluteal approach, 229, 233t

Nerves. See also Innervation; specific nerves

conduction of, 29

differential sensitivity of, 31, 31f

localization of, 157t, 180t

mapping of, 59–60, 60f

plexus anatomy, 9

brachial, 12–15, 12f-15f 15t, 188f

cervical, 10–11, 10f, 11f, 11t

lumbar, 16–18, 16f 17f, 17t, 18f, 218, 218f sacral, 19–22, 19f-22f, 21t

Neurapraxia, 127

Neuraxial anesthesia, 111t

algorithm for selection of, 114

anticoagulants, 506

newer, 110

oral, 108

peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs) and, 110–111

antiplatelet therapy, 107–108

fondaparinux, 110

guidelines for, 112, 115

heparin

intravenous, 108

low molecular weight (LMWH), 82, 109, 112

subcutaneous, 108–109

herbal therapies, 109

intraspinal hematoma, 107

thrombin inhibitors, 110

thrombolytic therapy, 109

Neuraxial blocks, 107. See also Ultrasound-guided neuraxial and perineuraxial blocks

Neurologic complications of peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs)

extrafascicular injections, 128

future directions of, 131–132, 132f

intrafascicular injections, 128

nerve injury, 128–131, 131t

peripheral nerves and, 127–128

postoperative neuropathy, 133, 134f

problem with, 128

Neurons, 3, 3f

Neuropathy, postoperative, 133, 134f

Neurophysiology, electrophysiology and, 56f

action potential, 56, 57f

chronaxy, 56–59, 58f

constant current, 56–59

depolarization, 56

impedance, 56–59

impulse duration, 56–59

impulse propagation, 56

membrane potential, 56

resting potential, 56

rheobase, 56–59, 58f

threshold level, 56–59, 57f, 58f

Neurotmesis, 127

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), 107

Nonstimulating catheters, 158, 254

NSAIDs (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs), 107

O

Obturator nerve, 414f. See also Ultrasound-guided obturator nerve block

anterior branch of, 412, 412f, 413f, 414, 415, 415f

posterior branch of, 412, 412f, 413f, 414–415, 415f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, transverse view, 638f, 639f

Occipital nerve. See Greater occipital nerve

Ohm’s law, 68, 68f

Opioids, 38

Oral anticoagulants, 108

Osseous prominences, 178f

Out-of-plane technique, for needle insertion, 338, 338f, 346, 348

Oxycodone (OxyContin), 84t

P

PABA (paraaminobenzoic acid), 121

Palmar cutaneous branches, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 590f, 591f

Palpation

of axillary artery, 191f

for cervical plexus block, 144f

of greater trochanter, 232, 232f

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 178f

of intercostal space, 305f, 306

for lumbar plexus block (LPB), 221, 221f

for popliteal block, intertendinous approach, 251–253

of radial styloid, 201f

for sciatic nerve block, transgluteal approach, 232–233, 232f

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 379

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 399

Paraaminobenzoic acid (PABA), 121

Paramedial in-plane scan technique, for ultrasound (US)-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB), 505,

507f

Paramedial sagittal scan technique, for ultrasound (US)-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB), 505

Paramedian epidural space, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

at lumbar spine, 608f, 609f

at midthoracic spine, 606f, 607f

Paramedian oblique sagittal scan (PMOSS), 480, 481f, 486f, 487, 492f, 493f, 496f

Paramedian sagittal scan (PMSS), 481, 481f, 484f, 485f

Parasagittal out-of-plane technique, for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic paravertebral block, 499–

501, 500f

Paravertebral block. See Thoracic paravertebral block Paravertebral space. See also Lumbar

paravertebral space; Thoracic paravertebral space ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, at midthoracic

spine, 610f, 611f

Parietal pleura, 497

Patient-controlled regional anesthesia (PCRA), 98, 159, 182

Patient positioning

for ankle block, 284–285, 285f

for axillary brachial plexus block, 189–190, 190f

for Bier block, 314

for cervical plexus block

deep, 144, 144f

superficial, 142

for femoral nerve block

continuous, 274

single-injection, 269–271, 272f

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block

continuous, 181

single-injection, 177–178, 178f

for intercostal block, 305, 305f

for interscalene brachial plexus block

continuous, 158–159

single-injection, 153–154, 153f, 154f

for lumbar plexus block (LPB)

continuous, 223–224

single-injection, 219–221, 221f

for popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 251, 251f, 254

lateral approach, 258, 260f, 263

for sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 241, 242f

transgluteal approach, 231–232, 231f-233f, 235

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 170, 170f

for thoracic paravertebral block

continuous, 298

single-injection, 293, 294f

for ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 456

for ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 377f, 378–379

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 407, 407f

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 399

for ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks, 385f, 388

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 464

for ultrasound (US)-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 371, 371f

for ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 355

for ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block, 468–469

for ultrasound (US)-guided obturator nerve block, 414, 414f

for ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block

lateral approach, 444, 444f

prone approach, 445

for ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block, 466

for ultrasound (US)-guided saphenous nerve block, 420f, 422

for ultrasound (US)-guided sciatic block

anterior approach, 429, 429f

transgluteal and subgluteal approach, 434, 434f

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 347, 348f

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 361f, 363–364

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 461

for ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block, 395

for wrist block, 201

Percutaneous electrode guidance (PEG), 55, 60, 60f

Perineural catheters, 50–51, 51f

Period, 324

Perioperative management

of ankle block, 288

of axillary brachial plexus block, 192

of Bier block, 317

of cervical plexus block

deep, 145–147

superficial, 143

of femoral nerve block, 273

of infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 179

of intercostal block, 308

of interscalene brachial plexus block, 157–158

of lumbar plexus block (LPB), 223

of popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 253

lateral approach, 262

of sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 244–245

transgluteal approach, 234

of thoracic paravertebral block, 298

of wrist block, 204

Peripheral hematoma, 114

Peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs)

anticoagulation and, 110–111

continuous

advantages and evidence of, 95–97, 96f

infusion pumps for, 51, 98–100, 99f, 99t, 100f, 101t

insertion technique for, 97–98

introduction to, 95

local anesthetics (LAs) and adjuvant selection for, 98

patient instructions for, 100–103, 102f

patient selection for, 97

patient-controlled regional anesthesia (PCRA), 98

equipment for

emergency drugs, 45, 45t

induction and block room, 41–45, 41f

perineural catheters, 50–51, 51 /

severe local anesthetics (LAs) toxicity, 46–50, 46f, 47f, 47t, 49f, 50f, 51f

trays, 46, 46f

indications for

advantages and disadvantages of, 81

protocols for, 81–86

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 38–39, 39t

literature for, 86–89

lower limb, 81, 83t, 89

monitoring during, 132f

neurologic complications of

extrafascicular injections, 128

future directions of, 131–132, 132f

histology of peripheral nerves, 127–128

histopathology of peripheral nerves, 127–128

intrafascicular injections, 128

nerve injury, 128–131, 131t

postoperative neuropathy, 133, 134f

problem with, 128

upper limb, 81, 82t

Peripheral nerve stimulator (PNS)

best practice recommendations for, 64–66, 66f, 67t

clinical use of, 55, 60, 60f

electrical impulses of, 69

equipment for

electrical features of, 63

safety features of, 63–64, 65t

setup and check of, 59

stimulating catheters, 64, 158, 235, 254

stimulating needles, 64

glossary for

charge Q, 68–69

Coulomb’s law, 68–69

current density, 68–69

electric field, 68–69

Ohm’s law, 68, 68f

resistance/impedance, 67–68

voltage, potential, current, 67–68

impedance measurement, 62

indications for use of, 55

operating of, 60–62, 61f

temperature effects of, 69

transcutaneous nerve mapping, 59–60, 60f

troubleshooting during, 63, 63t

Peripheral nerves, 3, 3f, 4f

histology of, 127–128

histopathology of, 127–128

ultrasound (US) and, 335, 335f, 336f

Peritoneum, nerve supply to, 23

Peroneal nerve

common (CPN)

ankle block and, 250, 282, 282f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 652f, 653f

ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block and, 442, 442f, 443f

deep

in ankle block, 282, 283f, 286, 286f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 654f-657f, 664f, 665f

in ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 452–453, 453f

superficial

in ankle block, 282, 282f, 283f, 286, 287, 288f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 654f, 655f, 656f, 657f, 662f, 663f

in ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 453, 454f, 455f

pH (hydrogen ion concentration), local anesthetics (LAs) and, 31–32, 32f

Pharmacodynamics, local anesthetic (LA) toxicity and, 34

Phenylephrine, 45t

Phrenic nerve. See also Accessory phrenic nerve

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 540f, 541f

at interscalene level, 538f, 539f

transverse view, 542f, 543f

Piezoelectric effect, 323–324, 325f

Pig carcass phantom, 481, 482f, 496

Plasma concentration, 32–33

PMOSS. See Paramedian oblique sagittal scan

PMSS. See Paramedian sagittal scan Peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs). See peripheral nerve blocks

Peripheral nerve stimulator (PNS). See Peripheral nerve stimulator

Popliteal block. See also Continuous popliteal block; Single-injection popliteal block

bupivacaine for, 255

intertendinous approach to, 256

considerations of, 250

distribution of, 250

dynamics of, 253

equipment for, 251

functional anatomy of, 250, 250f, 251f

landmarks for, 251, 251f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 252–253

muscle twitch with, 252–253

needle insertion for, 251–252, 251f-253f

nerve stimulation responses to, 254t

palpation for, 251–253

patient positioning for, 251, 251f

perioperative management of, 253

technique for, 251–252

troubleshooting for, 253

lateral approach to, 265

considerations for, 258

distribution of, 258, 260f

functional anatomy for, 258, 259f

levobupivacaine for, 255

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 249

midazolam for, 253

needle insertions for, 249f

ropivacaine for, 255

Popliteal fossa, sciatic nerve at, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 632f-635f

Popliteal fossa crease, 259f

Popliteal sciatic nerve block, 83 t. See also Ultrasound-guided popliteal sciatic block

Posterior antebrachial cutaneous nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, at midhumerus, 572f,

573f

Posterior branch of obturator nerve, 412, 412f, 413f, 414–415, 415f

Posterior interosseous nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

at midforearm, 586f, 587f

at wrist, 588f, 589f, 598f, 599f

Posterior tibial nerve

ankle block and, 286–287, 287f, 451f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 658f, 659f

Postoperative anesthesia, 84t

Postoperative neuropathy, 133, 134f

Potential

action, 56, 57f

electrical, 67–68

membrane, 56

resting, 56

Prasugrel, 110

Pregnancy, local anesthetic (LA) toxicity and, 33–34

Preoperative anesthesia, 84t

Prilocaine, 35f, 37, 317

Procaine, 35f, 36

Propofol, 45t, 84t

Protein binding, local anesthetics (LAs) and, 32

Psoas compartment block. See Lumbar plexus block

Psoas muscle, in lumbar plexus block (LPB), 503–505, 504f, 506f, 508f

Pudendal canal, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 640f, 641f

Pudendal nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 640f, 641f

R

Radial nerve

axillary brachial plexus block and, 189

superficial branches of, 203f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 386f, 394f, 592f, 593f

at axilla, 566f, 567f

at midforearm, 582f, 583f

at midhumerus, 572f, 573f

at wrist, 590f, 591f

ultrasound (US)-guided forearm block and, 386, 386f, 388, 388f

ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block and, 393, 394f

Radial nerve block, 82t, 202, 205, 385f

Radial styloid, palpation of, 201f

Radiopaque solution

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 182f

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 170f

Rectus abdominis nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 604f, 605f

Rectus sheath block. See Ultrasound-guided rectus sheath block

Reflection, 326–327

Regional anesthesia, 111t

algorithm for selection of, 114

anatomy for

anterior abdominal wall, 22–23

brachial plexus, 12–15, 12f-15f, 15t

cervical plexus, 10–11, 10f, 11f, 11t

connective tissue, 3–4, 4f

intercostal block, 304–305, 304f

lumbar plexus, 16–18, 16f, 17f, 17t, 18f, 218

major joints, 23–26, 24f-26f

peripheral nerves, 3, 3f, 4f

peritoneum, 23

sacral plexus, 19–22, 19f-21f, 211, 22f

spinal nerves, 4–9, 4f-8f

thoracic paravertebral block, 292–293, 292f

thoracic wall, 22, 23f

anticoagulants, 506

newer, 110

oral, 108

peripheral nerve blocks (PNBs) and, 110–111

antiplatelet therapy, 107–108

equipment storage cart for, 42, 42f-45f

fondaparinux, 110

guidelines for, 112, 115

heparin

intravenous, 108

low molecular weight (LMWH), 82, 109, 112

subcutaneous, 108–109

herbal therapies, 109

intraspinal hematoma, 107

intravenous (IVRA), 89, 314, 319

monitoring during

cardiovascular, 41

respiratory, 41

patient-controlled, 98, 159, 182

thrombin inhibitors, 110

thrombolytic therapy, 109

Regional nerve block needles, 46–48, 47f, 47t

Resistance, 67–68

Respiratory monitoring, 41

Resting potential, 56

Reverberation artifact, 339, 362

Rheobase, 56–59, 58f

Rivaroxaban, 110

Ropivacaine

as amide-linked local anesthetic (LA), 35f, 37, 39t

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 182

for intercostal block, 307t

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 159

for popliteal block, 255

intertendinous approach, 255

lateral approach, 264

for sciatic nerve block, transgluteal approach, 236

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 172

for surgical procedures, 84t

for thoracic paravertebral block, 297t, 299

for ultrasound (US)-guided femoral nerve block, 398–399, 401

for ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block, 465

for ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 349

for ultrasound (US)-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 366

for ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 459

S

Sacral plexus

anatomy of, 19–22, 19f-22f, 21t

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, posterior transverse view, 624f, 625f

Sacrum

ultrasound (US)-guided central neuraxial blockade of, 487–488

ultrasound (US) imaging of, 487–488, 494f, 495f, 497f

Safety

of peripheral nerve stimulator (PNS) equipment, 63–64, 65t

of ultrasound (US), 332–333

Sagittal plane, 479–480, 480f

Saphenous nerve, 419f, 420, 420f-422f See also Ultrasound-guided saphenous nerve block

in ankle block, 284, 284f, 286–287, 287f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

at ankle, 660f, 661f

below knee, 650f, 651f

at distal thigh, 646f, 647f

at mid-thigh, 644f, 645f

in ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 454–455, 456f, 457f

Sartorius muscle, 420, 422

Scalene muscle, 354f, 358f

Scan planes, ultrasound (US), 479–481

Scan transducers

covers and gel for, 49

curved, 329, 331f

linear, 329, 331f

SCANNING acronym, 339–341

Scapular artery, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 554f, 555f

Scapular nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 530f, 531f

Scatter, 326–327

Sciatic nerve, 250

branches of, 230, 231f

innervation of, 230f

stimulation of, 252, 261

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

anterior longitudinal view, 626f, 627f

anterior transverse view, 628f, 629f

lateral transverse view, 630f, 631f

posterior view at popliteal fossa, 632f-635f

Sciatic nerve block. See also Continuous sciatic nerve block;

Single-injection sciatic nerve block;

Ultrasound-guided sciatic block

alfentanil for, 234

anterior approach to

complications of, 245, 246t

considerations of, 241

distribution of, 241

dynamics of, 244–245

equipment for, 241

functional anatomy of, 241

landmarks for, 241, 242f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 229, 243, 245

midazolam for, 244

muscle twitches with, 244

needle insertion for, 242f, 243, 243f

needle size for, 241

nerve stimulation with, 229, 245t

patient positioning for, 241, 242f

perioperative management for, 244–245

troubleshooting for, 244

bupivacaine for, 236

levobupivacaine for, 236

midazolam for, 234, 244

transgluteal approach to, 238

considerations of, 230

distribution of, 231, 231f

functional anatomy of, 230, 230f, 231f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 229, 233, 235

SCM. See Sternocleidomastoid muscle

SENSe. See Sequential electrical nerve

stimulators Sensory anesthesia, 204

Sensory innervation, 142f

Sequential electrical nerve stimulators (SENSe), 62–63, 62f

Severe local anesthetic (LA) toxicity equipment

continuous nerve catheters, 49–50, 50f, 51f

echogenic needles, 48

injection pressure monitoring, 49, 49f

peripheral nerve block (PNB) trays, 46, 46f

regional nerve block needles, 46–48, 47f, 47t

sterile techniques for, 48–50

transducer covers and gel, 49

ultrasound (US) machines, 48

Shadowing artifact, 339

Shoulder, surface anatomy of, 676f

Shoulder joint, innervation of, 24, 24f

Single-injection femoral nerve block

alfentanil for, 273

dynamics of, 273

equipment for, 269

landmarks for, 269–271, 272f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 272

midazolam for, 273

muscle twitch with, 272–273

needle insertion for, 271, 272f

needle size for, 269

nerve stimulation with, 273, 274t

patient positioning for, 269–271, 272f

perioperative management of, 273

technique for, 272

troubleshooting for, 273, 273f

Single-injection infraclavicular brachial plexus block

dynamics of, 179

equipment for, 177

landmarks for, 177–178, 178f

needle size for, 177

patient positioning for, 177–178, 178f

perioperative management of, 179

technique for, 179, 180f

troubleshooting for, 179, 180t

Single-injection interscalene brachial plexus block

dynamics of, 157–158

equipment for, 152

landmarks for, 153–154, 153f, 154f

needle size for, 152

patient positioning for, 153–154, 153f, 154f

perioperative management for, 157–158

technique for, 154

troubleshooting for, 157f

Single-injection lumbar plexus block (LPB)

dynamics of, 223

equipment for, 219

landmarks for, 219–221, 221f

needle size for, 219

patient positioning for, 219–221, 221f

perioperative management of, 223

technique for, 221–222, 222f

troubleshooting for, 223

Single-injection popliteal block, lateral approach to

dynamics of, 262

equipment for, 258

landmarks for, 258–259, 260f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 261–262

midazolam for, 262

motor responses to, 262, 262f

muscle twitch for, 258, 262, 263t

needle size for, 258

patient positioning for, 258, 260f

perioperative management of, 262

technique for, 261, 261f

troubleshooting for, 261–262

Single-injection sciatic nerve block, transgluteal approach to

dynamics of, 234

equipment for, 231

landmarks for, 231–232, 231f-233f

muscle twitch with, 233

needle insertion for, 229f, 233, 233f

needle size for, 231

nerve stimulation with, 229, 233t

palpation for, 232–233, 232f

patient positioning for, 231–232, 231f-233f

perioperative management of, 234

troubleshooting for, 234

Single-injection thoracic paravertebral block

dynamics of, 298

equipment for, 293

landmarks for, 293–294, 294f, 295f

local anesthetics (LAs) choice for, 297, 297t

maneuvers for, 295, 297f

needle insertion for, 294–296, 295f-297f

needle size for, 293

patient positioning for, 293, 294f

perioperative management of, 298

technique for, 294–296, 295f

transverse process in, 293–296, 295f-297f

Sonoanatomy. See Ultrasound-guided anatomy

Sonography. See Ultrasound Spinal anesthesia, 168

Spinal hematoma, 114

Spinal injections, 477, 490

Spinal nerves, 4–9, 4f-8f

Spine. See also Lumbar spine; Thoracic spine

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 479, 481, 482f, 483f, 606f, 607f

ultrasound (US)-guided central neuraxial blockade of

considerations of, 479

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 481

ultrasound (US) scan planes, 479–481

water-based spine phantom, 481–483, 482f, 484f

Stellate ganglion, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 546f, 547f

Sterile techniques, 48–50

Sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM)

in cervical plexus block, 142, 143f, 144

in interscalene brachial plexus block, 149, 150f, 153–154, 154f, 157

in supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 167–168, 170–172, 170f

in ultrasound (US)-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 354, 354f, 355f

in ultrasound (US)-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 346–349, 348f, 349f

Stimulating catheters, 64, 158, 235, 254

Stimulating needles, 64

Stimulation. See Nerve stimulation Stimulus duration, 57, 57f-59f

Subclavian artery, 554f, 555f

Subcutaneous heparin, 108–109

Superficial branches, of radial nerve, 203f

Superficial cervical plexus, 208t, 346, 346f

Superficial cervical plexus block, 140, 140f. See also Ultrasound-guided superficial cervical plexus

block

dynamics of, 143

equipment for, 142

landmarks for, 142, 143f

patient positioning for, 142

perioperative management of, 143

technique for, 143, 143f

Superficial neck surgery, 139

Superficial peroneal nerve

in ankle block, 282, 282f, 283f, 286–287, 288f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 654f, 655f

at ankle, 656f, 657f, 662f, 663f

in ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 453, 454f, 455f

Supraclavicular brachial plexus, 361f, 362–365, 362f-365f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 552f, 553f

Supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 82t, 86, 167f. See also Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular

brachial plexus block

advantage of, 168

considerations of, 168

contraindications for, 172

decision-making algorithm for, 173

distribution of, 168

epinephrine for, 172

equipment for, 168

functional anatomy of, 168, 169f, 170f

landmarks for, 170, 170f, 171f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 167, 170, 170f

mepivacaine for, 172

muscle twitch with, 171–172

needle insertion for, 167–168, 171, 171f

needle size for, 168

patient positioning for, 170, 170f

premedication for, 170

radiopaque solution for, 170f

ropivacaine for, 172

sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM) with, 167–168, 170–172, 170f

technique for, 171–172, 171f

troubleshooting for, 172

Suprascapular artery, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 524f-527f

Suprascapular nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 524f-527f

longitudinal view, 528f, 529f

Sural nerve

in ankle block, 283–284, 283f, 286–287, 288f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 666f, 667f

in ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block, 454, 455f, 456f

Surface anatomy, 669–680

ankle

anterior view, 679f

posterior view, 680f

back, 673f, 674f

chest, 672f

anterior view, 670f

profile view, 671f

face

anterior view, 670f

profile view, 671f

foot

anterior view, 679f

posterior view, 680f

lower extremity

anterior view, 677f

posterior view, 678f

neck

anterior view, 670f

profile view, 671f

posterior arms, 673f, 674f

shoulder, 676f

torso, 672f, 673f, 675f

upper arms, 672f, 676f

Surgical procedures

alfentanil for, 84t

anesthesia for

postoperative, 84t

pre/intraoperative, 84t

bupivacaine for, 84t

epinephrine for, 84t

mepivacaine for, 84t

midazolam for, 84t

propofol for, 84t

ropivacaine for, 84t

Systemic toxicity, of local anesthetics (LAs), 32–34, 33f, 119–120

T

TAM. See Transversus abdominis muscle

TAP block. See transversus abdominis plane block

Temperature effects, of peripheral nerve stimulator (PNS), 69

Temporal resolution, 326

Tetracaine, 35f, 36

TGC. See Time-gain compensation

Thienopyridine drugs, 104, 107

Thigh, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, saphenous nerve, 644f, 645f, 646f, 647f

Thoracic dermatomal levels, 293f

Thoracic epidural injection, 492–493, 492f, 493f

Thoracic paravertebral block, 87–88, 291f, 301. See also Ultrasound-guided thoracic paravertebral

block

anesthesia distribution for, 293, 293f

bupivacaine for, 297t, 299

considerations of, 292

continuous

complications of, 299, 300t

equipment for, 298

infusion management for, 299

landmarks for, 298

needle size for, 298

patient positioning for, 298

technique for, 299, 299f

epinephrine for, 297t

levobupivacaine for, 297t

lidocaine for, 297t

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 291–294

mepivacaine for, 297t

regional anesthesia anatomy, 292–293, 292f

ropivacaine for, 297t, 299

single-injection

dynamics of, 298

equipment for, 293

landmarks for, 293–294, 294f, 295f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 297, 297t

maneuvers for, 295, 297f

needle insertion for, 294–296, 295f-297f

needle size for, 293

patient positioning for, 293, 294f

perioperative management of, 298

technique for, 294–296, 295f

transverse process in, 293–296, 295f-297f

Thoracic paravertebral space, 292

ultrasound (US) of, 497–501

anatomy and general considerations for, 497, 498f

longitudinal (parasagittal) out-of-plane approach to, 499–501, 500f

transverse in-line approach to, 497–499, 499f, 500f

Thoracic spine, 486–487, 492f, 493f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

paramedian epidural space, 606f, 607f

paravertebral space, 610f, 611f

Thoracic wall, 22, 23f

Thoracolumbar paravertebral block, 88

Threshold level, 56–59, 57f, 58f

Thrombin inhibitors, 110

Thrombolytic therapy, 109

Tibial nerve (TN)

ankle block and, 250, 283, 284f

at calf, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 648f, 649f

posterior

ankle block and, 286–287, 287f, 451f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 658f, 659f

ultrasound (US)-guided ankle block and, 452, 452f

ultrasound (US)-guided popliteal sciatic block and, 442, 442f, 443f

Ticlopidine, 107

Time-gain compensation (TGC), 331, 332f, 337f, 338

Tissue, wave interactions with, 326–327, 327f

Tissue harmonic imaging, 335

TN. See Tibial nerve

Torso, surface anatomy of, 672f, 673f, 675f

Tourniquet, for Bier block, 315–316, 315f, 316f

Toxicity. See also Severe local anesthetic (LA) toxicity equipment

cardiovascular, 33, 119

central nervous system (CNS), 32–33, 33f

local anesthetic (LA) potency and, 119–120

symptoms of, 119

of local anesthetics (LAs)

acid-base status with, 119

with additives, 129

allergic reactions to, 121

benzodiazepine for, 120

detection of, 121–122

prevention of, 120–121

signs and symptoms of, 119–120

systemic, 32–34, 33f, 119–120

treatment of, 120–123

Transcutaneous nerve mapping, 59–60, 60f

Transducers. See Scan transducers Transverse in-line technique, for ultrasound (US)-guided thoracic

paravertebral block, 497–499, 499f, 500f

Transverse plane, 480, 480f

Transverse process

in lumbar plexus block (LPB), 503–505, 504f, 507f

in thoracic paravertebral block, 293–296, 295f-297f

Transversus abdominis muscle (TAM), 460–461, 460f, 461f, 463–464, 463f

Transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block, 412. See also Ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis

plane (TAP) block Trident sign, 504

Trident sign technique, for ultrasound (US)-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB), 505, 507f

Troubleshooting

for axillary brachial plexus block, 192, 193t

for cervical plexus block, deep, 145

for femoral nerve block, 273, 273f

for infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 179, 180t

for interscalene brachial plexus block, 157f

for lumbar plexus block (LPB), 223

during peripheral nerve stimulator (PNS), 63, 63t

for popliteal block

intertendinous approach, 253

lateral approach, 261–262

for sciatic nerve block

anterior approach, 244

transgluteal approach, 234

for supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 172

Truncal blocks

ultrasound (US)-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block

anatomy for, 463, 463f

distribution of, 463

equipment for, 464

general considerations for, 463

landmarks and patient positioning for, 464

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 464–465, 464f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 464–465, 464f

technique for, 464–465, 464f

ultrasound (US)-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block

anatomy for, 468, 468f

distribution of, 468

equipment for, 468

general considerations for, 468

landmarks and patient positioning for, 468–469

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 469, 469f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 468–469, 469f

technique for, 469, 469f

ultrasound (US)-guided rectus sheath block

anatomy for, 465, 466f

distribution of, 465

equipment for, 465

general considerations for, 465

landmarks and patient positioning for, 466

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 466–467, 467f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 465–467, 466f, 467f

technique for, 466–467, 466f, 467f

ultrasound (US)-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block

anatomy for, 460, 460f

distribution of, 460–461

equipment for, 461

general considerations for, 460

landmarks and patient positioning for, 461

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459–462, 462f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 461–462, 462f

technique for, 461–462, 461f, 462f

Tunneling, 50, 358, 366, 373, 381, 401

Tylenol 3, 84t

U

Ulnar nerve

axillary brachial plexus block and, 188–189

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 387f, 394f

at axilla, 566f, 567f, 570f, 571f

above elbow, 574f, 575f

at midforearm, 584f, 585f

at wrist, 596f, 597f

ultrasound (US)-guided axillary brachial plexus block and, 379f, 380f

ultrasound (US)-guided forearm blocks and, 387–390, 387f, 389f

ultrasound (US)-guided wrist block and, 392, 393f, 394f

wrist block and, 202f

Ulnar nerve block, 82t, 203f, 204, 385f

Ultrasound (US)

artifacts in, 340f

enhancement, 339

mirror image, 339

reverberation, 339, 362

shadowing, 339

velocity error, 339

Doppler, 323f, 328–329, 329f, 330f, 338

for intraneural injection, 130

machines for, 48

depth, 335, 338t

Doppler, 338

focusing, 337f, 338

frequency, 338

gain, 338

monitoring for, 73–75, 74f

needle insertion imaging

compound imaging, 335, 336f

conventional imaging, 335, 336f

peripheral nerves and, 335, 335f, 336f

sonographic imaging modes, 335

tissue harmonic imaging, 335

physics of, 48, 55

bioeffect and safety of, 332–333

definition of, 323, 324f

focusing effect, 332, 333f, 337f, 338

history of, 323–324, 323f

image modes, 327–329, 328f-330f, 335

instruments for, 321f, 329

piezoelectric effect, 323–324, 325f

terminology for, 324–326, 325f

time-gain compensation (TGC), 331, 332f, 337f, 338

wave interactions with tissues, 326–327, 327f

of sacrum, 487–488, 494f, 495f, 497f

scan planes, 479–481

Ultrasound-guided anatomy, 509–667

abbreviations for, 512–513

of accessory phrenic nerve, 540f, 541f

of ansa cervicalis, transverse view, 542f, 543f

of axilla, 566f-571f

of axillary brachial plexus, 379f

of axillary nerve, 564f, 565f

of biceps tendon, at elbow, 578f, 579f

of brachial plexus, 554f, 555f

of common peroneal nerve, at fibular neck, 652f, 653f

of deep peroneal nerve, at ankle, 664f, 665f

of dorsal scapular artery, 554f, 555f

of dorsal scapular nerve, 530f, 531f

of facet joints at lumbar level, transverse view, 614f, 615f

of femoral branch of genitofemoral nerve, at abdominal wall, 604f, 605f

of femoral nerve, 398f

transverse view, 636f, 637f

of genital branch of genitofemoral nerve, at abdominal wall, 602f, 603f

of greater occipital nerve

longitudinal view, 516f, 517f

transverse view, 514f, 515f

of iliohypogastric nerve, at abdominal wall, 600f, 601f

of ilioinguinal nerve, at abdominal wall, 600f, 601f

of infraclavicular brachial plexus, lateral and posterior cords, longitudinal view, 558f, 559f

of infraclavicular brachial plexus, medial cord

longitudinal view, 562f, 563f

transverse view, 560f, 561f

of infraclavicular brachial plexus, transverse view, 556f, 557f

of intercostal space, high thoracic level, 532f, 533f

of interscalene brachial plexus

longitudinal view, 536f, 537f

transverse view at C5 level, 534f 535f

of lateral antebrachial cutaneous nerve, at elbow, 578f, 579f

of lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, transverse view, 642f, 643f

of long thoracic nerve, 522f, 523f

of lumbar plexus lateral

longitudinal view, 618f, 619f

lateral transverse view, 616f, 617f

posterior oblique view, 620f, 621f

transverse view, 612f, 613f

of lumbar spine, posterior longitudinal view, 622f, 623f

of mandibular nerve, 518f, 519f

of maxillary nerve, 520f, 521f

of medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve

above elbow, 576f, 577f

at elbow, 578f, 579f

of median nerve, 387f

at axilla, 566f, 567f

at elbow, 580f, 581f

at midforearm, 584f, 585f

at wrist, 594f, 595f

of midhumerus, 572f, 573f

of musculocutaneous nerve, 566f-569f

of obturator nerve, transverse view, 638f, 639f

of palmar cutaneous branches, at wrist, 590f, 591f

of paramedian epidural space

at lumbar spine, 608f, 609f

at midthoracic spine, 606f, 607f

of paravertebral space, at midthoracic spine, 610f, 611f

of peroneal nerve deep and superficial branches, 654f, 655f

at ankle, 656f, 657f

of phrenic nerve

at interscalene level, 538f, 539f

transverse view, 542f, 543f

of posterior antebrachial cutaneous nerve, at midhumerus, 572f, 573f

of posterior interosseous nerve

at midforearm, 586f, 587f

at wrist, 588f, 589f, 598f, 599f

of posterior tibial nerve, at ankle, 658f, 659f

of pudendal canal, 640f, 641f

of pudendal nerve, 640f, 641f

of radial nerve, 386f, 394f, 592f, 593f

at axilla, 566f, 567f

at midforearm, 582f, 583f

at midhumerus, 572f, 573f

at wrist, 590f, 591f

of rectus abdominis nerve, 604f, 605f

of sacral plexus, posterior transverse view, 624f, 625f

of saphenous nerve

at ankle, 660f, 661f

below knee, 650f, 651f

at distal thigh, 646f, 647f

at mid-thigh, 644f, 645f

of sciatic nerve

anterior longitudinal view, 626f, 627f

anterior transverse view, 628f, 629f

lateral transverse view, 630f, 631f

posterior view, 632f-635f

of spine, 479, 481, 482f, 483f, 606f, 607f

of stellate ganglion, 546f, 547f

of subclavian artery, 554f, 555f

of superficial peroneal nerve, at ankle, 662f, 663f

of supraclavicular brachial plexus, 552f, 553f

of suprascapular artery, 524f-527f

of suprascapular nerve, 524f-527f

longitudinal view, 528f, 529f

of sural nerve, at ankle, 666f, 667f

of tibial nerve, at calf, 648f, 649f

of ulnar nerve, 387f, 394f

at axilla, 566f, 567f, 570f, 571f

above elbow, 574f, 575f

at midforearm, 584f, 585f

at wrist, 596f, 597f

for ultrasound (US)-guided fascia iliaca block, 404, 407f

of vagus nerve, 544f, 545f

of vertebral artery

longitudinal view, 550f, 551f

transverse view, 548f, 549f

Ultrasound-guided ankle block, 451–458

anatomy for

deep peroneal nerve, 452–453, 453f

saphenous nerve, 454–455, 456f, 457f

superficial peroneal nerve, 453, 454f, 455f

sural nerve, 454, 455f, 456f

tibial nerve, 452, 452f

considerations of, 452

distribution of, 455

equipment for, 455–456

landmarks for, 456

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 451, 453, 456–457

needle for

insertion of, 453f-456f

size of, 456

technique for, 457

Ultrasound-guided axillary brachial plexus block, 382

advantages of, 378

anatomy for, 378, 378f

considerations of, 378

continuous, 381, 381f

distribution of, 378

equipment for, 378

landmarks for, 377f, 378–379

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 377, 379–381, 380f, 381f

needle for

insertion of, 379–380, 379f, 380f

size of, 378

palpation for, 379

patient positioning for, 377f, 378–379

technique for, 379–381, 379f, 380f

Ultrasound-guided central neuraxial blockade

clinical utility of, 494–495

conclusion to, 498

education and training for, 495–497

historical background of, 479

injection

epidural, 477, 490–494, 492f-497f

spinal, 477, 490

of sacrum, 487–488

of spine

considerations of, 479

lumbar, 482f, 483–486, 483f, 485f, 486f, 490f, 491f

thoracic, 486–487, 492f, 493f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 481

ultrasound (US) scan planes, 479–481

water-based spine phantom, 481–483, 482f, 484f

technical aspects of, 488–489

Ultrasound-guided fascia iliaca block, 409

anatomy for, 404, 406, 406f, 407f

considerations of, 406

distribution of, 406

equipment for, 406–407

lalandmarks for, 407, 407f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 405–407

needle for

insertion of, 405, 407–408

size of, 407

patient positioning for, 407, 407f

technique for, 405f, 407–408, 407f, 408f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 404, 407f

Ultrasound-guided femoral nerve block, 403

anatomy for, 398, 398f

considerations of, 398

continuous, 400–402, 401f

distribution of, 398

equipment for, 398–399

landmarks for, 399

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 397–401, 400f, 401f

motor response to, 399

needle for

insertion of, 397f, 399–401, 400f 401f

size of, 399

palpation for, 399

patient positioning for, 399

ropivacaine for, 398–399, 401

technique for, 399–400, 399f, 400f

Ultrasound-guided forearm blocks

anatomy for

median nerve, 386, 387f

radial nerve, 386, 386f

ulnar nerve, 387, 387f

considerations of, 386

distribution of, 387

equipment for, 388

landmarks for, 385f, 388

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 385, 388–390, 388f, 389f

needle for

insertion of, 388–389

size of, 388

patient positioning for, 385f, 388

technique for

median nerve, 388–390, 389f

radial nerve, 388, 388f

ulnar nerve, 388–390, 389f

Ultrasound-guided iliohypogastric and ilioinguinal nerve block

anatomy for, 463, 463f

distribution of, 463

equipment for, 464

general considerations for, 463

landmarks and patient positioning for, 464

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 464–465, 464f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 464–465, 464f

technique for, 464–465, 464f

Ultrasound-guided infraclavicular brachial plexus block, 374

anatomy for, 370, 370f, 371f

considerations of, 370

continuous, 373, 373f

distribution of, 370

equipment for, 371

landmarks for, 371, 371f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 369, 370f, 371f-373f, 373

motor response to, 372

needle for

insertion of, 369f, 371f, 372–373, 372f

size of, 371

patient positioning for, 371, 371f

technique for, 369f, 371f, 372f, 372–373

Ultrasound-guided interscalene brachial plexus block, 353f, 359

anatomy for, 354, 354f

considerations of, 354

continuous, 357–358, 358f

distribution of, 354

equipment for, 355

landmarks, 355

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 353–354, 356, 356f

motor response to, 357

needle for

insertion of, 355–357, 355f-357f

size of, 355

patient positioning for, 355

sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM) with, 354, 354f, 355f

technique for, 355–357, 355f, 356f

Ultrasound-guided lateral femoral cutaneous nerve block

anatomy for, 468, 468f

distribution of, 468

equipment for, 468

general considerations for, 468

landmarks and patient positioning for, 468–469

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 469, 469f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 468–469, 469f

technique for, 469, 469f

Ultrasound-guided lumbar plexus block (LPB), 503–508

anatomy for, 503

longitudinal scan, 503–504, 503f, 504f

transverse scan, 505, 505f, 506f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 503, 505, 506f, 508f

needle insertion for, 503, 505, 505f-507f

techniques for, 505–506, 507f, 508f

Ultrasound-guided nerve blockade, 323, 335, 338

Ultrasound-guided neuraxial and perineuraxial blocks

central neuraxial blocks (CNBs) caudal epidural injections, 477

combined spinal epidural (CSE), 477

epidural injections, 477

spinal injections, 477

difficulty of, 477

surface anatomic landmarks used for, 477

Ultrasound-guided obturator nerve block, 416

anatomy for, 412–413, 412f, 413f

considerations of, 412

distribution of, 414

equipment for, 414

interfascial injection technique for, 412, 414–415, 415f

landmarks for, 414, 414f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 411, 414–415, 415f

needle for

insertion of, 411, 414–415, 415f

size of, 414

patient positioning for, 414, 414f

technique for, 414–415, 415f

Ultrasound-guided popliteal sciatic block, 448

anatomy for, 441f, 442, 443f

continuous, 446–447, 446f

distribution of, 443

equipment for, 443

general considerations for, 442, 442f

lateral approach to, 442

landmarks and patient positioning for, 444, 444f

technique for, 442f, 444–445, 444f, 445f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 441f, 442, 444–446, 445f, 446f

needle size and insertion for, 443–446, 444f-446f

prone approach to, 442

landmarks and patient positioning for, 445

technique for, 442f, 445, 445f, 446f

Ultrasound-guided rectus sheath block anatomy for, 465, 466f

distribution of, 465

equipment for, 465

general considerations for, 465

landmarks and patient positioning for, 466

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459, 466–467, 467f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 465–467, 466f, 467f

technique for, 466–467, 466f, 467f

Ultrasound-guided saphenous nerve block, 424

anatomy for, 420–421, 420f, 421 /

considerations of, 420

distribution of, 421

equipment for, 421–422

landmarks for, 420f, 422

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 419, 421–423, 422f

needle for

insertion of, 419, 420f, 421f, 422, 422f

size of, 421

patient positioning for, 420f, 422

technique for, 422–423, 422f

Ultrasound-guided sciatic block

anterior approach to, 431

anatomy for, 428, 428f

distribution of, 428

equipment for, 429

general considerations for, 428

landmarks and patient positioning for, 429, 429f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 427f, 429–430, 430f

needle size and insertion for, 427f, 429–430, 429f, 430f

technique for, 429–430, 429f, 430f

transgluteal and subgluteal approach to, 433–438

anatomy for, 433, 433f

continuous, 435–436

distribution of, 433–434

equipment for, 434

general considerations for, 433

landmarks and patient positioning for, 434, 434f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 427f, 434–436, 435f

needle size and insertion for, 427f, 433–435, 434f, 435f

technique for, 434–435, 434f, 435f

Ultrasound-guided superficial cervical plexus block, 345f, 350

anatomy for, 346, 346f

bupivacaine for, 349

considerations of, 346

distribution of, 346, 347f

equipment for, 347

local anesthetic (LA) for, 345, 348, 348f, 349f

landmarks, 347, 348f

lidocaine for, 349

needle for

insertion of, 348, 348f, 349f

size of, 347

patient positioning for, 347, 348f

ropivacaine for, 349

sternocleidomastoid muscle (SCM) with, 346–349, 348f, 349f

technique for, 346f, 348–349, 348f, 349f

Ultrasound-guided supraclavicular brachial plexus block, 367

anatomy for, 353f, 362

considerations of, 362, 362f

continuous, 366, 366f

distribution of, 362

equipment for, 362–363

landmarks for, 361f, 363–364

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 361, 364, 365f, 366

needle for

insertion of, 364–366, 364f-366f

size of, 363

patient positioning for, 361f, 363–364

ropivacaine for, 366

technique for, 363f, 364–366, 364f, 365f

Ultrasound-guided thoracic paravertebral block

anatomy and general considerations for, 497, 498f

distribution of, 497, 498f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 497, 498f, 499, 500f, 501

ongitudinal (parasagittal) out-of-plane technique for, 499–501, 500f

needle insertion for, 499, 499f, 500f, 501

transverse in-line technique for, 497–499, 499f, 500f

Ultrasound-guided transversus abdominis plane (TAP) block anatomy for, 460, 460f

distribution of, 460–461

equipment for, 461

general considerations for, 460

landmarks and patient positioning for, 461

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 459–462, 462f

needle size and insertion for, 459f, 461–462, 462f

technique for, 461–462, 461f, 462f

Ultrasound-guided wrist block, 391f

anatomy for

median nerve, 392, 392f, 393f

radial nerve, 393, 394f

ulnar nerve, 392, 393f, 394f

considerations of, 392

distribution of, 393

equipment for, 393–395

landmarks for, 395

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 391–392, 395

needle size for, 395

patient positioning for, 395

technique for, 395

Upper body, surface anatomy of

back and posterior arms, 673f, 674f

chest, torso, and upper arms, 672f

face, neck, and upper chest, 670f, 671f

shoulder and upper extremity, 676f

torso, 675f

Upper extremities

blocks of, 81, 82t

cutaneous nerve blocks of, 214

complications of, 213, 213t

considerations of, 207f, 208

continuous, 213, 213t

functional anatomy of, 208, 208t, 209f

intercostobrachial, 208, 211f

lateral cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 211f, 212–213, 212f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 207–208, 212–213

medial cutaneous nerve of forearm block, 211f, 212, 212f

cutaneous nerves of, 208t

innervation of, 208, 209f

spinal anesthesia of, 168

surface anatomy of, 672f, 676f

posterior, 673f, 674f

US. See Ultrasound

V

Vagus nerve, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of, 544f, 545f

Vasoconstrictors, 38

Velocity error artifact, 339

Ventricular arrhythmias, 121

Vertebral artery, ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

longitudinal view, 550f, 551f

transverse view, 548f, 549f

Vertebral body, 497

Voltage, 67–68

W

Warfarin, 108

Water-based spine phantom, 481–483, 482f, 484f

Wavelength, 324

Wrist

innervation of, 24, 26f

ultrasound (US)-guided anatomy of

median nerve, 594f, 595f

palmar cutaneous branches, 590f, 591f

posterior interosseous nerve, 588f, 589f, 598f, 599f

radial nerve, 590f, 591f

ulnar nerve, 596f, 597f

Wrist block, 87, 199f, 205. See also Ultrasound-guided wrist block complications of, 204, 204f

considerations for, 200

distribution of, 200

dynamics of, 204

equipment for, 200

functional anatomy of, 200, 200f

landmarks for, 201, 201f, 202f

local anesthetics (LAs) for, 199, 202, 204

needle size for, 200

patient positioning for, 201

perioperative management of, 204

*

 The first edition was titled Peripheral Nerve Blocks: Principles and Practice.





https://mawadealmaousoaa.blogspot.com/



anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vision

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nervous system

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral analysis

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral attention

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease treatment

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood mononuclear cells

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral book

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral brain for the pharmacist

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood smear

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral cyanosis

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral chemoreceptors

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral circulation

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral device

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral diagnosis

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral definition

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral experience

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral evaluation

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral eye

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema causes

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema treatment

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral family

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral friend

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral function

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral film

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral for sale

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral fatigue

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral follicles

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral furthest

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guidance

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gene

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral growth

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guide

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral genealogy

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral giant cell granuloma

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral history

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action training

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action system

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral injury

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral intervention

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iridotomy

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv catheter

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral journey

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral job

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral journal

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral judgement

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral jewel

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knowledge

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kidney

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kit

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral learning

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral line

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung fields

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral learning theory

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting fortnite

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral memory

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral movement

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral membrane proteins

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral movie

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral meaning

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy icd 10

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nerves

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral output

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral on amazon

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral or incidental transactions

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ossifying fibroma

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral personality

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral pulses

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral play

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral playbook

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral proteins

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quest

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quiz

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral queue

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral queries

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral qatar

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route to persuasion

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance to blood flow

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral system

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral skills

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sense

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral smear

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral synonym

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sensory neuropathy

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral theory

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral training

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral test

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tv series

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tv show

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissue perfusion

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral t cell lymphoma

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissues

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ukraine

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral user

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral uprising

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use cases

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis treatment

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis icd 10

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular disease

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wife

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral website

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral work

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral war

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral workflow

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xiv

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xanax

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral year

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube channel

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral you

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube video

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zone

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoom

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoominfo

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral analysis

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral attention

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral act

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease treatment

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood mononuclear cells

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral brain

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral brain for the pharmacist

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral book

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood smear

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral complex

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral cyanosis

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral chemoreceptors

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral circulation

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral device

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral diagnosis

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral drug association

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral definition

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral experience

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral evaluation

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral eye

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema causes

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema treatment

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral friend

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral function

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral family

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral for sale

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral fatigue

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral follicles

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral furthest

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guidance

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gene

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral growth

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral genealogy

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral giant cell granuloma

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral history

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action training

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hair

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action system

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral injury

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral intervention

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv insertion

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iridotomy

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv catheter

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral journey

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral job

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral judgement

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knowledge

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kidney

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral line

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung fields

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral learning

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral leg

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting fortnite

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral memory

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral movement

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral membrane proteins

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral meaning

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nervous system

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nerve

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy icd 10

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral oxygen

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral on amazon

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral or incidental transactions

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ossifying fibroma

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral personality

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral pulses

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral proteins

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quest

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quizlet

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral queue

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route to persuasion

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral relationship

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance to blood flow

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral system

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sense

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral smear

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral synonym

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sensory neuropathy

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral theory

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral treatment

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral training

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tv series

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tv show

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissue perfusion

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral t cell lymphoma

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissues

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral user

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral urine

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use cases

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral up

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis treatment

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis icd 10

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vision

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular system

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular resistance

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular disease

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wife

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral website

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral work

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral will

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xanax

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xiv

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral year

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral you

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube channel

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yet

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zone

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoom

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoom meeting

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoominfo

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral analysis

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral attention

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral art

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease treatment

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood mononuclear cells

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral book

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral brain for the pharmacist

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral brain

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood smear

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral career

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral cyanosis

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral chemoreceptors

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral circulation

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral device

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral diagnosis

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral dna

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral definition

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral experience

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral evaluation

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema causes

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema treatment

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral friend

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral family

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral function

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral film

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral for sale

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral fatigue

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral follicles

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral furthest

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guidance

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gene

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral growth

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guide

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral genealogy

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral giant cell granuloma

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral history

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action training

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action system

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral injury

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral information

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral intervention

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral influence

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iridotomy

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv catheter

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral journey

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral job

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral journal

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral judgement

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knowledge

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kidney

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral learning

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral line

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung fields

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral learning theory

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting fortnite

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral memory

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral movement

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral membrane proteins

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral meaning

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nervous system

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nerves

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy icd 10

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral output

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral oxygen

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral on amazon

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral or incidental transactions

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ossifying fibroma

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral personality

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral pulses

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral path

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral proteins

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quest

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quizlet

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route to persuasion

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance to blood flow

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral system

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral skills

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sense

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral smear

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral synonym

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sensory neuropathy

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral theory

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral training

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral test

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tv series

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tv show

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissue perfusion

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral t cell lymphoma

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissues

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral units

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral user

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ukraine

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use cases

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis treatment

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis icd 10

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vision

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular disease

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wife

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral website

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral work

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral war

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral will

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xiv

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xanax

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral years

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube channel

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral you

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zone

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoom

hadzic's peripheral nerve blocks

hadzic anesthesia

hadzic regional anesthesia

hadzic's textbook of regional anesthesia

how to get anesthesia at home

how to perform spinal anesthesia

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral analysis

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral abilities

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral attention

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery disease treatment

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood mononuclear cells

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral book

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral brain

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral brain for the pharmacist

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blood smear

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral career

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral complex

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral cyanosis

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral chemoreceptors

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral circulation

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral device

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral diagnosis

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral disease

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral dna

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral definition

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral experience

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral evaluation

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema causes

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral edema treatment

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral function

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral friend

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral family

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral focus

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral for

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral fatigue

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral follicles

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral furthest

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guidance

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gene

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral growth

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral genealogy

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral giant cell granuloma

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral history

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action training

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart action system

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral injury

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral identity

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral information

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral intervention

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iridotomy

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral iv catheter

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral journey

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral job

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral judgement

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knowledge

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kidney

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral learning

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral line

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral life

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung fields

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lung

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lighting fortnite

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral memory

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral movement

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral membrane proteins

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral meaning

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nervous system

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nerve

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropathy icd 10

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral output

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral or incidental transactions

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ossifying fibroma

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral personality

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral pulses

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral path

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral proteins

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quest

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quizlet

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quiz

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route to persuasion

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral relationship

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral response

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral resistance to blood flow

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral system

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral skills

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral study

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sense

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral smear

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral synonym

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral sensory neuropathy

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral theory

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral test

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral training

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral treatment

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissue perfusion

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral t cell lymphoma

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tissues

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral units

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral user

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral use cases

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral uprising

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis treatment

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative keratitis icd 10

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vision

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular system

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular disease

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wife

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral website

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral work

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral will

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral workflow

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xiv

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xanax

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral years

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral you

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral youtube channel

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zone

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoom

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zoominfo

dr hadzic nysora

best anesthetic for hip replacement

dr hadzic anesthesia

hadzic's-peripheral-nerve-blocks-and-anatomy-for-ultrasound-guided-regional-anesthesia

peripheral nerve block vs general anesthesia

how soon after general anesthesia can you go under anesthesia again

what is general anesthesia with lma

hadzic's peripheral nerve blocks and anatomy for ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia

types of anesthesia nerve blocks

hadzic peripheral nerve blocks pdf

how close can you have general anesthesia

tips for going under anesthesia

anesthesia peripheral nerve block

can anesthesia cause peripheral neuropathy

peripheral nerve block vs regional anesthesia

anesthesia r positions

anesthesia considerations for robotic surgery

is it safe to be put under general anesthesia

who should not be put under anesthesia

anesthesia hadzic's peripherals

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blueprint

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral block

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral catheter

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral devices

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral dialogue

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral dissection

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral design

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral entry

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral exam

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral flux

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral full album

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gyroscope

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart disease

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hemorrha

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hematoma

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint disease

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knee

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lab

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral location

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral media

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral mind

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral method

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nerve

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral osteotomy

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral osteopathi

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ost

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral port

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral portion

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral question

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route persuasion

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral review

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral reaction

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral repair

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral reflex

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral radiography

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral surgery

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral speech

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral trailer

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcer

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral universe

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulnar

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcerative colitis

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vase

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vasectomy

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral world

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wallpaper

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wave

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xbox

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xl

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xbox 36

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xenoblade 2

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yeast infection

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zenith

anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zarathustra

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral arthritis

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blueprint

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral block

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral bandage

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral build

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral canal

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral catheter

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral devices

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral dissection

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral exam

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral eyes

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guide

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart disease

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hematoma

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hemorr

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint disease

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kit

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knee

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral keg

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lab

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral location

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lens

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral media

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral metabolism

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral mind

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropat

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral osteoto

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ost

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral osteopat

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral outlet

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ostomy

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral port

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral portion

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral questions

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quiz

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route persuasion

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral review

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral reaction

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral release

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral reflex

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral radiography

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral score

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral surgery

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral status

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral test

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral trailer

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tube

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcers

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral universe

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral uses

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulnar

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vasectomy

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vase

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wallpaper

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral way

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral world

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xl

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xbox

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xenoblade

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yeast infection

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yellow

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yeast

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yellow spot

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zenith

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zara

can anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zarathust

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral arthritis

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral block

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral bandage

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral blueprint

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral canal

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral catheter

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral devices

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral disease

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral dissection

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral eyes

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral exam

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gyroscope

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart disease

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hernia

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hematoma

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral health

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint disease

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint syndrome

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kit

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knee

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lab

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral location

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lens

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lenses

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral media

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral metabolism

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral mind

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropat

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nerve

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral outlet

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral osteoto

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral osteopat

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral port

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral position

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral questions

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quiz

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral quadrant

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral route persuasion

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral review

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral reflex

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral reaction

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral radiography

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral rotation

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral surgery

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral status

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral score

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral trailer

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral tube

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulcers

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ultrasound

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ulnar

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral universe

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vascular

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral vasectomy

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral wallpaper

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral world

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral way

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xbox

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral xl

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yeast infection

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yba

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral yeast

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zenith

how anesthesia hadzic's peripheral zara

how to do anaesthesia



how to do anesthesia

how to administer general anesthesia

how to perform anesthesia

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral artery

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral arthritis

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral bandage

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral biopsy

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral canal

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral devices

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral dissection

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral exam

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ed

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral eyes

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral entry

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gyroscope

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral guide

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral gas

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral heart disease

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hematoma

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hernia

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral hemorr

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral health

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral joint disease

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral kit

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knee

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral keurig

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral keg

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral knife

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lab

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral location

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral lens

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral media

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral metabolism

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral mind

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral neuropat

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral nebulizer

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral ointment

which anesthesia hadzic's peripheral osteoto



nerve blocks hadzici

nerve blocks hadzic pdf

hadzic's-peripheral-nerve-blocks-and-anatomy-for-ultrasound-guided-regional-anesthesia

how long does nerve blocks last

can nerve blocks be permanent

what happens when a nerve block doesn't work

nerve blocks hadzic book

nerve blocks hadzic biografija

nerve blocks hadzic book pdf

nerve blocks hadzic bio

nerve blocks hadzic basketball

nerve blocks hadzic cb&i

nerve blocks hadzic clifford chance

nerve blocks hadzic dds

nerve blocks hadzic dentist

nerve blocks hadzic do

hadzic peripheral nerve blocks third edition

can a nerve block cause permanent nerve damage

hadzic peripheral nerve blocks pdf free download

what does nerve block feel like

nerve blocks hadzic google scholar

nerve blocks hadzic group

nerve blocks hadzic group llc

nerve blocks hadzic google

nerve blocks hadzic hr

nerve blocks hadzic haiti

nerve blocks hadzic in english

nerve blocks hadzic icd 10

nerve blocks hadzic in spanish

nerve blocks hadzic instagram

nerve blocks hadzic jelentése

nerve blocks hadzic jacksonville fl

nerve blocks hadzic krakow

nerve blocks hadzic kosovic

nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway

nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand

nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway weather

nerve blocks hadzic lyrics

nerve blocks hadzic lab

nerve blocks hadzic law

nerve blocks hadzic law firm

nerve blocks hadzic littlefield

nerve blocks hadzic littlefield tx

nerve blocks hadzic last name

nerve blocks hadzic md

nerve blocks hadzic md phd

nerve blocks hadzic mdc

nerve blocks hadzic mount mercy

nerve blocks hadzic marine

nerve blocks hadzic npi

nerve blocks hadzic npi number

nerve blocks hadzic neurologist

nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno

nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno 2018

nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno youtube

nerve blocks hadzic ortho

nerve blocks hadzic orthobullets

nerve blocks hadzic od

hadzic's peripheral nerve blocks

hadzic peripheral nerve blocks pdf

are nerve blocks bad for you

nerve blocks hadzic quizlet

nerve blocks hadzic quiz

nerve blocks hadzic quest

nerve blocks hadzic quest diagnostics

nerve blocks hadzic quiz 1

nerve blocks hadzic reviews

nerve blocks hadzic romania

nerve blocks hadzic radovic

nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia

nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia pdf

nerve blocks hadzic referee

nerve blocks hadzic soccer

do nerve blocks cause numbness

nerve blocks hadzic urologist

nerve blocks hadzic ua

nerve blocks hadzic uab

nerve blocks hadzic urdu

nerve blocks hadzic video

nerve blocks hadzic velika kladusa

nerve blocks hadzic wikipedia

nerve blocks hadzic w polsce

nerve blocks hadzic what

nerve blocks hadzic wa

nerve blocks hadzic xavier

nerve blocks hadzic youtube

nerve blocks hadzic youtube channel

nerve blocks hadzic youtube video

nerve blocks hadzic znaczenie

nerve blocks hadzic zvezde granda

can nerve blocks hadzic age

can nerve blocks hadzic amra

can nerve blocks hadzic be

can nerve blocks hadzic beograd

can nerve blocks hadzic biografija

can nerve blocks hadzic basketball

can nerve blocks hadzic come

can nerve blocks hadzic cb&i

can nerve blocks hadzic clifford chance

can nerve blocks hadzic do

can nerve blocks hadzic dentist

can nerve blocks hadzic die

can nerve blocks hadzic eat

can nerve blocks hadzic et al

can nerve blocks hadzic eng

can nerve blocks hadzic ep

can nerve blocks hadzic for dogs

can nerve blocks hadzic for sale

can nerve blocks hadzic follow

can nerve blocks hadzic fencing

can nerve blocks hadzic google scholar

can nerve blocks hadzic go

can nerve blocks hadzic get

can nerve blocks hadzic have

can nerve blocks hadzic have in common

can nerve blocks hadzic icd 10

can nerve blocks hadzic in english

can nerve blocks hadzic instagram

can nerve blocks hadzic jelentése

can nerve blocks hadzic jacksonville fl

can nerve blocks hadzic know

can nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway

can nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand

can nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway weather

can nerve blocks hadzic lyrics

can nerve blocks hadzic lab

can nerve blocks hadzic law firm

can nerve blocks hadzic law

can nerve blocks hadzic last

can nerve blocks hadzic littlefield

can nerve blocks hadzic littlefield tx

can nerve blocks hadzic last name

can nerve blocks hadzic md

can nerve blocks hadzic make

can nerve blocks hadzic make you sick

can nerve blocks hadzic mount mercy

can nerve blocks hadzic marine

can nerve blocks hadzic npi

can nerve blocks hadzic npi number

can nerve blocks hadzic neurologist

can nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno

can nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno 2018

can nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno youtube

can nerve blocks hadzic open

can nerve blocks hadzic ortho

can nerve blocks hadzic orthotics

can nerve blocks hadzic orthobullets

can nerve blocks hadzic pdf

can nerve blocks hadzic pdf download

can nerve blocks hadzic putin

can nerve blocks hadzic pdf free download

can nerve blocks hadzic peripheral nerve blocks

can nerve blocks hadzic peripheral nerve blocks anticoagulation

can nerve blocks hadzic quizlet

can nerve blocks hadzic quest

can nerve blocks hadzic questions

can nerve blocks hadzic quiz

can nerve blocks hadzic quest diagnostics

can nerve blocks hadzic recept

can nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia

can nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia pdf

can nerve blocks hadzic referee

can nerve blocks hadzic soccer

can nerve blocks hadzic test

can nerve blocks hadzic translate to english

can nerve blocks hadzic take

can nerve blocks hadzic translate

can nerve blocks hadzic tokyo

can nerve blocks hadzic tennis

can nerve blocks hadzic tarik

can nerve blocks hadzic use

can nerve blocks hadzic update

can nerve blocks hadzic up

can nerve blocks hadzic v2

can nerve blocks hadzic v3

can nerve blocks hadzic v1

can nerve blocks hadzic work

can nerve blocks hadzic what

can nerve blocks hadzic w polsce

can nerve blocks hadzic xray

can nerve blocks hadzic xii

can nerve blocks hadzic youtube

can nerve blocks hadzic youtube video

can nerve blocks hadzic youtube channel

can nerve blocks hadzic yet

can nerve blocks hadzic you

can nerve blocks hadzic znaczenie

can nerve blocks hadzic zvezde granda

how nerve blocks hadzic and associates

how nerve blocks hadzic age

how nerve blocks hadzic amra

how nerve blocks hadzic book

how nerve blocks hadzic bio

how nerve blocks hadzic beograd

how nerve blocks hadzic biografija

how nerve blocks hadzic basketball

how nerve blocks hadzic cb&i

how nerve blocks hadzic clifford chance

how nerve blocks hadzic dentist

how nerve blocks hadzic do

how nerve blocks hadzic dds

how nerve blocks hadzic dental

how nerve blocks hadzic exam

how nerve blocks hadzic et al

how nerve blocks hadzic family

how nerve blocks hadzic for sale

how nerve blocks hadzic for dogs

how nerve blocks hadzic fencing

how nerve blocks hadzic google scholar

how nerve blocks hadzic group

how nerve blocks hadzic group llc

how nerve blocks hadzic google

how nerve blocks hadzic hr

how nerve blocks hadzic in english

how nerve blocks hadzic icd 10

how nerve blocks hadzic in spanish

how nerve blocks hadzic instagram

how nerve blocks hadzic jelentése

how nerve blocks hadzic jacksonville fl

how nerve blocks hadzic kosovic

how nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway

how nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand

how nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway weather

how nerve blocks hadzic lab

how nerve blocks hadzic lyrics

how nerve blocks hadzic law

how nerve blocks hadzic law firm

how nerve blocks hadzic littlefield

how nerve blocks hadzic littlefield tx

how nerve blocks hadzic last name

how nerve blocks hadzic md

how nerve blocks hadzic med

how nerve blocks hadzic mdc

how nerve blocks hadzic mount mercy

how nerve blocks hadzic marine

how nerve blocks hadzic npi

how nerve blocks hadzic npi number

how nerve blocks hadzic name

how nerve blocks hadzic neurologist

how nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno

how nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno 2018

how nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno youtube

how nerve blocks hadzic ortho

how nerve blocks hadzic od

how nerve blocks hadzic orthotics

how nerve blocks hadzic pdf

how nerve blocks hadzic pdf download

how nerve blocks hadzic pdf free download

how nerve blocks hadzic peripheral nerve blocks

how nerve blocks hadzic peripheral nerve blocks anticoagulation

how nerve blocks hadzic quizlet

how nerve blocks hadzic quiz

how nerve blocks hadzic quest

how nerve blocks hadzic quest diagnostics

how nerve blocks hadzic recept

how nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia

how nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia pdf

how nerve blocks hadzic referee

how nerve blocks hadzic soccer

how nerve blocks hadzic test

how nerve blocks hadzic to

how nerve blocks hadzic testimony

how nerve blocks hadzic toc

how nerve blocks hadzic tokyo

how nerve blocks hadzic tennis

how nerve blocks hadzic tarik

how nerve blocks hadzic upenn

how nerve blocks hadzic ua

how nerve blocks hadzic urologist

how nerve blocks hadzic up

how nerve blocks hadzic video

how nerve blocks hadzic wikipedia

how nerve blocks hadzic what

how nerve blocks hadzic w polsce

how nerve blocks hadzic xavier

how nerve blocks hadzic youtube

how nerve blocks hadzic youtube video

how nerve blocks hadzic youtube channel

how nerve blocks hadzic znaczenie

how nerve blocks hadzic znacenje

how nerve blocks hadzic zvezde granda

how to nerve block a toe

how to nerve block a finger

how to perform nerve block

hadzic's peripheral nerve blocks and anatomy for ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia

how to block nerves

how to do nerve block

how to do digital nerve block

how well do nerve blocks work

how to use nerve stimulator for blocks

how to nerve block

how effective are nerve block injections

how to get nerve block out of your system

how to get a nerve block

how to block nerve pain

how to do nerve blocks hadzic

how to perform penile nerve block

how to remove nerve block

which nerve blocks hadzic age

which nerve blocks hadzic amra

which nerve blocks hadzic be

which nerve blocks hadzic beograd

which nerve blocks hadzic biografija

which nerve blocks hadzic basketball

which nerve blocks hadzic cb&i

which nerve blocks hadzic clifford chance

which nerve blocks hadzic do

which nerve blocks hadzic dental

which nerve blocks hadzic dentist

which nerve blocks hadzic dds

which nerve blocks hadzic exam

which nerve blocks hadzic exam 1

which nerve blocks hadzic et al

which nerve blocks hadzic eye

which nerve blocks hadzic family

which nerve blocks hadzic for sale

which nerve blocks hadzic for cervical radiculopathy

which nerve blocks hadzic for cervical

which nerve blocks hadzic fencing

which nerve blocks hadzic group

which nerve blocks hadzic have

which nerve blocks hadzic have in common

which nerve blocks hadzic in it

which nerve blocks hadzic icd 10

which nerve blocks hadzic in the brain

which nerve blocks hadzic instagram

which nerve blocks hadzic jelentése

which nerve blocks hadzic jiu jitsu

which nerve blocks hadzic jacksonville fl

which nerve blocks hadzic knee

which nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway

which nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand

which nerve blocks hadzic kristiansand norway weather

which nerve blocks hadzic lab

which nerve blocks hadzic last name

which nerve blocks hadzic last

which nerve blocks hadzic lab report

which nerve blocks hadzic littlefield

which nerve blocks hadzic littlefield tx

which nerve blocks hadzic md

which nerve blocks hadzic med

which nerve blocks hadzic medovic

which nerve blocks hadzic mount mercy

which nerve blocks hadzic marine

which nerve blocks hadzic npi

which nerve blocks hadzic name

which nerve blocks hadzic npi number

which nerve blocks hadzic neurologist

which nerve blocks hadzic nerve

which nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno

which nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno 2018

which nerve blocks hadzic nikad nije kasno youtube

which nerve blocks hadzic orthotics

which nerve blocks hadzic pdf

which nerve blocks hadzic procedure

which nerve blocks hadzic pdf download

which nerve blocks hadzic pdf free download

which nerve blocks hadzic peripheral nerve blocks

which nerve blocks hadzic peripheral nerve blocks anticoagulation

which nerve blocks hadzic quizlet

which nerve blocks hadzic quiz

which nerve blocks hadzic quiz 1

which nerve blocks hadzic quizizz

which nerve blocks hadzic recept

which nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia

which nerve blocks hadzic regional anesthesia pdf

which nerve blocks hadzic referee

which nerve blocks hadzic soccer

which nerve blocks hadzic test

which nerve blocks hadzic toca

which nerve blocks hadzic toc

which nerve blocks hadzic tokyo

which nerve blocks hadzic tennis

which nerve blocks hadzic tarik

which nerve blocks hadzic use

which nerve blocks hadzic up

which nerve blocks hadzic upenn

which nerve blocks hadzic upmc

which nerve blocks hadzic v2

which nerve blocks hadzic vascular

which nerve blocks hadzic vascular surgery

which nerve blocks hadzic what

which nerve blocks hadzic w polsce

which nerve blocks hadzic xavier

which nerve blocks hadzic xray

which nerve blocks hadzic youtube

which nerve blocks hadzic youtube video

which nerve blocks hadzic yiddish

which nerve blocks hadzic youtube channel

which nerve blocks hadzic znaczenie

which nerve blocks hadzic znacenje

which nerve blocks hadzic zvezde granda

best nerve block for hand surgery

best nerve blockers

best nerve block medication

best nerve block app

best nerve block for hip fracture

best nerve block for humerus fracture

best nerve block for thumb surgery

what are the types of nerve blocks

nerve blocks for horses

nerve blocks for hip fractures

nerve blocks for hand surgery

nerve blocks for headaches

nerve blocks for cluster headaches

nerve blocks for herniated discs

nerve blocks horse limb

nerve blocks for head pain

what type of doctor does nerve blocks



No comments:

Post a Comment

اكتب تعليق حول الموضوع

mcq general

 

Search This Blog